ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND INC
485BPOS, 1996-08-16
Previous: MIMLIC SERIES FUND INC, DEFS14A, 1996-08-16
Next: VANGUARD CELLULAR SYSTEMS INC, 10-K/A, 1996-08-16



    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996

                                    FORM N-1A
                                File No. 33-2430


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                        Pre-Effective Amendment No. -----
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 16
                                     and/or

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                Amendment No. 18

                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                  11 HANOVER SQUARE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10005
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (212) 785-0900
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                               WILLIAM J. MAYNARD
                  11 HANOVER SQUARE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10005
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:
                             R. Darrell Mounts, Esq.
                             Kirkpatrick & Lockhart
                         1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                           Washington, D.C. 20036-1800

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

          immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485
    X     on August 19, 1996 pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485
          60 days after  filing  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) of
          rule 485 on (specify  date) pursuant to paragraph (a)
          of rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:
/ /  This  post-effective  amendment  designates  a  new  effective  date  for a
previously filed post-effective amendment.




<PAGE>



Registrant  has  elected to maintain  registration  of an  indefinite  number of
shares of common  stock,  $.10 par  value,  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,
pursuant  to  Rule  24f-2  under  the  Investment   Company  Act  of  1940.  The
registrant's most recent Rule 24f-2 Notice was filed on December 29, 1995.




<PAGE>



                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

PART A
          PROSPECTUS

PART B
          STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

PART C
          OTHER INFORMATION

          ITEM 24  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          ITEM 25  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON
                            CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

          ITEM 26  NUMBER OF SECURITIES HOLDERS

          ITEM 27  INDEMNIFICATION

          ITEM 28  BUSINESS OR OTHER CONNECTIONS OF
                            INVESTMENT ADVISER

          ITEM 29  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

          ITEM 30  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

          ITEM 31  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

          ITEM 32  UNDERTAKINGS

SIGNATURE PAGE

EXHIBITS

RKWD485B.PEA

<PAGE>



                                          THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.


CROSS REFERENCE SHEET FOR ITEMS REQUIRED BY FORM N-1A

        Item No.
  of Form N-lA             Caption in Prospectus

         1       Cover Page
         2       "Expense Tables"
         3       "Financial Highlights"; "Performance Information"
         4       "The Fund's Investment Program"
         5       "The Investment Manager and Subadviser"; "Custodian and
                 Transfer Agent"
         5A      "Performance Information"
         6       Cover Page; "The Investment Manager and Subadviser";
                 "Distributions and Taxes"; "Determination of Net Asset Value";
                 "Shareholder Services"; "Capital Stock"
         7       "How to Purchase Shares"; "Shareholder Services";
                 "Determination of Net Asset Value"; "Distribution of Shares"
         8       "How to Redeem Shares"; "Determination of Net Asset Value"
         9       Not Applicable

                 Caption in Statement of Additional Information

         10      Cover Page
         11      "Table of Contents"
         12      Not Applicable
         13      "The Fund's Investment Program"; "Investment Restrictions";
                 "Allocation of Brokerage"
         14      "Officers and Directors"
         15      "Officers and Directors"; "Investment Manager"
         16      "Officers and Directors"; "Investment Manager"; "Subadviser and
                 Subadvisory Agreement"; "Distribution of Shares"; "Custodian,
                 Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent"; "Auditors"
         17      "Allocation of Brokerage"
         18      Not Applicable
         19      "Purchase of Shares"
         20      "Distributions and Taxes"
         21      "Distribution of Shares"
         22      "Calculation of Performance Data"
         23      "Financial Statements"



<PAGE>










    The  objective of The Rockwood  Growth Fund,  Inc. (the "Fund") is long term
capital  appreciation.  This  objective  will be pursued  through  investment in
common stocks,  securities convertible into common stocks, and preferred stocks.
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its objective.

    This prospectus  contains  information you should know about the Fund before
you  invest.  Please  keep it for  future  reference.  The Fund's  Statement  of
Additional  Information,  dated  August  19,  1996,  has  been  filed  with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  and is  incorporated  by reference in this
prospectus.   It  is  available  at  no  charge  by  calling   toll-free  at  1-
888-ROCKWOOD.  The  Fund  is an  open  end  non-diversified  no-load  management
investment company.  Shares of the Fund are not bank deposits or obligations of,
or guaranteed or endorsed by any bank or any affiliate of any bank,  and are not
Federally  insured  by,  obligations  of or  otherwise  supported  by  the  U.S.
Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board
or any other agency.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                                                         1

<PAGE>




EXPENSE TABLES. The tables and example below are designed to help you understand
the various  costs and expenses  that you will bear directly or indirectly as an
investor in the Fund.
<TABLE>


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES                            ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                              <C>
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases............ NONE (as a percentage of average net assets)
Sales Load Imposed on Reinvested Dividends. NONE Management Fees (after reimbursement).........     0.20%
Deferred Sales Load........................ NONE 12b-1 Fees....................................     0.25%
Redemption Fee within 30 days of purchase..1.00% Other Expenses ...............................     2.30%
                                                                                                  -------
Redemption Fee after 30 days of purchase... NONE Total Fund Operating Expenses (after               2.75%
                                                 reimbursement)................................
Exchange Fees.............................. NONE



</TABLE>





EXAMPLE         1 year      3 years    5 years     10 years                   
                ------      -------    -------     --------
                 $28         $85        $145        $308

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment,        
assuming a 5% annual return and a redemption at the end of each time
period..................................................................


The example set forth above assumes (i)  reinvestment of all dividends and other
distributions  and (ii) a 5% annual rate of return as required by the Securities
and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  THE EXAMPLE IS AN ILLUSTRATION ONLY AND SHOULD
NOT BE CONSIDERED AN INDICATION OF PAST OR FUTURE  RETURNS AND EXPENSES.  ACTUAL
RETURNS AND EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE  SHOWN.  The  percentages
given for  Annual  Fund  Operating  Expenses  are based on an  assumed  level of
average  net assets of $1  million  to $2  million,  and have been  restated  to
reflect  current  management  and  12b-1  fees.  Without  the  reimbursement  of
management fees, investment management fees, other expenses, and total operating
expenses would have been 1.00%,  2.30%,  and 3.55%,  respectively of average net
assets,  respectively.  Long term  shareholders  may pay more than the  economic
equivalent  of the maximum  front-end  sales  charge  permitted  by the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s ("NASD") rules regarding  investment
companies. "Other Expenses" includes amounts payable to the Fund's Custodian and
Transfer Agent and  reimbursable  to the Investment  Manager and the Distributor
for  certain  administrative  and  shareholder  services,  and does not  include
interest expense from bank borrowing.

FINANCIAL   HIGHLIGHTS  are  presented  below  for  a  share  of  capital  stock
outstanding throughout each period. The following information is supplemental to
the Fund's  financial  statements  and report  thereon of Coopers & Lybrand LLP,
independent  accountants,  appearing  in the October  31, 1995 Annual  Report to
Shareholders  and  incorporated  by  reference in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information;  provided,  however,  that the  information  set  forth for the six
months  ended April 30, 1996 and the  footnotes to the  following  table and the
Portfolio  Turnover  Rate ratios have not been so audited.  This table should be
read in conjunction with the Fund's financial statements and the notes thereto.


                                                         2

<PAGE>





<TABLE>


                              6 MONTHS
                             ENDED APRIL 30                           YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,

                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>  
PER SHARE DATA                    1996    1995   1994   1993   1992   1991    1990     1989   1988    1987    1986*
                                  ----    ----   ----   ----   ----   ----    ----     ----   ----    ----    -----
Net asset value at
beginning of period             $18.73 $16.61 $16.32 $12.42 $11.32 $ 9.56  $14.96   $13.05 $ 9.93  $11.25   $10.22
                                 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------  ------  ------ ------  ------   ------  ------ 
  
 Income from investment operations:
   Net investment income (loss)   (.35)  (.31) (.22)  (.26)  (.12)  (.01)     .03    (.01)    .01     .12      .37
   Net realized and
    unrealized gain (loss)       10.35   2.43   .51    4.16   1.22   1.83  (4.93)     2.06   3.30   (.69)      .66
                                 ----- - ---  ------   ----   ----   ----  ------     ----   ----  ------     ----
     on investments..........       
                                    
     Total from investment
     operations                  10.00  2.12   .29    3.90    .10  1.82   (4.90)     2.05   3.31   (.57)     1.03
                                 ---- ------   ----    ---  -----  ------     ----   ----   -----     ----
                                    
 Less distributions:
   Distributions from net
   interest income.                .00   .00   .00    .00    .00  (.06)     .00      .00  (.19)   (.37)      .00
 . . . .                               
   Distributions from net 
   realized gains                  .00   .00   .00     .00    .00   . 00     (50)    (.14)   .00   (.38)     .00
                                   ----  ----- ----  ----- ------    ----   ------   ----  ------    ----
                                     
     Total distributions.....      .00  .00    .00    .00    .00   (.06)   (.50)    (.14)  (.19)   (.75)     .00
                                    --- ----  ----- ------ ------ ------  ------   -------------  ------   -----
Net asset value at end of
period                          $28.73 18.73 16.61  $16.32 $12.42 $11.32   $9.56  $ 14.96 $13.05  $9.93    $11.25
                                =====  =====  ===== ====== ====== ======   =====  ======= ======  ======   ======
TOTAL RETURN**...............   53.39%  12.76% 1.78%  31.40%  9.72% 19.04% (32.75)  15.71 33.33%  (5.07)   10.08%
                                ======  ====== ====== ======  ===== ====== =======  ===== ======  ======   ======
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net assets at end of period..          773,871 714,155 737,96 599,58 876,78 865,459 1,544,82 722,17 410,461 127,534
                           $1,227,128
Ratio of expenses to average net as      2.30%  2.00%  2.81%  2.46%  2.15%    1.83    1.81%  2.01%   1.17%    .87%
                                         =====  =====  =====  =====  =====    ====    =====  =====   =====    ====
sets(a) .....................   3.32%+
                                ======
Ratio of net investment income to
average net   assets (b)               (1.77)% 1.38)% 1.67)% 1.09)% (.15)%    .25%   (.09)%   .07%   1.53%   3.30%
                                       ======= ====== ====== ====== ======   =====   ======  =====   =====   =====
                              (2.98%)+        
                              ========        
Portfolio turnover rate**....   13.69% 30.04% 18.26% 19.28% 13.28% 14.35%  37.51%   55.83% 42.00%  30.00%   31.00%
                                ======  ====== ====== ===== ===== ======  ======   ====== ======  ======   ======
                                                          

</TABLE>


*From commencement of operations on March 7, 1985.

** Total returns and portfolio  turnover rates for periods of less than one year
are not annualized.

+ Annualized.

(a) Ratio prior to  reimbursement  by the Investment  Manager was 3.00%,  2.82%,
2.98%, 2.49%, 2.15%,  1.83%,1.81%,  2.01%, 1.17% and 6.76% for the periods ended
October 31, 1995,  1994,  1993,  1992,  1991,  1990,  1989, 1988, 1987 and 1986,
respectively.

(b) Ratio prior to reimbursement by the Investment Manager was (2.47)%, (2.20)%,
(1.76)%,  (1.12)%, (.15)%, .25%, (.09)%, .07%, 1.53% and (2.59)% for the periods
ended October 31, 1995, 1994, 1993, 1992, 1991, 1990, 1989, 1988, 1987 and 1986,
respectively.




                                                         3

<PAGE>






                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expense Tables..................... Distributions and Taxes.....................
Financial Highlights............... Determination of Net Asset Value............
The Fund's Investment Program...... Investment Manager and Subadviser...........
How to Purchase Shares............. Distribution of Shares......................
Shareholder Services............... Performance Information.....................
How to Redeem Shares............... Capital Stock...............................
                                    Custodian and Transfer Agent................



                          THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM

    The Fund's investment objective is long term capital appreciation.  The Fund
seeks to achieve  this  objective by  investing  primarily in equity  securities
that,  in the opinion of the  Investment  Manager,  are available at prices less
than their  intrinsic  value.  Intrinsic value is a term reflecting an analyst's
subjective  view of a  company's  worth.  It may be based on such things as book
value,  "hidden  assets"  (assets  carried on the books of a  corporation  below
market value),  the discounted  present value of a natural  resource (oil,  gas,
timber, silver, etc.), or an earnings history/projection. The Investment Manager
believes  that  investing  in such  undervalued  securities  provides  a greater
potential  for overall  investment  return.  Any income  which the Fund earns is
incidental to its objective of capital  appreciation.  The risks associated with
an investment in the Fund are those related to  fluctuations in the market value
of the Fund's  portfolio.  Also, at any time, the value of the Fund's shares may
be more or less than the investor's cost. The Fund is not intended for investors
who have as their primary objective conservation of capital.

    The Fund will purchase  common stocks,  securities  convertible  into common
stocks and preferred  stocks that are traded on domestic  stock  exchanges or in
the over-the-counter  market. Common stocks,  securities convertible into common
stocks,  and preferred  stocks are purchased  primarily for their  potential for
long term capital appreciation and not dividend yield or interest payments.  The
Fund  may also  invest  up to 5% of its net  assets  in  shares  of  closed  end
investment  companies.  In addition to the Fund's expenses,  as a shareholder in
another  investment  company,  the Fund would  bear its pro rata  portion of the
other investment company's expenses.

    The Fund retains the  flexibility  to respond  promptly to changes in market
and  economic  conditions  and the  Investment  Manager  may employ a  temporary
defensive  investment strategy if it determines such a strategy to be warranted.
Under a defensive strategy,  the Fund may hold cash and/or invest any portion or
all of its assets in high quality  money market  instruments  of U.S. or foreign
government or corporate issuers. To the extent the Fund adopts a temporary


                                                         4

<PAGE>




defensive  posture,  it will  not be  invested  so as to  directly  achieve  its
investment  objectives.  In addition,  pending  investment  of proceeds from new
sales of Fund shares or in order to meet ordinary daily cash needs, the Fund may
hold cash and may  invest in foreign  or  domestic  high  quality  money  market
instruments.  Money market instruments in which the Fund may invest include U.S.
or foreign government securities, high grade commercial paper, bank certificates
of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  and repurchase agreements relating to any of
the foregoing.

SMALL CAPITALIZATION  COMPANIES. The Fund may invest in companies that are small
or thinly  capitalized,  and may have a limited operating history.  As a result,
investment  in these  securities  involves  greater  risks and may be considered
speculative.  For example,  such companies may have more limited  product lines,
markets or financial resources than companies with larger  capitalizations,  and
may be more dependent on a small management  group. In addition,  the securities
of such companies may trade less  frequently and in smaller  volume,  and may be
subject to more abrupt or erratic  price  movements,  than  securities  of large
companies.  The  Fund's  positions  in  securities  of  such  companies  may  be
substantial in relation to the market of such securities. Accordingly, it may be
difficult for the Fund to dispose of securities of these companies at prevailing
market  prices.  Full  development of these  companies  takes time, and for this
reason the Fund should be  considered a long term  investment  and not a vehicle
for seeking short term profit.  The  securities  of small or thinly  capitalized
companies may also be more  sensitive to market  changes than the  securities of
large  companies.  Such companies may not be well known to the investing  public
and may not  have  institutional  ownership.  Such  companies  may  also be more
vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  Repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Fund
purchases securities from a bank or securities dealer and simultaneously commits
to resell the securities to the bank or dealer at an agreed-upon  date and price
reflecting a market rate of interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of
the  purchased  securities.   The  Fund  maintains  custody  of  the  underlying
securities prior to their repurchase; thus, the obligation of the bank or dealer
to pay the repurchase price on the date agreed to is, in effect, secured by such
securities.  If the value of these securities is less than the repurchase price,
plus any agreed-upon  additional  amount,  the other party to the agreement must
provide  additional  collateral so that at all times the  collateral is at least
equal to the repurchase  price,  plus any  agreed-upon  additional  amount.  The
difference  between  the total  amount to be  received  upon  repurchase  of the
securities  and the price  that was paid by the Fund upon their  acquisition  is
accrued as interest and included in the Fund's net investment income. Repurchase
agreements  carry  certain  risks not  associated  with  direct  investments  in
securities,  including  possible  declines in the market value of the underlying
securities  and delays and costs to the Fund if the other party to a  repurchase
agreement  becomes  insolvent.   The  Fund  intends  to  enter  into  repurchase
agreements  only  with  banks  and  dealers  in  transactions  believed  by  the
Investment Manager to present minimum credit risks in accordance with guidelines
established by the Fund's board of directors. The Investment Manager reviews and
monitors the creditworthiness


                                                         5

<PAGE>




of those institutions under the board's general supervision.

OTHER INFORMATION.  The Fund is  "non-diversified," as defined in the Investment
Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940  Act"),  but intends to continue to
qualify as a regulated investment company for Federal income tax purposes.  This
means, in general,  that more than 5% of the Fund's total assets may be invested
in the securities of one issuer (including a foreign government), but only if at
the close of each quarter of the Fund's  taxable year,  the aggregate  amount of
such holdings is less than 50% of the value of its total assets and no more than
25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the  securities  of a single
issuer.  To the  extent  that the  Fund's  portfolio  at times may  include  the
securities  of a smaller  number of issuers  than if it were  "diversified,"  as
defined in the 1940 Act,  the Fund will at such times be subject to greater risk
with respect to its portfolio securities than an investment company that invests
in a broader range of securities,  in that changes in the financial condition or
market assessment of a single issuer may cause greater fluctuation in the Fund's
total  return.  The Fund may invest (i) up to 15% of its net assets in  illiquid
securities,  including repurchase  agreements with a maturity of more than seven
days, and (ii) up to 10% of its total assets in restricted securities.  Illiquid
securities may be more difficult to value than more widely traded securities and
the prices  realized from the sales of illiquid  securities  may be less than if
such  securities  were more widely traded.  The Fund may borrow money from banks
for temporary or emergency  purposes  (not for  leveraging  or  investment)  and
engage in reverse repurchase agreements, but not in excess of an amount equal to
one third of the Fund's total net assets.  The Fund may not purchase  securities
for  investment  while  any bank  borrowing  equaling  more than 5% of its total
assets is outstanding.

    In addition to the Fund's investment objective, the Fund has adopted certain
investment  restrictions  set forth in the Statement of  Additional  Information
that are fundamental and may not be changed without  shareholder  approval.  The
Fund's other  investment  policies are not fundamental and may be changed by the
Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

    The Fund's shares are sold on a continuing  basis at the net asset value per
share next  determined  after  receipt and  acceptance  of the order by Investor
Service Center (see  "Determination  of Net Asset Value").  The minimum  initial
investment is $500 for regular and Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act custody
accounts, and $100 for retirement plans established with the Fund, which include
individual  retirement accounts ("IRAs"),  simplified employee pension plan IRAs
("SEP-IRAs"), rollover IRAs, profit sharing and money purchase plans, and 403(b)
plan accounts.  The minimum subsequent investment is $50. The initial investment
minimums  are  waived if you elect to invest  $50 or more each month in the Fund
through the Rockwood Automatic Investment Program (see "Additional  Investments"
below).

INITIAL  INVESTMENT.  The Account  Application  that accompanies this prospectus
should be  completed,  signed and, with a check or other  negotiable  bank draft
payable to The Rockwood  Growth Fund,  mailed to Investor  Service  Center,  Box
419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.


                                                         6

<PAGE>




Initial  investments  also may be made by having  your bank wire  money,  as set
forth below, in order to avoid mail delays.

ADDITIONAL  INVESTMENTS.  Additional investments may be made conveniently at any
time by any one or more of the following methods:

o   ROCKWOOD  AUTOMATIC   INVESTMENT   PROGRAM.   With  the  Rockwood  Automatic
    Investment Program,  you can establish a convenient and affordable long term
    investment  program through one or more of the Plans explained  below.  Each
    Plan is designed to  facilitate  an automatic  monthly  investment of $50 or
    more into your Fund account.

         The ROCKWOOD  BANK  TRANSFER  PLAN lets you  purchase  Fund shares on a
         certain  day each  month by  transferring  electronically  a  specified
         dollar amount from your regular checking account,  NOW account, or bank
         money market deposit account.

         In the ROCKWOOD  SALARY  INVESTING PLAN, part or all of your salary may
         be  invested  electronically  in  shares  of the Fund on each pay date,
         depending upon your employer's direct deposit program.

         The  ROCKWOOD  GOVERNMENT  DIRECT  DEPOSIT  PLAN  allows you to deposit
         automatically part or all of certain U.S. Government payments into your
         Fund  account.   Eligible  U.S.   Government  payments  include  Social
         Security,  pension benefits,  military or retirement benefits,  salary,
         veteran's benefits and most other recurring payments.

    For more  information  concerning  these Plans,  or to request the necessary
    authorization  form(s),  please call Investor  Service  Center  toll-free at
    1-888-ROCKWOOD.  You may modify or terminate  the Bank  Transfer Plan at any
    time by written  notice  received  at least 10 days  prior to the  scheduled
    investment  date.  To modify  or  terminate  the  Salary  Investing  Plan or
    Government  Direct  Deposit Plan,  you should  contact,  respectively,  your
    employer or the appropriate U.S.  government  agency.  The Fund reserves the
    right to redeem any account if  participation  in the Program is  terminated
    and the account's  value is less than $500. The Program and the Plans do not
    assure a profit or  protect  against  loss in a  declining  market,  and you
    should consider your ability to make purchases when prices are low.

o   CHECK.  Mail a check or other  negotiable  bank  draft ($50  minimum),  made
    payable to The Rockwood  Growth Fund,  together with a Rockwood  FastDeposit
    form to Investor Service Center, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.  If
    you do not use that form, please send a letter indicating the account number
    to which the  subsequent  investment  is to be credited,  and name(s) of the
    registered owner(s).

o   ELECTRONIC  FUNDS  TRANSFER  (EFT).  With EFT, you may  purchase  additional
    shares of the Fund  quickly and  simply,  just by calling  Investor  Service
    Center toll-free at 1-888- ROCKWOOD.  The bank you designate on your Account
    Application or Authorization  Form will be contacted to arrange for the EFT,
    which is done through the Automated Clearing


                                                         7

<PAGE>




    House system, to your Fund account. For requests received by 4 p.m., eastern
    time, the investment will be credited to your Fund account ordinarily within
    two  business  days.  There is a $50 minimum for each EFT  investment.  Your
    designated  bank  must  be  an  Automated  Clearing  House  member  and  any
    subsequent changes in bank account  information must be submitted in writing
    with a voided check.

o FEDERAL FUNDS WIRE. You may wire money,  by following the procedures set forth
below, to receive that day's net asset value per share.

INVESTING BY WIRE. For an initial  investment by wire, you must first  telephone
Investor Service Center toll-free at  1-888-ROCKWOOD,  to give the name(s) under
which the account is to be registered,  tax  identification  number, the name of
the bank  sending the wire,  and to be assigned a Rockwood  Growth Fund  account
number.  You may then  purchase  shares  by  requesting  your  bank to  transmit
immediately  available funds ("Federal  funds") by wire to: United Missouri Bank
NA, ABA #10-10-00695; for Account 98-7052-724-3;  The Rockwood Growth Fund. Your
account  number and name(s)  must be specified in the wire as they are to appear
on the account  registration.  You should then enter your account number on your
completed  Account  Application  and  promptly  forward it to  Investor  Service
Center, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789. This service is not available on
days when the Federal Reserve wire system is closed.  Subsequent  investments by
wire may be made at any time without  having to call Investor  Service Center by
simply following the same wiring procedures.

SHAREHOLDER ACCOUNTS. When you invest in the Fund, your account will be credited
with all full and fractional shares (to three decimal places), together with any
dividends  and  other  distributions  that are paid in  additional  shares  (see
"Distributions and Taxes").  The Fund no longer issues stock  certificates.  For
joint tenant accounts, any account owner has the authority to act on the account
without notice to the other account owners.  Investor Service Center in its sole
discretion  and for its  protection  may, but is not obligated  to,  require the
written  consent of all account owners of a joint tenant account prior to acting
upon  the  instructions  of any  account  owner.  You will  receive  transaction
confirmations upon purchasing or selling shares.

WHEN ORDERS ARE  EFFECTIVE.  The purchase price for Fund shares is the net asset
value of such shares next  determined  after receipt and  acceptance by Investor
Service  Center of a purchase  order in proper form.  All purchases are accepted
subject to collection at full face value in Federal  funds.  Checks must be made
payable to The Rockwood Growth Fund and drawn in U.S. dollars on a U.S. bank. No
third party  checks will be accepted  and the Fund  reserves the right to reject
any order for any reason.  Accounts  are charged $30 by the  Transfer  Agent for
submitting  checks for investment  which are not honored by the investor's bank.
The Fund may in its discretion waive or lower the investment minimums.

                              SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

    You may modify or terminate your  participation in any of the Fund's special
plans or services at any time.  Shares or cash should not be withdrawn  from any
tax-advantaged


                                                         8

<PAGE>




retirement  plan  described  below,  however,  without  consulting a tax adviser
concerning possible adverse tax consequences.  Additional  information regarding
any of the  following  services is available  from  Investor  Service  Center by
calling toll-free at 1-888-ROCKWOOD.

ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). You automatically have the privilege of linking
your bank account  designated on your Account  Application or Authorization Form
and your Fund  account  with  Rockwood's  EFT  service.  With  EFT,  you use the
Automated  Clearing  House system to  electronically  transfer money quickly and
safely between your bank and Fund  accounts.  EFT may be used for purchasing and
redeeming Fund shares,  direct deposit of dividends into your bank account,  the
Automatic Investment Program, the Systematic Withdrawal Plan, and systematic IRA
distributions. You may decline this privilege by checking the indicated blank on
the Account Application. Any subsequent changes in bank account information must
be  submitted  in  writing  (and  the  Fund  may  require  the  signature  to be
guaranteed), with a voided check.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PLAN.  If you own Fund  shares  with a value of at least
$20,000 you may elect an automatic monthly or quarterly  withdrawal of cash from
your Fund account in fixed dollar,  share, or percentage  amounts,  subject to a
minimum amount of $100. Under the Systematic  Withdrawal Plan, all dividends and
other distributions, if any, are reinvested in the Fund.

ASSIGNMENT.  Fund shares may be transferred to another owner.  Instructions  are
available from Investor Service Center by calling toll-free at 1-888-ROCKWOOD.

TAX-ADVANTAGED RETIREMENT PLANS. These plans provide an opportunity to set aside
money for  retirement  in a  tax-advantaged  account  in which  earnings  can be
compounded  without  incurring a tax liability  until the money and earnings are
withdrawn.   Contributions   may  be   fully   or   partially   deductible   (or
non-deductible)  for Federal income tax purposes as noted below.  Information on
any of the plans  described  below is available from Investor  Service Center by
calling toll-free at 1-888-ROCKWOOD.

    The minimum  investment to establish a Rockwood IRA or other retirement plan
is $100. Minimum subsequent investments are $50. The initial investment minimums
are waived if you elect to invest $50 or more each month in the Fund through the
Rockwood Automatic Investment Program. There are no set-up fees for any Rockwood
Retirement  Plan.  Subject  to change  on 30 days'  notice,  the plan  custodian
charges  Rockwood  IRAs a $10 annual  fiduciary  fee, $10 for each  distribution
prior  to age 59 1/2,  and a $20  plan  termination  fee;  however,  the  annual
fiduciary  fee is waived if your IRA has  assets  of  $10,000  or more or if you
invest regularly through the Rockwood Automatic Investment Program.

|X|      IRA AND SEP-IRA  ACCOUNTS.  Anyone with earned  income who is less than
         age 70 1/2 at the end of the tax year,  even if also  participating  in
         another type of retirement  plan,  may establish an IRA and  contribute
         each year up to $2,000 or 100% of earned income, whichever is less, and
         an aggregate of up to $2,250 when a non-working spouse is also


                                                         9

<PAGE>




         covered  in a separate  spousal  account.  If each  spouse has at least
         $2,000 of earned  income each year,  they may  contribute  up to $4,000
         annually.  Employers may also make contributions to an IRA on behalf of
         an individual under a SEP-IRA in any amount up to 15% of up to $150,000
         of compensation.  Generally,  taxpayers may contribute to an IRA during
         the tax year and  through the next year until the income tax return for
         that year is due, without regard to extensions.  Thus, most individuals
         may contribute for the 1996 tax year from January 1, 1996 through April
         15, 1997.

    DEDUCTIBILITY.  IRA  contributions  are fully deductible for many taxpayers.
    For a  taxpayer  who  is an  active  participant  in an  employer-maintained
    retirement  plan (or whose  spouse  is), a portion of IRA  contributions  is
    deductible  if  adjusted  gross  income  (before  the  IRA   deductions)  is
    $40,000-$50,000  (if married)  and  $25,000-$35,000  (if  single).  Only IRA
    contributions   by  a  taxpayer   who  is  an  active   participant   in  an
    employer-maintained  retirement  plan (or whose  spouse is) and has adjusted
    gross  income of more than $50,000 (if married) and $35,000 (if single) will
    not be deductible. An eligible individual may establish a Rockwood IRA under
    the prototype plan available  through the Fund,  even though such individual
    or spouse actively participates in an employer-maintained retirement plan.

o IRA TRANSFER AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS.  Special forms are available from Investor
Service  Center by calling  toll-free at  1-888-ROCKWOOD,  which make it easy to
transfer or roll over IRA assets to a Rockwood  IRA.  An IRA may be  transferred
from one financial  institution  to another  without  adverse tax  consequences.
Similarly, no taxes need be paid on a lump-sum distribution that you may receive
as a payment from a qualified  pension or profit sharing plan due to retirement,
job termination,  or termination of the plan, so long as the assets are put into
an IRA Rollover  account within 60 days of the payment.  Withholding for Federal
income  tax  purposes  is  required  at the rate of 20% for  "eligible  rollover
distributions"  made from any  retirement  plan (other than an IRA) that are not
directly  transferred  to an  "eligible  retirement  plan,"  such as a  Rockwood
Rollover Account.

o PROFIT  SHARING AND MONEY  PURCHASE  PLANS.  These provide an  opportunity  to
accumulate  earnings  on  a  tax-deferred  basis  by  permitting   corporations,
self-employed  individuals (including partners) and their employees generally to
contribute (and deduct) up to $30,000  annually or, if less, 25% (15% for profit
sharing plans) of  compensation or  self-employment  earnings of up to $150,000.
Corporations  and  partnerships,  as  well  as all  self-employed  persons,  are
eligible to establish  these plans.  In addition,  a person who is both salaried
and self-employed,  such as a college professor who serves as a consultant,  may
adopt these retirement plans based on self-employment earnings.

|X|      SECTION 403(B) ACCOUNTS. Section 403(b)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code
         of 1986, as amended  ("Code"),  permits the  establishment of custodial
         accounts on behalf of  employees of public  school  systems and certain
         tax-exempt  organizations.  A  participant  in such a plan does not pay
         taxes on any contributions  made by the  participant's  employer to the
         participant's account pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, up to a
         maximum amount,


                                                        10

<PAGE>




         or "exclusion allowance." The exclusion allowance is generally computed
         by  multiplying  the  participant's  years of service  times 20% of the
         participant's  compensation  included in gross income received from the
         employer (reduced by any amount previously  contributed by the employer
         to any 403(b) account for the benefit of the  participant  and excluded
         from the participant's gross income).  However, the exclusion allowance
         may not  exceed  the  lesser of 25% of the  participant's  compensation
         (limited as above) or $30,000.  Contributions  and subsequent  earnings
         thereon  are not taxable  until  withdrawn,  when they are  received as
         ordinary income.

                              HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

    Generally,  you may redeem by any of the methods  explained below.  Requests
for  redemption   should  include  the  following   information:   your  account
registration   information  including  address,   account  number  and  taxpayer
identification  number;  dollar  value,  number  or  percentage  of shares to be
redeemed;  how and to where the  proceeds  are to be sent;  if  applicable,  the
bank's name, address,  ABA routing number, bank account registration and account
number,  and a contact  person's  name and  telephone  number;  and your daytime
telephone number.

BY MAIL. You may request that the Fund redeem any amount by submitting a written
request to Investor  Service  Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas City, MO  64141-6789,
signed by the record  owner(s).  If the written  request is sent to the Fund, it
will be forwarded to the above address.

     BY  TELEPHONE.  You may  telephone  Investor  Service  Center  toll-free at
1-888-ROCKWOOD, to expedite redemption of Fund shares.

    You may  redeem as little as $250 worth of shares by  requesting  Electronic
    Funds Transfer  (EFT) service.  With EFT, you can redeem Fund shares quickly
    and  conveniently  because  Investor  Service  Center will  contact the bank
    designated on your Account  Application or Authorization Form to arrange for
    the electronic  transfer of your redemption  proceeds (through the Automated
    Clearing  House  system) to your bank account.  EFT proceeds are  ordinarily
    available in your bank account within two business days.

    If you are  redeeming  $1,000 or more worth of shares,  you may request that
    the  proceeds be mailed to your address of record or mailed or wired to your
    authorized bank.

    Telephone  requests  received on Fund business  days by 4 p.m.  eastern time
will be  redeemed  from your  account  that day,  and if  received  after 4 p.m.
eastern  time, on the next Fund  business  day. Any  subsequent  changes in bank
account information must be submitted in writing,  signature guaranteed,  with a
voided  check.  Redemptions  by  telephone  may be difficult  or  impossible  to
implement during periods of rapid changes in economic or market conditions.

REDEMPTION PRICE AND FEES. The redemption price is the net asset value per share
next determined after receipt of the redemption request in proper form. The Fund
is designed as a long term  investment,  and short term trading is  discouraged.
Accordingly, if shares of the Fund

                                                        11

<PAGE>




held for 30 days or less are  redeemed  or  exchanged,  the Fund  will  deduct a
redemption fee equal to one percent of the net asset value of shares redeemed or
exchanged.  The fee  will be  retained  by the  Fund  and  used  to  offset  the
transaction  costs  that  short  term  trading  imposes  on  the  Fund  and  its
shareholders. If an account contains shares with different holding periods (i.e.
some shares held 30 days or less, some shares held 31 days or more),  the shares
with the  longest  holding  period will be redeemed  first to  determine  if the
Fund's  redemption fee applies.  Shares  acquired  through the  reinvestment  of
dividends and other  distributions  or redeemed under the Systematic  Withdrawal
Plan are exempt from the redemption fee. Registered  broker/dealers,  investment
advisers,  banks, and insurance companies may open accounts and redeem shares by
telephone or wire and may impose a charge for handling purchases and redemptions
when acting on behalf of others.

REDEMPTION  PAYMENT.  Payment  for  shares  redeemed  will  be  made  as soon as
possible,  ordinarily within seven days after receipt of the redemption  request
in proper form. The right of redemption may not be suspended, or date of payment
delayed more than seven days,  except for any period (i) when the New York Stock
Exchange is closed or trading  thereon is  restricted  as determined by the SEC;
(ii) under  emergency  circumstances  as  determined by the SEC that make it not
reasonably  practicable  for the Fund to  dispose of  securities  owned by it or
fairly to determine  the value of its assets;  or (iii) as the SEC may otherwise
permit.  The mailing of proceeds on  redemption  requests  involving  any shares
purchased  by  personal,  corporate,  or  government  check or EFT  transfer  is
generally  subject  to a fifteen  day delay to allow  the check or  transfer  to
clear. The fifteen day clearing period does not affect the trade date on which a
purchase or redemption order is priced, or any dividends and other distributions
to which you may be entitled through the date of redemption. The clearing period
does not apply to purchases made by wire.

TELEPHONE PRIVILEGES.  You automatically have all telephone privileges to, among
other things,  authorize  purchases and redemptions  with EFT or by other means,
unless declined on the Account Application or otherwise in writing.  Neither the
Fund nor  Investor  Service  Center  shall be liable  for any loss or damage for
acting in good faith upon instructions  received by telephone and believed to be
genuine.  The Fund employs  reasonable  procedures to confirm that  instructions
communicated  by telephone  are genuine and if it does not, it may be liable for
losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transactions.  These procedures include
requiring personal  identification prior to acting upon telephone  instructions,
providing written  confirmation of such  transactions,  and recording  telephone
conversations.  The Fund may modify or terminate  any  telephone  privileges  or
shareholder services (except as noted) at any time without notice.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. No signature guarantees are required when payment is to be
made to you at your address of record. If the redemption proceeds are to be paid
to a  non-shareholder  of record,  or to an address  other than your  address of
record,  or the shares are to be assigned,  the Transfer  Agent may require that
your signature be guaranteed by an entity acceptable to the Transfer Agent, such
as a commercial bank or trust company or member firm of a national


                                                        12

<PAGE>




securities  exchange  or  of  the  NASD.  A  notary  public  may  not  guarantee
signatures.  The  Transfer  Agent may  require  further  documentation,  and may
restrict the mailing of redemption  proceeds to your address of record within 60
days of such address being changed  unless you provide a signature  guarantee as
described above.

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

DISTRIBUTIONS. The Fund pays dividends annually to its shareholders from its net
investment  income,  if any. The Fund also makes an annual  distribution  to its
shareholders out of any net realized capital gains, after offsetting any capital
loss carryover,  and any net realized gains from foreign currency  transactions.
Dividends  and  other  distributions,  if any,  are  declared,  and  payable  to
shareholders of record,  on a date in December of each year. Such  distributions
may be paid in January of the following year, in which event they will be deemed
received by the shareholders on the preceding December 31 for tax purposes.  The
Fund may also make an  additional  distribution  following the end of its fiscal
year out of any  undistributed  income and capital  gains.  Dividends  and other
distributions  are made in additional  Fund shares,  unless you elect to receive
cash on the Account  Application or so elect  subsequently  by calling  Investor
Service  Center  toll-free at  1-888-ROCKWOOD.  For Federal income tax purposes,
dividends  and  other  distributions  are  treated  in the same  manner  whether
received in  additional  Fund  shares or in cash.  Any  election  will remain in
effect until you notify Investor Service Center to the contrary. Any dividend or
other  distribution  will have the effect of reducing the net asset value of the
Fund's shares on the payment date by the amount thereof.  Furthermore,  any such
dividend  or other  distribution,  although  similar  in  effect  to a return of
capital, will be subject to taxes.

TAXES.  The Fund  intends to continue to qualify  for  treatment  as a regulated
investment company under the Code ("RIC") so that it will be relieved of Federal
income tax on that part of its  investment  company  taxable  income  (generally
consisting of net investment income, net short term capital gains, and net gains
from certain foreign currency  transactions) and net capital gain (the excess of
net long term capital gain over net short term capital loss) that is distributed
to its  shareholders.  Dividends  paid by the Fund from its  investment  company
taxable income (whether paid in cash or in additional Fund shares) generally are
taxable to its shareholders, other than shareholders that are not subject to tax
on their  income,  as ordinary  income to the extent of the Fund's  earnings and
profits;  a  portion  of  those  dividends  may be  eligible  for the  corporate
dividends-received deduction.  Distributions by the Fund of its net capital gain
(whether paid in cash or in additional Fund shares),  when designated as such by
the Fund, are taxable to the shareholders as long term capital gains, regardless
of how long they have held their Fund shares. The Fund notifies its shareholders
following  the end of each calendar year of the amounts of dividends and capital
gain  distributions  paid (or deemed paid) that year and of any portion of those
dividends that  qualifies for the corporate  dividends-received  deduction.  Any
dividend or other  distribution paid by the Fund will reduce the net asset value
of  Fund  shares  by  the  amount  of  the   distribution.   Furthermore,   such
distribution, although similar in effect to a return of capital, will be subject
to taxes.


                                                        13

<PAGE>




     The  Fund is  required  to  withhold  31% of all  dividends,  capital  gain
distributions,  and redemption  proceeds  payable to any individuals and certain
other  noncorporate  shareholders  who do not  provide  the Fund  with a correct
taxpayer  identification number.  Withholding at that rate also is required from
dividends and capital gain  distributions  payable to such  shareholders who are
otherwise subject to backup withholding.

    The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important  Federal income tax
considerations  generally  affecting  the  Fund  and its  shareholders;  see the
Statement of Additional  Information for a further  discussion.  Since other tax
considerations may apply, you should consult your tax adviser.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

    The  value of a share of the Fund is based on the  value of its net  assets.
The  Fund's net assets  are the total of its  investments  and all other  assets
minus any liabilities.  The value of one share is determined by dividing the net
assets by the total  number of shares  outstanding.  This is referred to as "net
asset value per share," and is determined as of the close of regular  trading on
the New York Stock Exchange  (currently,  4 p.m.  eastern time,  unless weather,
equipment  failure  or other  factors  contribute  to an earlier  closing)  each
business day of the Fund. A business day of the Fund is any day on which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  The following are not business days of
the  Fund:  New  Year's  Day,  Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,   Memorial  Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

    Portfolio  securities  and other assets of the Fund are valued  primarily on
the basis of market  quotations,  if  readily  available.  Securities  and other
assets for which  quotations  are not readily  available  will be valued at fair
value as  determined  in good  faith by or under the  direction  of the Board of
Directors.

                        INVESTMENT MANAGER AND SUBADVISER

    Rockwood Advisers,  Inc. (the "Investment  Manager") acts as general manager
of the  Fund,  being  responsible  for  the  various  functions  assumed  by it,
including  regularly  furnishing advice with respect to portfolio  transactions.
The  Investment  Manager  also  furnishes  or  obtains on behalf of the Fund all
services   necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  Fund's   business  and
administration.   The  Investment   Manager  retains  final  discretion  in  the
investment and  reinvestment  of the Fund's  assets,  subject to the control and
oversight of the Board of  Directors.  The  Investment  Manager is authorized to
place portfolio transactions with an affiliated broker/dealer,  and may allocate
brokerage  transactions  by taking into  account the sales of shares of the Fund
and other affiliated investment  companies.  The Investment Manager may allocate
transactions to  broker/dealers  that remit a portion of their  commissions as a
credit against the Fund's expenses.

For its services,  the  Investment  Manager  receives a fee based on the average
daily net


                                                        14

<PAGE>




assets of the Fund,  at the  annual  rate of 1% on the first  $200  million  and
declining  thereafter as a percentage  of average daily net assets.  This fee is
higher than fees paid by most other investment companies. During the fiscal year
ended  October  31,  1995,  investment  management  fees paid by the Fund  after
reimbursement  represented  less than 0.01% of  average  daily net  assets.  The
Investment Manager provides certain administrative services to the Fund at cost.
Bassett S. Winmill may be deemed a controlling person of the Investment Manager.

    The Investment  Manager has entered into a subadvisory  agreement with Aspen
Securities and Advisory,  Inc., an Idaho  corporation  (the  "Subadviser"),  for
certain  subadvisory  services.  The  Subadviser  advises and consults  with the
Investment  Manager  regarding the  selection,  clearing and  safekeeping of the
Fund's  portfolio  investments  and assists in pricing and generally  monitoring
such investments.  The principal business address of the Subadviser is 545 Shoup
Avenue,  No. 303, Idaho Falls, Idaho 83402. The Subadviser is controlled by Ross
H. Farmer, its principal  stockholder,  who owns 79% of the outstanding stock of
the  Subadviser  and is a  controlling  person of the  Subadviser as the term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Investment  Manager,  not the
Fund, pays the Subadviser  monthly a percentage of the Investment  Manager's net
fees based upon the Fund's performance and its total net assets ranging from ten
to fifty percent of the Investment Manager's net fees. The Subadviser had served
as the  investment  adviser to the Fund until August 19, 1996.  Mr. Ross Farmer,
the Subadviser's  President,  has been the Fund's portfolio  manager since April
1986 and  currently  serves as the Fund's  portfolio  manager  together with the
Investment Manager's Investment Policy Committee.  Mr. Farmer has been President
of the Subadviser since 1986.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

    Pursuant to a Distribution  Agreement,  Investor  Service Center,  Inc. (the
"Distributor"),  11  Hanover  Square,  New York,  NY 10005,  acts as the  Fund's
principal  agent  for the  sale of its  shares.  The  Investment  Manager  is an
affiliate of the  Distributor.  The Fund has also adopted a plan of distribution
(the  "Plan")  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.  Pursuant to the Plan,
the Fund  pays the  Distributor  a fee in an  amount  of 0.25%  per annum of the
Fund's average daily net assets for  distribution and service  activities.  This
fee may be retained by the  Distributor or passed through to brokers,  banks and
others who provide  services to their customers who are Fund  shareholders or to
the Distributor.  The Fund will pay the fee to the Distributor  until either the
Plan is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the Distributor's  expenses in
excess of fees  received  or accrued  through  the  termination  day will be the
Distributor's  sole  responsibility  and not obligations of the Fund. During the
period they are in effect, the Distribution Agreement and Plan obligate the Fund
to pay a fee to the Distributor as compensation for its distribution and service
activities.  If the Distributor's expenses exceeds the fee, the Fund will not be
obligated to pay any additional amount to the Distributor.  If the Distributor's
expenses are less than the fee, it may realize a profit.



                                                        15

<PAGE>




                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

    Advertisements  and  other  sales  literature  for the Fund may refer to the
Fund's  "average  annual total return" and  "cumulative  total return." All such
quotations are based upon  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  investment  return  on  and  principal  value  of  an
investment  in the  Fund  will  fluctuate,  so that an  investor's  shares  when
redeemed  may be worth more or less than their  original  cost.  In  addition to
advertising average annual total return and cumulative total return, comparative
performance  information may be used from time to time in advertising the Fund's
shares, including data from Morningstar,  Inc., Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.
and  other  sources.  "Average  annual  total  return"  is  the  average  annual
compounded  rate of  return  on a  hypothetical  $1,000  investment  made at the
beginning of the advertised period. In calculating  average annual total return,
all dividends and other distributions are assumed to be reinvested.  "Cumulative
total return" is calculated by subtracting a hypothetical  $1,000 payment to the
Fund  from  the  ending  redeemable  value  of such  payment  (at the end of the
relevant advertised period),  dividing such difference by $1,000 and multiplying
the quotient by 100. In calculating  ending  redeemable value, all dividends and
other  distributions  are assumed to be reinvested  in  additional  Fund shares.
Although the Fund imposes a 1% redemption  fee on the  redemption of shares held
for 30 days or less,  all of the  periods  for which  performance  is quoted are
longer  than  30  days,  and  therefore  the  1% fee  is  not  reflected  in the
performance   calculations.   In  addition,   there  is  no  sales  charge  upon
reinvestment of dividends or other distributions. For more information regarding
how the Fund's  average  annual  total  return and  cumulative  total  return is
calculated, see "Calculation of Performance Data" in the Statement of Additional
Information.   The  Fund's  annual  report  to  shareholders   contains  further
information about the Fund's  performance,  and is available free of charge upon
request.

    The  accompanying  total  return  performance  graph  compares  results of a
$10,000  investment in the Fund and in the Valueline  Arithmetic  ("Valueline").
The  Valueline  is unmanaged  and fully  invested in common  stocks.  The Fund's
inception  was April 30,  1986.  Performance  Graphs are from April 30,  1986 to
October 31, 1995, and results in each case reflect reinvestment of dividends and
distributions.

Plot Points:

Fund: $10,220,  $11,250,  $10,632,  $14,240, $16,499, $10,897, $12,978, $14,239,
$18,710, $19,042, $21,484

Valueline:   $10,000,  $10,030,  $9,556,  $11,987,  $13,982,  $10,611,  $15,765,
$17,442, $21,932, $22,781, $26,475


    Average annual returns for the one, three, and five year periods,  and since
inception are as follows:

Fund:                      12.76%, 14.70%, 14.59%, and 8.13%


                                                        16

<PAGE>




Valueline:                 16.21%, 14.92%, 20.06%, and 10.79%

    For the fiscal year ending  October 31, 1995, the Fund  appreciated  12.76%.
This gain is  attributable to the general  appreciation of the Fund's  holdings,
not any particular company or industry group.

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

    The  Fund  is  a  non-diversified  open-end  management  investment  company
organized as an Idaho  corporation  on March 7, 1985.  The Fund is authorized to
issue up to  100,000,000  shares  ($.10 par value).  The Fund's  stock is freely
assignable by way of pledge (as, for example,  for collateral  purposes),  gift,
settlement of an estate and also by an investor to another investor.  Each share
has equal dividend, voting, liquidation,  and redemption rights with every other
share.  The shares  are  non-assessable  and have no  preemptive  or  conversion
rights.

    The Fund is currently  required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders to
elect  directors and to transact such other  business as may properly be brought
before the  meeting.  In addition,  the holders of 10% of the Fund's  shares may
call a meeting at any time.

                          CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

    Investors Bank & Trust Company,  89 South Street,  Boston, MA 02111, acts as
custodian of the Fund's assets,  performs  certain  accounting  services for the
Fund, and may appoint one or more subcustodians  provided such  subcustodianship
is in compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the 1940 Act.

    The Fund's transfer and dividend  disbursing agent ("Transfer Agent") is DST
Systems, Inc., Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.  The Distributor provides
certain  shareholder  administration  services to the Fund and is reimbursed its
cost by the Fund. The Fund may also enter into  agreements  with brokers,  banks
and others who would perform,  on behalf of its customers,  certain  shareholder
services not otherwise provided by the Transfer Agent or the Distributor.


                                                        17

<PAGE>




Statement of Additional Information                              August 19, 1996






                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                                11 Hanover Square
                               New York, NY 10005
                            Toll-free: 1-888-ROCKWOOD



    This Statement of Additional Information regarding The Rockwood Growth Fund,
Inc.  ("Fund") is not a prospectus  and should be read in  conjunction  with the
Fund's  prospectus  dated  August 19,  1996.  The  prospectus  is  available  to
prospective  investors  without charge upon request to Investor  Service Center,
Inc., the Fund's distributor, by calling toll-free at 1-888- ROCKWOOD.


                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS


THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM..............................3

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS....................................6

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.....................................9

INVESTMENT MANAGER........................................12

SUBADVISER AND SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT......................14

CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA...........................16

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES....................................21

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..........................23

PURCHASE OF SHARES........................................24

ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE...................................24

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES...................................28

REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS...................................30

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT.........31



                                                         1

<PAGE>




AUDITORS..........................................31

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................31




                                                         2

<PAGE>






                          THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM

    The  following  information   supplements  the  information  concerning  the
investment  objective,  policies  and  limitations  of  the  Fund  found  in the
Prospectus.   The  Fund's  investment   objective  of  capital  appreciation  is
non-fundamental  and may be  changed by the Fund's  Board of  Directors  without
shareholder approval. Fund shareholders will be notified at least thirty days in
advance of a change in the Fund's  investment  objective,  and shareholders will
not be charged an  exchange  fee or  redemption  fee if they  redeem  after such
notice and prior to the change of investment objective.

     U.S. GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.  The U.S.  government  securities in which the
Fund may invest  include  direct  obligations  of the U.S.  government  (such as
Treasury  bills,  notes and bonds)  and  obligations  issued by U.S.  government
agencies and  instrumentalities  backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government,   such  as  those  issued  by  the  Government   National   Mortgage
Association.  In addition,  the U.S. government securities in which the Fund may
invest include securities  supported primarily or solely by the creditworthiness
of the  issuer,  such as  securities  issued by the  Federal  National  Mortgage
Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Tennessee Valley
Authority. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of
the  U.S.  government,   the  Fund  must  look  principally  to  the  agency  or
instrumentality  issuing or guaranteeing  the obligation for ultimate  repayment
and may not be able to assert a claim against the U.S.  government itself in the
event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.  Accordingly,
these  securities  may  involve  more  risk than  securities  backed by the U.S.
government's full faith and credit.

    BORROWING.  The Fund may incur overdrafts at its custodian bank from time to
time in connection with redemptions and/or the purchase of portfolio securities.
In lieu of  paying  interest  to the  custodian  bank,  the  Fund  may  maintain
equivalent  cash balances prior or subsequent to incurring such  overdrafts.  If
cash balances  exceed such  overdrafts,  the custodian bank may credit  interest
thereon against fees.

    ILLIQUID ASSETS. The Fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security
or invest in a repurchase  agreement  if, as a result,  (a) more than 15% of the
Fund's net assets  would be invested in illiquid  assets,  including  repurchase
agreements  not entitling the holder to payment of principal  within seven days,
or (b) more than 10% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in  securities
that are illiquid by virtue of  restrictions  on the sale of such  securities to
the public  without  registration  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("1933 Act"). The term "illiquid  assets" for this purpose  includes  securities
that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary  course of business
at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities.

    Illiquid  restricted  securities  may be sold by the Fund only in  privately
negotiated  transactions  or in a  public  offering  with  respect  to  which  a
registration statement is in effect under the 1933


                                                         3

<PAGE>




Act.  Where  registration  is required,  the Fund may be obligated to pay all or
part of the registration  expenses and a considerable  period may elapse between
the time of the  decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell
a security under an effective registration statement.  If, during such a period,
adverse  market  conditions  were to  develop,  the  Fund  might  obtain  a less
favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

    In recent  years a large  institutional  market has  developed  for  certain
securities  that are not  registered  under  the  1933  Act,  including  private
placements,   repurchase  agreements,   commercial  paper,  foreign  securities,
municipal  securities and corporate bonds and notes. These instruments are often
restricted  securities  because the securities are either themselves exempt from
registration or sold in transactions not requiring  registration.  Institutional
investors  generally  will not seek to sell  these  instruments  to the  general
public,  but instead  will often  depend  either on an  efficient  institutional
market in which such  unregistered  securities  can be  readily  resold or on an
issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. Therefore, the fact that there
are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or certain
institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

    Rule  144A  under  the  1933  Act  establishes  a  "safe  harbor"  from  the
registration  requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain  securities to
qualified institutional buyers.  Institutional restricted securities markets may
provide both readily  ascertainable  values for  restricted  securities  and the
ability to liquidate an investment in order to satisfy share  redemption  orders
on a timely basis. Such markets might include automated systems for the trading,
clearance and settlement of unregistered  securities,  such as the PORTAL System
sponsored  by  the  National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers,   Inc.  An
insufficient  number  of  qualified  buyers  interested  in  purchasing  certain
restricted  securities  held by the Fund,  however,  could affect  adversely the
marketability  of such  portfolio  securities,  and the Fund  might be unable to
dispose of such securities promptly or at favorable prices.

    The Board of  Directors  of the Fund has  delegated  the  function of making
day-to-day   determinations  of  liquidity  to  Rockwood  Advisers,   Inc.  (the
"Investment  Manager")  pursuant  to  guidelines  approved  by  the  Board.  The
Investment  Manager takes into account a number of factors in reaching liquidity
decisions,  including  (1) the  frequency of trades and quotes for the security,
(2) the  number of dealers  willing to  purchase  or sell the  security  and the
number of other potential  purchasers,  (3) dealer undertakings to make a market
in the  security,  and (4) the  nature  of the  security  and the  nature of the
marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method
of  soliciting  offers and the mechanics of transfer).  The  Investment  Manager
monitors the  liquidity of  restricted  securities  in the Fund's  portfolio and
reports periodically on such decisions to the Board of Directors.

    LENDING.  The Fund may lend up to  one-third  of its  total  assets to other
parties,  although it has no current  intention of doing so. If the Fund engages
in lending transactions, it will enter into lending agreements that require that
the loans be continuously  secured by cash,  securities  issued or guaranteed by
the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or any


                                                         4

<PAGE>




combination of cash and such securities,  as collateral equal at all times to at
least the market value of the assets lent. To the extent of such activities, the
custodian will apply credits against its custodial  charges.  There are risks to
the Fund of delay  in  receiving  additional  collateral  and  risks of delay in
recovery of, and failure to recover,  the assets lent should the  borrower  fail
financially or otherwise violate the terms of the lending agreement.  Loans will
be  made  only to  borrowers  deemed  by the  Investment  Manager  to be of good
standing and when, in the Investment Manager's judgment, the consideration which
can be earned currently from such lending  transactions  justifies the attendant
risk. Any loan made by the Fund will provide that it may be terminated by either
party upon reasonable notice to the other party.

    CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  The Fund may  invest up to 5% of its net assets in
convertible securities which are bonds,  debentures,  notes, preferred stocks or
other  securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount
of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular  period of
time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder
to receive  interest  generally  paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on
preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted
or exchanged.  Convertible securities have unique investment  characteristics in
that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks,  but lower yields
than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation
in value than the underlying stock since they have fixed income  characteristics
and (iii) provide the potential for capital  appreciation if the market price of
the underlying common stock increases.

    The value of a convertible  security is a function of its "investment value"
(determined  by its yield  comparison  with the  yields of other  securities  of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its
"conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted into the
underlying  common  stock).  The investment  value of a convertible  security is
influenced by changes in interest  rates,  with  investment  value  declining as
interest rates  increase and  increasing as interest  rates decline.  The credit
standing  of the  issuer  and  other  factors  also  may have an  effect  on the
convertible  security's  investment value. The conversion value of a convertible
security is determined by the market price of the  underlying  common stock.  If
the conversion  value is low relative to the investment  value, the price of the
convertible  security  is  governed  principally  by its  investment  value  and
generally the conversion value decreases as the convertible  security approaches
maturity.  To the  extent  the  market  price  of the  underlying  common  stock
approaches  or  exceeds  the  conversion  price,  the  price of the  convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. In addition, a
convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value determined
by the  extent  to which  investors  place  value on the  right to  acquire  the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

    The Fund will  exchange or convert the  convertible  securities  held in its
portfolio  into shares of the  underlying  common stock when, in the  Investment
Manager's  opinion,  the investment  characteristics  of the  underlying  common
shares will assist the Fund in achieving its  investment  objective.  Otherwise,
the Fund may hold or trade convertible securities. In selecting convertible


                                                         5

<PAGE>




securities  for the  Fund,  the  Investment  Manager  evaluates  the  investment
characteristics of the convertible security as a fixed income instrument and the
investment potential of the underlying equity security for capital appreciation.
In evaluating these matters with respect to a particular  convertible  security,
the Investment  Manager considers  numerous factors,  including the economic and
political  outlook,  the  value of the  security  relative  to other  investment
alternatives,  trends  in the  determinants  of the  issuer's  profits,  and the
issuer's management capability and practices.

    Equity  securities  involve  greater  risk  of  loss  of  income  than  debt
securities  because  issuers are not  obligated to pay  dividends.  In addition,
equity  securities are subordinate to debt  securities,  and are more subject to
changes in economic and industry  conditions  and in the financial  condition of
the issuers of such securities.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

    The Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment  restrictions that
may not be changed  without the approval of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the
voting  securities  of the Fund present at a meeting if the holders of more than
50% of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund are present or represented
by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund.
Any investment  restriction which involves a maximum percentage of securities or
assets  shall  not be  considered  to be  violated  unless  an  excess  over the
percentage  occurs  immediately  after,  and is  caused  by, an  acquisition  of
securities or assets of, or borrowing by, the Fund. The Fund may not:

1. Borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of
   1940, as amended ("1940 Act");

2.  Engage in the business of  underwriting  the  securities  of other  issuers,
    except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter  under
    the Federal securities laws in connection with the disposition of the Fund's
    authorized investments;

3.  Purchase  or sell  real  estate,  provided  that  the  Fund  may  invest  in
    securities (excluding limited partnership  interests) secured by real estate
    or interests  therein or issued by companies  which invest in real estate or
    interests therein;

4.  Purchase  or sell  physical  commodities,  although  it may  enter  into (a)
    commodity and other futures  contracts and options  thereon,  (b) options on
    commodities,   including  foreign  currencies,   (c)  forward  contracts  on
    commodities, including foreign currencies, and (d) other financial contracts
    or derivative instruments;

5.  Lend its assets,  provided  however,  that the following are not prohibited:
    (a) the making of time or demand  deposits  with banks,  (b) the purchase of
    debt  securities such as bonds,  debentures,  commercial  paper,  repurchase
    agreements  and  short  term  obligations  in  accordance  with  the  Fund's
    investment objectives and policies, and (c) engaging in securities and other
    asset loan transactions to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act;


                                                         6

<PAGE>




6.  Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act; or

7.  Purchase a security if, as a result,  25% or more of the value of the Fund's
    total  assets  would be  invested in the  securities  of issuers in a single
    industry, except that this limitation does not apply to securities issued or
    guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

    The Fund's Board of Directors has established the following  non-fundamental
investment  limitations  that may be  changed by the Board  without  shareholder
approval:

(i)      The  Fund's  investments  in  warrants,  valued at the lower of cost or
         market, may not exceed 5% of the value of its net assets,  which amount
         may include  warrants  which are not listed on the New York or American
         Stock Exchange provided that such warrants, valued at the lower of cost
         or  market,  do not exceed 2% of the Fund's  net  assets,  and  further
         provided that this restriction does not apply to warrants  attached to,
         or sold as a unit with, other securities;

(ii)     The Fund may not  invest  in  interests  in oil,  gas or other  mineral
         exploration or development  programs or leases,  although it may invest
         in the  securities  of issuers which invest in or sponsor such programs
         or such leases;

(iii)             The Fund may not  invest  more  than 5% of its net  assets  in
                  securities  of  companies  having a record of less than  three
                  years   continuous   operations   (including   operations   of
                  predecessors);

(iv)     The Fund may not purchase or  otherwise  acquire any security or invest
         in a  repurchase  agreement  if, as a result,  (a) more than 15% of the
         Fund's  net  assets  (taken at  current  value)  would be  invested  in
         illiquid  assets,  including  repurchase  agreements  not entitling the
         holder to payment of principal  within seven days, or (b) more than 10%
         of the Fund's  total assets  would be invested in  securities  that are
         illiquid by virtue of  restrictions  on the sale of such  securities to
         the public without registration under the 1933 Act;

(v)      The Fund may not make short  sales of  securities  or  maintain a short
         position,  except  (a)  the  Fund  may buy and  sell  options,  futures
         contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts, and (b)
         the  Fund  may  sell   "short   against   the  box"   where   the  Fund
         contemporaneously  owns or has the  right to  obtain  at no added  cost
         securities identical to those sold short;

(vi)     The Fund may not purchase  securities  on margin,  except that the Fund
         may obtain such short term credits as are  necessary  for the clearance
         of  transactions,  and provided that margin payments and other deposits
         made in connection  with  transactions in options,  futures  contracts,
         forward contracts and other derivative  instruments shall not be deemed
         to constitute purchasing securities on margin;

(vii) The Fund may not  purchase  or retain  securities  of any  issuer if those
      officers or


                                                         7

<PAGE>




         Directors of the Fund,  its  Investment  Manager or its  subadviser who
         each  own  beneficially  more  than 1/2 of 1% of the  securities  of an
         issuer own beneficially together more than 5% of the securities of that
         issuer;

(viii)The Fund may not purchase the securities of any investment company except
(a) by purchase in the open market where no commission or profit to a sponsor or
dealer results from such purchase, provided that immediately after such purchase
no more than:  10% of the Fund's total assets are invested in securities  issued
by  investment  companies,  5% of  the  Fund's  total  assets  are  invested  in
securities issued by any one investment  company, or 3% of the voting securities
of any one such  investment  company  are owned by the  Fund,  and (b) when such
purchase  is  part  of  a  plan  of  merger,  consolidation,  reorganization  or
acquisition of assets;

(ix) The Fund may not  borrow  money,  except (a) from a bank for  temporary  or
emergency  purposes  (not for  leveraging or  investment)  or (b) by engaging in
reverse repurchase agreements, provided however, that borrowings pursuant to (a)
and (b) do not  exceed  an amount  equal to one third of the total  value of the
Fund's assets taken at market value, less liabilities other than borrowings. The
Fund may not  purchase  securities  for  investment  while  any  bank  borrowing
equaling  5% or more of its  total  assets  is  outstanding.  If at any time the
Fund's  borrowings  come to exceed the limitation  set forth in (1) above,  such
borrowing  will be  promptly  (within  three  days,  not  including  Sundays and
holidays) reduced to the extent necessary to comply with this limitation;

(x) The  aggregate  value of  securities  underlying  put options on  securities
written by the Fund, determined as of the date the put options are written, will
not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets,  and the aggregate  value of securities
underlying call options on securities written by the Fund,  determined as of the
date the call options are written, will not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets;

(xi) The Fund may  purchase  a put or call  option on a  security  or a security
index,  including  any  straddles or spreads,  only if the value of its premium,
when  aggregated  with the  premiums on all other such  instruments  held by the
Fund, does not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets;

(xii) To the extent  that the Fund  enters into  futures  contracts,  options on
futures  contracts and options on foreign  currencies traded on a CFTC-regulated
exchange,  in each case that are not for bona fide hedging  purposes (as defined
by the Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission  ("CFTC")),  the aggregate initial
margin and premiums required to establish these positions  (excluding the amount
by which options are  "in-the-money") may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value
of the Fund's  portfolio,  after  taking  into  account  unrealized  profits and
unrealized losses on any contracts the Fund has entered into; and

(xiii) The Fund may not mortgage,  pledge or hypothecate any assets in excess of
one-third of the Fund's total assets.


                                                         8

<PAGE>




        

                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    The  officers  and  Directors  of the Fund,  their  respective  offices  and
principal  occupations  during the last five years are set forth  below.  Unless
otherwise noted, the address of each is 11 Hanover Square, New York, NY 10005.

BASSETT S.  WINMILL* --  Chairman  of the Board.  He is Chairman of the Board of
five  other  investment   companies  in  the  investment  company  complex  (the
"Complex")  and  of  Bull  & Bear  Group,  Inc.  ("Group"),  the  parent  of the
Investment  Manager.  He was born  February 10, 1930.  He is a member of the New
York Society of Security Analysts, the Association for Investment Management and
Research and the International  Society of Financial Analysts.  He is the father
of Mark C. Winmill and Thomas B. Winmill.

ROBERT D.  ANDERSON* -- Vice  Chairman and  Director.  He is Vice Chairman and a
Director of five other investment companies in the Complex and of the Investment
Manager and its affiliates.  He was born December 7, 1929. He is a member of the
Board  of  Governors  of  the  Mutual  Fund  Education  Alliance,   and  of  its
predecessor,  the No-Load Mutual Fund Association.  He has also been a member of
the District #12, District Business Conduct and Investment  Companies Committees
of the NASD.

RUSSELL E. BURKE III -- Director.  900 Park Avenue,  New York, NY 10021.  He was
born August 23, 1946.  He is President of Russell E. Burke III,  Inc.  Fine Art,
New York,  New York.  From 1988 to 1991,  he was  President of Altman Burke Fine
Arts, Inc. From 1983 to 1988, he was Senior Vice President of Kennedy Galleries.
He is also a Director of three other investment companies in the Complex.

BRUCE B. HUBER, CLU, ChFC, MSFS -- Director. 3443 Highway 66, Neptune, NJ 07753.
He is Senior  Consultant with The Berger  Financial  Group,  LLC specializing in
financial,  estate and insurance matters.  From March 1995 to December 31, 1995,
he was President of Huber Hogan Knotts Consulting, Inc. From 1990 to March 1995,
he was President of Huber-Hogan  Associates.  From 1988 to 1990, he was Chairman
of Bruce Huber  Associates.  He was born February 7, 1930. He is also a Director
of six other investment companies in the Complex.

JAMES E. HUNT -- Director. One Dag Hammarskjold Plaza, New York, NY 10017. He is
a  principal  of  Kenny,  Kindler,  Hunt  &  Howe,  Inc.,  executive  recruiting
consultants.  He was born  December 14,  1930.  From 1976 until 1983 he was Vice
President  of Russell  Reynolds  Associates,  Inc.,  also  executive  recruiting
consultants.  He is also a Director  of six other  investment  companies  in the
Complex.

FREDERICK A. PARKER, JR. -- Director.  219 East 69th Street, New York, NY 10021.
He is President and Chief Executive Officer of American Pure Water  Corporation,
a manufacturer of water purifying  equipment.  He was born November 14, 1926. He
is also a Director of six other investment companies in the Complex.

                                                         9

<PAGE>




JOHN B. RUSSELL -- Director.  334 Carolina Meadows Villa, Chapel Hill, NC 27514.
He was Executive Vice President and a Director of Dan River, Inc., a diversified
textile  company,  from 1969 until he retired in 1981.  He was born  February 9,
1923. He is a Director of Wheelock, Inc., a manufacturer of signal products, and
a  consultant  for the  National  Executive  Service  Corps in the  health  care
industry.  He is  also a  Director  of six  other  investment  companies  in the
Complex.

MARK C. WINMILL* -- Director,  Co-President,  Co-Chief  Executive  Officer,  and
Chief Financial Officer. He is Chief Financial Officer of the Investment Manager
and certain of its  affiliates.  He is also a Director of two of the  investment
companies  in the  Complex.  He  received  his M.B.A.  from the Fuqua  School of
Business at Duke  University in 1987.  From 1983 to 1985 he was  Assistant  Vice
President  and Director of Marketing of E.P.  Wilbur & Co.,  Inc., a real estate
development and syndication  firm and Vice President of E.P.W.  Securities,  its
broker/dealer  subsidiary.  He is the brother of Thomas B. Winmill.  He was born
November 26, 1957.

THOMAS B. WINMILL* -- Director,  Co-President,  Co-Chief Executive Officer,  and
General Counsel.  He is President of the Investment Manager and the Distributor,
and of their  affiliates.  He is also a  Director  of  three  of the  investment
companies in the Complex. He was associated with the law firm of Harris, Mericle
& Orr from 1984 to 1987.  He is a member  of the New York  State Bar and the SEC
Rules Committee of the Investment Company Institute.  He is a brother of Mark C.
Winmill. He was born June 25, 1959.

    The executive  officers of the Fund,  each of whom serves at the pleasure of
the Board of Directors, are as follows:

MARK C. WINMILL -- Co-President, Co-Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial
Officer. (see biographical information above).

THOMAS B.  WINMILL --  Co-President,  Co-Chief  Executive  Officer,  and General
Counsel (see biographical information above).

ROBERT D. ANDERSON -- Vice Chairman (see biographical information above).

STEVEN A. LANDIS -- Senior Vice  President.  He is Senior Vice  President of the
Investment  Manager and  certain of its  affiliates.  From 1993 to 1995,  he was
Associate  Director -- Proprietary  Trading at Barclays De Zoete Wedd Securities
Inc., from 1992 to 1993 he was Director,  Bond Arbitrage at WG Trading  Company,
and from 1989 to 1992 he was Vice President of Wilkinson  Boyd Capital  Markets.
He was born March 1, 1955.

BRETT B. SNEED, CFA -- Senior Vice President. He is Senior Vice President of the
Investment  Manager and certain of its affiliates.  He is a Chartered  Financial
Analyst, a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research, and
a member of the New York  Society of Security  Analysts.  From 1986 to 1988,  he
managed  private  accounts,  from 1981 to 1986, he was Vice  President of Morgan
Stanley Asset  Management,  Inc. and prior  thereto was a portfolio  manager and
member of the Finance and Investment Committees of American


                                                        10

<PAGE>




International  Group,  Inc., an insurance holding company.  He was born June 11,
1941.

JOSEPH LEUNG, CPA -- Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer. He is Treasurer and
Chief Accounting Officer of the Investment Manager and its affiliates. From 1992
to 1995 he held  various  positions  with  Coopers  & Lybrand  L.L.P.,  a public
accounting  firm.  From  1991 to  1992,  he was  the  accounting  supervisor  at
Retirement  Systems  Group,  a mutual fund  company.  From 1987 to 1991, he held
various  positions  with Ernst & Young LLP, a public  accounting  firm.  He is a
member of the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants.  He was born
September 15, 1965.

WILLIAM J. MAYNARD -- Vice  President and  Secretary.  He is Vice  President and
Secretary of the Investment Manager and its affiliates. From 1991 to 1994 he was
associated with the law firm of Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,  Meagher & Flom. He is a
member of the New York State Bar. He was born September 13, 1964.

* Bassett S. Winmill,  Robert D. Anderson, Mark C. Winmill and Thomas B. Winmill
are  "interested  persons"  of the Fund as defined  by the 1940 Act,  because of
their positions with the Investment Manager.

COMPENSATION TABLE


NAME OF              Aggregate   Pension or      Estimated      Total Com
PERSON,              Compensa-   Retirement      Annual         pensation
POSITION             tion From   Benefits        Benefits Upon  From
                     Registrant  Accrued as      Retirement     Registrant and
                                 Part of Fund                   Fund Complex
                                 Expenses                       Paid to
                                                                Directors
Russell E. Burke     None        None            None           $9,000 from
III, Director                                                   4 Investment
                                                                Companies
Bruce B. Huber,      None        None            None           $12,500 from 7
Director                                                        Investment
                                                                Companies
James E. Hunt,       None        None            None           $12,500 from 7
Director                                                        Investment
                                                                Companies
Frederick A.         None        None            None           $12,500 from 7
Parker, Director                                                 Investment
                                                                 Companies



                                                        11

<PAGE>





John B. Russell,     None        None              None    $12,500 from 7
Director                                                     Investment
                                                             Companies


    Information  in the above  table is based on fees paid during the year ended
October 31, 1995.

    No officer,  Director or employee of the Fund's Investment  Manager receives
any compensation from the Fund for acting as an officer, Director or employee of
the Fund.

    As of June 17, 1996 no person  beneficially owned either directly or through
one or more controlled companies,  more than 25% of the voting securities of the
Fund.  As  of  the  same  date,  the  following  persons  owned  of  record  and
beneficially,  in amounts  stated  after their  names,  5% or more of the Fund's
outstanding securities:

Name and Address                    Number of Shares                 Percentage

Ronald W. Kiehn                        5,172.101                         11.2%
P.O. Box 4152
Jackson, WY  83001

Pfendler Family                         3411.585                         7.39%
Revocable Living Trust
2507 Harsh Avenue, S.E.
Massillon, OH  44646

    As of June 17,  1996,  the officers  and  directors of the Fund owned,  as a
group, 21% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

                               INVESTMENT MANAGER

    The  Investment   Manager  acts  as  general  manager  of  the  Fund,  being
responsible  for the  various  functions  assumed by it,  including  the regular
furnishing  of advice with respect to  portfolio  transactions.  The  Investment
Manager also  furnishes or obtains on behalf of the Fund all services  necessary
for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  Fund's  business  and   administration.   As
compensation for its services to the Fund, the Investment Manager is entitled to
a fee,  payable monthly,  based upon the Fund's average daily net assets.  Under
the Fund's Investment Management Agreement dated August 16, 1996, the Investment
Manager receives a fee at the annual rate of:

         1.00% of the first $200 million of the Fund's  average daily net assets
         .95% of average  daily net assets over $200  million up to $400 million
         .90% of average  daily net assets over $400  million up to $600 million
         .85% of average  daily net assets over $600  million up to $800 million
         .80% of  average  daily net assets  over $800  million up to $1 billion
         .75% of average daily net assets over $1 billion.


                                                        12

<PAGE>




The  percentage fee is calculated on the daily value of the Fund's net assets at
the close of each business day. The foregoing  fees are higher than fees paid by
most other investment companies.

    Under the Investment  Management  Agreement,  the Fund assumes and shall pay
all the expenses  required for the conduct of its  business  including,  but not
limited to, (a) salaries of administrative and clerical personnel; (b) brokerage
commissions;  (c) taxes  and  governmental  fees;  (d)  costs of  insurance  and
fidelity  bonds;  (e) fees of the transfer agent,  custodian,  legal counsel and
auditors;  (f)  association  fees; (g) costs of preparing,  printing and mailing
proxy materials,  reports and notices to  shareholders;  (h) costs of preparing,
printing and mailing the prospectus and statement of additional  information and
supplements thereto; (i) payment of dividends and other distributions; (j) costs
of Board and shareholders meetings;  (k) fees of the independent directors;  (l)
necessary office space rental; (m) all fees and expenses  (including expenses of
counsel)  relating to the registration  and  qualification of shares of the Fund
under  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  maintaining  such
registrations and  qualifications;  and (n) such  non-recurring  expenses as may
arise,  including,  without limitation,  actions, suits or proceedings affecting
the Fund and the  legal  obligation  which  the Fund may have to  indemnify  its
officers and directors with respect thereto.

    If requested by the Fund's Board of Directors,  the  Investment  Manager may
provide other services to the Fund such as, without limitation, the functions of
billing,   accounting,   certain   shareholder   communications   and  services,
administering  state and Federal  registrations,  filings and controls and other
administrative services. Any services so requested and performed will be for the
account of the Fund and the costs of the  Investment  Manager in rendering  such
services  shall be  reimbursed  by the Fund,  subject  to  examination  by those
directors of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Investment  Manager
or any affiliate thereof.

     The Fund's Investment Management Agreement continues from year to year only
if a majority of the Fund's  directors  (including  a majority of  disinterested
directors) approve. The Fund's Investment Management Agreement may be terminated
by either the Fund or the  Investment  Manager on 60 days' written notice to the
other, and terminates automatically in the event of its assignment.

    The Investment  Management  Agreement  provides that the Investment  Manager
shall waive all or part of its fee or  reimburse  the Fund monthly if and to the
extent the aggregate  operating expenses of the Fund exceed the most restrictive
limit imposed by any state in which shares of the Fund are qualified for sale or
such lesser  amount as may be agreed to by the Fund's Board of Directors and the
Investment  Manager.   Currently,  the  most  restrictive  state  imposed  limit
applicable  to the Fund is 2.5% of the first $30  million of the Fund's  average
daily net assets,  2.0% of the next $70 million of its average  daily net assets
and 1.5% of its  average  daily net  assets in excess of $100  million.  Certain
expenses,  such as brokerage commissions,  taxes,  interest,  distribution fees,
certain  expenses  attributable  to  investing  outside  the  United  States and
extraordinary items, are excluded from this limitation.


                                                        13

<PAGE>




    For the years ended 1993,  1994,  and 1995 Aspen  Securities  and  Advisory,
Inc., the current Subadviser and the Fund's previous investment adviser, earned,
before   reimbursement  of  certain  expenses,   $4,911,   $4,896,  and  $5,112,
respectively,  in fees from the Fund.  These fees were calculated  pursuant to a
different  fee schedule  under which the  Investment  Manager's fee is currently
calculated.  For the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 the Subadviser
reimbursed $4,153, $5,759, and $5,103, respectively, to the Fund for expenses in
excess of expense limitations.

    The Investment  Manager, a registered  investment adviser, is a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  Bull  &  Bear  Group,  Inc.   ("Group").   The  other  principal
subsidiaries  of Group  include  Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.,  a registered
broker-dealer,  Bull & Bear  Advisers,  Inc. and Midas  Management  Corporation,
registered investment advisers,  and Bull & Bear Securities,  Inc., a registered
broker-dealer providing discount brokerage services.

    Group is a publicly-owned  company whose securities are listed on the Nasdaq
and traded in the  over-the-counter  market.  Bassett S. Winmill may be deemed a
controlling  person of Group on the basis of his  ownership  of 100% of  Group's
voting stock and, therefore, of the Investment Manager. The investment companies
in the  Complex,  each of which is managed  by an  affiliate  of the  Investment
Manager, had net assets in excess of $425,000,000 as of June 4, 1996.

                      SUBADVISER AND SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

    The  Investment  Manager has entered into a subadvisory  agreement  with the
Subadviser for certain subadvisory services. The Subadviser advises and consults
with the Investment Manager regarding the selection, clearing and safekeeping of
the Fund's portfolio investments and assists in pricing and generally monitoring
such investments.

    In consideration of the Subadviser's  services,  the Investment Manager, and
not the Fund,  pays to the Subadviser a percentage of the  Investment  Manager's
Net  Fees.  "Net  Fees"  are  defined  as the  actual  amounts  received  by the
Investment Manager as compensation less reimbursements,  if any, pursuant to the
guaranty of the Investment Management Agreement and waivers of such compensation
by the  Investment  Manager.  The amount of the  percentage is determined by the
grid and accompanying definitions set forth as follows:

        SUBADVISER'S FEE AS A PERCENTAGE OF INVESTMENT MANAGER'S NET FEES


<TABLE>

                                                                   RELATIVE PERFORMANCEA
TOTAL NET ASSETSB                        More than 50 basis              Within 50 basis             More than 50
                                       points better than ATR             points of ATR              basis points
                                                                                                      below ATR
<S>                   <C>                     <C>                           <C>                       <C>
Less then or equal to $15,000,000             30%                           20%                       10%
Greater               $15,000,000 and         40%                           30%                       20%
Less then             $50,000,000
Greater               $50,000,000             50%                           40%                       30%
- ---------------------------------- -------------------------------  ------------------------- --------------------------
</TABLE>

A. "Relative  Performance"  shall be determined  from comparing the Fund's total
return  with the  average  total  return  ("ATR") of funds  with the  investment
objective  of "growth" as compiled by  Morningstar,  Inc.,  or, if  unavailable,
other  similar  service  acceptable  to the parties and the Fund.  The  Relative
Performance  shall be  determined  as of the  last  calendar  day of each  month
("Performance  Determination  Date") and shall measure the Relative  Performance
for the most recent 3 year period  ("Measurement  Period"),  except that (A) for
the first 12 months of this Subadvisory Agreement, Relative Performance shall be
based upon annualized returns,  the first three Performance  Determination Dates
shall be the next three  calendar  quarter ends after the effective date of this
Subadvisory  Agreement,  and the  Measurement  Periods  shall be the most recent
three  months and the fourth  Performance  Determination  Date shall be the next
calendar quarter end and the Measurement  Period shall be the most recent 1 year
period,  and (B)  for the  13th  through  the  24th  month  of this  Subadvisory
Agreement,  Relative Performance shall be determined as of the last calendar day
of each month and shall measure the Relative  Performance  for the most recent 1
year period.

B.  "Total  Net  Assets"  shall be the  total  net  assets of the Fund as of the
Performance Determination Date.

    Under the  Subadvisory  Agreement's  fee structure,  the Investment  Manager
retains more of its fee (and  therefore  passes on a lower portion of its fee to
the Subadviser) when the Fund underperforms the ATR by more than 50 basis points
than when the Fund outperforms the ATR by more than 50 basis points.

    The Subadvisory Agreement is not assignable and automatically  terminates in
the  event  of  its  assignment,  or in the  event  of  the  termination  of the
Investment  Management   Agreement.   The  Subadvisory  Agreement  may  also  be
terminated  without  penalty on 60 days' written  notice at the option of either
party  thereto or by the Fund,  by the Board of  Directors  or by a vote of Fund
shareholders.  The Subadvisory  Agreement provides that the Subadviser shall not
be liable to the Fund for any error of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any
loss  suffered  by the  Fund  in  connection  with  the  matters  to  which  the
Subadvisory Agreement relates.  Nothing contained in the Subadvisory  Agreement,
however,  shall be construed to protect the Subadviser  against liability to the
Fund by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross  negligence in the
performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless  disregard of obligations
and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.



                                                        15

<PAGE>




                         CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA

    Advertisements  and  other  sales  literature  for the Fund may refer to the
Fund's  "average  annual total return" and  "cumulative  total return." All such
quotations are based upon  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  investment  return  on  and  principal  value  of  an
investment  in the Fund  will  fluctuate,  so that the  investor's  shares  when
redeemed may be worth more or less than their original cost.

    The Fund's performance prior to August 18, 1996 was achieved during a period
when the Fund's  asset size was small  relative to its asset size as of the date
of this Statement of Additional Information. No assurances can be given that the
Fund will achieve similar performance in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

    Average  annual  total  return is computed  by finding  the  average  annual
compounded rates of return over the periods indicated in the advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


         P(1+T)n = ERV

Where:   P         =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
         T         =  average annual total return;
         n         =  number of years; and
         ERV       =  ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a
                      hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of such
                                         period.

This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus,  and includes all recurring  fees,  such as investment  advisory and
management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.


CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

    Cumulative  total return is calculated by finding the cumulative  compounded
rate of return over the period indicated in the advertisement  that would equate
the initial amount  invested to the ending  redeemable  value,  according to the
following formula:




                                                        16

<PAGE>




                                                 CTR=( ERV-P )100
                                                         P

CTR  =   Cumulative total return

ERV = ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a hypothetical  $1,000
      payment made at the beginning of such period

P    =   initial payment of $1,000


This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus,  and includes all recurring  fees,  such as investment  advisory and
management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.

    The  cumulative  return for the Fund for the periods ending October 31, 1995
and beginning at the  inception of the Fund (April 30,  1986),  and for the five
year and one year periods is 160.37%, 108.82%, and 36.73%, respectively.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995


Since inception                                         8.13%
Five Years                                              14.59%
One Year                                                12.76%

SOURCE  MATERIAL  From  time  to  time,  in  marketing  pieces  and  other  Fund
literature,  the Fund's  performance may be compared to the performance of broad
groups of comparable mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities.
Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent  sources may also be used in
advertisements concerning the Fund. Sources for Fund performance information may
include, but are not limited to, the following:

Bank Rate Monitor,  a weekly  publication  which reports  yields on various bank
money market accounts and certificates of deposit.

Barron's,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance and other data.

Bloomberg, a computerized market data source and portfolio analysis system.

Bond Buyer  Municipal Bond Index (20 year), an index of municipal bonds provided
by a national periodical reporting on municipal securities.

Business  Week,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds.


                                                        17

<PAGE>




CDA/Wiesenberger   Investment  Companies  Services,   an  annual  compendium  of
information  about  mutual  funds  and  other  investment  companies,  including
comparative data on funds' backgrounds,  management policies,  salient features,
management results, income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Consumer's  Digest,  a  bimonthly   magazine  that  periodically   features  the
performance of a variety of investments, including mutual funds.

Financial Times,  Europe's business  newspaper,  which from time to time reports
the performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Goldman  Sachs  Convertible  Bond Index --  currently  includes  67 bonds and 33
preferred  shares.  The original  list of names was  generated by screening  for
convertible issues of 100 million or greater in market capitalization. The index
is priced monthly.

Global  Investor,   a  European   publication  that  periodically   reviews  the
performance of U.S. mutual funds.

Growth Fund Guide, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service published
for over 25 years.

IBC's Money Fund  Report,  a weekly  publication  of money market fund total net
assets, yield, and portfolio composition.

Individual   Investor,   a  newspaper  that  periodically  reviews  mutual  fund
performance and other data.

Investment Advisor, a monthly publication reviewing performance of mutual funds.

Investor's  Business Daily, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

Kiplinger's  Personal  Finance  Magazine,  a  monthly  publication  periodically
reviewing mutual fund performance.

Lehman  Brothers,  Inc.  "The Bond  Market  Report"  reports on  various  Lehman
Brothers bond indices.

Lehman  Government/Corporate  Bond Index -- is a widely  used index  composed of
government, corporate, and mortgage backed securities.

Lehman Long Term Treasury Bond -- is composed of all bonds covered by the Lehman
Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10 years or greater.



                                                        18

<PAGE>




Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., a publication  periodically  reviewing mutual
funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis.

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Taxable Bond Indices reports on a variety of
bond indices.

Money,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morgan  Stanley  Capital  International  EAFE Index,  is an  arithmetic,  market
value-weighted  average of the performance of over 900 securities  listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

Morningstar, Mutual Fund Values, publications of Morningstar, Inc., periodically
reviewing mutual funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis and
textual commentary.

Mutual Fund Forecaster, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service.

Nasdaq Industrial Index -- is composed of more than 3,000 industrial  issues. It
is a  value-weighted  index calculated on price change only and does not include
income.

New York Times,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

The No-Load  Fund  Investor,  a monthly  newsletter  that reports on mutual fund
performance,  rates funds, and discusses  investment  strategies for mutual fund
investors.

Personal  Investing  News,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal  Investor,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
special  section  reporting on mutual fund  performance,  yields,  indexes,  and
portfolio holdings.

Russell  3000 Index -- consists of the 3,000  largest  stocks of U.S.  domiciled
companies  commonly  traded on the New York and American Stock  Exchanges or the
Nasdaq over-the-counter  market,  accounting for over 90% of the market value of
publicly traded stocks in the U.S.

Russell 2000 Small Company Stock Index -- consists of the smallest  2,000 stocks
within the Russell 3000; a widely used benchmark for small capitalization common
stocks.

Salomon Brothers GNMA Index -- includes pools of mortgages originated by private
lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage
Association.

Salomon Brothers High-Grade Corporate Bond Index -- consists of publicly issued,
non-convertible  corporate bonds rated AA or AAA. It is a value-weighted,  total
return index, including  approximately 800 issues with maturities of 12 years or
greater.

Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index -- is a market-weighted index
that contains approximately 4,700 individually priced investment-grade corporate
bonds rated BBB or better, U.S.
Treasury/agency issues and mortgage pass-through securities.


                                                        19

<PAGE>




Salomon Brothers Market Performance tracks the Salomon Brothers bond index.

Standard  &  Poor's  500  Composite  Stock  Price  Index  -- is an  index of 500
companies representing the U.S. stock market.

Standard  &  Poor's  100  Composite  Stock  Price  Index  -- is an  index of 100
companies representing the U.S. stock market.

Standard & Poor's Preferred Index is an index of preferred securities.

Success,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
businesses, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA  Today,  a  national   newspaper  that  periodically   reports  mutual  fund
performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national weekly that  periodically  reports mutual
fund performance data.

Wall Street Journal, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Wilshire  5000  Equity  Indexes  --  consists  of  nearly  5,000  common  equity
securities,  covering  all  stocks  in the  U.S.  for  which  daily  pricing  is
available.

Wilshire 4500 Equity Index -- consists of all stocks in the Wilshire 5000 except
for the 500 stocks in the Standard & Poor's 500 Index.

    Indices prepared by the research departments of such financial organizations
as Salomon Brothers,  Inc.,  Merrill Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith, Inc., Bear
Stearns & Co., Inc., and Ibbotson Associates may be used, as well as information
provided by the Federal Reserve Board.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

    Pursuant  to  a  Distribution  Agreement,   Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.
("Distributor") acts as distributor of the Fund's shares. Under the Distribution
Agreement, the Distributor shall use its best efforts, consistent with its other
businesses,  to sell  shares of the Fund.  Fund  shares  are sold  continuously.
Pursuant to a Plan of Distribution ("Plan") adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under
the 1940 Act,  the Fund  pays the  Distributor  monthly  a fee in the  amount of
one-quarter  of one percent per annum of the Fund's  average daily net assets as
compensation for its distribution and service activities.

    In performing  distribution and service activities pursuant to the Plan, the
Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems  appropriate on any activities or
expenses  primarily  intended to result in the sale of the Fund's  shares or the
servicing and maintenance of shareholder  accounts,  including,  but not limited
to:  advertising,  direct mail, and  promotional  expenses;  compensation to the
Distributor and its employees;  compensation to and expenses, including overhead
and  telephone  and  other  communication  expenses,  of  the  Distributor,  the
Investment  Manager,  the Fund,  and selected  dealers and their  affiliates who
engage in or support the distribution of shares or who


                                                        20

<PAGE>




service  shareholder  accounts;  fulfillment  expenses,  including  the costs of
printing and distributing  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,
and  reports  for other  than  existing  shareholders;  the costs of  preparing,
printing and  distributing  sales  literature  and  advertising  materials;  and
internal costs incurred by the  Distributor  and allocated by the Distributor to
its efforts to  distribute  shares of the Fund or service  shareholder  accounts
such as office rent and equipment, employee salaries, employee bonuses and other
overhead expenses.

    Among other things,  the Plan provides that (1) the Distributor  will submit
to the Fund's Board of  Directors at least  quarterly,  and the  Directors  will
review,  reports  regarding all amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes
for which such expenditures were made, (2) the Plan will continue in effect only
so long as it is approved  at least  annually,  and any  material  amendment  or
agreement  related  thereto  is  approved,  by the  Fund's  Board of  Directors,
including those  Directors who are not "interested  persons" of the Fund and who
have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the  operation of the Plan or
any  agreement  related to the Plan  ("Plan  Directors"),  acting in person at a
meeting called for that purpose,  unless terminated by vote of a majority of the
Plan Directors, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
the  Fund,  (3)  payments  by the Fund  under the Plan  shall not be  materially
increased  without  the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority  of the
outstanding  voting  securities  of the Fund and (4) while the Plan  remains  in
effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of Directors  who are not  "interested
persons" of the Fund shall be committed to the  discretion  of the Directors who
are not interested persons of the Fund.

    With the approval of the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors
and of the Plan  Directors  of the Fund,  the  Distributor  has  entered  into a
related  agreement  with Hanover  Direct  Advertising  Company,  Inc.  ("Hanover
Direct"),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Group,  in an attempt to obtain  cost
savings on the  marketing  of the Fund's  shares.  Hanover  Direct will  provide
services to the  Distributor on behalf of the Fund at standard  industry  rates,
which includes commissions.  The amount of Hanover Direct's commissions over its
cost of providing  Fund  marketing  will be credited to the Fund's  distribution
expenses and represent a saving on marketing, to the benefit of the Fund. To the
extent  Hanover  Direct's  costs exceed such  commissions,  Hanover  Direct will
absorb any of such costs.

    It is the opinion of the Board of  Directors  that the Plan is  necessary to
maintain a flow of  subscriptions to offset  redemptions.  Redemptions of mutual
fund shares are inevitable.  If redemptions are not offset by  subscriptions,  a
fund shrinks in size and its ability to maintain  quality  shareholder  services
declines.  Eventually,  redemptions  could  cause a fund to  become  uneconomic.
Furthermore,   an  extended   period  of  significant  net  redemptions  may  be
detrimental  to  orderly   management  of  the  portfolio.   The  offsetting  of
redemptions  through sales efforts  benefits  shareholders  by  maintaining  the
viability  of a fund.  In  periods  where  net sales  are  achieved,  additional
benefits may accrue relative to portfolio  management and increased  shareholder
servicing capability.  Increased assets enable the Fund to further diversify its
portfolio,   which  spreads  and  reduces   investment  risk  while   increasing
opportunity.  In  addition,   increased  assets  enable  the  establishment  and
maintenance  of a better  shareholder  servicing  staff which can  respond  more
effectively and promptly to shareholder inquiries and needs. While net increases
in


                                                        21

<PAGE>




total assets are desirable, the primary goal of the Plan is to prevent a decline
in assets  serious  enough to cause  disruption of portfolio  management  and to
impair the  Fund's  ability  to  maintain  a high  level of quality  shareholder
services.

    The Plan  increases  the  overall  expense  ratio of the  Fund;  however,  a
substantial  decline in Fund  assets is likely to  increase  the  portion of the
Fund's expense ratio comprised of management  fees and fixed costs (i.e.,  costs
other than the Plan),  while a  substantial  increase  in Fund  assets  would be
expected to reduce the portion of the expense ratio comprised of management fees
(reflecting  a larger  portion  of the  assets  falling  within  fee  scale-down
levels), as well as of fixed costs. Nevertheless,  the net effect of the Plan is
to  increase  overall  expenses.  To the  extent  the Plan  maintains  a flow of
subscriptions  to the Fund, there results an immediate and direct benefit to the
Investment   Manager  by   maintaining  or  increasing  its  fee  revenue  base,
diminishing the obligation, if any, of the Investment Manager to make an expense
reimbursement to the Fund, and eliminating or reducing any contribution  made by
the Investment Manager to marketing expenses. Other than as described herein, no
Director or interested  person of the Fund has any direct or indirect  financial
interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.

    The Glass-Steagall Act prohibits certain banks from engaging in the business
of underwriting,  selling, or distributing securities such as shares of a mutual
fund.  Although the scope of this prohibition under the  Glass-Steagall  Act has
not been fully  defined,  in the  Distributor's  opinion it should not  prohibit
banks from being paid for administrative and accounting services under the Plan.
If, because of changes in law or regulation,  or because of new  interpretations
of  existing  law,  a bank or the Fund  were  prevented  from  continuing  these
arrangements,  it is expected that other arrangements for these services will be
made.  In  addition,  state  securities  laws on this issue may differ  from the
interpretations  of  Federal  law  expressed  herein  and  banks  and  financial
institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state law.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

    The  Fund's  net  asset  value per  share is  determined  as of the close of
regular  trading on the New York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE")  (currently  4:00 p.m.
eastern time) each business day of the Fund. The following are not business days
of the Fund:  New Year's  Day,  Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

    Securities owned by the Fund are valued by various methods  depending on the
market or  exchange  on which they  trade.  Securities  traded on the NYSE,  the
American Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq  National Market System are valued at the
last sales price,  or if no sale has  occurred,  at the mean between the current
bid and asked prices.  Securities traded on other exchanges are valued as nearly
as possible  in the same  manner.  Securities  traded only OTC are valued at the
mean between the last  available bid and ask  quotations,  if  available,  or at
their fair value as determined in good faith by or under the general supervision
of the Board of Directors.  Short term securities are valued either at amortized
cost or at  original  cost  plus  accrued  interest,  both of which  approximate
current value.



                                                        22

<PAGE>



    Foreign  securities,  if any, are valued at the price in a principal  market
where they are  traded,  or, if last sale  prices are  unavailable,  at the mean
between the last available bid and ask quotations.  Foreign  security prices are
expressed in their local  currency and translated  into U.S.  dollars at current
exchange  rates.  Any changes in the value of forward  contracts due to exchange
rate  fluctuations  are  included in the  determination  of the net asset value.
Foreign currency  exchange rates are generally  determined prior to the close of
trading  on the  NYSE.  Occasionally,  events  affecting  the  value of  foreign
securities  and such  exchange  rates  occur  between the time at which they are
determined  and the close of  trading  on the  NYSE,  which  events  will not be
reflected in a computation  of the Fund's net asset value on that day. If events
materially affecting the value of such securities or exchange rates occur during
such  time  period,  the  securities  will be  valued  at  their  fair  value as
determined in good faith under the direction of the Fund's Board of Directors.

    Price quotations generally are furnished by pricing services, which may also
use a matrix system to determine valuations.  This system considers such factors
as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings, and developments
relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations.

                               PURCHASE OF SHARES

    The Fund will only issue shares upon payment of the purchase  price by check
made payable to the Fund and drawn in U.S. dollars on a U.S. bank, or by Federal
Reserve wire transfer.  Third party checks,  credit cards,  and cash will not be
accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any order,  to cancel any order
due to nonpayment,  to accept  initial  orders by telephone or telegram,  and to
waive the limit on subsequent orders by telephone, with respect to any person or
class of persons.  Orders to  purchase  shares are not binding on the Fund until
they  are  confirmed  by the  Transfer  Agent.  In order to  permit  the  Fund's
shareholder base to expand, to avoid certain shareholder  hardships,  to correct
transactional  errors, and to address similar exceptional  situations,  the Fund
may waive or lower the  investment  minimums with respect to any person or class
of persons.

                             ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE

    The Fund seeks to obtain  prompt  execution of orders at the most  favorable
net prices.  The Fund is not  currently  obligated  to deal with any  particular
broker,  dealer or group thereof.  Fund  transactions in debt and OTC securities
generally are with dealers  acting as principals at net prices with little or no
brokerage costs. In certain circumstances, however, the Fund may engage a broker
as agent for a commission to effect transactions for such securities.  Purchases
of securities from  underwriters  include a commission or concession paid to the
underwriter,  and purchases  from dealers  include a spread  between the bid and
asked price. While the Investment Manager generally seeks reasonably competitive
spreads  or  commissions,  payment  of the lowest  spread or  commission  is not
necessarily  consistent  with obtaining the best net results.  Accordingly,  the
Fund will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.



                                                        23

<PAGE>




    The Investment Manager directs portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers for
execution  on  terms  and at rates  which  it  believes,  in good  faith,  to be
reasonable in view of the overall  nature and quality of services  provided by a
particular  broker/dealer,  including brokerage and research services,  sales of
Fund shares, and allocation of commissions to the Fund's Custodian. With respect
to brokerage and research services,  consideration may be given in the selection
of  broker/dealers to brokerage or research provided and payment may be made for
a fee higher than that charged by another  broker/dealer  which does not furnish
brokerage or research services or which furnishes brokerage or research services
deemed to be of lesser  value,  so long as the criteria of Section  28(e) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or other  applicable law are met.
Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act specifies that a person with investment discretion
shall not be "deemed to have acted  unlawfully  or to have  breached a fiduciary
duty"  solely  because  such  person  has  caused  the  account  to pay a higher
commission than the lowest available under certain circumstances.  To obtain the
benefit of Section 28(e),  the person so exercising  investment  discretion must
make a good faith  determination  that the  commissions  paid are "reasonable in
relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided ... viewed
in terms of either that particular  transaction or his overall  responsibilities
with respect to the accounts as to which he  exercises  investment  discretion."
Thus, although the Investment Manager may direct portfolio  transactions without
necessarily obtaining the lowest price at which such broker/dealer,  or another,
may be willing to do business,  the  Investment  Manager seeks the best value to
the Fund on each trade that circumstances in the market place permit,  including
the value inherent in on-going relationships with quality brokers.

    Currently,  it is not possible to determine the extent to which  commissions
that reflect an element of value for brokerage or research services might exceed
commissions  that would be payable for  execution  alone,  nor generally can the
value of such  services  to the Fund be  measured,  except  to the  extent  such
services have a readily  ascertainable  market value. There is no certainty that
services so purchased, or the sale of Fund shares, if any, will be beneficial to
the Fund.  Such  services  being  largely  intangible,  no dollar  amount can be
attributed to benefits realized by the Fund or to collateral  benefits,  if any,
conferred on  affiliated  entities.  These  services may include (1)  furnishing
advice  as to the  value  of  securities,  the  advisability  of  investing  in,
purchasing  or  selling   securities  and  the  availability  of  securities  or
purchasers  or  sellers of  securities,  (2)  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
concerning  issuers,  industries,   securities,  economic  factors  and  trends,
portfolio  strategy,   and  the  performance  of  accounts,  and  (3)  effecting
securities  transactions and performing  functions  incidental  thereto (such as
clearance,  settlement,  and  custody).  Pursuant to  arrangements  with certain
broker/dealers,  such  broker/dealers  provide  and  pay  for  various  computer
hardware,   software  and  services,  market  pricing  information,   investment
subscriptions  and memberships,  and other third party and internal  research of
assistance  to the  Investment  Manager  in the  performance  of its  investment
decision-making    responsibilities   for   transactions    effected   by   such
broker/dealers  for the Fund.  Commission  "soft  dollars"  may be used only for
"brokerage  and  research  services"  provided  directly  or  indirectly  by the
broker/dealer  and under no  circumstances  will cash  payments  be made by such
broker/dealers  to the Investment  Manager.  To the extent that commission "soft
dollars" do not result in the provision of any "brokerage and


                                                        24

<PAGE>




research  services" by a  broker/dealer  to whom such  commissions are paid, the
commissions, nevertheless, are the property of such broker/dealer. To the extent
any such  services  are  utilized by the  Investment  Manager for other than the
performance of its investment decision-making  responsibilities,  the Investment
Manager makes an appropriate  allocation of the cost of such services  according
to their use.

    Bull & Bear Securities,  Inc.  ("BBSI"),  a wholly owned subsidiary of Group
and the Investment Manager's affiliate,  provides discount brokerage services to
the public as an introducing  broker clearing  through  unaffiliated  firms on a
fully  disclosed  basis.  The  Investment  Manager is  authorized  to place Fund
brokerage  through BBSI at its posted  discount rates and  indirectly  through a
BBSI clearing firm. The Fund will not deal with BBSI in any transaction in which
BBSI acts as principal. The clearing firm will execute trades in accordance with
the fully disclosed  clearing agreement between BBSI and the clearing firm. BBSI
will be financially  responsible to the clearing firm for all trades of the Fund
until complete  payment has been received by the Fund or the clearing firm. BBSI
will provide order entry  services or order entry  facilities to the  Investment
Manager,  arrange for execution and clearing of portfolio  transactions  through
executing  and clearing  brokers,  monitor  trades and  settlements  and perform
limited back-office  functions including the maintenance of all records required
of it by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

    In order for BBSI to effect any  portfolio  transactions  for the Fund,  the
commissions,  fees or other remuneration received by BBSI must be reasonable and
fair  compared  to the  commissions,  fees or other  remuneration  paid to other
brokers in connection with comparable  transactions involving similar securities
being purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a comparable  period of
time.  The Fund's Board of Directors has adopted  procedures in conformity  with
Rule 17e- 1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage  commissions paid to
BBSI are reasonable and fair. Although BBSI's posted discount rates may be lower
than those  charged  by full cost  brokers,  such rates may be higher  than some
other  discount  brokers and certain  brokers may be willing to do business at a
lower commission rate on certain trades. The Board has determined that portfolio
transactions  may be executed through BBSI if, in the judgment of the Investment
Manager,  the use of BBSI is likely to result in price and execution at least as
favorable  as those of other  qualified  broker/dealers  and if,  in  particular
transactions,  BBSI  charges  the Fund a rate  consistent  with that  charged to
comparable   unaffiliated   customers   in   similar   transactions.   Brokerage
transactions  with BBSI are also subject to such  fiduciary  standards as may be
imposed by applicable  law. The  Investment  Manager's  fees under its agreement
with the Fund are not  reduced by reason of any  brokerage  commissions  paid to
BBSI.


    Brokerage  commissions paid in fiscal years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995  were  $2,010.07,  $2,902.15,  and  $7,349.79  respectively,  all of  which
(representing  approximately $1,315,000 in portfolio transactions) was allocated
to broker/dealers that provided research services. No transactions were directed
to  broker/dealers  during such  periods  for selling  shares of the Fund or any
affiliated  funds.  During the Fund's fiscal years ended October 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995, the Fund paid no brokerage commissions to BBSI.


                                                        25

<PAGE>




    Investment  decisions  for the Fund and for the other  Funds  managed by the
Investment Manager or its affiliates are made independently based on each Fund's
investment objectives and policies.  The same investment decision,  however, may
occasionally  be made  for two or more  Funds.  In such a case,  the  Investment
Manager may combine orders for two or more Funds for a particular security if it
appears that a combined order would reduce brokerage  commissions  and/or result
in a more favorable transaction price. Combined purchase or sale orders are then
averaged as to price and  allocated as to amount  according to a formula  deemed
equitable  to each  Fund.  While  in  some  cases  this  practice  could  have a
detrimental  effect upon the price or quantity  available of the  security  with
respect to the Fund, the Investment  Manager  believes that the larger volume of
combined orders can generally result in better execution and prices.

    The Fund is not  obligated  to deal with any  particular  broker,  dealer or
group thereof. Certain broker/dealers that the Fund does business with may, from
time to time, own more than 5% of the publicly traded Class A non-voting  Common
Stock of Group, the parent of the Investment  Manager,  and may provide clearing
services to BBSI.

    The Fund's  portfolio  turnover rate may vary from year to year and will not
be a  limiting  factor  when the  Investment  Manager  deems  portfolio  changes
appropriate. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of
the Fund's  annual  sales or purchases of  portfolio  securities  (exclusive  of
purchases or sales of securities  whose  maturities  at the time of  acquisition
were one  year or  less) by the  monthly  average  value  of  securities  in the
portfolio during the year. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 1995 and 1994,
the Fund's portfolio turnover rate was 30.04% and 18.26%, respectively. A higher
portfolio turnover rate involves  correspondingly  greater transaction costs and
increases the potential for short-term capital gains and taxes.

    From time to time,  certain  brokers  may be paid a fee for record  keeping,
shareholder  communications  and other  services  provided by them to  investors
purchasing  shares of the Fund through the "no transaction fee" programs offered
by such brokers. This fee is based on the average daily value of the investments
in the Fund made by such brokers on behalf of investors  participating  in their
"no transaction fee" programs.  The Fund's Directors have further authorized the
Investment Manager to place a portion of the Fund's brokerage  transactions with
any such  brokers,  if the  Investment  Manager  reasonably  believes  that,  in
effecting  the Fund's  transactions  in  portfolio  securities,  such  broker or
brokers are able to provide the best  execution of orders at the most  favorable
prices. Commissions earned by such brokers from executing portfolio transactions
on behalf of the Fund may be  credited  by them  against the fee they charge the
Fund, on a basis which has resulted  from  negotiations  between the  Investment
Manager and such brokers.

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

    If the U.S.  Postal Service cannot deliver a  shareholder's  check,  or if a
shareholder's check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right
to credit the  shareholder's  account  with  additional  Fund shares at the then
current net asset value in lieu of the cash payment and to thereafter issue such
shareholder's distributions in additional Fund shares.


                                                        26

<PAGE>



    The Fund  intends  to  continue  to qualify  for  treatment  as a  regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
("Code").  To  qualify  for this  treatment,  the Fund  must  distribute  to its
shareholders  for each  taxable  year at  least  90% of its  investment  company
taxable income  (consisting  generally of net investment  income, net short term
capital  gain  and  net  gains  from  certain  foreign   currency   transactions
("Distribution  Requirement"))  and must meet several  additional  requirements.
Among these requirements are the following: (1) at least 90% of the Fund's gross
income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with
respect to securities  loans,  and gains from the sale or other  disposition  of
securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing
in  securities or those  currencies  ("Income  Requirement");  (2) the Fund must
derive  less than 30% of its gross  income  each  taxable  year from the sale or
other  disposition  of securities,  or any of the following,  that were held for
less than three  months - options,  futures,  or forward  contracts  (other than
those on foreign  currencies),  or foreign currencies (or options,  futures,  or
forward contracts thereon) that are not directly related to the Fund's principal
business of  investing  in  securities  (or options  and  futures  with  respect
thereto) ("Short-Short Limitation"); and (3) the Fund's investments must satisfy
certain  diversification  requirements.  In any year during which the applicable
provisions  of the Code are  satisfied,  the Fund will not be liable for Federal
income tax on net income and gains that are distributed to its shareholders.  If
for any taxable  year the Fund does not qualify for  treatment  as a RIC, all of
its taxable income will be taxed at corporate rates.

    A portion of the dividends from the Fund's investment company taxable income
(whether  paid in cash or in  additional  Fund  shares) may be eligible  for the
dividends-received  deduction allowed to corporations.  The eligible portion may
not exceed the aggregate dividends received by the Fund from U.S.  corporations.
However,  dividends  received  by a  corporate  shareholder  and  deducted by it
pursuant  to the  dividends-received  deduction  are subject  indirectly  to the
alternative minimum tax.

    A loss on the  redemption  of Fund  shares  that were held for six months or
less will be treated as a long term (rather  than a short term)  capital loss to
the extent the shareholder received any capital gain distributions  attributable
to those shares.

    Dividends  and other  distributions  may also be  subject to state and local
taxes.

    The Fund will be subject to a nondeductible  4% excise tax ("Excise Tax") to
the  extent it fails to  distribute  by the end of any  calendar  year an amount
equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income,  (2) 98% of its capital gain
net income (determined on an October 31 fiscal year basis),  plus (3) generally,
all income and gain not  distributed  or subject to  corporate  tax in the prior
calendar year. The Fund intends to avoid imposition of this excise tax by making
adequate distributions.

    Dividends  and  interest  received  by the Fund may be  subject  to  income,
withholding,  or other taxes imposed by foreign  countries and U.S.  possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these  foreign  taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of  investments by foreign  investors.  If more than 50% of the value of
the Fund's


                                                        27

<PAGE>




total assets at the close of its taxable year  consists of securities of foreign
corporations,  the Fund will be eligible to, and may,  file an election with the
Internal  Revenue  Service that would  enable its  shareholders,  in effect,  to
receive the  benefit of the  foreign tax credit with  respect to any foreign and
U.S.  possessions'  income taxes paid by it. Pursuant to the election,  the Fund
would  treat  those  taxes  as  dividends  paid  to its  shareholders  and  each
shareholder would be required to (1) include in gross income,  and treat as paid
by the shareholder,  the shareholder's  proportionate  share of those taxes, (2)
treat the  shareholder's  share of those taxes and of any  dividend  paid by the
Fund that  represents  income from  foreign or U.S.  possessions  sources as the
shareholder's  own income from those  sources,  and (3) either  deduct the taxes
deemed paid by the shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or,
alternatively,  use the foregoing  information  in  calculating  the foreign tax
credit against the shareholder's Federal income tax. The Fund will report to its
shareholders  shortly  after each  taxable year their  respective  shares of the
Fund's income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S.
possessions if it makes this election.

    The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign  investment  companies"
("PFICs"). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the
following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross  income  is  passive  or (2) an
average of at least 50% of its assets  produce,  or are held for the  production
of, passive  income.  Under certain  circumstances,  the Fund will be subject to
Federal  income tax on a portion of any  "excess  distribution"  received on the
stock of a PFIC or of any gain from disposition of the stock (collectively "PFIC
income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as
a taxable dividend to its  shareholders.  The balance of the PFIC income will be
included in the Fund's taxable income and,  accordingly,  will not be taxable to
it to the extent that income is  distributed  to its  shareholders.  If the Fund
invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a "qualified  electing  fund,"
then in lieu of the  foregoing  tax and interest  obligation,  the Fund would be
required  to  include in income  each year its pro rata  share of the  qualified
electing fund's annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net
long term capital gain over net short term capital loss),  even if they were not
received  by the  Fund;  those  earnings  and  gain  probably  would  have to be
distributed to satisfy the Distribution  Requirement and avoid imposition of the
Excise Tax. In most instances it will be very difficult,  if not impossible,  to
make this election because of certain requirements thereof.

    Pursuant to proposed regulations,  open-end RICs, such as the Fund, would be
entitled  to  elect  to   "mark-to-market"   their   stock  in  certain   PFICs.
"Marking-to-market," in this context, means recognizing as gain for each taxable
year the excess,  as of the end of that year,  of the fair market  value of each
such  PFIC's   stock  over  the   adjusted   basis  in  that  stock   (including
mark-to-market gain for each prior year for which an election was in effect).

The Fund's use of hedging  strategies,  such as selling (writing) and purchasing
options and futures  contracts  and entering  into forward  currency  contracts,
involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the timing of
recognition  and  character  of the  gains  and  losses  the  Fund  realizes  in
connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except
certain  gains  that may be  excluded  by future  regulations),  and gains  from
options,  futures,  and  forward  currency  contracts  derived  by the Fund with
respect to its business of investing in securities or


                                                        28

<PAGE>




foreign  currencies,  will  qualify  as  permissible  income  under  the  Income
Requirement.  However,  income from the disposition of options and futures other
than those on foreign  currencies will be subject to the Short-Short  Limitation
if they are held for less than three  months.  Income  from the  disposition  of
foreign  currencies,  and  options,  futures,  and forward  contracts on foreign
currencies,  also will be subject to the Short-Short Limitation if they are held
for less than three months and are not directly  related to the Fund's principal
business of  investing  in  securities  (or options  and  futures  with  respect
thereto).

    If the Fund  satisfies  certain  requirements,  any  increase  in value of a
position that is part of a "designated  hedge" will be offset by any decrease in
value (whether  realized or not) of the offsetting  hedging  position during the
period of the hedge for purposes of  determining  whether the Fund satisfies the
Short-Short  Limitation.  Thus,  only the net gain (if any) from the  designated
hedge will be included in gross income for purposes of the that limitation.  The
Fund will consider  whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
hedging  transactions.  To the  extent the Fund does not so  qualify,  it may be
forced to defer  the  closing  out of  certain  options,  futures,  and  forward
currency contracts beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do
so, in order for the Fund to continue to qualify as a RIC.

    The foregoing discussion of Federal tax consequences is based on the tax law
in effect on the date of this  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  which is
subject to change by legislative,  judicial, or administrative  action. The Fund
may be subject to state or local tax in  jurisdictions in which it may be deemed
to be doing business.

                             REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

    The  Fund  issues,  at  least  semi-annually,  reports  to its  shareholders
including a list of investments  held and statements of assets and  liabilities,
income and  expense,  and changes in net assets of the Fund.  The Fund's  fiscal
year ends on October 31.

                CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

    Investors Bank & Trust Company, Box 2197, Boston, MA 02111 ("Custodian") has
been retained by the Fund to act as Custodian of the Fund's  investments and may
appoint  one  or  more  subcustodians.   The  Custodian  also  performs  certain
accounting  services for the Fund. As part of its agreement  with the Fund,  the
Custodian  may  apply  credits  or  charges  for its  services  to the Fund for,
respectively,  positive or deficit cash balances maintained by the Fund with the
Custodian.  DST Systems, Inc., Box 419789, Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6789,  is
the Fund's Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent.

                                    AUDITORS

    Tait,  Weller  &  Baker,  Two  Penn  Center,  Suite  700,  Philadelphia,  PA
19102-1707,  are the independent  accountants for the Fund. Financial statements
of the Fund are audited annually.



                                                        29

<PAGE>




                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    The Fund's Financial  Statements for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995,
together with the Report of the Fund's independent  accountants thereon,  appear
in the Fund's  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  and are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

    Unaudited financial statements for the six month period ended April 30, 1996
appear in the Fund's  Semi-Annual  Report to Shareholders  and are  incorporated
herein by reference.


                                                        30

<PAGE>



                                            PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a) Financial Statements:

    Financial  statements  of the  Registrant  are included in the  Registrant's
Statement  of  Additional   Information  filed  as  part  of  this  Registration
Statement.


(b) Exhibits:

(1) Charter as now in effect:  The Articles of Incorporation  are contained
    in  the  Fund's  registration   statement  dated  April  30,  1986  and
    incorporated herein by reference.

(2)  Copy  of  Existing  By-Laws:  The  By-Laws  are  contained  in  the  Fund's
registration   statement  dated  April  30,  1986  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

(3) Copy of Voting Trust Agreement:  Not Applicable.

(4) Specimens  or  copies of each  security  of the  Registrant,  including
    copies  of all  constituent  instruments,  defining  the  rights of the
    holders  of  such  securities,   and  copies  of  each  security  being
    registered: A specimen security is contained in the Fund's registration
    statement dated April 30, 1986 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)(a)Investment Management Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange
            Commission on August 16, 1996.

  (b)Subadvisory Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
                     August 16, 1996.

     (6) Distribution   Agreement,   filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
         Commission on August 16, 1996.

     (7) Not applicable.

(8) (a)Custodian Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
       August 16, 1996.

    (b) Service and Agency Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange
        Commission on August 16, 1996.

    (c) Custodial Account and IRA Disclosure Statement, filed
        with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August
        16, 1996.

    (d) IRA Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
        August 16, 1996.



                                                   Part C, P. 1

<PAGE>



     (9)          (a) A copy of the  Registrant's  Agency Agreement is contained
                  in the Fund's registration  statement dated April 30, 1986 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.

(b)A facsimile of the Registrant's Share Purchase Application is contained in
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 and incorporated herein by reference.

(c)A  copy  of the  Registrant's  Pre-Authorized  Check  Plan  is  contained  in
Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 and incorporated herein by reference.

(d)Form of Transfer Agency Agreement, filed with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission on August 16, 1996.

(e)Form of Agency Agreement,  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
on August 16, 1996.

(f)Form of Shareholder Administration Agreement, filed with the Securities and
   Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(g)Form of Credit Agreement,  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
on August 16, 1996.

     (10)         Opinion and Consent of Counsel as to Legality of Securities: A
                  copy of the  opinion  and  consent  of the  Fund's  Counsel is
                  contained in the Fund's registration statement dated April 30,
                  1986 and incorporated herein by reference.

     (12)         Not Applicable.

     (13)         Not Applicable.

(14)(a)Standardized Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement, filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(b)Defined  Contribution  Basic Plan  Document,  filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(c)Standardized Money Purchase Adoption Agreement, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(d)Simplified  Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement,  filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(e)Simplified Money Purchase Adoption  Agreement,  filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(15)(a)Plan of Distribution,  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
on August 16, 1996.

(b)Related  Agreement to Plan of Distribution  between  Investor Service Center,
Inc.


                                                   Part C, P. 2

<PAGE>




   and Hanover Direct Advertising Company, Inc., filed with the Securities and
   Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(16)  Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations, filed with
      the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 16, 1996.

(17)  Financial Data Schedule (filed herewith)

(18)  Not applicable.

ITEM 25.   PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH
           REGISTRANT.

           Not Applicable.

ITEM 26.          NUMBER OF RECORD HOLDERS OF SECURITIES AS OF JUNE 17, 1996.

     TITLE OF CLASS        NUMBER OF RECORD HOLDERS

 $.10 par value                                      163
 common stock



ITEM 27.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Registrant's  Investment  Management  Agreement  between the  Registrant and
Rockwood Advisers,  Inc. (the "Investment Manager") provides that the Investment
Manager  shall  not be  liable  to the  Registrant  or  any  shareholder  of the
Registrant  for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered
by the  Registrant  in  connection  with the  matters  to which  the  Investment
Management  Agreement relates.  However, the Investment Manager is not protected
against any liability to the  Registrant by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its
reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management
Agreement.

    Section 9 of the Distribution  Agreement between the Registrant and Investor
Service  Center,  Inc.  ("Service  Center")  provides that the  Registrant  will
indemnify  Service Center and its officers,  directors and  controlling  persons
against all  liabilities  arising from any alleged untrue  statement of material
fact in the Registration  Statement or from any alleged omission to state in the
Registration  Statement a material fact required to be stated in it or necessary
to make the  statements  in it, in light of the  circumstances  under which they
were made,  not  misleading,  except  insofar as  liability  arises  from untrue
statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished  by  Service  Center  to the  Registrant  for use in the  Registration
Statement; and provided that this indemnity agreement shall not protect any such
persons  against  liabilities  arising  by  reason  of their  bad  faith,  gross
negligence  or willful  misfeasance;  and shall not inure to the  benefit of any
such persons unless a court of competent  jurisdiction or controlling  precedent
determines  that such result is not against  public  policy as  expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933.


                                                   Part C, P. 3

<PAGE>




Section 9 of the Distribution Agreement also provides that Service Center agrees
to indemnify,  defend and hold the  Registrant,  its officers and Directors free
and harmless of any claims  arising out of any alleged  untrue  statement or any
alleged omission of material fact contained in information  furnished by Service
Center for use in the  Registration  Statement  or arising out of any  agreement
between  Service Center and any retail dealer,  or arising out of  supplementary
literature  or  advertising  used by  Service  Center  in  connection  with  the
Distribution Agreement.

    The Registrant undertakes to carry out all indemnification provisions of its
Articles  of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws  and the  above-described  contract in
accordance with Investment Company Act Release No. 11330 (September 4, 1980) and
successor releases.

    Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended,  may be provided to  directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the  Registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  with the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding or payment pursuant to any insurance  policy) is asserted against the
Registrant by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection  with
the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by
it is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.


ITEM 28.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

    Information  on the  business  of the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  is
described in the section of the  Statement of  Additional  Information  entitled
"Investment Manager" filed as part of this Registration Statement.

    The directors and officers of the Investment  Manager are also directors and
officers  of  other  Funds  managed  by Bull & Bear  Advisers,  Inc.  and  Midas
Management  Corporation,  both of which are wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Bull &
Bear Group,  Inc.  (the  "Funds").  In addition,  such officers are officers and
directors of Bull & Bear Group, Inc. and its other subsidiaries; Service Center,
the distributor of the Registrant and the Funds and a registered  broker/dealer,
and Bull & Bear Securities,  Inc., a discount brokerage firm. Bull & Bear Group,
Inc.'s  predecessor  was organized in 1976. In 1978, it acquired  control of and
subsequently  merged with  Investors  Counsel,  Inc.,  a  registered  investment
adviser organized in 1959. The principal  business of both companies since their
founding  has been to serve  as  investment  manager  to  registered  investment
companies.  Bull & Bear Advisers,  Inc.  serves as investment  manager of Bull &
Bear Dollar  Reserves,  Bull & Bear  Global  Income  Fund,  and Bull & Bear U.S.
Government  Securities Fund, each a series of shares issued by Bull & Bear Funds
II, Inc.; Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, a series of shares issued


                                                   Part C, P. 4

<PAGE>




by Bull & Bear Municipal Securities, Inc.; Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.; Bull
& Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund, a series of Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.; and Bull &
Bear  Special  Equities  Fund,  Inc.  Midas  Management  Corporation  serves  as
investment manager of Midas Fund, Inc.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

    a) In  addition  to the  Registrant,  Service  Center  serves  as  principal
underwriter  of Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc.,  Bull & Bear Special  Equities Fund,
Inc.,  Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.,  Bull & Bear Gold Investors  Ltd., Bull & Bear
Municipal Securities, Inc. and Midas Fund, Inc.

    b) Service  Center serves as the  Registrant's  principal  underwriter.  The
directors and officers of Service Center,  their principal  business  addresses,
their  positions and offices with Service Center and their positions and offices
with the Registrant (if any) are set forth below.


Name and Principal                                   Position and Offices
Business Address      Position and Offices with      with Registrant
                      Service Center
- --------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
Robert D. Anderson    Vice Chairman and Director     N/A
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
Steven A. Landis      Senior Vice President          Senior Vice President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
Brett B. Sneed        Senior Vice President          Senior Vice President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
Mark C. Winmill       Chairman, Director and Chief   Co-President and Co-Chief
11 Hanover Square     Financial Officer              Executive Officer
New York, NY 10005
Thomas B. Winmill     President, Director, General   Co-President, Director, and
11 Hanover Square     Counsel                        Co-Chief Executive Officer
New York, NY 10005
Kathleen B. Fliegauf  Vice President and Assistant   None
11 Hanover Square     Treasurer
New York, NY 10005
William J. Maynard    Vice President, Secretary,     Vice President, Secretary,
11 Hanover Square     Chief Compliance Officer       Chief Compliance Officer
New York, NY 10005
Irene K. Kawczynski   Vice President                 None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005



                                                   Part C, P. 5
<PAGE>




Joseph Leung        Treasurer, Chief Accounting     Treasurer, Chief Accounting
11 Hanover Square   Officer                         Officer
New York, NY 10005
Michael J. McManus  Vice President                  None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
H. Matthew Kelly    Vice President                  None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005


Item 30.          Location of Accounts and Records

    The minute books of Registrant and copies of its filings with the Commission
are located at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, NY 10005 (the offices of Registrant
and its Investment Manager).  All other records required by Section 31(a) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 are located at Investors Bank & Trust Company, 89
South Street,  Boston, MA 02111 (the offices of Registrant's  custodian) and DST
Systems,  Inc.,  1055 Broadway,  Kansas City, MO 64105-1594  (the offices of the
Registrant's  Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent).  Copies of certain of the
records  located at Investors Bank & Trust Company & DST Systems,  Inc. are kept
at 11 Hanover  Square,  New York,  NY 10005 (the offices of  Registrant  and the
Investment Manager).

ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

     There are no management  related service  contracts not discussed in Part A
     or Part B of this Registration Statement.

ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

     Not Applicable.




                                                   Part C, P. 6

<PAGE>




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company  Act  of  1940,  the  Registrant  certifies  that  it  meets  all of the
requirements for effectiveness of this Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule
485 (b) under the Securities  Act of 1933 and has duly caused this  Registration
Statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereto  duly
authorized, in the City, County and State of New York on this 16th day of August
1996.


                  THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.




                                            By: THOMAS B. WINMILL
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Thomas B. Winmill, President


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this  Post-Effective
Amendment has been signed below by the following  persons in the  capacities and
on the date indicated.

Mark C. Winmill       Director, Co-President and Co-Chief        August 16, 1996
- ---------------
Mark C. Winmill       Executive Officer

Thomas B. Winmill     Director, Co-President and Co-Chief        August 16, 1996
- -----------------
Thomas B. Winmill     Executive Officer

Bassett S. Winmill    Director, Chairman of the                  August 16, 1996
- ------------------
Bassett S. Winmill    Board of Directors

Joseph Leung          Treasurer, Principal                       August 16, 1996
- ------------
Joseph Leung          Accounting Officer

Robert D. Anderson    Director, Vice Chairman                    August 16, 1996
- ------------------
Robert D. Anderson

Bruce B. Huber        Director                                   August 16, 1996
- -----------------
Bruce B. Huber

James E. Hunt         Director                                   August 16, 1996
- ---------------
James E. Hunt

Frederick A. Parker, Jr.   Director                              August 16, 1996
- ------------------------
Frederick A. Parker, Jr.

John B. Russell         Director                                 August 16, 1996
- -----------------
John B. Russell

Russell E. Burke III    Director                                 August 16, 1996
- --------------------
Russell E. Burke III



                                                   Part C, P. 7

<PAGE>



                                                   Exhibit Index

Exhibit

5(a)     Investment Management Agreement

5(b)     Subadvisory Agreement

6        Distribution Agreement

8(a)     Custodian Agreement

8(b)     Service and Agency Agreement

8(c)     Custodial Account and IRA Disclosure Statement

8(d)     IRA Agreement

9(d)     Transfer Agency Agreement

9(e)     Agency Agreement

9(f)     Shareholder Administration Agreement

9(g)     Credit Agreement

14(a)    Standardized Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement

14(b)    Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document

14(c)    Standardized Money Purchase Adoption Agreement

14(d)    Simplified Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement

14(e)    Simplified Money Purchase Adoption Agreement

15(a)    Plan of Distribution

15(b)    Related Agreement to Plan of Distribution

16                Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations

17                Financial Data Schedule


    Semi-Annual  Report to  Shareholders  of the Fund for the six  month  period
ended April 30, 1996  containing  financial  statements as and for the six month
period ended April 30, 1996...............................



                                                   Part C, P. 8

<PAGE>



                         The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.
                           545 Shoup Avenue - No. 303
                            Idaho Falls, Idaho 83405
                                 (208) 522-5593

                                 June 26, 1996


Dear Stockholder:

     Attached are the  unaudited  financial  statements as of April 30, 1996 for
the first half of the 1996 fiscal year. The following are brief summaries of the
fund's holding:

     Blue Ridge Big Boulder owns two ski resorts and several  thousand  acres of
land in the  Poconos.  It  develops  and/or  sells land for  development.  It is
currently  developing a golf course. When the company sells property,  it defers
taxes by putting the sale proceeds into income producing  property.  The company
continues to buy in its stock.

     Boise  Cascade has  potential  long-term,  both in its paper  business  and
office products division of which 18% was spun of to the public. In addition, it
is undervalued based on assets.

     Cimetrix,  Inc. has proprietary software for the control of robots. It is a
young company with a huge market for its product. The company is moving toward a
strategic alliance probably sometime this year.

     Cygnus  Therapeutic  Systems,  Inc. is  developing a "patch" that will read
glucose  levels  through a wrist watch like  device.  It will allow  people with
diabetes to "read-out" their sugar level rather prick their finger several times
a day.

     Devlieg-Bullard,  Inc. is a machine tool servicer and manufacturer. It is a
busted IPO with improving fundamentals.

     Innerdyne  Corproation  manufactures  devices  for  use  in  the  minimally
invasive  surgery market.  The market for their products is huge and they are on
the  leading  edge of  technology.  Additionally,  the  company  has  two  other
techologies with market potential. The first, a biocompatible coating technology
for  coating  implantable  medical  devices.  The  second is a thermal  ablation
technology for treatment of uterine bleeding.

     IntelCom Group,  Inc.'s principal business is local telephone access.  They
have  fiberoptic  rings in several  cities that allow  companies  to bypass the
local phone  companies for access to long distance  carriers.  They will soon be
able to compete  with local  telephone  service  in  the venues  they  currently
serve.

<PAGE>


     Lab Volt, Inc.  manufactures  educational materials and training aids for a
variety of disciplines.  Lab Volt's  prospects have brightened  substantially in
the past two years.

     Life Core Biomedical's principal product is a fluid to be used after surgey
to prevent adhesions. The product is currently in FDA trials.

     Life Quest  Medical  has  recently  made an  acquisition  in the  minimally
invasive surgery (MIS) market and shifted its emphasis to this market.  It is in
the process of developing an  autoclavable  endoscope for use in the MIS market.
It is a looking device for surgey that can be reused freqently.

     Noble  Drilling is an undervalued  oil and gas driller.  Its prospects have
improved with increased drilling activity.

     Oak Industries has  significant  upside  potential over the next few years.
They continue to make acquistions that will build shareholder value.

     Precision  Cast  Parts has made some  small  acquisitions  and the  overall
demand for their  products has improved.  The values and stock price continue to
increase.

     Quest Medical is an operating company with two principal products: a spinal
cord stimulation device for pain control and an automated myocardial  protection
system for heart preservation during cardiac surgery.

     Sidus Systems is a computer hardware manufacturer selling below book and at
a fraction of revenues.

     Telecommunications,  Inc.  We  have a  small  position.  Telecommunications
reform should benefit in the long-term.

     Tipperary is a small oil and gas E&P  company.  It is very well managed and
has  rights  to a  substantial  amount of coal bed  methane  in  Australia.  The
Australin project has produced commercial  results.  The company is still in the
early stages of developing the asset.

     Todd A/P Corp. has  appreciated  substantially  the first half of the year.
I continue to hold it because of improving fundamentals.

     U.S. Environmental  Solutions,  Inc. has a trucking subsidiary wherein they
provide "back office" functions for indpendents. The stock is cheap by book.

                                       1
<PAGE>
                                              THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                                            STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                                                   As of April 30, 1996
                                                        (Unaudited)

Assets:

         Investment in securities (identified cost $705,550.85)    $1,176,532.88
         Cash.................................................         35,813.65
         Receivables:
                  Investment Securities Sold.......................         0.00
                  Accrued Interest.................................       439.43
                  Accrued Dividends......................................   0.00
                  Deferred Fidelity Bond Cost
                                    (net of amortization of $1,236)         3.44
                  Deferred Audit Costs (net of $12,500)............     7,170.96
                  Reserve Premium..................................     9,378.00
                                                                      ----------
                           Total Assets............................ 1,229,338.36
                                                                      ==========

Liabilities:

         Payable for Investment  Securities Purchased...............       $ .00
         Accruals:
              Investment Advisor Fee................................... 1,901.88
              Custodian Fee............................................   246.11
              Agency Fee...............................................      .00
         Audit Fee............................................               .00
         Fidelity Bond.................................................      .00
         Shareholder Payable...........................................      .00
         Federal Witholding Payable....................................      .00
                                                                         -------

                           Total Liabilities........................... 2,209.99
                                                                       ---------

Net Assets:

         Capital Stock (100,000,000 shares authorized;
                   42710.93 shares outstanding...................... $678,052.62

         Equalization Credits..........................................     0.00

         Undistributed Net Investment Income..................        (58,988.81
         Undistributed Net Realized Gains (losses)..............     $132,966.53

         Unrealized Appreciation (depreciation) of Invesstment       $470,982.03

         Other Unrealized Appreciation..................................4,116.00
                                                                      ---------

         Total Net Assets Equivalent to 28.73 per share,
         based on 42710.93  shares of capital stock outstanding    $1,227,128.37
                                                                      ==========

                  Total Net Assets plus Liabilities................$1,229,338.36
                                                                      ==========








<PAGE>

                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       For the Period Ended April 30, 1996
                                   (Unaudited)

Investment Income:
         Income:
                  Interest                                               $713.86
                  Dividends                                               930.03
                  Other Income                                              0.00
                                                                      ----------
                                                                        1,643.89

Expenses:
         Investment Advisory Fee                                        3,402.03
         Custodial Fee                                                  1,272.01
         Transfer Agent Fee                                               338.50
         Registration Fee                                               3,767.00
         Attorney Fee                                                      20.56
         Accountant Fee                                                 6,497.80
         Taxes                                                             30.00
         Fidelity Bond                                                    715.00
         Shareholder Communications                                         0.00
         Directors' Fees                                                    0.00
         Reimbursement by Advisor                                           0.00
                                                                        --------
                                                                       16,043.09

         Net Investment Income                                        (14,399.20

Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Invetments:
         Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments                      135,812.20
         Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)
             of investments for the Year                              290,440.07
         Change in other Unrealizedd Appreciation                       1,547.00
                                                                     -----------
         Net Gain (Loss) on Investment                                427,769.94
         Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets
                  from Operations                                     413,370.74
                                                                      ==========




<PAGE>



                      Supplementary Information Regarding
                           Per-Share Data and Ratios


                                        Period Ended   Year Ended     Year Ended
                                        April 30,      October 31,    October 31
                                           1996           1995           1994
Per Share Data:

Investment income                       $0.04          $0.09               $0.23
Expenses                                $0.39          $0.41               $0.45
     
     Net investment income              (0.35)         (0.32)              (0.22

Distributions from
     investment income (net)            $0.00          $0.00               $0.00

Net realized gain (loss) and increase
(decrease) in unrealized appreciation   10.35          $2.44               $0.51

Distributions from realized gains on
securities                              $0.00          $0.00               $0.00

Distributions from Capital              $0.00          $0.00               $0.00
                                        -----          -----               -----

     Net increase (decrease)
          in net asset value            10.00          $2.12               $0.29

Net assets value:
     Beginning of year                  18.73          16.61               16.33
                                        -----          -----               -----
     End of period                      28.73          18.73               16.61
                                        =====          =====               =====

Ratios:
     Expenses to average net assets (%)  1.65%**        2.99%               2.82
                                        =====          =====               =====
     Net investment income
          to average net assets (%)     (1.48)%**      (1.77)%             (1.38
                                        =====          =====               =====
     Portfolio Turnover Rate            13.69%**       30.04%              18.26
                                        =====          =====               ====

     Number of Shares Outstanding      42333.276      41307.579        42993.736


*Annualized
**For the Period Indicated

                                       4
<PAGE>


                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                      For the Period Ended April 30, 1996
                      and the year Ended October 31, 1995
                                  (Unaudited)

                                                  Period Ended        Year Ended
                                                     4/30/1996           1995
                                                  ------------        ----------

Increase in Net Assets from Operations:

Investment income, net                            ($14,399.20)   ($12,922.15)

Net realized gain on investments                  $135,812.87     $14,969.22

Change in unrealized appreciation                 $290,440.07     $82,389.58

Change in other unrealized gains                     1,517.00        (173.00)

     Net increase in net assets from operations   $413,370.74     $84,263.65

Net equalization credits                                 0.00         389.23

Less distributions to shareholders from:
     Investment income, net                              0.00           0.00

Capital share transactions:
     Add shares sold                               $56,665.42     $33,597.01
     Add reinvestment of dividend                       $0.00
     Less redemption of shares                    ($16,779.24)   ($58,644.43)
                                                   -----------   ------------
          Total increase                           $453,256.92    $59,605.46

Net assets
     Beginning of period                           $773,871.45    $714,155.45
                                                   -----------   ------------
     End of period (including undistributed
     investment income of ($58,988.81)
     and ($48,301.35) respectively)               1,227,128.37    $773,871.45
                                                  ============   ============  

                                       3
<PAGE>
                          THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                     PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES
                              AS OF April 30, 1996

                                 Price     Principal                     Percent
                                  per       Amount or                     of Net
                                  Share     Shares         Value          Assets
COMMON STOCK - 96.7%

Biotechnology
     Life Core Biomedical          18.50     2000.     $37,000.00          3.0%
                                                       ----------          ----
                                                       $37,000.00          3.0%
Computer
     Cimetrix, Inc.                 9.44     8000.     $75,500.00          6.2%
     Sidus Systems                  2.93    11000.     $32,186.00          2.6%
                                                       ----------          ----
                                                       107,686.00          8.9%

Conglomerate                      
     Boise Cascade                 46.50      600.     $27,900.00          2.3%
     Horsham, Inc.                 14.13     1500.     $21,187.50          1.7%
                                                       ----------          ----
                                                       $49,087.50          4.0%

Contract Services
     Host Marriott Service Corp.    7.88     4000.     $31,500.00          2.6%
                                                       ----------          ----
                                                       $31,500.00          2.6%

Electronic Media
Todd A/O Corp.                     16.75    13200.     221,100.00          18.2%
                                                       ---------           ----
                                                       221,100.00          18.2%

Energy
     Tipperary                      4.38     9500.     $41,562.50           3.4%
                                                       ----------          -----
                                                       $41,562.50           3.4%

Manufacturing
     Lab-Volt Systems, Inc.         5.00     9000.     $45,000.00           3.7%
     DeVlieg Bullard, Inc.          2.69    15000.     $40,312.50           3.3%
     Oak Industries                27.00     2600.     $70,200.00           5.8%
     Precision Cast Parts          43.38     1000.     $43,375.00           3.6%
                                                       ----------          -----
                                                       198,887.50          16.4%

Medical Devices
     Cygnus Therapeutic Systems    21.38     1000.     $21,375.00           1.8%
     Innerdyne Corporation          3.88    17500.     $67,812.50           5.6%
     Life Quest Medical, Inc.       3.00     8500.     $25,500.00           2.1%
     Orthologic Corp.              34.88     2000.     $69,750.00           5.7%
     Quest Medical, Inc.           12.00     4000.     $48,000.00           3.9%
                                                       ----------          -----
                                                       232,437.50          19.1%

Offshore Drilling
Noble Drilling                     15.00     3000.     $45,000.00           3.7%
                                                       ----------          ----
                                                       $45,000.00           3.7%

Real Estate
Blue Ridge                          6.38     8500.     $54,187.50           4.5%

Telecommunication
     IntelCom Group, Inc.          20.13     2000.     $40,250.00           3.3%
     Telecommunications, Inc.      19.13     1500.     $28,687.50           2.4%
                                                       ----------          -----
                                                       $68,937.50           5.7%

Transportation
     Transcisco Industries          4.91    13600.     $66,725.00           5.5%
     U.S. Environmental Solutions   0.64    35000.     $22,421.88           1.8%
                                                       ----------          -----
                                                       $89,146.88           7.3%

                         INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made this  16th day of  August,  1996,  by and  between  THE
ROCKWOOD  GROWTH  FUND,  INC. an Idaho  corporation  (the  "Fund") and  ROCKWOOD
ADVISERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Investment Manager").

         WHEREAS  the Fund is  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management  investment company
and offers for public sale shares of common stock; and

         WHEREAS the Fund  desires to retain the  Investment  Manager to furnish
certain investment  advisory and portfolio  management services to the Fund, and
the Investment Manager desires to furnish such services;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  it is hereby  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto as
follows:

         1. The Fund  hereby  employs  the  Investment  Manager  to  manage  the
investment  and  reinvestment  of the assets of the Fund thereof,  including the
regular  furnishing of advice with respect to the Fund's portfolio  transactions
subject  at all  times to the  control  and  oversight  of the  Fund's  Board of
Directors,  for the  period  and on the terms set forth in this  Agreement.  The
Investment  Manager hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period
to render the services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth,  for the
compensation  herein  provided.  The  Investment  Manager shall for all purposes
herein be deemed to be an  independent  contractor and shall,  unless  otherwise
expressly provided or authorized,  have no authority to act for or represent the
Fund in any way, or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

         2. The Fund  assumes and shall pay all the  expenses  required  for the
conduct  of its  business  including,  but  not  limited  to,  (a)  salaries  of
administrative and clerical personnel; (b) brokerage commissions;  (c) taxes and
governmental  fees; (d) costs of insurance and fidelity  bonds;  (e) fees of the
transfer agent, custodian, legal counsel and auditors; (f) association fees; (g)
costs of preparing, printing and mailing proxy materials, reports and notices to
shareholders;  (h) costs of preparing,  printing and mailing the  prospectus and
statement of additional  information  and  supplements  thereto;  (i) payment of
dividends and other distributions; (j) costs of stock certificates; (k) costs of
Board and  shareholders  meetings;  (l) fees of the independent  directors;  (m)
necessary office space rental; (n) all fees and expenses  (including expenses of
counsel)  relating to the registration  and  qualification of shares of the Fund
under  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  maintaining  such
registrations and  qualifications;  and (o) such  non-recurring  expenses as may
arise,  including,  without limitation,  actions, suits or proceedings affecting
the Fund and the  legal  obligation  which  the Fund may have to  indemnify  its
officers and directors with respect thereto.

         3. The  Investment  Manager may, but shall not be obligated  to, pay or
provide for the payment of expenses  which are  primarily  intended to result in
the sale of the Fund's shares or the servicing and  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts, including, without limitation,  payments for: advertising, direct mail
and promotional expenses;  compensation to and expenses,  including overhead and
telephone and other  communication  expenses,  of the Investment Manager and its
affiliates, the Fund, and selected


<PAGE>



dealers and their affiliates who engage in or support the distribution of shares
or who service shareholder accounts; fulfillment expenses including the costs of
printing and distributing  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,
and  reports  for other  than  existing  shareholders;  the costs of  preparing,
printing and  distributing  sales  literature and  advertising  materials;  and,
internal  costs  incurred  by the  Investment  Manager  and its  affiliates  and
allocated  to efforts to  distribute  shares of the Fund such as office rent and
equipment, employee salaries, employee bonuses and other overhead expenses. Such
payments  may be for the  Investment  Manager's  own  account  or may be made on
behalf  of the  Fund  pursuant  to a  written  agreement  relating  to a plan of
distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

         4. If  requested  by the  Fund's  Board of  Directors,  the  Investment
Manager may provide other services to the Fund such as, without limitation,  the
functions  of  billing,  accounting,   certain  shareholder  communications  and
services,  administering state and Federal  registrations,  filings and controls
and other administrative  services. Any services so requested and performed will
be for the  account  of the Fund  and the  costs of the  Investment  Manager  in
rendering such services shall be reimbursed by the Fund,  subject to examination
by those directors of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Investment
Manager or any affiliate thereof.

         5.  The  services  of the  Investment  Manager  are  not  to be  deemed
exclusive,  and the Investment  Manager shall be free to render similar services
to others in  addition  to the Fund so long as its  services  hereunder  are not
impaired thereby.

         6. The Investment Manager shall create and maintain all necessary books
and records in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations,
including  but not limited to records  required by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act
and the  rules  thereunder,  as the  same  may be  amended  from  time to  time,
pertaining to the investment  management  services performed by it hereunder and
not otherwise  created and  maintained  by another  party  pursuant to a written
contract with the Fund.  Where  applicable,  such records shall be maintained by
the Investment  Manager for the periods and in the places required by Rule 31a-2
under the 1940 Act.  The books and records  pertaining  to the Fund which are in
the possession of the Investment  Manager shall be the property of the Fund. The
Fund, or the Fund's authorized representatives,  shall have access to such books
and records at all times during the Investment  Manager's normal business hours.
Upon the  reasonable  request of the Fund,  copies of any such books and records
shall be provided by the Investment Manager to the Fund or the Fund's authorized
representatives.

         7. As  compensation  for its  services,  with  respect  to the Fund the
Investment  Manager will be paid by the Fund a fee payable  monthly and computed
at the annual rate of 1% of the first $200  million of average  daily net assets
of the Fund, .95% of such net assets over $200 million up to $400 million,  .90%
of such net assets over $400 million up to $600 million, .85% of such net assets
over $600 million up to $800 million,  .80% of such net assets over $800 million
up to $1 billion, and .75% of such net assets over $1 billion. The aggregate net
assets for each day shall be computed by subtracting the liabilities of the Fund
from the value of its assets,  such amount to be computed as of the  calculation
of the net asset value per share on each business day.

     8.  The  Investment   Manager  shall  direct   portfolio   transactions  to
broker/dealers  for  execution on terms and at rates which it believes,  in good
faith,  to be reasonable  in view of the overall  nature and quality of services
provided  by  a  particular  broker/dealer,  including  brokerage  and  research
services  and sales of Fund shares and shares of other  investment  companies or
series thereof for which the Investment  Manager or an affiliate  thereof serves
as investment adviser. The Investment Manager may


<PAGE>



also allocate portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers  that remit a portion of
their  commissions as a credit against Fund expenses.  With respect to brokerage
and research  services,  the Investment Manager may consider in the selection of
broker/dealers  brokerage or research  provided and payment may be made of a fee
higher  than that  charged  by  another  broker/dealer  which  does not  furnish
brokerage or research services or which furnishes brokerage or research services
deemed to be of lesser  value,  so long as the criteria of Section  28(e) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or other  applicable law are met.
Although  the  Investment  Manager  may direct  portfolio  transactions  without
necessarily obtaining the lowest price at which such broker/dealer,  or another,
may be willing to do business,  the Investment Manager shall seek the best value
for the Fund on each  trade  that  circumstances  in the  market  place  permit,
including the value inherent in on-going  relationships with quality brokers. To
the  extent  any  such  brokerage  or  research  services  may be  deemed  to be
additional  compensation  to  the  Investment  Manager  from  the  Fund,  it  is
authorized by this  Agreement.  The Investment  Manager may place Fund brokerage
through an affiliate of the Investment Manager, provided that: the Fund not deal
with  such  affiliate  in any  transaction  in  which  such  affiliate  acts  as
principal;  the  commissions,  fees  or  other  remuneration  received  by  such
affiliate be  reasonable  and fair  compared to the  commissions,  fees or other
remuneration  paid to other brokers in connection with  comparable  transactions
involving  similar  securities being purchased or sold on a securities  exchange
during  a  comparable  period  of time;  and such  brokerage  be  undertaken  in
compliance  with  applicable  law.  The  Investment  Manager's  fees  under this
Agreement  shall not be  reduced  by reason  of any  commissions,  fees or other
remuneration received by such affiliate from the Fund.

         9.  The  Investment  Manager  shall  waive  all or  part  of its fee or
reimburse the Fund monthly if and to the extent the aggregate operating expenses
of the Fund  exceed  the most  restrictive  limit  imposed by any state in which
shares of the Fund are qualified for sale or such lesser amount as may be agreed
to by the Fund's Board of Directors and the Investment  Manager.  In calculating
the limit of operating expenses,  all expenses excludable under state regulation
or otherwise shall be excluded. If this Agreement is in effect for less than all
of a fiscal year, any such limit will be applied proportionate ly.

         10. Subject to and in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and
By-laws  of the  Fund  and of the  Investment  Manager,  it is  understood  that
directors,  officers,  agents  and  shareholders  of  the  Fund  are  or  may be
interested in the Fund as directors,  officers,  shareholders or otherwise, that
the  Investment  Manager is or may be interested in the Fund as a shareholder or
otherwise and that the effect and nature of any such interests shall be governed
by law and by the  provisions,  if any,  of said  Articles of  Incorporation  or
By-laws.

         11. This Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the date  hereinabove
written and, unless sooner  terminated as provided herein,  this Agreement shall
continue in effect for two years from the above written date. Thereafter, if not
terminated,  this Agreement shall continue  automatically for successive periods
of twelve months each,  provided that such continuance is specifically  approved
at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors of the Fund or by the holders of
a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund as defined in the
1940 Act and (b) by a vote of a majority  of the  Directors  of the Fund who are
not parties to this  Agreement,  or interested  persons of any such party.  This
Agreement  may be terminated  without  penalty at any time either by vote of the
Board of  Directors  of the Fund or by vote of the  holders of a majority of the
outstanding  voting  securities  of the Fund on 60 days'  written  notice to the
Investment  Manager,  or by the Investment Manager on 60 days' written notice to
the  Fund.  This  Agreement  shall  immediately  terminate  in the  event of its
assignment.



<PAGE>


         12.  The  Investment  Manager  shall  not be  liable to the Fund or any
shareholder  of the Fund for any error of  judgment or mistake of law or for any
loss  suffered by the Fund or the Fund's  shareholders  in  connection  with the
matters to which this Agreement  relates,  but nothing herein contained shall be
construed to protect the Investment Manager against any liability to the Fund or
the Fund's  shareholders by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its  reckless
disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         13.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,   the  terms  "interested  person,"
"assignment," and "majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall have the
meanings  provided  therefor  in the 1940 Act,  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder.

         14. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
hereto and  supersedes  any prior  agreement  with respect to the subject hereof
whether oral or written.  If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or
made  invalid  by a  court  or  regulatory  agency  decision,  statute,  rule or
otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         15. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with and governed
by the laws of the State of New York,  provided,  however,  that nothing  herein
shall be  construed  in a manner  inconsistent  with the 1940 Act or any rule or
regulation promulgated thereunder.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the day and year first above written.



THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.



By:____________________________



ROCKWOOD ADVISERS, INC.



By:____________________________






<PAGE>


                              SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made this 16th day of August,  1996, by and between  ROCKWOOD
ADVISERS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Investment  Manager") and ASPEN
SECURITIES AND ADVISORY, INC., an Idaho corporation (the "Subadviser").

         WHEREAS  the  Investment  Manager  intends to enter into an  investment
management agreement (the "Management Agreement") with The Rockwood Growth Fund,
Inc. (the "Fund") pursuant to which the Investment Manager will furnish the Fund
with investment management and other services; and

         WHEREAS the Management  Agreement  provides that the Investment Manager
may, at its own expense,  contract  for research and other  services as it deems
necessary or desirable to fulfill such obligations; and

     WHEREAS,  the Subadviser is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of
1940; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Investment  Manager  desires to retain the Subadviser to
provide  subadvisory  and research  services in connection with the Fund and the
Subadviser is willing to provide such services;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  it is hereby  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto as
follows:

1. The Investment  Manager will manage the investment  and  reinvestment  of the
assets of Fund  including  the regular  furnishing of advice with respect to the
Fund's portfolio  transactions subject at all times to the control and oversight
of the Board of Directors of the Fund, for the period and on the terms set forth
in its  Management  Agreement  with the Fund.  The  Investment  Manager  retains
responsibility for selecting brokers, monitoring trade executions, communicating
instructions  to the  Fund's  custodian  and other  Fund  agents,  and all other
functions pertaining to the management of the Fund.

2. The  Subadviser  will make itself  available  to advise and consult  with the
Investment  Manager  regarding the selection,  clearing,  and safekeeping of the
Fund's portfolio investments and assist in pricing and generally monitoring such
investments.  The Subadviser  agrees to permit the use of its name and the names
of its personnel and other information about the Subadviser in the marketing and
other literature in connection with the Fund.

3. In consideration of the Subadviser's  services,  the Investment Manager,  and
not the  Fund,  shall  pay to the  Subadviser  a  percentage  of the  Investment
Manager's Net Fees. "Net Fees" are hereby defined as the actual amounts received
by the  Investment  Manager  as  compensation  pursuant  to  paragraph  7 of the
Management Agreement less  reimbursements,  if any, pursuant to the guaranty set
forth  in  paragraph  9  of  the  Management   Agreement  and  waivers  of  such
compensation  by the  Investment  Manager.  The amount of the percentage and the
timing of the payment shall be determined



<PAGE>



by the schedule and accompanying definitions set forth in Appendix A hereto.

4. The Subadviser  will pay all expenses  incurred by it in connection with this
Subadvisory Agreement.

5. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive,  and
the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others in addition to
the  Investment  Manager and the Fund so long as its services  hereunder are not
impaired thereby. The Subadviser shall not render, however,  similar services to
any investment company either directly or indirectly as an adviser,  subadviser,
portfolio manager,  consultant,  or otherwise,  other than to the Fund and other
investment  companies for which the Investment Manager or its affiliates provide
investment  management services. In the event of termination of this Subadvisory
Agreement,  the Subadviser agrees that until the later of (A) two years from the
date  of this  Subadvisory  Agreement  or (B) one  year  from  the  date of such
termination,  the Subadviser shall not, and shall use its best efforts to assure
that its directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  and similar personnel shall
not,  render  similar  services to any  investment  company  either  directly or
indirectly  as  an  adviser,  subadviser,   portfolio  manager,  consultant,  or
otherwise,  and this agreement shall survive the termination of this Subadvisory
Agreement.

6. This  Subadvisory  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  approval by the
directors and shareholders of the Fund as required by the Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the  "1940  Act").  Thereafter,  if not  terminated,  this  Subadvisory
Agreement shall continue from year to year if approved annually by (a) the Board
of  Directors  of the Fund or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the  Fund  as  defined  in the  1940  Act  and (b) by a vote of a
majority of the  Directors  of the Fund who are not  parties to the  Subadvisory
Agreement,  or interested persons of any such party. This Subadvisory  Agreement
may be  terminated  without  penalty at any time  either by vote of the Board of
Directors of the Fund or by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
voting  securities  of the Fund on 60 days'  written  notice  to the  Investment
Manager and the Subadviser, or by the Investment Manager or the Subadviser on 60
days'  written  notice to the Fund. In the event of  termination  upon notice as
herein described,  the Investment Manager and the Subadviser agree that, subject
to the  provisions  of the 1940 Act, no party hereto will be entitled to or seek
indemnification  or compensation  from the other party for expenses  incurred in
connection with marketing  efforts  performed during the term of this Agreement.
This  Subadvisory  Agreement  shall  immediately  terminate  in the event of its
assignment or upon the termination of the Management Agreement.

7. The Subadviser shall not be liable to the Fund or any shareholder of the Fund
for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund
in connection with the matters to which this Subadvisory  Agreement relates, but
nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to protect the Subadviser  against
any liability to the Fund by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its  reckless
disregard of obligations and duties under this Subadvisory Agreement.

8. Subject to and in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of
the Fund, the Investment  Manager,  and the  Subadviser,  it is understood  that
directors,  officers,  agents  and  shareholders  of the  Fund,  the  Investment
Manager,  or Subadviser  are or may be interested  in the Fund,  the  Investment
Manager,  or the Subadviser as directors,  officers,  shareholders or otherwise,
that the  Investment  Manager or the  Subadviser  is or may be interested in the
Fund or the  Investment  Manager or the Subadviser as a shareholder or otherwise
and that the effect and nature of any such interests shall



<PAGE>



be  governed  by law  and  by the  provisions,  if  any,  of  said  Articles  of
Incorporation or Bylaws.

9. All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or
sent by facsimile  transmission  that is confirmed  by regular,  registered,  or
certified mail to the following address for the respective parties:

                                            Rockwood Advisers, Inc.
                                            11 Hanover Square
                                            New York, NY 10005
                                            Fax: (212) 785-0400

                                            Aspen Securities and Advisory, Inc.
                                            545 Shoup Avenue, Suite 303
                                            Idaho Falls, ID 83402
                                            Fax: (208) 528-0017

Notice  shall be deemed  given,  five days after  depositing  in a post  office,
postage  prepaid  and  if  sent  by  facsimile   transmission  five  days  after
confirmation has been mailed.

10.  As used in this  Subadvisory  Agreement,  the  terms  "interested  person,"
"assignment,"  and "vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities"
shall have the meaning  provided  therefor in the 1940 Act, as from time to time
amended.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Subadvisory
Agreement on the day and year first above written.


                                                         ROCKWOOD ADVISERS, INC.


                                                         By:


                                             ASPEN SECURITIES AND ADVISORY, INC.


                                             By:



<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A

                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                                 SUBADVISORY FEE

         The Investment  Manager shall pay to the  Subadviser  within 30 days of
each  Performance  Determination  Date,  as  defined  in  paragraph  A below,  a
percentage  of the Net Fees,  as  defined  in  paragraph  3 of this  Subadvisory
Agreement,  earned  since the later of the  effective  date of this  Subadvisory
Agreement or the prior Performance Determination Date, as defined in paragraph A
below. The amount of the percentage shall be determined by reference to the grid
set forth below.

SUBADVISER'S FEE AS A PERCENTAGE OF INVESTMENT MANAGER'S NET FEES

<TABLE>

                              RELATIVE PERFORMANCEA
TOTAL NET ASSETSB                         More than 50 basis             Within 50 basis          More than 50 basis
                                        points better than ATR            points of ATR            points below ATR
<S>                   <C>                   <C>                           <C>                        <C>
Less then or equal to $15,000,000           30%                           20%                        10%
Greater then          $15,000,000 and       40%                           30%                        20%
Less then or equal to $50,000,000
Greater then          $50,000,000           50%                           40%                        30%
- ----------------------------------  ------------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------
</TABLE>


A. "Relative  Performance"  shall be determined  from comparing the Fund's total
return  with the  average  total  return  ("ATR") of funds  with the  investment
objective  of "growth" as compiled by  Morningstar,  Inc.,  or, if  unavailable,
other  similar  service  acceptable  to the parties and the Fund.  The  Relative
Performance  shall be  determined  as of the  last  calendar  day of each  month
("Performance  Determination  Date") and shall measure the Relative  Performance
for the most recent 3 year period  ("Measurement  Period"),  except that (A) for
the first 12 months of this Subadvisory Agreement, Relative Performance shall be
based upon annualized returns,  the first three Performance  Determination Dates
shall be the next three  calendar  quarter ends after the effective date of this
Subadvisory  Agreement,  and the  Measurement  Periods  shall be the most recent
three  months and the fourth  Performance  Determination  Date shall be the next
calendar quarter end and the Measurement  Period shall be the most recent 1 year
period,  and (B)  for the  13th  through  the  24th  month  of this  Subadvisory
Agreement,  Relative Performance shall be determined as of the last calendar day
of each month and shall measure the Relative  Performance  for the most recent 1
year period.

B.  "Total  Net  Assets"  shall be the  total  net  assets of the Fund as of the
Performance Determination Date.



<PAGE>

                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made as of  ___________,  1996,  between THE ROCKWOOD  GROWTH
FUND, INC. ("Fund"), a corporation  organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Idaho, and Investor Service Center, Inc. ("Distributor"), a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         WHEREAS  the Fund is  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

         WHEREAS  the Fund  desires  to  retain  the  Distributor  as  principal
distributor  in  connection  with the  offering and sale of the shares of common
stock  ("Shares")  and of such  other  series  as may  hereafter  be  designated
("Series") by the Fund's Board of Directors ("Board"); and

         WHEREAS the Distributor is willing to act as principal  distributor for
each such Series on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

         1.       Appointment.  The Fund hereby appoints the Distributor as
its exclusive agent to be the principal distributor to sell and to
arrange for the sale of the Shares on the terms and for the period
set forth in this Agreement.  The Distributor hereby accepts such
appointment and agrees to act hereunder.

         2.       Services and Duties of the Distributor.

                  (a) The  Distributor  agrees  to  sell  the  Shares  on a best
efforts  basis from time to time during the term of this  Agreement as agent for
the Fund and upon the terms described in the Registration  Statement. As used in
this  Agreement,  the term  "Registration  Statement"  shall mean the  currently
effective registration statement of the Fund, and any supplements thereto, under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act"), and the 1940 Act.



<PAGE>



                  (b)  Upon  the  later  of the  date of this  Agreement  or the
initial  offering of the Shares to the public by a Series,  the Distributor will
hold  itself  available  to  receive   purchase  orders,   satisfactory  to  the
Distributor  for Shares of that  Series and will accept such orders on behalf of
the Fund as of the time of receipt of such  orders and  promptly  transmit  such
orders as are accepted to the Fund's  transfer  agent.  Purchase orders shall be
deemed  effective  at the time and in the manner set forth in the Regis  tration
Statement.

                  (c)  The   Distributor   in  its  discretion  may  enter  into
agreements to sell Shares to such registered and qualified retail dealers, as it
may select.  In making  agreements with such dealers,  the Distributor shall act
only as principal and not as agent for the Fund.

                  (d) The  offering  price of the Shares of each Series shall be
the net asset value per Share as next  determined by the Fund following  receipt
of an order at the  Distributor's  principal  office.  The Fund  shall  promptly
furnish the Distributor with a statement of each computation of net asset value.

                  (e)      The Distributor shall not be obligated to sell any
certain number of Shares.

                  (f)  The  Distributor   shall  provide   ongoing   shareholder
services,   which  include  responding  to  shareholder   inquiries,   providing
shareholders  with information on their  investments in the Series and any other
services now or hereafter deemed to be appropriate  subjects for the payments of
"service  fees" under  Section 26(d) of the National  Association  of Securities
Dealers,   Inc.  ("NASD")  Rules  of  Fair  Practice   (collectively,   "service
activities").

                  (g) The  Distributor  shall have the right to use any lists of
shareholders  of the Fund or any other  lists of  investors  which it obtains in
connection  with its  provision  of  services  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that the Distributor shall not sell or knowingly provide such lists of
shareholders to any unaffiliated person unless reasonable payment is made to the
Fund.

         3.       Authorization to Enter into Dealer Agreements and to
Delegate Duties as Distributor.  With respect to any or all Series,
the Distributor may enter into a dealer agreement with respect to
sales of the Shares or the provision of service activities with any


<PAGE>



registered and qualified  dealer.  In a separate contract or as part of any such
dealer  agreement,  the Distributor also may delegate to another  registered and
qualified dealer  ("sub-distributor") any or all of its duties specified in this
Agreement,  provided that such separate  contract or dealer agreement imposes on
the sub- distributor bound thereby all applicable duties and conditions to which
the Distributor is subject under this Agreement,  and further provided that such
separate contract meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         4. Services Not Exclusive.  The services  furnished by the  Distributor
hereunder are not to be deemed  exclusive and the  Distributor  shall be free to
furnish similar  services to others so long as its services under this Agreement
are not impaired thereby.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the
right of any director, officer or employee of the Distributor, who may also be a
director, officer or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to
devote his or her time and attention in part to the  management or other aspects
of any other business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature.

         5.       Compensation for Distribution and Service Activities.

                  (a)  As  compensation   for  its   distribution   and  service
activities   under  this   Agreement   with  respect  to  each  Series  and  its
shareholders, the Distributor shall receive from the Fund a fee (or fees) at the
rate and under the terms and conditions of the Plan of Distribution  pursuant to
Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act  ("Plan")  adopted by the Fund with respect to the
Series,  as such Plan is amended  from time to time,  and subject to any further
limitations on such fee as the Board may impose.

                  (b)      The Distributor may reallow any or all of the fees
it is paid to such dealers as the Distributor may from time to time
determine.

         6.       Duties of the Fund.

                  (a)      The Fund reserves the right at any time to withdraw
offering Shares of any or all Series by written notice to the
Distributor at its principal office.

                  (b)  The Fund shall determine in its sole discretion
whether certificates shall be issued with respect to the Shares.
If the Fund has determined that certificates shall be issued, the


<PAGE>



Fund  will not cause  certificates  representing  Shares to be issued  unless so
requested by  shareholders.  If such request is transmitted by the  Distributor,
the Fund will cause  certificates  evidencing  Shares to be issued in such names
and denominations as the Distributor shall from time to time direct.

                  (c) The Fund shall keep the Distributor  fully informed of its
affairs and shall make available to the Distributor  copies of all  information,
financial  statements,  and other papers which the  Distributor  may  reasonably
request  for use in  connection  with the  distribution  of  Shares,  including,
without  limitation,  certified copies of any financial  statements prepared for
the Fund by its  independent  public  accountant and such  reasonable  number of
copies of the most current prospectus,  statement of additional information, and
annual and interim reports of any Series as the Distributor may request, and the
Fund shall cooperate fully in the efforts of the Distributor to sell and arrange
for  the  sale  of the  Shares  of the  Series  and  in the  performance  of the
Distributor's duties under this Agreement.

                  (d) The Fund  shall  take,  from time to time,  all  necessary
action,  including  payment of the related  filing fee, as may be  necessary  to
register  Shares of each Series under the 1933 Act to the end that there will be
available for sale such number of Shares as the  Distributor  may be expected to
sell. The Fund agrees to file, from time to time, such amendments,  reports, and
other  documents  as may be  necessary  in order  that  there  will be no untrue
statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement,  nor any omission of
a material fact which omission would make the statements therein misleading.

                  (e) The  Fund  shall  use its  best  efforts  to  qualify  and
maintain the qualification of an appropriate number of Shares of each Series for
sale under the  securities  laws of such  states or other  jurisdictions  as the
Distributor  and the Fund may  approve,  and, if  necessary  or  appropriate  in
connection therewith, to qualify and maintain the qualification of the Fund as a
broker or  dealer in such  jurisdictions;  provided  that the Fund  shall not be
required to amend its  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-Laws to comply with the
laws of any jurisdiction,  to maintain an office in any jurisdiction,  to change
the terms of the offering of the Shares in any  jurisdiction  from the terms set
forth in its Registration  Statement, to qualify as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction, or to consent to service of process in any jurisdiction other than
with respect to claims arising out of the offering of the Shares.


<PAGE>



The Distributor  shall furnish such  information and other material  relating to
its affairs and  activities  as may be required by the Fund in  connection  with
such qualifications.

         7. Expenses of the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all costs and expenses of
registering the Shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission and state and
other regulatory  bodies,  and shall assume expenses  related to  communications
with  shareholders of each Series,  including (i) fees and  disbursements of its
counsel and independent  public  accountant;  (ii) the  preparation,  filing and
printing  of  registration  statements  and/or  prospectuses  or  statements  of
additional  information  required under the federal  securities  laws; (iii) the
preparation and mailing of annual and interim reports, prospectuses,  statements
of additional  information  and proxy  materials to  shareholders;  and (iv) the
qualifications  of Shares  for sale and of the Fund as a broker or dealer  under
the securities laws of such  jurisdictions  as shall be selected by the Fund and
the  Distributor  pursuant to Paragraph 6(e) hereof,  and the costs and expenses
payable to each such jurisdiction for continuing qualification therein.

         8. Expenses of the  Distributor.  Distributor  shall bear all costs and
expenses of (i) preparing,  printing and distributing any materials not prepared
by the Fund and other  materials used by the  Distributor in connection with the
sale of Shares under this  Agreement,  including the additional cost of printing
copies of  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  and annual and
interim  shareholder reports other than copies thereof required for distribution
to existing  shareholders  or for filing  with any  Federal or state  securities
authorities;  (ii) any expenses of  advertising  incurred by the  Distributor in
connection   with  such  offering;   (iii)  the  expenses  of   registration  or
qualification  of the  Distributor  as a broker or dealer under federal or state
laws and the expenses of continuing such registration or qualification; and (iv)
all  compensation  paid to the  Distributor's  employees  and others for selling
Shares, and all expenses of the Distributor, its employees and others who engage
in or support  the sale of Shares as may be incurred  in  connection  with their
sales efforts.

         9.       Indemnification.

                  (a)  The  Fund  agrees  to  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  the
Distributor,  its  officers  and  directors,  and any  person who  controls  the
Distributor  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, free and harmless
from and against any and all claims,


<PAGE>



demands,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including  the cost of  investigating  or
defending such claims,  demands or liabilities  and any counsel fees incurred in
connection therewith) which the Distributor, its officers, directors or any such
controlling  person  may  incur  under  the 1933  Act,  or under  common  law or
otherwise,  arising  out of or based  upon any  alleged  untrue  statement  of a
material fact contained in the Registration Statement or arising out of or based
upon any alleged  omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the
Registration   Statement  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not
misleading,  except  insofar as such claims,  demands,  liabilities  or expenses
arise out of or are based upon any such untrue  statement or omission or alleged
untrue  statement  or omission  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information  furnished in writing by the  Distributor to the Fund for use in the
Registration Statement;  provided,  however, that this indemnity agreement shall
not inure to the benefit of any person who is also an officer or director of the
Fund or who  controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,
unless a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine,  or it shall have been
determined  by  controlling  precedent,  that such  result  would not be against
public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act;  and further  provided,  that in no
event  shall  anything  contained  herein  be so  construed  as to  protect  the
Distributor  against any  liability  to the Fund or to the  shareholders  of any
Series to which the Distributor  would otherwise be subject by reason of willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations under this Agreement. The
Fund shall not be liable to the Distributor under this indemnity  agreement with
respect to any claim made  against  the  Distributor  or any person  indemnified
unless the  Distributor  or other such person  shall have  notified  the Fund in
writing of the claim within a  reasonable  time after the summons or other first
written  notification  giving  information of the nature of the claim shall have
been served upon the  Distributor or such other person (or after the Distributor
or the person shall have received  notice of service on any  designated  agent).
However, failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from
any liability  which it may have to the  Distributor  or any person against whom
such action is brought  otherwise than on account of this  indemnity  agreement.
The Fund shall be entitled to  participate at its own expense in the defense or,
if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims
subject to this indemnity agreement. If the Fund elects to assume the defense of
any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Fund and
satisfactory to indemnified  defen dants in the suit whose approval shall not be
unreasonably  with held. In the event that the Fund elects to assume the defense
of any suit and retain counsel,  the indemnified  defendants shall bear the fees
and expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by them. If the Fund does not
elect to  assume  the  defense  of a suit,  it will  reimburse  the  indemnified
defendants for the reasonable  fees and expenses of any counsel  retained by the
indemnified  defendants.  The Fund agrees to notify the Distributor  promptly of
the commence  ment of any  litigation  or  proceedings  against it or any of its
officers or  directors  in  connection  with the  issuance or sale of any of its
Shares.

                  (b) The  Distributor  shall  not be  liable  for any  error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by the Fund in  connection
with the matters to which this Agreement relates (including any loss arising out
of the receipt by the Distributor of inadequate consideration in connection with
an order to purchase  Shares whether in the form of fraudulent  check,  draft or
wire;  a  check  returned  for  insufficient  funds;  or  any  other  inadequate
consideration  (hereinafter  "Check  Loss")),  except a loss  resulting from the
willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  on  its  part  in  the
performance  of its duties or from reckless  disregard by it of its  obligations
and duties under this Agreement;  provided,  however, that the Fund shall not be
liable for Check Loss  resulting  from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence on the part of the Distributor.

                  (c) The Distributor agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the
Fund, its officers and directors and any person who controls the Fund within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including  the  cost of
investigating or defending  against such claims,  demands or liabilities and any
counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith) which the Fund, its directors or
officers,  or any such controlling  person may incur under the 1933 Act or under
common  law or  otherwise  arising  out of or  based  upon  any  alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact  contained in  information  furnished in writing by
the Distributor to the Fund for use in the Registration  Statement,  arising out
of or based upon any  alleged  omission to state a material  fact in  connection
with  such  information  required  to be stated  in the  Registration  Statement
necessary  to make  such  information  not  misleading,  or  arising  out of any
agreement  between the Distributor and any retail dealer,  or arising out of any
supplemental  sales  literature  or  advertising  used  by  the  Distributor  in
connection


<PAGE>



with its duties  under this  Agreement.  The  Distributor  shall be  entitled to
participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the  defense of any suit  brought to enforce the claim,  but if the  Distributor
elects to assume the defense,  the defense shall be conducted by counsel  chosen
by the Distributor and satisfactory to the indemnified defendants whose approval
shall not be unreasonably  withheld. In the event that the Distributor elects to
assume the defense of any suit and retain  counsel,  the  defendants in the suit
shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel retained by them. If
the  Distributor  does not  elect to assume  the  defense  of any suit,  it will
reimburse the  indemnified  defendants in the suit for the  reasonable  fees and
expenses of any counsel retained by them.

         10. Services Provided to the Fund by Employees of the Distributor.  Any
person,  even  though  also an  officer,  director,  employee  or  agent  of the
Distributor who may be or become an officer, director,  employee or agent of the
Fund,  shall be deemed,  when  rendering  services  to the Fund or acting in any
business of the Fund, to be rendering  such services to or acting for solely the
Fund and not as an officer, director, employee or agent or one under the control
or direction of the Distributor even though paid by the Distributor.

         11.  Duration and Termination.

                  (a)  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  the date
hereabove  written,  provided that,  with respect to any Series,  this Agreement
shall not take effect  unless  such action has first been  approved by vote of a
majority of the Board and by vote of a majority of those  directors  of the Fund
who are not  interested  persons  of the Fund,  and have no  direct or  indirect
financial interest in the operation of the Plan relating to the Series or in any
agreements  related thereto (all such directors  collectively  being referred to
herein as the "Independent  Directors"),  cast in person at a meeting called for
the purpose of voting on such action.

                  (b)  Unless  sooner   terminated  as  provided  herein,   this
Agreement  shall  continue in effect for one year from the above  written  date.
Thereafter,  if not terminated,  this Agreement shall continue automatically for
successive  periods of twelve  months each,  provided that such  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at least  annually  (i) by a vote of a  majority  of the
Independent Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of


<PAGE>



voting  on such  approval,  and (ii) by the Board or with  respect  to any given
Series  by vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of such
Series.

                  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Series,
this  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time,  without  the  payment  of any
penalty,  by  vote  of the  Board,  by vote  of a  majority  of the  Independent
Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of the
Shares of such Series on sixty days' written notice to the Distributor or by the
Distributor  at any time,  without  the payment of any  penalty,  on sixty days'
written notice to the Fund or such Series.  This  Agreement  will  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment.

                  (d)  Termination  of this  Agreement with respect to any given
Series shall in no way affect the  continued  validity of this  Agreement or the
performance thereunder with respect to any other Series.

         12. Amendment of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement may be
changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the party against which  enforcement  of the change,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

         13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the  State of New York and the  1940  Act.  To the  extent  that the
applicable laws of the State of New York conflict with the applicable provisions
of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

         14.      Notice.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by
either party to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt
in writing at the other party's principal offices.

     15.  Miscellaneous.  The  captions  in  this  Agreement  are  included  for
convenience  of  reference  only  and in no way  define  or  delimit  any of the
provisions  hereof or otherwise  affect  their  construction  or effect.  If any
provision of this Agreement  shall be held or made invalid by a court  decision,
statute,  rule or  otherwise,  the  remainder  of this  Agreement  shall  not be
affected  thereby.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.


<PAGE>


As used  in this  Agreement,  the  terms  "majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities," "interested person" and "assignment" shall have the same meaning as
such terms have in the 1940 Act.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  officers  designated  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.


ATTEST:                                  THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.


                                         By:


ATTEST:                                  INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


                                         By:


<PAGE>

                               CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


                                     BETWEEN

                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.

                                       AND

                         INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

















<PAGE>




1. Bank Appointed Custodian.....................................4

2. Definitions..................................................4
         2.1 Authorized Person..................................4
         2.2 Security...........................................4
         2.3 Portfolio Security.................................5
         2.4 Officers' Certificate..............................5
         2.5 Book-Entry System..................................5
         2.6 Depository.........................................5
         2.7 Proper Instructions................................5

3. Separate Accounts............................................6

4. Certification as to Authorized Persons.......................6

5. Custody of Cash..............................................6
         5.1 Purchase of Securities.............................6
         5.3 Distributions and Expenses of Fund.................7
         5.4 Payment in Respect of Securities...................7
         5.5 Repayment of Loans.................................7
         5.6 Repayment of Cash..................................7
         5.8 Other Authorized Payments..........................7
         5.9 Termination........................................8

6. Securities...................................................8
         6.1 Segregation and Registration.......................8
         6.2 Voting and Proxies.................................8
         6.3 Book-Entry System..................................8
         6.4 Use of a Depository...............................10
         6.5 Use of Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.....11
         6.6 Use of Immobilization Programs....................12
         6.7 Eurodollar CDs....................................12
         6.8 Options and Futures Transactions..................12
         6.9 Segregated Account................................13
         6.10 Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits...........14
         6.11 Transfer of Securities...........................15

7. Redemptions.................................................16

8. Merger. Dissolution. etc. of Fund...........................17

9. Actions of Bank Without Prior Authorization.................17

10. Collections and Defaults...................................18


<PAGE>




11. Maintenance of Records and Accounting Services............................18

12. Fund Evaluation...........................................................18

13. Concerning the Bank.......................................................19
13.1 Performance of Duties and Standard of Care...............................19
13.2 Agents and Subcustodians with Respect to Property of the Fund Held in the
United States.................................................................20
13.3 Duties of the Bank with Respect to Property of the Fund Held Outside of
the United States.............................................................21
(a) Appointment of Foreign Sub-Custodians.....................................21
(b) Foreign Securities Depositories...........................................21
(c) Segregation of Securities.................................................21
(d) Agreements with Foreign Banking Institutions..............................21
(e) Access of Independent Accountants of the Fund.............................22
(f) Reports by Bank...........................................................22
(g) Transactions in Foreign Custody Account...................................22
(h) Liability of Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians..............................23
(i) Liability of Bank.........................................................23
(j) Monitoring Responsibilities...............................................23
(k) Tax Law...................................................................24
13.4 Insurance................................................................24
13.5. Fees and Expenses of Bank...............................................24
13.6 Advances by Bank.........................................................24

14. Termination...............................................................25

15. Confidentiality...........................................................25

16. Notices...................................................................26

17. Amendments................................................................26

18. Parties...................................................................26

19. Governing Law.............................................................26

20. Counterparts..............................................................26








<PAGE>















                               CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT  made as of this  16th day of  August,  1996,  between  The
Rockwood  Growth Fund,  Inc., a corporation  (the "Fund") and  INVESTORS  BANK &
TRUST COMPANY (the "Bank").

     WHEREAS,  the Fund is an open-end management  investment  company,  and the
Bank has at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the
Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "1940  Act") to act as  custodian  of the
portfolio securities and cash of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Bank now desire to enter into this Custodian Agreement
 hereby referred to herein as the "Agreement";

   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Bank Appointed Custodian. The Fund hereby appoints the Bank as custodian
of the Fund's portfolio securities and cash delivered to the Bank as hereinafter
described  and the Bank  agrees to act as such  upon the  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     2. Definitions.  Whenever used herein, the terms listed below will have the
following meaning:

      2.1 Authorized Person. Authorized Person will mean any of the persons duly
authorized to give Proper Instructions or otherwise act on behalf of the Fund by
appropriate  resolution of its Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees ("the
Board"), and set forth in a certificate as required by Section 4 hereof.

     2.2  Security.  The term security as used herein will have the same meaning
as

                                                         4

<PAGE>



when such term is used in the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  including,
without limitation,  any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture,  evidence
of indebtedness,  certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing
agreement,   collateral-trust   certificate,   preorganization   certificate  or
subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate,
certificate  of deposit for a security,  fractional  undivided  interest in oil,
gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call,  straddle,  option, or privilege on
any security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities (including
any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle,
option, or privilege entered into on a national  securities exchange relating to
a foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as
a "security",  or any certificate of interest or participation  in, temporary or
interim  certificate  for,  receipt  for,  guarantee  of, or warrant or right to
subscribe to, or option  contract to purchase or sell any of the foregoing,  and
futures, forward contracts and options thereon.

     2.3 Portfolio Security.  Portfolio Security will mean any security owned by
the Fund.

     2.4  Officers'   Certificate.   Officers'  Certificate  will  mean,  unless
otherwise indicated, any request,  direction,  instruction,  or certification in
writing signed by any two Authorized Persons of the Fund.

       2.5  Book-Entry   System.   Book-Entry  System  shall  mean  the  Federal
Reserve-Treasury  Department  Book Entry  System for United  States  government,
instrumentality  and agency securities operated by the Federal Reserve Bank, its
successor or successors and its nominee or nominees.

       2.6  Depository.  Depository  shall  mean The  Depository  Trust  Company
("DTC"),   a  clearing  agency  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under Section 17A of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange
Act"),  its  successor  or  successors  and its  nominee or  nominees.  The term
"Depository"  shall further mean and include any other person  authorized to act
as a depository  under the 1940 Act, its successor or successors and its nominee
or nominees,  specifically identified in a certified copy of a resolution of the
Board.

       2.7 Proper Instructions.  Proper Instructions shall mean (i) instructions
regarding  the  purchase  or sale of  Portfolio  Securities,  and  payments  and
deliveries in connection therewith,  given by an Authorized Person as shall have
been designated in an Officers'  Certificate,  such  instructions to be given in
such form and  manner  as the Bank and the Fund  shall  agree  upon from time to
time, and (ii)  instructions  (which may be continuing  instructions)  regarding
other matters  signed or initialed by such two or more persons from time to time
designated in an Officers'  Certificate as having been  authorized by the Board.
Oral instructions will be considered Proper  Instructions if the Bank reasonably
believes  them  to  have  been  given  by  a  person  authorized  to  give  such
instructions with respect to

                                                         5

<PAGE>



the  transaction  involved.  The Fund shall  cause all oral  instructions  to be
promptly  confirmed  in  writing.  The Bank shall act upon and  comply  with any
subsequent  Proper  Instruction  which modifies a prior instruction and the sole
obligation of the Bank with respect to any follow-up or confirmatory instruction
shall be to make  reasonable  efforts  to detect  any  discrepancy  between  the
original instruction and such confirmation and to report such discrepancy to the
Fund.  The Fund  shall be  responsible,  at the Fund's  expense,  for taking any
action, including any reprocessing, necessary to correct any such discrepancy or
error,  and to the extent  such action  requires  the Bank to act the Fund shall
give the Bank  specific  Proper  Instructions  as to the action  required.  Upon
receipt  of an  Officers'  Certificate  as to the  authorization  by  the  Board
accompanied by a detailed description of procedures approved by the Fund, Proper
Instructions    may   include    communication    effected    directly   between
electro-mechanical  or electronic  devices  provided that the Board and the Bank
are satisfied that such  procedures  afford  adequate  safeguards for the Fund's
assets.

   3. Separate Accounts. If the Fund has more than one series or portfolio,  the
Bank will  segregate  the  assets  of each  series or  portfolio  to which  this
Agreement  relates  into a separate  account for each such  series or  portfolio
containing the assets of such series or portfolio  (and all investment  earnings
thereon).

   4.  Certification  as to  Authorized  Persons.  The  Secretary  or  Assistant
Secretary  of the Fund will at all times  maintain  on file with the Bank his or
her certification to the Bank, in such form as may be acceptable to the Bank, of
(i) the names and signatures of the Authorized Persons and (ii) the names of the
Board,  it being  understood  that  upon the  occurrence  of any  change  in the
information  set  forth  in the most  recent  certification  on file  (including
without  limitation any person named in the most recent  certification who is no
longer an Authorized Person as designated  therein),  the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Fund,  will sign a new or amended  certification  setting forth
the change and the new, additional or omitted names or signatures. The Bank will
be entitled to rely and act upon any  Officers'  Certificate  given to it by the
Fund  which  has been  signed by  Authorized  Persons  named in the most  recent
certification.

    5.  Custody  of Cash.  As  custodian  for the  Fund,  the Bank will open and
maintain a separate  account or  accounts in the name of the Fund or in the name
of the Bank,  as Custodian  of the Fund,  and will deposit to the account of the
Fund  all of the  cash of the  Fund,  except  for  cash  held by a  subcustodian
appointed pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof,  including borrowed funds,  delivered
to the Bank,  subject only to draft or order by the Bank acting  pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.  Upon receipt by the Bank of Proper Instructions (which
may be continuing  instructions)  or in the case of payments for redemptions and
repurchases of outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund, notification from
the Fund's  transfer  agent as provided in Section 7,  requesting  such payment,
designating  the payee or the account or accounts to which the Bank will release
funds for  deposit,  and stating  that it is for a purpose  permitted  under the
terms of this

                                                         6

<PAGE>



Section 5, specifying the applicable subsection,  the Bank will make payments of
cash held for the accounts of the Fund,  insofar as funds are available for that
purpose, only as permitted in subsections 5.1-5.9 below.

      5.1 Purchase of Securities.  Upon the purchase of securities for the Fund,
against  contemporaneous  receipt  of such  securities  by the Bank or,  against
delivery of such  securities to the Bank in accordance  with generally  accepted
settlement  practices  and  customs in the  jurisdiction  or market in which the
transaction  occurs,  registered  in the name of the Fund or in the name of,  or
properly  endorsed and in form for  transfer  to, the Bank,  or a nominee of the
Bank,  or receipt for the  account of the Bank  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
Section 6 below,  each such payment to be made at the purchase  price shown on a
broker's confirmation (or transaction report in the case of Book Entry Paper) of
purchase of the securities  received by the Bank before such payment is made, as
confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is
made.

      5.2 Redemptions.  In such amount as may be necessary for the repurchase or
redemption of common shares of the Fund offered for  repurchase or redemption in
accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement.

      5.3  Distributions and Expenses of Fund. For the payment on the account of
the Fund of dividends or other distributions to shareholders as may from time to
time be declared by the Board, interest,  taxes, management or supervisory fees,
distribution fees, fees of the Bank for its services hereunder and reimbursement
of the expenses and liabilities of the Bank as provided  hereunder,  fees of any
transfer agent,  fees for legal,  accounting,  and auditing  services,  or other
operating expenses of the Fund.
       5.4 Payment in Respect of Securities. For payments in connection with the
conversion,   exchange  or  surrender  of  Portfolio  Securities  or  securities
subscribed to by the Fund held by or to be delivered to the Bank.

       5.5 Repayment of Loans. To repay loans of money made to the Fund, but, in
the case of final  payment,  only upon  redelivery  to the Bank of any Portfolio
Securities  pledged or  hypothecated  therefor  and upon  surrender of documents
evidencing the loan;

       5.6  Repayment of Cash.  To repay the cash  delivered to the Fund for the
purpose of  collateralizing  the  obligation to return to the Fund  certificates
borrowed  from  the  Fund  representing  Portfolio  Securities,  but  only  upon
redelivery to the Bank of such borrowed certificates.

       5.7  Foreign  Exchange  Transactions.  For  payments in  connection  with
foreign  exchange  contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign  currencies
for spot and future  delivery which may be entered into by the Bank on behalf of
the Fund upon the receipt of Proper  Instructions,  such Proper  Instructions to
specify the currency  broker or banking  institution  (which may be the Bank, or
any other subcustodian or agent hereunder, acting

                                                         7

<PAGE>



as principal) with which the contract or option is made, and the Bank shall have
no duty with  respect  to the  selection  of such  currency  brokers  or banking
institutions  with which the Fund deals or for their  failure to comply with the
terms of any contract or option.

       5.8 Other Authorized Payments.  For other authorized  transactions of the
Fund,  or other  obligations  of the Fund  incurred  for proper  Fund  purposes;
provided  that  before  making  any such  payment  the Bank will also  receive a
certified  copy of a  resolution  of the Board  signed by an  Authorized  Person
(other  than  the  Person  certifying  such  resolution)  and  certified  by its
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary,  naming  the person or persons to whom such
payment is to be made, and either  describing the  transaction for which payment
is to be made and declaring it to be an authorized  transaction  of the Fund, or
specifying the amount of the obligation for which payment is to be made, setting
forth the purpose for which such  obligation  was  incurred and  declaring  such
purpose to be a proper corporate purpose.

     5.9 Termination:  upon the termination of this Agreement as hereinafter set
forth pursuant to Section 8 and Section 14 of this Agreement.

  6. Securities.

       6.1 Segregation and  Registration.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,
 and  except  for  securities  to be  delivered  to any  subcustodian  appointed
 pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof,  the Bank as custodian,  will receive and hold
 pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof,  in a separate  account or  accounts  and
 physically  segregated  at all times from those of other  persons,  any and all
 Portfolio  Securities  which may now or  hereafter be delivered to it by or for
 the account of the Fund. All such Portfolio Securities will be held or disposed
 of by the Bank for, and subject at all times to, the  instructions  of the Fund
 pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement.  Subject to the  specific  provisions
 herein  relating to Portfolio  Securities  that are not physically  held by the
 Bank,  the Bank  will  register  all  Portfolio  Securities  (unless  otherwise
 directed by Proper Instructions or an Officers' Certificate), in
the name of a registered  nominee of the Bank as defined in the Internal Revenue
Code and any Regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder,  and will
execute and deliver all such  certificates  in  connection  therewith  as may be
required by such laws or regulations or under the laws of any state.

       The  Fund  will  from  time  to  time  furnish  to the  Bank  appropriate
instruments  to enable it to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer,  or to
register in the name of its registered nominee,  any Portfolio  Securities which
may from time to time be registered inthe name of the Fund.

       6.2 Voting and Proxies. Neither the Bank nor any nominee of the Bank will
vote any of the Portfolio  Securities held hereunder,  except in accordance with
Proper  Instructions  or an  Officers'  Certificate.  The Bank will  execute and
deliver, or cause to be

                                                         8

<PAGE>



executed and delivered,  to the Fund all notices,  proxies and proxy  soliciting
materials  with respect to such  Securities,  such proxies to be executed by the
registered  holder of such Securities (if registered  otherwise than in the name
of the Fund), but without  indicating the manner in which such proxies are to be
voted.

       6.3  Book-Entry  System.  Provided  (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a resolution of the Board specifically approving deposits of Fund assets
in  the  Book-Entry  System,  and  (ii)  for  any  subsequent  changes  to  such
arrangements  following such  approval,  the Board has reviewed and approved the
arrangement  and  has  not  delivered  an  Officer's  Certificate  to  the  Bank
indicating that the Board has withdrawn its approval:

           (a) The Bank may keep Portfolio  Securities in the Book-Entry  System
provided  that  such  Portfolio   Securities  are   represented  in  an  account
("Account")  of the Bank (or its agent) in such  System  which shall not include
any assets of the Bank (or such agent)  other than  assets held as a  fiduciary,
custodian, or otherwise for customers;

           (b) The records of the Bank (and any such agent) with  respect to the
Fund's  participation  in the  Book-Entry  System  through the Bank (or any such
agent) will identify by book entry Portfolio  Securities which are included with
other  securities  deposited  in the Account  and shall at all times  during the
regular  business  hours of the Bank (or such agent) be open for  inspection  by
duly authorized officers,  employees or agents of the Fund. Where securities are
transferred  to the  Fund's  account,  the Bank  shall  also,  by book  entry or
otherwise,  identify  as  belonging  to the Fund a  quantity  of  securities  in
fungible  bulk of  securities  (i)  registered  in the  name of the  Bank or its
nominee, or (ii) shown on the Bank's account on the books of the Federal Reserve
Bank;

         (c) The Bank (or its agent) shall pay for securities  purchased for the
account of the Fund or shall pay cash collateral against the return of Portfolio
Securities  loaned by the Fund upon (i)  receipt of advice  from the  Book-Entry
System that such Securities have been  transferred to the Account,  and (ii) the
making of an entry on the  records of the Bank (or its  agent) to  reflect  such
payment and transfer for the account of the Fund.  The Bank (or its agent) shall
transfer securities sold or loaned for the account of the Fund upon
             (i) receipt of advice from the  Book-Entry  System that payment for
securities sold or payment of the initial cash  collateral  against the delivery
of securities loaned by the Fund has been transferred to the Account; and

             (ii) the  making  of an entry  on the  records  of the Bank (or its
agent) to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund.  Copies
of all advices from the  Book-Entry  System of transfers of  securities  for the
account of the Fund shall  identify the Fund, be maintained  for the Fund by the
Bank and shall be provided to the Fund at its  request.  The Bank shall send the
Fund a confirmation,  as defined by Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, of any transfers
to or from the account of the Fund;

                                                         9

<PAGE>



          (d) The Bank will promptly  provide the Fund with any report  obtained
 by the Bank or its agent on the Book-Entry System's accounting system, internal
 accounting control and procedures for safeguarding  securities deposited in the
 Book-Entry  System.  The Bank will provide the Fund and cause any such agent to
 provide,  at such times as the Fund may  reasonably  require,  with  reports by
 independent public accountants on the
accounting system,  internal  accounting control and procedures for safeguarding
securities, including Securities deposited in the Book-Entry System, relating to
the services provided by the Bank or such agent under the Agreement;

          (e) The Bank shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the
 Fund resulting from use of the Book-Entry  System by reason of any  negligence,
 willful  misfeasance or bad faith of the Bank or any of its agents or of any of
 its or their  employees or from any reckless  disregard by the Bank or any such
 agent of its duty to use its best efforts to enforce such rights as it may have
 against  the  Book-Entry  System;  at the  election  of the  Fund,  it shall be
 entitled to be  subrogated  for the Bank in any claim  against  the  Book-Entry
 System  or any  other  person  which  the  Bank  or its  agent  may  have  as a
 consequence  of any such loss or damage if and to the extent  that the Fund has
 not been made whole for any loss or damage;

      6.4 Use of a  Depository.  Provided  (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a  resolution  of the Board  specifically  approving  deposits in DTC or
other such Depository and (ii) for any subsequent  changes to such  arrangements
following such approval, the Board has reviewed and approved the arrangement and
has not delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board
has withdrawn its approval:

          (a) The Bank may use a Depository to hold, receive, exchange, release,
lend,  deliver and otherwise  deal with  Portfolio  Securities  including  stock
dividends,  rights and other items of like  nature,  and to receive and remit to
the Bank on behalf of the Fund all income and other payments thereon and to take
all steps necessary and proper in connection with the collection thereof;

         (b) Registration of Portfolio Securities may be made in the name of any
nominee or nominees used by such Depository;

          (c) Payment for securities  purchased and sold may be made through the
clearing  medium  employed by such  Depository for  transactions of participants
acting  through it. Upon any purchase of Portfolio  Securities,  payment will be
made only upon delivery of the  securities to or for the account of the Fund and
the Bank shall pay cash  collateral  from the  account of the Fund  against  the
return of  Portfolio  Securities  loaned  bythe Fund only upon  delivery  of the
Securities  to or for the  account of the Fund;  and upon any sale of  Portfolio
Securities, delivery of the Securities will be made only against payment thereof
or, in the event Portfolio Securities are loaned, delivery of Securities will be
made only against  receipt of the initial cash  collateral to or for the account
of the Fund; and

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         (d) The Bank  shall be subject  to the same  liability  and duty to the
Fund and its  shareholders  with respect to all  securities of the Fund, and all
cash,  stock  dividends,  rights  and items of like  nature to which the Fund is
entitled, held or received by a central securities system as agent for the Bank,
pursuant to the foregoing authorization, as if the same were held or received by
the Bank at its own offices. In this connection,  with respect to the use of the
Depository by the Bank but without limiting the foregoing duty or liability, the
Bank, without cost to the Fund, shall ensure that:

            (i) The Depository obtains replacement of any certificated Portfolio
Security  deposited  with it in the  event  such  Security  is lost,  destroyed,
wrongfully  taken or otherwise not available to be returned to the Bank upon its
request;

            (ii) Any proxy  materials  received by a Depository  with respect to
Portfolio Securities deposited with such Depository are forwarded immediately to
the Bank for prompt transmittal to the Fund;

            (iii) Such Depository  immediately forwards to the Bank confirmation
of any  purchase or sale of Portfolio  Securities  and of the  appropriate  book
entry made by such Depository to the Fund's account;

            (iv) Such Depository  prepares and delivers to the Bank such records
with respect to the performance of the Bank's  obligations and duties  hereunder
as may be necessary for the Fund to comply with the  recordkeeping  requirements
of Section 31 (a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 3 l(a) thereunder; and

              (v) Such Depository delivers to the Bank and the Fund all internal
accounting  control  reports,  whether or not audited by an  independent  public
accountant,  as well as such other reports as the Fund may reasonably request in
order to verify the Portfolio Securities held by such Depository.

      6.5 Use of Book-Entry System for Commercial  Paper.  Provided (i) the Bank
has  received  a  certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board  specifically
approving  participation  in a system  maintained by the Bank for the holding of
commercial paper in book-entry form ("Book-Entry  Paper") and (ii) for each year
following  such  approval the Board has received and approved the  arrangements,
upon receipt of Proper  Instructions  and upon receipt of  confirmation  from an
Issuer (as defined below) that the Fund has purchased  such Issuer's  Book-entry
Paper,  the Bank shall issue and hold in book-entry form, on behalf of the Fund,
commercial  paper  issued  by  issuers  with  whom the Bank has  entered  into a
book-entry  agreement  (the  "Issuers").  In maintaining  its  Book-entry  Paper
System, the Bank agrees that:

         (a) the Bank will maintain all Book-Entry  Paper held by the Fund in an
account of the Bank that includes only assets held by it for customers;

                                                        11

<PAGE>



         (b) the  records of the Bank with  respect to the  Fund's  purchase  of
Book-entry Paper through the Bank will identify, by book-entry, Commercial Paper
belonging to the Fund which is included in the Book-entry Paper System and shall
at all  times  during  the  regular  business  hours  of the  Bank be  open  for
inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund;

         (c) the Bank shall pay for Book-Entry  Paper  purchased for the account
of the Fund upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of advice from the Issuer that such
sale of Book-Entry  Paper has been effected,  and (ii) the making of an entry on
the records of the Bank to reflect  such payment and transfer for the account of
the Fund;

         (d) the Bank shall cancel such  Book-Entry  Paper  obligation  upon the
maturity  thereof  upon  contemporaneous  (i) receipt of advice that payment for
such Book-Entry  Paper has been  transferred to the Fund, and (ii) the making of
an entry on the records of the Bank to reflect  such  payment for the account of
the Fund;

         (e)  the  Bank  shall  transmit  to  the  Fund  a  transaction  journal
confirming each  transaction in Book-Entry  Paper for the account of the Fund on
the next business day following the transaction; and

         (f) the Bank  will  send to the Fund  such  reports  on its  system  of
internal  accounting  control with respect to the Book-Entry Paper System as the
Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

         6.6 Use of Immobilization Programs.  Provided (i) the Bank has received
a  certified  copy of a  resolution  of the  Board  specifically  approving  the
maintenance of Portfolio  Securities in an immobilization  program operated by a
bank  which  meets  the  requirements  of the 1940  Act,  and (ii) for each year
following such approval the Board has reviewed and approved the  arrangement and
has not delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board
has  withdrawn  its  approval,  the Bank shall  enter  into such  immobilization
program with such bank acting as a subcustodian hereunder.

         6.7 Eurodollar CDs. Any Portfolio  Securities  which are Eurodollar CDs
may be physically  held by the European branch of the U.S.  banking  institution
that is the issuer of such  Eurodollar CD (a "European  Branch"),  provided that
such Securities are identified on the books of the Bank as belonging to the Fund
and that the  books  of the Bank  identify  the  European  Branch  holding  such
Securities.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  except as stated in the first  sentence of this  subsection  6.7, the
Bank shall be under no other duty with respect to such  Eurodollar CDs belonging
to the Fund,  and shall have no liability to the Fund or its  shareholders  with
respect to the  actions,  inactions,  whether  negligent  or  otherwise  of such
European  Branch in connection  with such Eurodollar CDs, except for any loss or
damage to the Fund resulting from the Bank's own negligence, willful misfeasance
or bad faith in the

                                                        12

<PAGE>



performance of its duties hereunder.

     6.8 Options and Futures Transactions.

             (a) Puts and Calls Traded on Securities Exchanges, NASDAQ or
                 Over-the-Counter.

             1. Upon receipt of Proper  Instructions  the Bank shall take action
as to put  options  ("puts")  and  call  options  ("calls")  purchased  or  sold
(written) by the Fund regarding  escrow or other  arrangements (i) in accordance
with the  provisions  of any  agreement  entered  into  between  the  Bank,  any
broker-dealer  registered  under the  Exchange  Act and a member of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD"),  and, if necessary,  the
Fund  relating  to  the  compliance  with  the  rules  of the  Options  Clearing
Corporation  and of  any  registered  national  securities  exchange,  or of any
similar organization or organizations.

             2. Unless another agreement requires it to do so, the Bank shall be
under no duty or obligation to see that the Fund has deposited or is maintaining
adequate margin, if required, with any broker in connection with any option, nor
shall the Bank be under duty or  obligation to present such option to the broker
for exercise  unless it receives  Proper  Instructions  from the Fund.  The Bank
shall have no  responsibility  for the legality of any put or call  purchased or
sold on behalf of the Fund,  the  propriety of any such purchase or sale, or the
adequacy of any collateral delivered to a broker in connection with an option or
deposited to or withdrawn  from a Segregated  Account (as defined in  subsection
6.9 below).  The Bank specifically,  but not by way of limitation,  shall not be
under any duty or obligation to: (i) periodically  check or notify the Fund that
the amount of such collateral  held by a broker or held in a Segregated  Account
is sufficient  to protect such broker of the Fund against any loss;  (ii) effect
the return of any  collateral  delivered  to a broker;  or (iii) advise the Fund
that any option it holds, has or is about to expire.  Such duties or obligations
shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.

                 (b) Puts, Calls and Futures Traded on Commodities Exchanges

             1. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions,  the Bank shall take action
as to puts,  calls and futures  contracts  ("Futures")  purchased or sold by the
Fund in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Bank
and a Futures Commission  Merchant  registered under the Commodity Exchange Act,
relating  to  compliance  with  the  rules  of  the  Commodity  Futures  Trading
Commission  and/or  any  Contract  Market,   or  any  similar   organization  or
organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the
Fund.

     2. The responsibilities and liabilities of the Bank as to futures, puts and
calls traded on commodities  exchanges,  any Futures Commission Merchant account
and
                                                        13

<PAGE>



the Segregated  Account shall be limited as set forth in subparagraph  (a)(2) of
this  Section  6.8  as if  such  subparagraph  referred  to  Futures  Commission
Merchants rather than brokers, and Futures and puts and calls thereon instead of
options.


       6.9   Segregated   Account.   The  Bank  shall  upon  receipt  of  Proper
Instructions  establish and maintain a Segregated Account or Accounts for and on
behalf of the Fund,  into which  Account or  Accounts  may be  transferred  upon
receipt of Proper Instructions cash and/or Portfolio Securities:

          (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund,
the Bank and a broker-dealer  registered  under the Exchange Act and a member of
the NASD or any  Futures  Commission  Merchant  registered  under the  Commodity
Exchange  Act,  relating to  compliance  with the rules of the Options  Clearing
Corporation and of any registered  national securities exchange or the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission or any registered  Contract Market, or of any similar
organizations   regarding  escrow  or  other  arrangements  in  connection  with
transactions by the Fund;

          (b) for the purpose of  segregating  cash or  securities in connection
with options  purchased or written by the Fund or commodity futures purchased or
written by the Fund,

          (c) for the deposit of liquid assets,  such as cash,  U.S.  Government
securities or other high grade debt  obligations,  having a market value (marked
to market on a daily  basis) at all times  equal to not less than the  aggregate
purchase  price due on the settlement  dates of all the Fund's then  outstanding
forward  commitment  or  "when-issued"  agreements  relating to the  purchase of
Portfolio  Securities  and all the Fund's  then  outstanding  commitments  under
reverse repurchase agreements entered into with broker-dealer firms;

     (d) for the deposit of any Portfolio  Securities  which the Fund has agreed
to sell on a forward commitment basis, and;

          (e) for other proper corporate  purposes,  but only n the case of this
clause (f),  upon  receipt of, in addition to Proper  Instructions,  a certified
copy of a resolution of the Board,  or of the Executive  Committee  signed by an
officer of the Fund and  certified by the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,
setting forth the purpose or purposes of such  Segregated  Account and declaring
such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.

          (f) Segregated  accounts  established  and maintained  hereunder shall
comply with the procedures required by Investment Company Act, including Release
No. 10666, or any subsequent  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  relating to the  maintenance  of  Segregated  Accounts by registered
investment companies;


                                                        14

<PAGE>



     (g) Assets may be withdrawn from the Segregated  Account pursuant to Proper
Instructions only

     (i) in accordance  with the provisions of any agreements  referenced in (a)
or (b) above;

     (ii) for sale or delivery to meet the Fund's  obligations under outstanding
firm  commitment  or  when-issued  agreements  for  the  purchase  of  Portfolio
Securities and under reverse repurchase agreements;

     (iii) for  exchange  for other  liquid  assets  of equal or  greater  value
deposited in the Segregated Account;

     (iv) to the  extent  that the  Fund's  outstanding  forward  commitment  or
when-issued  agreements  for the  purchase of  portfolio  securities  or reverse
repurchase  agreements  are  sold to other  parties  or the  Fund's  obligations
thereunder  are met from  assets of the Fund other than those in the  Segregated
Account; or

     (v) for delivery upon settlement of a forward commitment  agreement for the
sale of Portfolio Securities.

       6.10 Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits. The Bank shall, upon receipt
of Proper Instructions  relating to the purchase by the Fund of interest-bearing
fixed-term  and call  deposits,  transfer  cash, by wire or  otherwise,  in such
amounts  and to such  bank  or  banks  as  shall  be  indicated  in such  Proper
Instructions.  The Bank shall  include in its records with respect to the assets
of the Fund  appropriate  notation  as to the amount of each such  deposit,  the
banking  institution with which such deposit is made (the "Deposit  Bank"),  and
shall retain such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit,  if any, as
may be forwarded to the Bank by the Deposit Bank.  Such deposits shall be deemed
Portfolio  Securities of the Fund and the  responsibility  of the Bank therefore
shall be the same as and no greater than the Bank's responsibility in respect of
other Portfolio Securities of the Fund.

       6.11 Transfer of Securities. The Bank will transfer, exchange, deliver or
release  Portfolio  Securities held by it hereunder,  insofar as such Securities
are  available  for such  purpose,  provided  that before  making any  transfer,
exchange,  delivery or release  under this Section the Bank will receive  Proper
Instructions  requesting such transfer,  exchange or delivery stating that it is
for a purpose  permitted  under the terms of this Section 6.11,  specifying  the
applicable  subsection,  or  describing  the  purpose  of the  transaction  with
sufficient  particularity  to  permit  the  Bank  to  ascertain  the  applicable
subsection, only

     (a) upon sales of Portfolio Securities for the account of the Fund, against

                                                        15

<PAGE>



contemporaneous  receipt by the Bank of payment  therefor in full,  or,  against
payment to the Bank in accordance with generally accepted  settlement  practices
and customs in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction  occurs, each
such  payment  to be in the  amount  of  the  sale  price  shown  in a  broker's
confirmation  of sale of the  Portfolio  Securities  received by the Bank before
such payment is made,  as confirmed in the Proper  Instructions  received by the
Bank before such payment is made;

         (b) in exchange for or upon conversion into other  securities  alone or
other  securities  and  cash  pursuant  to any  plan of  merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  share  split-up,  change  in  par  value,  recapitalization  or
readjustment or otherwise,  upon exercise of  subscription,  purchase or sale or
other  similar  rights  represented  by such  Portfolio  Securities,  or for the
purpose of tendering  shares in the event of a tender offer  therefor,  provided
however  that in the  event of an  offer of  exchange,  tender  offer,  or other
exercise of rights  requiring  the  physical  tender or  delivery  of  Portfolio
Securities,  the Bank  shall  have no  liability  for  failure to so tender in a
timely manner unless such Proper  Instructions are received by the Bank at least
two business days prior to the date required for tender, and unless the Bank (or
its agent or subcustodian  hereunder) has actual  possession of such Security at
least two business days prior to the date of tender;

     (c) upon  conversion of Portfolio  Securities  pursuant to their terms into
other securities;

     (d)  for  the  purpose  of  redeeming  in  kind  shares  of the  Fund  upon
authorization from the Fund;

     (e) in the case of option  contracts owned by the Fund, for presentation to
the endorsing broker;

     (f) when such  Portfolio  Securities  are  called,  redeemed  or retired or
otherwise become payable;

            (g)  for  the  purpose  of  effectuating  the  pledge  of  Portfolio
Securities held by the Bank in order to collateralize  loans made to the Fund by
any bank, including the Bank; provided,  however, that such Portfolio Securities
will be  released  only upon  payment to the Bank for the account of the Fund of
the  moneys  borrowed,  except  that in cases  where  additional  collateral  is
required to secure a borrowing  already made, and such fact is made to appear in
the Proper  Instructions,  further Portfolio Securities may be released for that
purpose without any such payment.  In the event that any such pledged  Portfolio
Securities  are held by the Bank,  they will be so held for the  account  of the
lender,  and after  notice to the Fund from the  lender in  accordance  with the
normal  procedures of the lender,  that an event of deficiency or default on the
loan has occurred,  the Bank may deliver such pledged Portfolio Securities to or
for the account of the lender;

            (h) for the purpose of releasing certificates representing Portfolio
Securities, against contemporaneous receipt by the Bank of the fair market value
of such security, as

                                                        16

<PAGE>



set forth in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is
made;

            (i) for the purpose of delivering  portfolio  securities lent by the
Fund to a bank or broker  dealer,  but only against  receipt in accordance  with
street delivery custom as set forth in Proper Instructions and subject to as may
be otherwise provided herein, of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to
time by the Fund and the Bank,  and upon receipt of payment in  connection  with
any repurchase  agreement relating to such portfolio  securities entered into by
the Fund;

            (j) for  other  authorized  transactions  of the  Fund or for  other
proper corporate purposes;  provided that before making such transfer,  the Bank
will also receive a certified  copy of  resolutions  of the Board,  signed by an
authorized  officer  of  the  Fund  (other  than  the  officer  certifying  such
resolution)  and certified by its Secretary or Assistant  Secretary,  specifying
the Portfolio  Securities to be delivered,  setting forth the  transaction in or
purpose for which such delivery is to be made,  declaring such transaction to be
an authorized  transaction of the Fund or such purpose to be a proper  corporate
purpose,  and naming the person or persons to whom  delivery  of such  portfolio
securities shall be made; and

            (k) upon  termination  of this  Agreement as  hereinafter  set forth
pursuant to Section 8 and Section 14 of this Agreement.

   As to any deliveries made by the Bank pursuant to subsections  (a), (b), (c),
(e), (f), (g), (h) and (i)  securities or cash  receivable in exchange  therefor
shall be delivered to the Bank.

      7.  Redemptions.  In the case of payment of assets of the Fund held by the
Bank  in  connection  with  redemptions  and  repurchases  by  the  Fund  of its
outstanding  common  shares,  the Bank will rely on  notification  by the Fund's
transfer  agent of receipt of a request  for  redemption  and  certificates,  if
issued, in proper form for redemption before such payment is made. Payment shall
be made in  accordance  with the Articles  and By-laws of the Fund,  from assets
available for said purpose.

     8.  Merger.  Dissolution.  etc.  of  Fund.  In the  case  of the  following
transactions,  not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of the
Fund into or the consolidation of the Fund with another investment company where
the  Fund  is not the  surviving  entity,  the  sale  by the  Fund  of  all,  or
substantially  all,  of  its  assets  to  another  investment  company,  or  the
liquidation or dissolution of the Fund and distribution of its assets,  the Bank
will  deliver  the  Portfolio  Securities  held by it under this  Agreement  and
disburse  cash  only  upon  the  order of the  Fund  set  forth in an  Officers'
Certificate,  accompanied  by a  certified  copy of a  resolution  of the  Board
authorizing any of the foregoing transactions.  Upon completion of such delivery
and disbursement and the payment of the fees,  disbursements and expenses of the
Bank, this Agreement will
                                                        17

<PAGE>



terminate.

     9. Actions of Bank Without Prior  Authorization.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein  to the  contrary,  unless  and  until  the Bank  receives  an  Officers'
Certificate to the contrary,  it will without prior authorization or instruction
of the Fund or the transfer agent:

          9.1 Endorse for collection and collect on behalf of and in the name of
the Fund all checks, drafts, or other negotiable or transferable  instruments or
other orders for the payment of money received by it for the account of the Fund
and hold for the account of the Fund all income,  dividends,  interest and other
payments or distribution  of cash with respect to the Portfolio  Securities held
thereunder;

         9.2 Present for payment all coupons and other  income  items held by it
for the account of the Fund which call for payment  upon  presentation  and hold
the cash received by it upon such payment for the account of the Fund;

         9.3  Receive  and hold  for the  account  of the  Fund  all  securities
received  as a  distribution  on  Portfolio  Securities  as a result  of a stock
dividend,   share   split-up,    reorganization,    recapitalization,    merger,
consolidation,  readjustment,  distribution  of rights  and  similar  securities
issued with respect to any Portfolio Securities held by it hereunder.

         9.4 Execute as agent on behalf of the Fund all necessary  ownership and
other  certificates and affidavits  required by the Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder,  or by the laws of any
state,  now  or  hereafter  in  effect,   inserting  the  Fund's  name  on  such
certificates as the owner of the securities  covered  thereby,  to the extent it
may lawfully do so and as may be required to obtain  payment in respect  thereof
The Bank will execute and deliver such certificates in connection with Portfolio
Securities  delivered  to it or by it under this  Agreement  as may be  required
under the  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code and any  Regulations  of the
Treasury Department issued thereunder, or under the laws of any state;

         9.5  Present for payment  all  Portfolio  Securities  which are called,
redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable, and hold cash received by it upon
payment for the account of the Fund; and

     9.6  Exchange  interim  receipts or  temporary  securities  for  definitive
securities.

     10.  Collections and Defaults.  The Bank will use all reasonable efforts to
collect any funds which may to its  knowledge  become  collectible  arising from
Portfolio  Securities,  including  dividends,  interest and other income, and to
transmit to the Fund notice actually  received by it of any call for redemption,
offer of exchange,  right of subscription,  reorganization  or other proceedings
affecting such Securities. If Portfolio Securities upon
                                                        18

<PAGE>



which  such  income is payable  are in  default or payment is refused  after due
demand or presentation,  the Bank will notify the Fund in writing of any default
or refusal to pay within  two  business  days from the day on which it  receives
knowledge of such default or refusal. In addition, the Bank will send the Fund a
written report once each month showing any income on any Portfolio Security held
by it which is more than ten days  overdue on the date of such  report and which
has not previously been reported.

   11.  Maintenance of Records and Accounting  Services.  The Bank will maintain
records with respect to transactions for which the Bank is responsible  pursuant
to the  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  and in  compliance  with the
applicable rules and regulations of the 1940 Act and will furnish the Fund daily
with a statement of condition of the Fund.  The Bank will furnish to the Fund at
the end of every month,  and at the close of each  quarter of the Fund's  fiscal
year, a list of the Portfolio  Securities and the aggregate  amount of cash held
by it for the Fund. The books and records of the Bank  pertaining to its actions
under this  Agreement  and  reports by the Bank or its  independent  accountants
concerning its accounting  system,  procedures for  safeguarding  securities and
internal  accounting controls will be open to inspection and audit at reasonable
times by officers of or auditors  employed by the Fund and will be  preserved by
the  Bank  in the  manner  and in  accordance  with  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations under the 1940 Act.

   The Bank shall keep the books of account and render statements or copies from
time to time as reasonably  requested by the Treasurer or any executive  officer
of the Fund.

   The Bank shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to shareholders
and others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of like nature.

   12. Fund Evaluation. The Bank shall compute and, unless otherwise directed by
the Board,  determine as of the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange
on each day on which said  Exchange is open for  unrestricted  trading and as of
such other hours,  if any, as may be authorized by the Board the net asset value
and the  public  offering  price of a share of capital  stock of the Fund,  such
determination  to be made in accordance  with the provisions of the Articles and
By-laws of the Fund and  Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional  Information
relating  to the  Fund,  as they  may  from  time to  time be  amended,  and any
applicable  resolutions  of the Board at the time in force and  applicable;  and
promptly  to notify  the Fund,  the proper  exchange  and the NASD or such other
persons  as the  Fund  may  request  of the  results  of  such  computation  and
determination.

   The  Bank  shall  use  reasonable  care  in  computing  the net  asset  value
hereunder, and the Bank shall be liable and shall hold the fund harmless for any
losses to the Fund occasioned by the Bank's own negligence in the performance of
its duties under this paragraph, provided however that the Bank may rely in good
faith upon  information  furnished to it by any Authorized  Person in respect of
(i) the  manner of  accrual  of the  liabilities  of the Fund and in  respect of
liabilities of the Fund not appearing on its books

                                                        19

<PAGE>



of account kept by the Bank, (ii) reserves,  if any,  authorized by the Board of
Directors or that no such reserves have been authorized, (iii) the source of the
quotations  to be used in computing  the net asset  value,  (iv) the value to be
assigned to any security for which no price  quotations are  available,  and (v)
the method of computation  of the public  offering price on the basis of the net
asset value of the shares,  and the Bank shall not be  responsible  for any loss
occasioned  by such  reliance  or for any  good  faith  reliance  on any  source
pursuant to (iii)  above,  provided  the Bank has timely  supplied the Fund with
such  variance  reports  as are  specifically  set forth on  Schedule  B annexed
hereto.

   13. Concerning the Bank.

      13.1 Performance of Duties and Standard of Care.
      In  performing  its duties  hereunder  and any other duties  listed on any
Schedule  hereto,  if any, the Bank will be entitled to receive and act upon the
advice of independent counsel of its own selection, which may be counsel for the
Fund,  and will be  without  liability  for any  action  taken or thing  done or
omitted to be done in accordance with this Agreement in good faith in conformity
with such advice.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in Section 12, in the
performance  of its  duties  hereunder,  the Bank will be  protected  and not be
liable,  and will be  indemnified  and held  harmless  for any  action  taken or
omitted  to be  taken  by it in good  faith  reliance  upon  the  terms  of this
Agreement,  any Officers'  Certificate,  Proper Instructions,  resolution of the
Board,  telegram,  notice,  request,  certificate or other instrument reasonably
believed  by the Bank to be genuine and for any other loss to the Fund except in
the case of its negligence,  willful misfeasance or bad faith in the performance
of its duties or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

   The Bank will be under no duty or  obligation to inquire into and will not be
liable for:

     (a) the validity of the issue of any Portfolio  Securities  purchased by or
for the Fund,  the  legality of the  purchases  thereof or the  propriety of the
price incurred therefor;

     (b) the legality of any sale of any Portfolio Securities by or for the Fund
or the propriety of the amount for which the same are sold;

         (c) the  legality of an issue or sale of any common  shares of the Fund
or the  sufficiency of the amount to be received  therefor  except to the extent
provided in Section 12;

         (d) the legality of the  repurchase of any common shares of the Fund or
the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor except to the extent provided in
Section 12;

     (e) the  legality  of the  declaration  of any  dividend by the Fund or the
legality of the  distribution of any Portfolio  Securities as payment in kind of
such dividend; and

                                                        20

<PAGE>



         (f) any property or moneys of the Fund unless and until received by it,
and any such  property or moneys  delivered  or paid by it pursuant to the terms
hereof.

   Moreover,  the Bank will not be under  any duty or  obligation  to  ascertain
whether any Portfolio  Securities at any time delivered to or held by it for the
account  of the Fund  are such as may  properly  be held by the Fund  under  the
provisions of its Articles,  By-laws,  any federal or state statutes or any rule
or regulation of any governmental agency.

   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall
the Bank be liable hereunder or to any third party:

         (a) for any losses or damages of any kind  resulting  from acts of God,
earthquakes,  fires, floods, storms or other disturbances of nature,  epidemics,
strikes, riots, nationalization,  expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts of
war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation,
the  interruption,  loss  or  malfunction  of  utilities,   transportation,  the
unavailability  of energy sources and other similar  happenings or events except
as results from the Bank's own gross negligence; or

         (b) for special,  punitive or  consequential  damages  arising from the
provision  of  services  hereunder,  even if the Bank has  been  advised  of the
possibility of such damages.

      13.2 Agents and Subcustodians with Respect to Property of the Fund Held in
the United States.  The Bank may employ agents in the  performance of its duties
hereunder and shall be responsible  for the acts and omissions of such agents as
if performed by the Bank hereunder.

    Upon  receipt of Proper  Instructions,  the Bank may  employ  Subcustodians,
provided that any such  subcustodian  meets at least the minimum  qualifications
required by Section 17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act to act as a custodian of the Fund's
assets with respect to property of the Fund held in the United States.  The Bank
shall have no  liability to the Fund or any other person by reason of any act or
omission of any such subcustodian and the Fund shall indemnify the Bank and hold
it  harmless  from and against any and all  actions,  suits and claims,  arising
directly or indirectly  out of the  performance of any such  subcustodian.  Upon
request of the Bank,  the Fund shall  assume the entire  defense of any  action,
suit, or claim subject to the foregoing  indemnity.  The Fund shall pay all fees
and expenses of any subcustodian.

          13.3  Duties of the Bank with  Respect  to  Property  of the Fund Held
Outside of the United States.

     (a) Appointment of Foreign  Sub-Custodians.  The Fund hereby authorizes and
instructs  the  Bank  to  employ  as  sub-custodians  for the  Fund's  Portfolio
Securities  and other assets  maintained  outside the United  States the foreign
banking institutions and

                                                        21

<PAGE>



foreign  securities  depositories  designated  on the Schedule  attached  hereto
(each, a "Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian"). Upon receipt of Proper Instructions,
together with a certified  resolution of the Fund's Board of Trustees,  the Bank
and the Fund may agree to designate  additional foreign banking institutions and
foreign  securities  depositories  to act  as  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians
hereunder.  Upon receipt of Proper Instructions,  the Fund may instruct the Bank
to cease the employment of any one or more such Selected Foreign  Sub-Custodians
for  maintaining  custody of the Fund's  assets,  and the Bank shall so cease to
employ such sub-custodian as soon as alternate custodial  arrangements have been
implemented.

          (b) Foreign Securities Depositories. Except as may otherwise be agreed
upon in writing by the Bank and the Fund, assets of the Fund shall be maintained
in foreign securities depositories only through arrangements  implemented by the
foreign banking institutions serving as Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians pursuant
to the terms hereof. Where possible,  such arrangements shall include entry into
agreements  containing  the  provisions  set forth in  subparagraph  (d) hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as may otherwise be agreed upon in writing
by the Bank and the Fund,  the Fund  authorizes  the deposit in  Euroclear,  the
securities clearance and depository facilities operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company  of New York in  Brussels,  Belgium,  of  Foreign  Portfolio  Securities
eligible  for  deposit  therein and to utilize  such  securities  depository  in
connection with  settlements of purchases and sales of securities and deliveries
and  returns  of  securities,   until  notified  to  the  contrary  pursuant  to
subparagraph (a) hereunder.

          (c) Segregation of Securities. The Bank shall identify on its books as
belonging to the Fund the Foreign  Portfolio  Securities  held by each  Selected
Foreign  Sub-Custodian.  Each  agreement  pursuant  to which the Bank  employs a
foreign  banking  institution  shall require that such  institution  establish a
custody  account  for the  Bank  and  hold in that  account,  Foreign  Portfolio
Securities and other assets of the Fund, and, in the event that such institution
deposits Foreign Portfolio Securities in a foreign securities  depository,  that
it shall  identify  on its  books as  belonging  to the Bank the  securities  so
deposited.

          (d)  Agreements  with  Foreign  Banking  Institutions.   Each  of  the
agreements  pursuant to which a foreign banking  institution holds assets of the
Fund (each, a "Foreign  Sub-Custodian  Agreement") shall be substantially in the
form  previously  made  available to the Fund and shall  provide  that:  (a) the
Fund's assets will not be subject to any right, charge,  security interest, lien
or  claim  of any  kind in  favor  of the  foreign  banking  institution  or its
creditors  or  agent,  except a claim of  payment  for  their  safe  custody  or
administration  (including,  without limitation,  any fees or taxes payable upon
transfers or  reregistration  of  securities);  (b) beneficial  ownership of the
Fund's assets will be freely transferable  without the payment of money or value
other than for custody or administration  (including,  without  limitation,  any
fees or taxes  payable upon  transfers or  reregistration  of  securities);  (c)
adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets

                                                        22

<PAGE>



as  belonging  to Bank;  (d)  officers  of or  auditors  employed  by,  or other
representatives of the Bank,  including to the extent permitted under applicable
law, the  independent  public  accountants for the Fund, will be given access to
the books and records of the foreign banking institution relating to its actions
under  its  agreement  with the  Bank;  and (e)  assets  of the Fund held by the
Selected Foreign  Sub-Custodian  will be subject only to the instructions of the
Bank or its agents.

         (e) Access of Independent  Accountants of the Fund. Upon request of the
Fund,  the  Bank  will use its  best  efforts  to  arrange  for the  independent
accountants  of the Fund to be  afforded  access to the books and records of any
foreign banking institution employed as a Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian insofar
as such books and records  relate to the  performance  of such  foreign  banking
institution under its Foreign Sub-Custodian Agreement.

         (f)  Reports  by Bank.  The Bank  will  supply to the Fund from time to
time, as mutually agreed upon, statements in respect of the securities and other
assets of the Fund held by Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians,  including but not
limited to an  identification  of  entities  having  possession  of the  Foreign
Portfolio Securities and other assets of the Fund.

         (g) Transactions in Foreign Custody Account.  Transactions with respect
to the  assets of the Fund held by a  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodian  shall be
effected pursuant to Proper  Instructions from the Fund to the Bank and shall be
effected in accordance with the applicable Foreign Sub-Custodian  Agreement.  If
at any time any Foreign Portfolio  Securities shall be registered in the name of
the nominee of the Selected Foreign  Sub-Custodian,  the Fund agrees to hold any
such nominee  harmless from any liability by reason of the  registration of such
securities in the name of such nominee.

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,
settlement and payment for Foreign Portfolio Securities received for the account
of the Fund and  delivery of Foreign  Portfolio  Securities  maintained  for the
account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established
securities  trading or securities  processing  practices  and  procedures in the
jurisdiction  or market  in which the  transaction  occurs,  including,  without
limitation,  delivering  securities  to the  purchaser  thereof  or to a  dealer
therefor (or an agent for such  purchaser or dealer)  against a receipt with the
expectation of receiving  later payment for such  securities from such purchaser
or dealer.

         In  connection  with any action to be taken with respect to the Foreign
Portfolio Securities held hereunder, including, without limitation, the exercise
of any voting rights,  subscription rights,  redemption rights, exchange rights,
conversion  rights or tender rights,  or any other action in connection with any
other   right,   interest  or  privilege   with   respect  to  such   Securities
(collectively,  the "Rights"), the Bank shall promptly transmit to the Fund such
information  in  connection  therewith  as is made  available to the Bank by the
Foreign  Sub-Custodian,  and shall promptly  forward to the  applicable  Foreign
Sub-Custodian any

                                                        23

<PAGE>



instructions,  forms or  certifications  with  respect to such  Rights,  and any
instructions relating to the actions to be taken in connection therewith, as the
Bank   shall   receive   from  the  Fund   pursuant   to  Proper   Instructions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank shall have no further duty or obligation
with respect to such Rights, including, without limitation, the determination of
whether the Fund is entitled to participate in such Rights under applicable U.S.
and foreign  laws,  or the  determination  of whether any action  proposed to be
taken  with  respect  to such  Rights by the Fund or by the  applicable  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  will comply with all applicable  terms and conditions of any such
Rights or any applicable laws or  regulations,  or market  practices  within the
market in which such action is to be taken or omitted.

         (h)  Liability  of  Selected  Foreign   Sub-Custodians.   Each  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  Agreement with a foreign  banking  institution  shall require the
institution to exercise  reasonable care in the performance of its duties and to
indemnify,  and hold harmless,  the Bank and each Fund from and against  certain
losses,  damages,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities or claims arising out of or in
connection with the institution's  performance of such  obligations,  all as set
forth in the applicable Foreign Sub-Custodian  Agreement.  The Fund acknowledges
that the Bank,  as a  participant  in  Euroclear,  is  subject  to the Terms and
Conditions  Governing  the  Euroclear  System,  a copy of which  has  been  made
available to the Fund.  The Fund  acknowledges  that  pursuant to such Terms and
Conditions,  Morgan  Guaranty  Brussels shall have the sole right to exercise or
assert any and all rights or claims in  respect of actions or  omissions  of, or
the  bankruptcy  or insolvency  of, any other  depository,  clearance  system or
custodian  utilized by Euroclear in connection  with the Fund's  securities  and
other assets.

         (i)   Liability  of  Bank.   The  Bank  shall  have  no  more  or  less
responsibility  or liability on account of the acts or omissions of any Selected
Foreign  Sub-Custodian   employed  hereunder  than  any  such  Selected  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  has to the Bank and,  without  limiting the  foregoing,  the Bank
shall not be liable for any loss,  damage,  cost,  expense,  liability  or claim
resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of
war or  terrorism,  political  risk  (including,  but not limited  to,  exchange
control  restrictions,   confiscation,   insurrection,  civil  strife  or  armed
hostilities) other losses due to Acts of God, nuclear incident or any loss where
the Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian has otherwise exercised reasonable care.

         (j) Monitoring Responsibilities. The Bank shall furnish annually to the
Fund,  information  concerning  the  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians  employed
hereunder for use by the Fund in evaluating such Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians
to  ensure  compliance  with the  requirements  of Rule  17f-5  of the  Act.  In
addition,  the Bank will promptly  inform the Fund in the event that the Bank is
notified  by a  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodian  that  there  appears  to  be a
substantial  likelihood  that its  shareholders'  equity will decline below $200
million  (U.S.  dollars or the  equivalent  thereof)  or that its  shareholders'
equity has declined below $200 million (in each case computed in

                                                        24

<PAGE>



accordance  with  generally  accepted U.S.  accounting  principles) or any other
capital  adequacy test  applicable to it by exemptive  order, or if the Bank has
actual  knowledge  of any  material  loss of the  assets  of the Fund  held by a
Foreign Sub-Custodian.

         (k) Tax Law. The Bank shall have no responsibility or liability for any
obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Bank as custodian of the
Fund by the tax laws of any jurisdiction,  and it shall be the responsibility of
the Fund to notify the Bank of the  obligations  imposed on the Fund or the Bank
as the  custodian  of the  Fund  by the tax  law of any  non-U.S.  jurisdiction,
including  responsibility for withholding and other taxes,  assessments or other
governmental  charges,  certifications  and  governmental  reporting.  The  sole
responsibility  of the  Custodian  with  regard  to such tax law shall be to use
reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or
refund under the tax law of  jurisdictions  for which the Fund has provided such
information.

       13.4  Insurance.  The Bank  shall use the same care with  respect  to the
safekeeping  of Portfolio  Securities and cash of the Fund held by it as it uses
in respect of its own similar property and will maintain insurance in accordance
with  industry  practice but it need not maintain any special  insurance for the
benefit of the Fund.

       13.5.  Fees and Expenses of Bank. The Fund will pay or reimburse the Bank
from time to time for any  transfer  taxes  payable  upon  transfer of Portfolio
Securities made hereunder, and for all necessary proper disbursements,  expenses
and charges made or incurred by the Bank in the  performance  of this  Agreement
(including  any duties  listed on any Schedule  hereto,  if any)  including  any
indemnities for any loss,  liabilities or expense to the Bank as provided above.
For the services  rendered by the Bank hereunder,  the Fund will pay to the Bank
such compensation or fees at such rate and at such times as shall be agreed upon
in writing by the parties  from time to time.  The Bank will also be entitled to
reimbursement by the Fund for all reasonable out of pocket expenses  incurred in
conjunction with termination of this Agreement by the Fund.

       13.6  Advances  by Bank.  The Bank may, in its sole  discretion,  advance
funds on behalf of the Fund to make any payment permitted by this Agreement upon
receipt of any Proper Authorization for such payments by the Fund. Should such a
payment  or  payments,  with  advanced  funds,  result in an  overdraft  (due to
insufficiencies  of the Fund's  account with the Bank,  or for any other reason)
this Agreement deems any such overdraft or related indebtedness,  a loan made by
the Bank to the Fund payable on demand and bearing  interest at the current rate
charged by the Bank for such loans  unless the Fund shall  provide the Bank with
agreed upon  compensating  balances.  The Fund agrees that the Bank shall have a
continuing  lien  and  security  interest  to the  extent  of any  overdraft  or
indebtedness,  in and to any  property  at any  time  held by it for the  Fund's
benefit  or in which the Fund has an  interest  and which is then in the  Bank's
possession or control (or in the possession or control of any third party acting
on the Bank's behalf). The Fund authorizes the Bank, in its sole discretion,  at
any time to charge any overdraft or

                                                        25

<PAGE>



indebtedness,  together with interest due thereon against any balance of account
standing to the credit of the Fund on the Bank's books.

   14. Termination.

     14.1 This  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time without  penalty upon
sixty days  written  notice  delivered  by either party to the other by means of
registered  mail, and upon the expiration of such sixty days this Agreement will
terminate; provided, however, that the effective date of such termination may be
postponed  to a date not more than ninety days from the date of delivery of such
notice (i) by the Bank in order to prepare  for the  transfer by the Bank of all
of the assets of the Fund held hereunder,  and (ii) by the Fund in order to give
the Fund an opportunity to make suitable arrangements for a successor custodian.
At any time after the  termination  of this  Agreement,  the Fund  will,  at its
request,  have access to the records of the Bank relating to the  performance of
its duties as custodian.

      14.2 In the  event of the  termination  of this  Agreement,  the Bank will
immediately  upon  receipt  or  transmittal,  as the case may be,  of  notice of
termination, commence and prosecute diligently to completion the transfer of all
cash and the delivery of all Portfolio  Securities duly endorsed and all records
maintained  under Section 11 to the successor  custodian  when  appointed by the
Fund.  The obligation of the Bank to deliver and transfer over the assets of the
Fund held by it directly to such  successor  custodian  will commence as soon as
such successor is appointed and will continue until  completed as aforesaid.  If
the Fund does not select a successor  custodian within ninety (90) days from the
date of  delivery  of  notice  of  termination  the  Bank  may,  subject  to the
provisions of subsection  (14.3),  deliver the Portfolio  Securities and cash of
the Fund held by the Bank to a bank or trust company of its own selection  which
meets the  requirements  of Section  17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act and has a reported
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating not less than $2,000,000,  to
be held as the  property of the Fund under terms  similar to those on which they
were held by the Bank,  whereupon  such bank or trust company so selected by the
Bank will  become the  successor  custodian  of such assets of the Fund with the
same effect as though selected by the Board.

       14.3  Prior to the  expiration  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  notice  of
termination  has been given,  the Fund may furnish the Bank with an order of the
Fund advising that a successor custodian cannot be found willing and able to act
upon  reasonable  and customary  terms and that there has been  submitted to the
shareholders  of the Fund the question of whether the Fund will be liquidated or
will  function  without a custodian for the assets of the Fund held by the Bank.
In that event the Bank will  deliver the  Portfolio  Securities  and cash of the
Fund  held  by it,  subject  as  aforesaid,  in  accordance  with  one  of  such
alternatives  which may be approved by the requisite vote of shareholders,  upon
receipt by the Bank of a copy of the minutes of the meeting of  shareholders  at
which  action was taken,  certified  by the Fund's  Secretary  and an opinion of
counsel to the Fund

                                                        26

<PAGE>



in form and content satisfactory to the Bank.

    15.   Confidentiality.   Both  parties  hereto  agree  than  any  non-public
information  obtained  hereunder  concerning the other party is confidential and
may not be disclosed to any other person without the consent of the other party,
except as may be required by applicable  law or at the request of a governmental
agency.  The  parties  further  agree  that a  breach  of this  provision  would
irreparably  damage the other party and  accordingly  agree that each of them is
entitled,  without bond or other  security,  to an injunction or  injunctions to
prevent breaches of this provision.

    16.  Notices.  Any  notice or other  instrument  in  writing  authorized  or
required  by  this  Agreement  to be  given  to  either  party  hereto  will  be
sufficiently  given if  addressed to such party and mailed or delivered to it at
its office at the address set forth below; namely:

 (a) In the case of notices sent to the Fund to:
    The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.
    11 Hanover Square
    New York, New York   10005
    Attn: President

(b) In the case of notices sent to the Bank to:

   Investors Bank & Trust Company
   89 South Street
   Boston, Massachusetts 02111
   Attention: Henry Joyce

   or at such  other  place as such  party  may from time to time  designate  in
writing.

     17. Amendments.  This Agreement may not be altered or amended, except by an
instrument in writing,  executed by both  parties,  and in the case of the Fund,
such alteration or amendment will be authorized and approved by its Board.

   18.  Parties.  This  Agreement  will be binding  upon and shall  inure to the
benefit of the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and  assigns;
provided,  however,  that  this  Agreement  will not be  assignable  by the Fund
without  the  written  consent of the Bank or by the Bank  without  the  written
consent of the Fund,  authorized and approved by the Board; and provided further
that termination proceedings pursuant to Section 14 hereof will not be deemed to
be an assignment within the meaning of this provision.

     19.  Governing  Law. This Agreement and all  performance  hereunder will be
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                                        27

<PAGE>



     20.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be  deemed  to be an  original,  but  such
counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.


                                                        28

<PAGE>




      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first written above.


                                            The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.




                                            By:_____________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:
ATTEST:

- -----------------------------


                                            Investors Bank & Trust Company


                                            By:_____________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

ATTEST:

- -----------------------------





DATE: _______________________




                                                        29

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


                          FOREIGN SUBCUSTODIAN NETWORK

                                                                           Securities Depository /
Country                             Subcustodian                           Clearing Agency

<S>                 <C>                                                         <C>    
Argentina       Citibank, N. A., Buenos Aires                                Caja de Valores
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Australia       National Australia Bank Limited                              Austraclear
                Agreement December 1990                                      CHESS
                                                                             RITS

Austria         Euroclear / Creditanstalt Bankverein                         OEKB
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Bangladesh      Standard Chartered Bank, Dhaka                               None
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Belgium         Euroclear / General de Banque                                CIK
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                              Banque Nationale
                                                                             de Belge

Botswana        Barclays Bank PLC/Barclays Bank of Botswana Ltd.             None
                Barclays Regional Agreement November 21, 1994

Brazil          Banco de Boston, Sao Paulo                                   BOVESPA
                Agreement                                                    BVRJ

Canada          Euroclear / Royal Bank of Canada                             CDS
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Canada          Royal Trust Corporation of Canada                            CDS
                Agreement October 22,1991

China           Standard Chartered Bank, Shanghai                            SSCCRC
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

China           Standard Chartered Bank, Shenzhen                            Shenzen Central
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992          Registrars Co.

Colombia        Cititrust Colombia S. A. Sociedad Fiduciaria, Bogota          None
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Czech Republic  Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Ceskoslovenska Obchodni Banka        SCP
                Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Denmark         Euroclear / Den Danske Bank                                   Vardipapercentralen
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Egypt           Chase Manhattan, N. A. / National Bank of Egypt                None
                Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

                                                        30
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


<S>                  <C>                                                        <C>    
Finland         Euroclear / Kansallis-Osake-Pankki                            Central Share Registry
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                               Helsinki Money Market

France          Euroclear / Morgan Guaranty Paris, Societe Generale           Sicovam
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                               Banque de France
                                                                              
Germany         Euroclear / Deutsche Bank A. G.                               Kassenverein
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Ghana           Barclays Bank PLC / Barclays Bank of Ghana Ltd.               None
                Barclays Regional Agreement November 21,1994

Greece          Citibank, N. A., Athens                                       CSD
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Hong Kong       Standard Chartered Bank, Hong Kong                            CCASS
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Hungary         Citibank, Rt., Budapest                                      Keler
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Indonesia       Standard Chartered Bank, Jakarta                             PT Klering Dep Efek
                Standard Charterd Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Ireland         Bank of Ireland Securities Services                          Gilts Settlement Of fice
                Agreement February 22, 1995

Israel          Chase Manhattan, N.A. / Bank Leumi le-Israel                 The Stock Exchange
                Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994                       Clearing House Ltd.

Italy           Citibank, N. A., Milan                                      Monte Titoli
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990               Banca d'Italia

Italy           Euroclear / Credito Italiano                                  Banca d'Italia
                EuroclearAgreementMay 1, 1990

Japan           Standard Chartered Bank, Tokyo                               JASDEC
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992          Bank of Japan

Jordan          Citibank, N. A., Amman                                        None
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15,1990

Korea           Standard Chartered Bank, Seoul                               KSD
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Luxembourg      Euroclear / Banque et Caisse d'Epargne de l'Etat             None
                Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Malaysia        Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad, Kuala Lumpur        MCD
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

</TABLE>

                                                        31

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


<S>                      <C>                                                     <C>    
Mauritius      Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Hongkong Shanghai Banking Corp. None
               Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Mexico         Bancomer, S. A.                                              S. D. Indeval
               Agreement October 7,1994                                     Banco de Mexico

Morocco        Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Banque Commercial du Maroc          None
               Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Netherlands    Euroclear / ABN Amro Bank                                    NECIGEF
               Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                              De Nederlandsche Bank

New Zealand    National Australia Bank                                      Austraclear
               AgreementDecember, 1990

Norway         Euroclear I Christiania Bank                                 VPS
               Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Pakistan       Standard Chartered Bank, Karachi                             None
               Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Peru           Citibank, N. A., Lima                                        CAVAL
               Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Philippines    Standard Chartered Bank, Manila                              None
               Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Poland         Citibank (Poland), S.A., Warsaw                              National Depository of
               Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990                         Securities

Portugal       Citibank Portugal S. A., Lisbon                              Central de Valores
               Citibank New York Agreement November 15,1990                          Mobiliarios

Portugal       Euroclear / Banco Comercial Portugues                                 Central de Valores
               Euroclear Agreement May 1,1990                                        Mobiliarios

Singapore      Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore                            CDS
               Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

South Africa   Chase Manhattan N. A. / Standard Bank of South Africa         None
               Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Spain          Euroclear I Banco Santander                                   SCLV
               Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                               Banco de Espana

Sri Lanka      Standard Chartered Bank, Colombo                              Central Depository
               Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23,1992            System

Sweden         Euroclear I Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken                     Vardepapperscentralen
               Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

</TABLE>

                                                        32

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


<S>                 <C>                                                         <C>   
Switzerland     Citibank (Switzerland), Zurich                                SEGA
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Switzerland     Euroclear I Credit Suisse                                     SEGA
                EuroclearAgreementMay 1, 1990

Taiwan          Standard Chartered Bank, Taipei                              Taiwan Securities
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992                   Depository

Thailand        Standard Chartered Bank, Bangkok                             SDC
                Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23,1992

Turkey          Chase Manhattan N. A., Istanbul                               IMKB
                Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Transnational   Investors Bank & Trust Company                               Euroclear

United Kingdom  Barclays Bank PLC                                            CGO
                Barclays Bank Regionl Agreement November 21,1994             CMO

Venezuela       Citibank, N. A., Caracas                                     None
                Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Zambia          Barclays Bank PLC                                            None
                Barclays Bank Regional Agreement November 21, 1994

Zimbabwe        Barclays Bank PLC                                            None
                Barclays Bank Regional Agreement November 21,1994


</TABLE>






















                                                        33

<PAGE>

























                                                        34

<PAGE>

                          SERVICE AND AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Service and Agency Agreement (the  "Agreement") is among Investors
Bank &  Trust  Company  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "Investors  Bank &  Trust
Company")  and The  Rockwood  Growth  Fund,  Inc.  (hereinafter  referred  to as
"Rockwood  Growth  Fund"),  and is effective  as of August 16,  1996.  As of its
effective  date, this Agreement  supersedes any prior agreement  relating to the
subject matter hereof.

                               Article 1: Recitals

         1.1 Rockwood  Growth Fund has developed  certain  materials that may be
used by an individual to establish an individual  retirement  custodial  account
("IRA").  These  Rockwood  Growth Fund  materials use the provisions of IRS Form
5305-A,  Individual  Retirement  Custodial  Account,   provisions  developed  by
Rockwood Growth Fund in Article VIII of Form 5305-A, an IRA disclosure statement
and related forms and materials (and such materials are hereinafter collectively
called the "IRA Materials"), and the provisions of IRS Form 5305-SEP, Simplified
Employee Pension Individual  Retirement  Accounts  Contribution  Agreement,  and
related  informational  or other  materials  (and such  materials  are hereafter
referred to  collectively as the "SEP  Materials." In addition,  Rockwood Growth
Fund has developed or contracted  for certain  materials  that may be used by an
individual  to establish a 403(b)(7)  custodial  account  (the  "403(b)  Account
Materials") and master or prototype qualified plan materials that may be used by
an  Employer to  establish  a  tax-qualified  profit  sharing or money  purchase
pension  plan (the  "Prototype  Plan  Materials").  The IRA  Materials,  the SEP
Materials,  the 403(b) Account  Materials,  and the Prototype Plan Materials are
hereinafter  referred to collectively as the  "Materials".  Contributions  to an
IRA, 403(b) Account or Employer Plan  established  using the IRA Materials,  the
403(b)  Account  Materials or the Prototype  Plan Materials (as the case may be)
may be invested  in shares of open-end  regulated  investment  companies  in the
Rockwood Growth Fund Funds Group ("Shares").

         1.2 Rockwood Growth Fund desires to have Investors Bank & Trust Company
serve  as  Custodian  of IRAs  or  403(b)  Accounts  established  using  the IRA
Materials or the 403(b) Account  Materials,  and to serve as Trustee of Employer
Plans  established  using the Prototype Plan  Materials.  Investors Bank & Trust
Company is willing to serve as such Custodian or Trustee in


<PAGE>



accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For purposes of this
Agreement,  in its capacity as  Custodian  or Trustee of a Customer  Arrangement
hereunder, Investors Bank & Trust Company will be referred to as the "Custodian"
(even though with respect to Employer  Plans,  Investors Bank & Trust Company is
serving as Trustee).

         1.3 Investors Bank & Trust  represents to Rockwood  Growth Fund that it
is and,  as long  as any  Customer  Arrangements  established  hereunder  are in
effect, will be a "bank" as defined in Section 408(n)(1) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

                             Article 2: Definitions

         As used in this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  have the  following
meanings:

         2.1 "Customer"  means an individual or business  maintaining a Customer
IRA, Customer 403(b) Account, or Employer Plan.

         2.2  "Customer  Arrangement"  means a Customer  IRA, a Customer  403(b)
Account, or an Employer Plan.

         2.3 "Customer IRA" means the individual  retirement  custodial account,
as hereafter adopted by an individual using the IRA Materials.

         2.4 "Customer 403(b) Account" means the 403(b)(7) custodial account, as
hereafter adopted by an individual using the 403(b) Account Materials.

         2.5 "Employer"  means an entity (whether  incorporated or not) that has
established an Employer SEP or an Employer Plan.

         2.6 "Employer Plan" means a tax-qualified  prototype  profit sharing or
money  purchase  pension plan as hereafter  established by an Employer using the
Prototype Plan Materials.

         2.7  "Employer  SEP"  means a  simplified  employee  pension  plan,  as
hereafter established by an Employer using the SEP Materials.

                                             Article 3:  IRA Materials



<PAGE>



         3.1  Rockwood  Growth  Fund  will  be  responsible  for  preparing  and
maintaining  all of the Materials.  Rockwood Growth Fund will be responsible for
the legal and tax effect of such Materials, and will take all steps necessary to
ensure that all the Materials  contain such terms and  conditions  and meet such
other  requirements  as are  necessary  to  comply  with all  provisions  of the
Internal  Revenue Code and any other laws  applicable to  individual  retirement
accounts,  simplified  employee pension plans,  403(b)(7)  custodial accounts or
tax-qualified  profit  sharing  or money  purchase  pension  plans,  in order to
achieve  tax  deferral  for  Customers  who  establish  or  employees  or owner-
employees  who  participate  in  a  Customer  Arrangement  and  to  achieve  tax
deductibility  for the  Employer  for any  contributions  to any  such  Customer
Arrangement  (within applicable  limitations).  This responsibility will include
(without limitation) timely amending the Materials and causing amended Materials
to be distributed to and if necessary signed by Customers and/or Employers.  All
costs and expense of the  preparation  and  maintenance of the Materials will be
borne by Rockwood Growth Fund.

          Rockwood  Growth  Fund  may  contract  for or  arrange  with a  vendor
selected with  reasonable  care by Rockwood Growth Fund for the provision of any
or all the  Materials,  provided  that,  as  between  Rockwood  Growth  Fund and
Investors Bank & Trust Company, Rockwood Growth Fund will be responsible for all
the Materials as provided in the preceding  paragraph and for all other purposes
of this Agreement.

         .The Materials (and all  explanatory,  advertising,  marketing or other
Materials used in connection  with any Customer  Arrangement)  will provide that
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company as Custodian of any Customer  Arrangement  will
have no investment  responsibilities and no fiduciary or other responsibility or
liability for the selection of  investments  for any Customer  Arrangement,  and
will  not  serve  as the  "plan  administrator"  (as  defined  in  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) of any Customer Arrangement.

     Article 4: Employment of Investors Bank & Trust Company as Custodian

         4.1  Investors Bank & Trust Company agrees to serve as
Custodian of any Customer Arrangement hereafter established by a
Customer using the Materials.  As such Custodian, Investors Bank


<PAGE>



& Trust Company will be designated as the owner of the Shares purchased for each
Customer  Arrangement on the records of Rockwood  Growth Fund.  Rockwood  Growth
Fund  represents  and warrants to Investors Bank & Trust Company that the Shares
will  meet  all  applicable  legal  requirements,   including   registration  in
accordance  with the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and the  Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended,  in order to be legal  investments for Customer
Arrangements.

         4.2 Records of the  Custodian's  ownership of Shares will be maintained
by  Rockwood  Growth  Fund in the  name of  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  as
Custodian (or its nominee) and no physical shares will be issued.

         4.3 Investors Bank & Trust Company and Rockwood Growth Fund acknowledge
and agree that:

                  (a) Under the  Materials,  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company as
         Custodian has no investment  responsibility for the selection of Shares
         for any Customer  Arrangement  and Investors  Bank & Trust Company will
         have no liability for any investments made for a Customer Arrangement.

                  (b)  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  will not serve as "plan
         administrator"  (as defined in the Employee  Retirement Income Security
         Act of 1974, as amended) of any Customer Arrangement whatsoever,  or in
         any other administrative capacity or other capacity except as Custodian
         thereof.

                  (c) Rockwood Growth Fund agrees that, in any written, oral, or
         electronic  communications from Rockwood Growth Fund to any prospective
         or actual  Customer or Employer,  it will not state or  represent  that
         Investors Bank & Trust Company has any  investment  discretion or other
         power  concerning  investments  of any  Customer  Arrangement,  or that
         Investors Bank & Trust Company will serve as plan administrator or have
         any  administrative or other  responsibility  for the administration or
         operation of any Customer Arrangement.

         4.4 (a)  Investors  Bank & Trust Company  hereby  delegates to Rockwood
Growth  Fund all  record  keeping  and  other  duties  of the  Custodian  as are
specified  in any of the  Materials  or as may be  necessary  or  convenient  to
administer and maintain any Customer  Arrangement.  With respect to any Customer
Arrangement, such


<PAGE>



duties include, without implied limitation,  receiving and maintaining copies of
the  signed  Materials  and  other   documentation   necessary  to  reflect  the
establishment  of and  activity in each  Customer  Arrangement,  processing  all
contributions to a Customer  Arrangement  (including rollover or direct rollover
contributions),   properly   investing  all  such  contributions  in  Shares  in
accordance with the Customer's  instructions,  processing  investment  transfers
among  Shares  in  accordance  with  the  Customer's  instructions,   processing
distributions  and  rollovers  or  transfers  from  the  Customer   Arrangement,
providing periodic Customer Arrangement account statements (including a year-end
statement),  performing all required government  reporting in a timely manner in
accordance with applicable  requirements,  including timely filing Form 5498 and
Form  1099R  (where  applicable)  with the  Customer  and the  Internal  Revenue
Service, performing income tax withholding, where applicable, timely providing a
Schedule P to each  Employer  with an Employer  Plan to be filed with the Annual
Report of the Employer Plan to the Internal Revenue  Service,  and responding to
all Customer and other inquiries concerning a Customer Arrangement. With respect
to Employer SEPs and Employer  Plans,  such duties may include,  without implied
limitation,  receiving  Employer SEP or Employer Plan contributions and properly
allocating such  contributions to  participants'  accounts or (in the case of an
Employer SEP) individual  retirement  accounts operating in connection with such
Employer  SEP or  Employer  Plan,  and  responding  to all  Employer  and  other
inquiries concerning an Employer SEP or Employer Plan. Rockwood Growth Fund will
perform  all such  duties,  and will do so with the  same  degree  of care  that
Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company  would  be  required  to  exercise  if it were
performing such duties itself.

                  (b) Rockwood  Growth Fund may delegate any of its duties under
the preceding subsection (a) to a third party service provider or service bureau
(which may include an affiliate of Rockwood Growth Fund or the transfer agent or
distributor  of the Shares)  selected by  Rockwood  Growth Fund with  reasonable
care.  Notwithstanding  any such  delegation,  Rockwood  Growth Fund will remain
responsible  to  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  for the  complete  and proper
performance of Rockwood Growth Fund's duties under the preceding subsection (a).

         4.5  Rockwood  Growth  Fund will upon  reasonable  advance  notice make
available  access to its  facilities  and access to or copies of such records to
Investors Bank & Trust Company as


<PAGE>



Investors  Bank & Trust Company may request in order that Investors Bank & Trust
Company may  determine  that  Rockwood  Growth Fund is properly  performing  its
duties and  obligations  hereunder  or as may be  necessary  to comply with bank
regulatory or other legal  requirements  to which Investors Bank & Trust Company
is subject; Investors Bank & Trust Company's right of access under this sentence
will include access to any service provider or service bureau  performing any of
Rockwood Growth Fund's duties and obligations  under this Agreement on behalf of
Rockwood Growth Fund.

                                         Article 5:  Reviews of Materials

         5.1 Rockwood  Growth Fund will submit to Investors Bank & Trust Company
and await its  advance  approval  of all  Materials  and of any other  materials
concerning  Investors Bank & Trust Company or the duties of the Custodian  which
will be used by Rockwood  Growth Fund in marketing the Materials to  prospective
or  actual  Customers  or  Employers  or  in  communicating  with  Customers  or
Employers.  Investors  Bank & Trust Company will not  unreasonably  withhold its
approval of any such materials.

         5.2 Any  approvals by Investors  Bank & Trust Company under Section 5.1
will constitute Investors Bank & Trust Company's acquiescence to the use of such
materials  and not its  approval  of their  contents or their  effect.  Rockwood
Growth Fund will assume full  responsibility  to Investors  Bank & Trust Company
and to all other interested persons (including Customers and Employers) for such
contents and such effect.

                                    Article 6:  Applications and Correspondence

         6.1  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  will  sign all  applications  to
establish  a  Customer  Arrangement  or  other  documents  related  to  Customer
Arrangements  which  Rockwood  Growth  Fund  submits to  Investors  Bank & Trust
Company  for its  signature.  However,  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  may in
writing  authorize  Rockwood  Growth Fund or Rockwood  Growth Fund's designee to
execute Investors Bank & Trust Company's name to one or more specific  documents
or categories of documents (and such  authorization may be a blanket or standing
authorization until revoked by Investors Bank & Trust Company). In no event will
Rockwood  Growth  Fund  sign  Investors  Bank  &  Trust  Company's  name  on any
application or other document  without  Investors Bank & Trust  Company's  prior
written approval.


<PAGE>



         6.2 Upon receipt,  Investors Bank & Trust Company will promptly forward
or refer all written and oral inquiries from Customers,  Employers  and/or other
parties to Rockwood Growth Fund. Rockwood Growth Fund will appropriately  handle
all inquiries directed to the Custodian.

                                          Article 7:  Returns and Reports

         7.1  Rockwood  Growth  Fund will timely  prepare and file all  returns,
reports and statements  relating to Customer  Arrangements  required by the Code
and regulations  thereunder or any other applicable  federal or state law, or as
agreed to in the relevant Materials relating to a Customer Arrangement.

                                           Article 8:  Fees and Expenses

         8.1 In  consideration  for Investors Bank & Trust Company's  service as
Custodian  hereunder,  Rockwood  Growth  Fund  will pay  Investors  Bank & Trust
Company such  compensation as is specified in attached  Schedule A. In addition,
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company will be entitled to be  reimbursed  by Rockwood
Growth Fund for Investors Bank & Trust Company's  reasonable expenses (including
fees of legal counsel or other  advisors)  incurred in  performing  any services
under this Agreement  other than serving as Custodian of a Customer  Arrangement
(such as,  by way of an  example  of a  reimbursable  expense  and not by way of
limitation,  fees of legal  counsel to review  the  Materials)  or any  services
requested by Rockwood Growth Fund.

         8.2 Investors Bank & Trust Company will receive  reimbursement  for any
expenses it incurs in  connection  with  serving as  Custodian  of any  Customer
Arrangement  to the extent  provided  for under the  relevant  Materials  and as
Custodian  will have the right to charge  such  expenses  directly to a Customer
Arrangement  (or an  account  thereunder)  as  provided  for under the  relevant
Materials.  To the extent that  Investors  Bank & Trust Company does not collect
the entire  amount of any such expense from the Customer  Arrangement  involved,
Rockwood Growth Fund will pay such shortfall to Investors Bank & Trust Company.

     Article 9: Indemnification of Investors Bank & Trust Company

         9.1  Rockwood  Growth Fund and its  successors  and assigns will at all
times jointly and severally  indemnify and hold  Investors  Bank & Trust Company
and its successors and assigns


<PAGE>



harmless from any and all liability,  claims,  actions,  loss,  costs or expense
(including (a) reasonable fees for counsel,  (b) taxes,  penalties,  expenses or
fees, and (c) any liability  imposed  directly or indirectly as a consequence of
limiting  investment  options  available  under any Customer  Arrangement to the
Shares),  hereinafter  referred to as  "Losses",  which  Investors  Bank & Trust
Company incurs in any manner arising directly or indirectly from or out of or in
connection  with the performance or  non-performance  by Rockwood Growth Fund of
Rockwood Growth Fund's duties and obligations under this Agreement or applicable
law, or arising  directly  or  indirectly  from,  out of or in  connection  with
Investors  Bank  &  Trust  Company's  being  named  Custodian  of  any  Customer
Arrangement under this Agreement or under any of the Materials.

         The  indemnification  of  Investors  Bank  &  Trust  Company  (and  its
successors  and assigns)  provided for in the preceding  paragraph  will include
indemnification  for any Losses arising directly or indirectly from or out of or
in connection with the performance or  non-performance by either any third-party
service  provider or service  bureau to whom Rockwood  Growth Fund has delegated
any of its duties  under  Section  4.4(b) or any  provider  or vendor  with whom
Rockwood  Growth Fund has  contracted  for the provision of any of the Materials
under Section 3.1.

         9.2 No Losses which might be subject to the  indemnification  provision
in Section 9.1 will be confessed,  settled or  compromised  by Investors  Bank &
Trust Company until Investors Bank & Trust Company gives Rockwood Growth Fund at
least ten business  days' written  notice of the material facts as then known to
Investors  Bank & Trust Company,  and Rockwood  Growth Fund will have the right,
upon written  demand given to Investors Bank & Trust Company within ten business
days after the date of such  notice  from  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company,  to
confess or defend against such Losses at its expense.

                               Article 10:  Resignation or Removal of Custodian

         10.1  If at  any  time  hereafter,  Rockwood  Growth  Fund  chooses  to
discontinue  performing  any of  its  duties  and  obligations  described  in or
contemplated by this Agreement,  either of a general nature or in respect to any
or all Customer  Arrangements,  it will give  Investors  Bank & Trust Company at
least 90 days' written  notice prior to such  discontinuance.  Investors  Bank &
Trust Company may thereupon resign as Custodian in respect to any


<PAGE>



or all Customer  Arrangements  in accordance with the provisions of the relevant
Materials.  If within 30 days after Investors Bank & Trust Company receives such
a notice from Rockwood Growth Fund, or if any other time prior to receipt of any
such notice from Rockwood Growth Fund, Investors Bank & Trust Company chooses to
resign as Custodian of any or all Customer  Arrangements,  Rockwood  Growth Fund
will  promptly  distribute  the  notice  of  Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company's
resignation  to such  persons  and in such  manner as are  called  for under the
applicable  provisions  of the  relevant  Materials  and  in  form  and  content
satisfactory  to  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company.  Rockwood  Growth  Fund will
continue to perform  such  duties and  obligations  in respect to such  Customer
Arrangements at least until Investors Bank & Trust Company's  resignation  takes
effect  and the assets  have been  transferred  to its  successor  custodian  or
trustee or have been distributed.

                                            Article 11:  Miscellaneous

         11.1 No party to this  Agreement  will be liable to any other party for
consequential  damages  under  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or  for  any
consequential  damages  arising  out of  any  act or  failure  to act  hereunder
(provided that this Section 11.1 is not intended to and will not be construed to
reduce or terminate in any way Rockwood Growth Fund's indemnification obligation
under Section 9.1).

         11.2 This Agreement  will become  effective as of the date stated above
and will continue in full force while  Investors  Bank & Trust Company serves as
Custodian of any Customer Arrangements, and will terminate when Investors Bank &
Trust Company no longer  serves as Custodian of any such  Customer  Arrangement;
provided,  however,  that  the  indemnification  provisions  of  Article  9 will
continue to apply after termination of this Agreement with respect to any act or
omission which is alleged to have occurred while this Agreement was in effect.

         11.3 This  Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual written
agreement of the parties.  Any such  amendment  must be in writing and signed by
both  parties.  Schedules  appended  hereto may be amended by written  agreement
between the parties without re-execution of this Agreement.

         11.4 Rockwood  Growth Fund  represents and warrants to Investors Bank &
Trust Company that it has power under its Articles of


<PAGE>



Incorporation  and  by-laws  (or  equivalent)  to  enter  into and  perform  its
obligations under this Agreement,  and has duly executed this Agreement so as to
constitute its valid and binding obligation.

         11.5 Notices delivered or mailed postage prepaid to:

                  The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc. at
                  11 Hanover Square
                  New York, NY  10005
                  Attn:  Thomas B. Winmill, Co-President

                  Investors Bank & Trust Company at
                  P.O. Box 1537 - ADM27
                  Boston, MA  02205
                  Attn:  Henry N. Joyce, Managing Director

or to such  other  addresses  Rockwood  Growth  Fund or  Investors  Bank & Trust
Company may hereafter specify to the other in writing.

         11.6  This  Agreement  will be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.  Rockwood  Growth Fund hereby submits to the  jurisdiction of the
courts located in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  including any appellate
court thereof or the federal  district court located therein with respect to any
litigation involving this Agreement.

         11.7 Unless otherwise required by law, each party agrees to maintain in
confidence any  confidential  or proprietary  information of any other party and
not to disclose  any such  information  without the consent of the party  owning
such information.



<PAGE>



 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed  in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized  officer and to be duly
attested.

ATTEST:
                                            THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.


                                       By:
                                                     Authorized Signer


                                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:
                                                     Authorized Signer



<PAGE>



                                                    SCHEDULE A


         In  consideration  for  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company's  service  as
Custodian,  Rockwood Growth Fund will pay Investors Bank & Trust Company the per
account or per  participant  amount shown below per calendar year or any portion
thereof that  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company is serving as Custodian of one or
more Customer Arrangements:


                           Customer IRAs (including SEP - IRAs):
                                    $1.00 Per Customer IRA

                           Customer 403(b) Accounts:
                                    $1.00 per Customer 403(b) Account

                           Employer Plans
                                    $10.00 Per Participant in the Employer Plan


<PAGE>

                                  SELF-DIRECTED
                              INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                                CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT
                              DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

                       SELF-DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                     CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

   If you do not receive this statement at least seven days before you establish
your Individual  Retirement  Account,  you have the right to revoke your account
within seven days after it is established  and to receive a return of the entire
amount of your investment in the account. If this right to revoke applies to you
and if you  should  desire to  exercise  your  right to revoke  your  Individual
Retirement  Custodial  Account,  you should mail or deliver a written  notice of
revocation to the Service  Company,  the name and address of which appear on the
Application  and Adoption  Agreement.  Mailed notice will be deemed given on the
date it is postmarked (or, if sent by certified or registered  mail, on the date
of  certification  or  registration by the post office.) The Service Company has
the  right  under  the  Custodial   Account   Agreement  to  hold  your  initial
contribution  uninvested  until the period when you may revoke your  account has
expired.

1. ELIGIBILITY

   You are  eligible to set up an IRA if you are younger than age 70 1/2 and if,
at any time  during  the year,  you are an  employee  or are  self-employed  and
receive compensation or earned income that is includible in your gross income.

   Additionally,  regardless  of your  age,  you may also  transfer  funds  from
another IRA or certain  qualified plan  distributions to a "Rollover" IRA, which
is described in paragraph 9 of this statement.

2. LIMIT ON ANNUAL CONTRIBUTIONS

   (a) You can make annual  contributions  to an individual IRA of up to $2,000,
or 100% of your compensation or earned income, whichever is less.

   (b) If you and your spouse both work and have compensation that is includible
in your gross income,  each of you can annually  contribute to a separate IRA up
to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of compensation or earned income.

   (c) If your spouse earns no income from  employment,  or elects to be treated
as earning no income (this can be advantageous if your spouse has


<PAGE>



$250 or less in earned  income),  and is under age 70 1/2,  you can  establish a
"spousal IRA" with two separate accounts if you file a joint Federal tax return.
The  aggregate  annual  amount you can  contribute to both IRAs each year cannot
exceed the lesser of $2,250 or 100% of your earned income or compensation.  This
amount is divided  between the two spousal IRA  accounts as you direct,  but not
more than $2,000 may be contributed to one account each year.

   (d) If you are a divorced spouse, all taxable alimony received by you under a
decree of divorce or separate  maintenance  will be treated as compensation  for
purposes  of the IRA  contribution  limit and the rules  for  contributing  to a
regular IRA will apply. Accordingly,  you can make annual contributions of up to
the  lesser of  $2,000,  or 100% of  compensation  or earned  income  (including
taxable alimony).

3. DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS

   (a) You may deduct the full amount of your IRA  contribution up to the annual
maximum limit if you are not an "active  participant"  in an  employer-sponsored
retirement plan (including qualified 401(k),  profit sharing or retirement plans
maintained by your employer,  Simplified  Employee Pension plans,  tax-sheltered
annuity plans, and certain governmental plans) for any part of such year. If you
are married and you and your spouse file a joint  return,  or you live  together
with your spouse at anytime  during the year, you will be deemed to be an active
participant  in an  employer-sponsored  retirement  plan if  either  you or your
spouse is an active participant in such a plan.
   You are (or your spouse is) an "active participant" for a year if at any time
during the year you are covered by any employer  plan under which  contributions
are  made  to  your  account   (including  a  required  or  voluntary   employee
contribution  by you) or under which you are  eligible to earn  pension  benefit
credits.  You are  considered an active  participant  even if you are not vested
under the plan.  Your Form W-2 for the year should  indicate your  participation
status.  You should consult your own tax or financial advisor if you should have
any further questions.

   Even if you are an active participant in such a plan, you may deduct the full
amount  of your IRA  contribution  up to the  annual  maximum  limit if you have
adjusted  gross income equal to or below a specified  level ($40,000 for married
taxpayers  filing joint  returns and $25,000 for single  taxpayers).  If you are
single and an active participant in an  employer-sponsored  retirement plan, the
amount of your IRA  contribution  which is deductible  will be phased out on the
basis of adjusted gross income between  $25,000 and $35,000.  If you are married
and you and your spouse file a joint return,  if either you or your spouse is an
active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement


<PAGE>



plan, the amount of your IRA contribution which is deductible will be phased out
on the basis of your combined adjusted gross income between $40,000 and $50,000.
If  you  are  married  and  file  a  separate  return,  the  deduction  for  IRA
contributions phases out with adjusted gross income between $0 and $10,000.

   In general,  the IRA  deduction is phased out at a rate of $200 per $1,000 of
adjusted  gross  income in excess of the phase out  amount  ($25,000  for single
taxpayers,  $40,000  for  married  taxpayers  who file joint  returns and $0 for
married taxpayers who file separate  returns).  However,  if you contribute to a
spousal  IRA,  your IRA  deduction is phased out at a rate of $225 per $1,000 of
adjusted gross income in excess of $40,000.

   When calculating your reduced IRA deduction limit, you always round up to the
next highest $10.  Therefore,  your deduction limit is always a multiple of $10.
In addition,  if your adjusted  gross income is within the  phase-out  range and
your  reduced  deduction  limit is more  than $0 but  less  than  $200,  you are
permitted to deduct up to $200 of your IRA contributions.

   If your adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable  level  specified  above
and you are an active participant in an  employer-sponsored  retirement plan (or
your spouse is an active  participant  in such a plan if you are married),  then
you may not deduct any portion of your IRA contribution.

   (b) Even if you  will  not be able to  deduct  the  full  amount  of your IRA
contribution  under the rules described  above,  you can still  contribute up to
your annual  maximum  amount with all or part of the  contribution  being a non-
tax-deductible  contribution.  Of course,  the combined  total of deductible and
non-deductible  contributions  must not exceed your annual maximum  contribution
limit  amount.  Any  earnings  on all your  IRA  contributions  (deductible  and
nondeductible) accumulate tax-free until you withdraw them.

4. CONTRIBUTIONS WHICH CAN NEVER BE DEDUCTED

   You may not make any  contribution  (other than a rollover  contribution)  to
your IRA with  respect  to the tax year in  which  you  reach  age 70 1/2 or any
subsequent  year.  However,  you  may  continue  to make  contributions  to your
spouse's  spousal IRA and deduct the  deductible  portion of such payments until
the year in which your spouse reaches age 70 1/2.

   You may not deduct any portion of IRA contributions  allocable to the cost of
life insurance.  For this reason, life insurance is not offered as an investment
for your IRA.

5. ANNUAL CONTRIBUTIONS



<PAGE>



   Contributions  to your IRA for a tax year  must be made in cash on or  before
the due date (not including  extensions)  for your Federal income tax return for
that  tax  year  (April  15 for  most  individuals).  If you  intend  to  report
contributions  made  between  January 1 and April 15 as  contributions  for your
prior tax year,  you should  notify us in writing that such  contributions  have
been made on account  of such  prior tax year.  Otherwise,  the  Custodian  will
assume the payment is for the current tax year.

6. EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

   If you  contribute  to your IRA  more  than the  maximum  contribution  limit
allowed any year, the excess contribution could be subject to a 6% nondeductible
excise tax. The excess is taxed in the year the excess  contribution is made and
each year that the excess remains in your IRA at the end of the year. (Remember,
the excess  contribution  excise tax is based on contributions above the maximum
contribution limit, not the maximum deduction limit.)

   If, by accident,  you should contribute more than the maximum amount allowed,
you can eliminate the excess contribution as follows:

   (a) You can avoid the 6% excise tax by  withdrawing  the excess  contribution
and the net  earnings  attributable  to it before  the due date  (including  any
extensions)  for filing your  Federal  income tax return for the year the excess
occurred.  Upon removing an excess contribution in this manner, the net earnings
attributable  to it are  includible in your income for the tax year in which the
excess  contribution  was made,  and you may also have to pay an additional  10%
premature  distribution  tax on the amount of such net earnings  (see  paragraph
7(a)).  However,  the excess  contribution  itself  will not be included in your
taxable income and will not be subject to the 10% premature distribution tax.

   (b) If you elect not to withdraw an excess  contribution,  you can  eliminate
the excess by contributing less than the maximum amount allowed to your IRA in a
later year. This is known as a "make-up" contribution and is allowed only to the
extent that you  under-contribute in the later year. Further, to the extent that
you have not contributed  your full  deductible  amount for that later year, the
amount of the excess so eliminated  may be deductible as a "make-up"  deduction,
depending on your active  participant  status and adjusted  gross income for the
year.  The 6% excise  tax will,  however,  be  imposed  in the year you make the
excess contribution and each subsequent year until eliminated.

   (c)   If you do not withdraw an excess contribution on or before the due
date for filing your Federal income tax return and your contribution did not


<PAGE>



exceed  $2,250,  you can withdraw the excess at any time as long as you have not
deducted  it on your  Federal  tax  return.  The amount of the excess  which you
withdraw  will not be included  in your gross  income and will not be subject to
regular Federal income tax.  However,  the 6% excise tax will be imposed for the
year in which you make the excess  contribution  and each subsequent year, until
the year of withdrawal.

   (d) If you do not withdraw an excess  contribution  on or before the due date
for filing your Federal income tax return and your contribution exceeded $2,250,
you must include in your gross income any excess  amount which you withdraw even
if you have not deducted it on your Federal income tax return. You may also have
to pay a 10%  premature  distribution  tax  on  the  amount  you  withdraw  (See
paragraph 7 (a)).  Additionally,  the 6% excise tax will be imposed for the year
in which you make the excess  contribution  and each subsequent  year, until the
year of withdrawal.

7. PAYMENTS FROM YOUR IRA DURING YOUR LIFE

   (a) You can make  withdrawals  from  your IRA at any  time.  However,  if you
withdraw any of the funds in your IRA before age 59 1/2,  the amount  includible
in your gross income is subject to a 10% non-deductible  premature  distribution
tax unless:

     (i)   the withdrawal is made because of your death or permanent disability;

     (ii)  the withdrawal is an exempt withdrawal of an excess contribution; or

     (iii) the withdrawal is rolled over into another qualified plan or IRA.

   You are considered "disabled" for purposes of clause (i) if you are unable to
engage in any  substantial  gainful  activity  because of a  physical  or mental
impairment  which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-lasting or
indefinite duration.

   You can also withdraw  funds held in your IRA without any tax penalty  before
you  reach  age  59  1/2  if  you  choose  to  receive  systematic  payments  in
substantially  equal  amounts  over a period  that  does not  exceed  your  life
expectancy or the life  expectancy of you and your designated  beneficiary.  You
should  be  aware,  however,  that the 10%  premature  distribution  tax will be
applied  retroactively  (with interest) to all systematic payments if you change
to a method of  distribution  that does not  qualify  for the  exception  either
before   you  attain  age  59  1/2  or  during  the  first  five  years  of  the
distributions.

   The 10% premature distribution tax discussed above does not apply to the


<PAGE>



portion of your IRA distribution which is not includible in your gross income.

   (b) When you reach age 70 1/2,  you must  elect to receive  distributions  in
either (a) systematic payments (monthly, quarterly or annually), or (b) one lump
sum  distribution  of all the funds held in your IRA. The law requires  that you
begin to receive distributions from your IRA no later than the April 1 following
the year in which you reach age 70 1/2 (the "Required  Distribution  Date").  If
you elect systematic payments, there is a minimum amount which you must withdraw
by the Required Distribution Date and by each December 31 thereafter. This could
result in two minimum distributions in one calendar year. This minimum amount is
determined  by  your  life  expectancy  or the  joint  life  and  last  survivor
expectancy  of you and  your  designated  beneficiary,  subject  to the  minimum
distribution  incidental  death benefit  rule.  Your life  expectancy  (and your
spouse's life expectancy if your spouse is your designated  beneficiary)  may be
recalculated  each year. If you established a spousal IRA, the minimum  required
annual distribution from the spousal IRA is determined using the life expectancy
of your spouse.

   You should  consult  your own tax or  financial  advisor  with  regard to the
calculation of the amount of your minimum  distribution  each year because it is
your  responsibility to make sure that this requirement is met. The Custodian is
not  required to advise you in this matter and will only make  distributions  to
you from your IRA in accordance with your specific instructions.

   You may receive installment payments larger than the minimum amount. However,
if the amount  distributed during a taxable year is less than the minimum amount
required to be distributed,  the Internal Revenue Service may impose a tax equal
to 50% of the deficiency,  unless it is satisfied that the deficiency was due to
reasonable  error  and that  responsible  steps are  being  taken to remedy  the
deficiency.

8. PAYMENTS FROM YOUR IRA AFTER YOUR DEATH

   If you die before all the funds held in your IRA have been  distributed,  the
remaining   funds  in  the  account  will  be  distributed  to  your  designated
beneficiary  either outright or periodically,  as selected by such  beneficiary.
The Custodian will make distributions to your beneficiary in accordance with his
or her specific instructions. Your beneficiary should be aware that he or she is
subject to minimum  distribution  rules and it is his or her  responsibility  to
make  sure that the rules are met.  Under the  post-death  minimum  distribution
rules, if you die after your Required  Distribution Date, the funds remaining in
your IRA must continue to be distributed to your designated beneficiary at least
as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect prior to your death. If
you die prior to your Required Distribution Date, all the funds in your IRA must
be completely distributed to your


<PAGE>



designated  beneficiary  by  December  31  of  the  year  containing  the  fifth
anniversary of your death unless your designated  beneficiary  elects,  no later
than December 31 of the year following the year of your death,  to receive funds
from  your  IRA  over a fixed  period  that is no  longer  than  his or her life
expectancy. If your beneficiary is your surviving spouse,  distribution of funds
from  your IRA can be made to him or her over a fixed  period  that is no longer
than his or her life  expectancy  and  commencing  at any date  prior to 
 
<PAGE>

December  31 of the year in which you would  have  attained  age 70 1/2.  In all
instances, your spousal beneficiary may also elect to rollover the funds in your
IRA into his or her own  account  or treat  your IRA as his or her own by making
contributions to it. In this case, he or she is not required to make withdrawals
from the IRA until April 1 following  the year in which he or she reaches age 70
1/2.

   The designation of a beneficiary to receive funds from your IRA at your death
is not considered a transfer subject to Federal gift taxes.  However,  any funds
remaining in your IRA at your death would be  includible  in your Federal  gross
estate.

   Be sure to keep your  designation of beneficiary  up-to-date as your personal
or financial circumstances change. You may file a new designation of beneficiary
form at any time with the  Custodian.  If no  designation  of  beneficiary is in
effect at your death, or if all designated  beneficiaries  have predeceased you,
the balance in your account will be paid to your estate.

9. TAX-FREE ROLLOVERS

   (a) Under certain circumstances,  you can receive a distribution from an IRA,
or from a qualified plan, or a tax-sheltered  annuity or other arrangement under
Section  403(b) of the Code,  and  transfer  the amount  received to another IRA
without  including  the  distribution  in your  income  for  federal  income tax
purposes.  Such a "tax-free rollover" must be completed within 60 days after you
receive the distribution. A transfer from a qualified plan or 403(b) arrangement
directly  to an IRA is a way to avoid the  required  20% income tax  withholding
requirements.  Starting in 1993,  most  distributions  from  qualified  plans or
403(b) accounts are subject to 20% withholding  unless  transferred  directly to
another plan or 403(b) or to an IRA (this is called a "direct rollover").

   There are complex,  specific  rules for each kind of transfer,  so you should
consult your tax advisor or the IRS if you have questions about the rules.

   Rollover contributions are not subject to the limits on annual contributions
to an IRA.  However, all amounts in your IRA, including rollover contributions,


<PAGE>



are subject to the rules discussed above concerning the time and method of
withdrawal.

   (b) IRA-to-IRA Rollover.  If you have an IRA, you can withdraw all or part of
the amount in that account and  transfer all or part of the amount  withdrawn to
another IRA. The amount  transferred  will not be subject to federal  income tax
(or the 10% premature withdrawal penalty) if you complete the transfer within 60
days after the withdrawal.  After an IRA-to-IRA tax-free rollover, you must wait
at least a year before making another IRA-to-IRA rollover.

   (c) Direct  Transfer.  As an alternative to a rollover,  arrangements  may be
made for a direct  transfer  from one IRA  custodian or trustee to another.  The
one-year  waiting  period  does  not  apply  to  direct  transfers  from one IRA
custodian or trustee to another.

   (d)  Rollovers  from  Qualified  Plan or  403(b)  Arrangement  to  IRA.  Most
distributions  from a qualified plan or 403(b)  arrangement are now eligible for
rollover to an IRA. The main exceptions are:

          *    payments over the lifetime or life expectancy of the participant
               (or participant and a designated beneficiary),

          *    installment payments for a period of 10 years or more,

          *    required distributions starting at age 70 1/2, and

          *    payments that are a return of after-tax amounts previously
               contributed by the individual.
<PAGE>
   If you will receive an eligible  distribution from a qualified plan or 403(b)
or a distribution upon termination of such a plan, you can defer paying taxes by
requesting the plan administrator or 403(b) sponsor to transfer the distribution
amount (except  amounts  previously  contributed by you) directly to an IRA in a
direct rollover. Or, you may receive the distribution and roll it over to an IRA
within 60 days after you receive the distribution.  However,  unless you elect a
direct  rollover of your  distribution,  the person making payment MUST WITHHOLD
20% OF YOUR  DISTRIBUTION for federal income taxes.  Your plan or 403(b) sponsor
will  provide you with a notice  concerning  direct  rollovers,  regular  60-day
rollovers and withholding taxes before you receive your distribution.

   If you have a regular IRA, you should establish a separate IRA to receive any
rollover contribution from a qualified plan. You can later transfer the separate
rollover IRA into a different employer plan if you desire and the plan


<PAGE>



permits such transfers.

   (e)  Rollovers  by A  Surviving  Spouse.  If a  surviving  spouse  receives a
distribution  from a qualified plan or 403(b)  because of the  employee-spouse's
death, the surviving spouse may be able to defer income taxes by having all or a
part  of the  distribution  (other  than  employee  contributions  to the  plan)
transferred directly to an IRA.

   (f)  Rollovers  or  transfers  cannot  include any amount you are required to
receive for the year from the qualified plan or IRA.

   (g) Please note that:  (i) the IRA you set up to receive  "rollover"  amounts
should be separate from an IRA you set up to receive annual contributions;  (ii)
rollover  amounts you  receive  may not be  deposited  in your  spouse's  IRA or
deducted on your Federal income tax return;  (iii) if you establish a "Rollover"
IRA  during  the year in  which  you  reach  age 70 1/2,  you must be  receiving
distributions  from such IRA no later than April 1 of such following  year; (iv)
if you establish a "Rollover"  IRA after the year in which you reach age 70 1/2,
you must begin receiving distributions from such IRA immediately; and (v) strict
limitations  apply to  rollovers,  and a variety of tax and  financial  planning
issues  should  be  considered  in  determining   whether  to  make  a  rollover
contribution.  You should  consult your own tax or financial  advisor  regarding
these matters.

10.   FEDERAL TAX RETURNS

   (a) Deductible and  non-deductible IRA contributions are reported on IRS Form
1040 or Form 1040A. You may choose to file your Federal income tax return before
it is due (without extensions) and report your IRA contributions before they are
made.  You  must,  however,  make the  contributions  by the due  date  (without
extensions) of such return. To the extent your  contribution is deductible,  you
can claim a deduction on your tax return. To the extent your contribution is not
deductible,  you must  designate  it on Form 8606.  There is a $100 penalty each
time you overstate the amount of your  non-deductible  contributions  unless you
can prove that the  overstatement  was due to reasonable cause. You will also be
required  to give  additional  information  on Form  8606 in  years  you  make a
withdrawal  from your IRA. If you fail to file a required Form 8606,  there is a
$50  penalty for each such  failure  unless you can prove the failure was due to
reasonable cause.

   (Special  Note:   This   Disclosure   Statement   discusses  the  effect  and
requirements  of  the  Federal  tax  laws.  For   Massachusetts   tax  purposes,
contributions  to an IRA are not  deductible,  but interest  earned each year is
currently not taxable until distributed. If you are a resident of another state,
you should check with your tax advisor with regard to the applicable tax


<PAGE>



laws of your state.)

   (b)   IRS Form 5329 is required as an attachment to Form 1040 (or separately
if you do not file a Form 1040) for any year the contribution limits in
paragraph 2 are exceeded, a premature distribution (as described in paragraph
7(a)) takes place, less than the required minimum amount (as described in
paragraph 7(b)) is distributed, or a prohibited transaction (as described in
paragraph 11(e)) takes place.

<PAGE>

11.   TAX CONSEQUENCES

   (a) Income on your IRA account is not taxed as it is earned, but only when it
is distributed to you.

   (b) Amounts paid to you from your IRA are taxable as ordinary income,  except
that you recover your  nondeductible IRA contributions tax free. The special tax
rules which  permit  recipients  of certain  lump sum  distributions  from other
tax-qualified  retirement  plans to get certain tax advantages  (such as capital
gains  treatment and five or ten-year  averaging) do not apply to  distributions
from IRAs.

   (c) If you withdraw an amount from any IRA during a taxable year and you have
previously  made  non-deductible  IRA  contributions,  then  part of the  amount
withdrawn is excludible  from ordinary  income and not subject to taxation.  The
amount  excludible for the taxable year is determined by multiplying  the amount
withdrawn by a fraction, the numerator of which is your aggregate non-deductible
IRA contributions remaining in all your IRAs and the denominator of which is the
aggregate  balance  of all  your  IRAs at the end of the year  plus  the  amount
withdrawn during the year. For example,  in 1992 an individual  withdraws $1,000
from an IRA to which both deductible and non-deductible contributions were made.
At the end of 1992,  the  account  balance  of all his IRAs is  $4,000  of which
$2,500 is  non-deductible  contributions.  The amount  excludible from income is
$500  ($2,500/$5,000 x $1,000).  It should also be pointed out that in the event
you receive a distribution from your IRA within the last 60 days of the calendar
year,  if you do not roll this amount into another IRA by December 31 but you do
so after December 31 and before the 60th day after the distribution, this amount
must be added to the denominator of the fraction discussed above.

   (d) In general,  if you  receive  distributions  from your IRAs,  Section 403
annuities and custodial  accounts,  and qualified plans which, in the aggregate,
exceed $150,000 in any calendar year, you may be subject to a 15% penalty tax on
the amount in excess of $150,000.  If the total amount of your benefits  payable
from such plans at your death exceeds a certain permissible level, a similar 15%
estate tax is imposed on the amount in excess of the permissible


<PAGE>



level. Special rules apply in certain  circumstances and you should consult your
tax adviser if you have any questions regarding this tax.

   (e) If you engage in a so-called  "prohibited  transaction" as defined in the
Internal  Revenue Code, your IRA will be disqualified  and the entire balance in
your IRA  will be  taxed  as  ordinary  income  during  the  year in which  such
transaction  occurs.  You may also have to pay the 10% penalty tax on  premature
distributions. A "prohibited transaction" includes:

      (i)   the sale, exchange, or leasing of any property between your IRA
            account and you;

      (ii)  the lending of money or other extension of credit between your IRA
            account and you;

      (iii) the furnishing of goods, services, or facilities between your IRA
            account and you; or

      (iv)  the transfer of assets of your IRA account for your use or for your
            benefit.

   (f) If you pledge all or part of your IRA as security  for a loan,  or invest
your IRA in  "collectibles"  such as art,  antiques,  coins  (other than certain
United  States gold and silver coins or coins issued by a state  government)  or
gems,  the amount so pledged or invested is considered  by the Internal  Revenue
Service to have been  distributed  to you and will be taxed as  ordinary  income
during the year in which you make such pledge or  investment.  You may also have
to pay the 10% premature distribution tax.

   (g) Amounts  withdrawn  from your IRA are subject to  withholding  of Federal
income tax unless you direct no withholding. Form W-4P provides a space to elect
against withholding, and contains additional information on withholding. To make
a  withdrawal  or to  establish  a program of  installment  withdrawals,  simply
complete  the  Withdrawal  Form and the W-4P  Form  and send  both  forms to the
Service Company which invests your funds.

<PAGE>

   (h) Be sure to start  withdrawals no later than the required starting date to
avoid penalties for insufficient  withdrawals.  Also,  remember that the minimum
amount required to be withdrawn may change from year to year because of earnings
or changes in the value of your  account or because you  recalculated  your life
expectancy.  Therefore,  if  you  have  established  a  program  of  installment
withdrawals,  you should submit a new Withdrawal  Form each year if you need (or
want) to adjust the amount of each installment.

   (i)   If tax, or estate or financial planning considerations affect the


<PAGE>



timing of your IRA withdrawals, be sure to consult a qualified professional.

12.   CUSTODIAN

   The Custodian of your IRA is Investors Bank & Trust  Company.  The Custodian,
through the Service  Company,  will invest your  contributions  and  earnings in
accordance with your  instructions in any of the investment  vehicles  permitted
under the Individual  Retirement  Custodian Account Agreement.  You will receive
periodic  reports  describing each  transaction in your account,  and proxies on
securities will be sent to you to vote as you wish. Since the investment of your
account is at your discretion and return of the permissible  investment vehicles
is  generally  not  guaranteed,  growth in the value of your  account  cannot be
projected.

   For  information  concerning the custodial  charges and service charges which
will be assessed  against your account by Investors Bank & Trust Company,  or by
the Service  Company,  be sure to read the schedule of charges  attached to this
Statement.  Custodial  and service  charges may be changed or adjusted on thirty
days' notice to you. In addition, you will incur normal brokerage commissions on
the purchases and sales of securities.  Before making any decision whatsoever to
establish an IRA, you should  carefully  review all applicable  commissions with
your Service Company representative.

13.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   (a) Your IRA will  help  build  your  retirement  income.  Your IRA funds are
non-forfeitable.  They are always yours, and will be invested  according to your
agreement  with  the  Custodian.  Your IRA will be  clearly  identified  as your
property and will not be commingled with property of any other depositor.

   (b) The form of this Individual Retirement Custodial Account uses the precise
language of Form 5305-A, currently provided by the Internal Revenue Service, and
has  therefore  been  approved  as a  form  to  use  as a  qualified  Individual
Retirement  Account.  The  IRS  approval  of  the  form  does  not  represent  a
determination as to the merits of the account.  It simply means that the form of
the printed IRA document satisfies the requirements of the IRS. However,  if you
adopt and maintain  your IRA within the stated  guidelines,  you may assume that
you are properly meeting all requirements for a bona fide individual  retirement
plan under Federal income tax law.

   (c) Further information concerning your IRA can be obtained from any district
office of the Internal Revenue Service.

   (d) You  should  consult  with your tax or  financial  advisor  to  determine
whether this Individual Retirement Custodial Account is the right investment


<PAGE>


for you, since we cannot offer legal or tax advice.

Schedule of Charges

1. Investors Bank & Trust Company:


2. Service Company:



<PAGE>

                              AGREEMENT FOR
                              SELF-DIRECTED
                          INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                            CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

                                                                     Form 5305-A
                                                            (Rev. October, 1992)

                       SELF-DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                                CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

   The  Depositor  whose name  appears on the  Application  is  establishing  an
individual  retirement  account (under  section  408(a) of the Internal  Revenue
Code) to provide  for his or her  retirement  and for the  support of his or her
beneficiaries after death.

   The Custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust Company,  has through its agent, given
the Depositor the disclosure statement required under the Income Tax Regulations
under section 408(i) of the Code.

   The  Depositor has made a cash deposit with the Custodian as indicated on the
Application.

   The Depositor and the Custodian make the following agreement:

                                    ARTICLE I

   The  Custodian  may accept  additional  cash  contributions  on behalf of the
Depositor  for a tax year of the  Depositor.  The total cash  contributions  are
limited  to  $2,000  for the tax year  unless  the  contribution  is a  rollover
contribution  described in section  402(c) (but only after  December 31,  1992),
403(a)(4),  403(b)(8),  408(d)(3),  or an employer  contribution to a simplified
employee  pension plan as described in section  408(k).  Rollover  contributions
before  January  1, 1993  include  rollovers  described  in  section  402(a)(5),
402(a)(6),   402(a)(7),   403(a)(4),   403(b)(8),   408(d)(3),  or  an  employer
contribution  to a  simplified  employee  pension  plan as  described in section
408(k).

                                ARTICLE II

   The  Depositor's  interest  in  the  balance  in  the  custodial  account  is
nonforfeitable.

                                   ARTICLE III



<PAGE>



   1.  No  part  of the  custodial  funds  may be  invested  in  life  insurance
contracts,  nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with other
property  except in a common  trust fund or common  investment  fund (within the
meaning of section 408(a)(5)).

   2. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in collectibles (within the
meaning of section  408(m)) except as otherwise  permitted by section  408(m)(3)
which  provides an exception  for certain gold and silver coins and coins issued
under the laws of any state.

                                ARTICLE IV

   1.  Notwithstanding  any  provision of this  agreement to the  contrary,  the
distribution of the Depositor's  interest in the custodial account shall be made
in accordance with the following  requirements  and shall otherwise  comply with
section  408(a)(6)  and Proposed  Regulations  section  1.408-8,  including  the
incidental   death   benefit   provisions   of  Proposed   Regulations   section
1.401(a)(9)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated by reference.

   2. Unless otherwise  elected by the time  distributions are required to begin
to the Depositor under  paragraph 3, or to the surviving  spouse under paragraph
4,  other  than in the  case  of a life  annuity,  life  expectancies  shall  be
recalculated  annually.  Such election  shall be irrevocable as to the Depositor
and the  surviving  spouse and shall  apply to all  subsequent  years.  The life
expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary may not be recalculated.

   3. The Depositor's entire interest in the custodial account must be or
begin to be, distributed by the Depositor's required beginning date (April 1
following the calendar year end in which the Depositor reaches age 70 1/2).  By

that date, the Depositor may elect, in a manner acceptable to the Custodian,  to
have the balance in the custodial account distributed in:

      (a)   A single sum payment.

      (b)   An annuity  contract  that  provides  equal or  substantially  equal
            monthly,  quarterly,  or  annual  payments  over  the  life  of  the
            Depositor.

       (c)  An annuity  contract  that  provides  equal or  substantially  equal
            monthly,  quarterly,  or  annual  payments  over the  joint and last
            survivor   lives  of  the  Depositor  and  his  or  her   designated
            beneficiary.

      (d)   Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified


<PAGE>



            period that may not be longer than the Depositor's life expectancy.

      (e)   Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified period
            that may not be  longer  than  the  joint  life  and  last  survivor
            expectancy of the Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary.

   4. If the Depositor dies before his or her entire  interest is distributed to
      him or her, the entire remaining interest will be distributed as follows:

      (a)   If  the  Depositor  dies  on or  after  distribution  of  his or her
            interest  has  begun,  distribution  must  continue  to be  made  in
            accordance with paragraph 3.

      (b)   If the Depositor dies before distribution of his or her interest has
            begun,  the entire  remaining  interest will, at the election of the
            Depositor or, if the  Depositor has not so elected,  at the election
            of the beneficiary or beneficiaries, either

            (i)   Be distributed by the December 31 of the year containing the
                  fifth anniversary of the Depositor's death, or

            (ii)  Be distributed in equal or  substantially  equal payments over
                  the life or life  expectancy of the designated  beneficiary or
                  beneficiaries  starting by  December 31 of the year  following
                  the  year  of  the  Depositor's   death.   If,  however,   the
                  beneficiary is the  Depositor's  surviving  spouse,  then this
                  distribution  is not required to begin  before  December 31 of
                  the year in which the Depositor would have turned age 70 1/2.

      (c)   Except  where  distribution  in the form of an annuity  meeting  the
            requirements  of section  408(b)(3) and its related  regulations has
            irrevocably commenced,  distributions are treated as having begun on
            the  Depositor's  required  beginning date, even though payments may
            actually have been made before that date.

      (d)   If the  Depositor  dies before his or her entire  interest  has been
            distributed  and if the  beneficiary  is other  than  the  surviving
            spouse, no additional cash  contributions or rollover  contributions
            may be accepted in the account.

   5. In the case of distribution over life expectancy in equal or substantially
equal annual  payments,  to determine the minimum  annual payment for each year,
divide the Depositor's  entire interest in the custodial account as of the close
of business on December 31 of the preceding  year by the life  expectancy of the
Depositor (or the joint life and last survivor


<PAGE>



expectancy of the Depositor and the Depositor's designated  beneficiary,  or the
life expectancy of the designated  beneficiary,  whichever applies). In the case
of  distributions  under  paragraph 3, determine the initial life expectancy (or
joint  life  and  last  survivor  expectancy)  using  the  attained  ages of the
Depositor  and  designated  beneficiary  as of their  birthdays  in the year the
Depositor  reaches age 70 1/2. In the case of  distribution  in accordance  with
paragraph  4(b)(ii),  determine  life  expectancy  using the attained age of the
designated   beneficiary   as  of  the   beneficiary's   birthday  in  the  year
distributions are required to commence.

   6.  The  owner  of two or more  individual  retirement  accounts  may use the
"alternative  method" described in Notice 88-38, 1988-1 C B. 524, to satisfy the
minimum  distribution  requirements  described  above.  This  method  permits an
individual  to  satisfy  these   requirements  by  taking  from  one  individual
retirement account the amount required to satisfy the requirement for another.

                                    ARTICLE V

   1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with  information  necessary
for the  Custodian  to prepare any reports  required  under  section  408(i) and
Regulations sections 1.408-5 and 1.408-6.

   2. The Custodian agrees to submit reports to the Internal Revenue Service and
the Depositor prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

                                ARTICLE VI

   Notwithstanding  any other articles which may be added or  incorporated,  the
provisions of Articles I through III and this sentence will be controlling.  Any
additional  articles  that are not  consistent  with section  408(a) and related
regulations will be invalid.

                                   ARTICLE VII

   This  agreement  will  be  amended  from  time to time  to  comply  with  the
provisions of the Code and related  regulations.  Other  amendments  may be made
with the consent of the persons whose signatures appear below.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

   1. Except as otherwise  permitted in Paragraph 5(a) below, all  contributions
made under  this  Agreement  shall be  deposited  in the form of cash.  All such
contributions  shall be credited  to a Custodial  Account for the account of the
Depositor.  Any contribution so made with respect to a tax year of the Depositor
shall be made prior to the due date of the Depositor's tax return


<PAGE>



(not  including  extensions).  Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  writing  by the
Depositor,  contributions  shall be  credited  to the tax year in which they are
received  by  the  Custodian.  Subject  to  the  limitations  set  forth  in the
Application,  all  funds  in the  Custodial  Account  (including  contributions,
dividends,  interest, proceeds from the sale or other disposition of investments
and any other cash receipts) shall be invested and reinvested in:

      (a)   any marketable  securities  obtainable  through the service  company
            which  is  designated  by  the  Depositor  on the  Application  (the
            "Service  Company")  either  "over the  counter" or on a  recognized
            exchange  (excluding  securities  issued  by  the  Custodian  or the
            Service Company);

      (b)   any interest-bearing  deposits in any bank (including the Custodian,
            the Service Company if it is a bank, or any bank affiliated with the
            Service Company) approved by the Custodian;

      (c)   any shares of open-end regulated investment companies designated
            by the Service Company; and

      (d)   any  other  investment,  but only if,  in the sole  judgment  of the
            Custodian, such investment will not impose upon it an administrative
            burden greater than that normally incident to investments  described
            in (a) above (such  judgment by the Custodian not to be construed in
            any respect as a judgment concerning the prudence or advisability of
            such an investment).

   Such  investments  shall  be made  in  such  specific  securities  and  other
investments, in such proportions and in such amounts as the Depositor may direct
from  time to time by  notice  to the  Service  Company  (in such form as may be
acceptable  to the  Service  Company).  However,  the  Custodian  or the Service
Company may establish minimum amounts for any type of investment.

   The Service  Company shall be  responsible  for the execution of such orders.
The Custodian shall maintain or cause to be maintained  adequate records thereof
(provided that the Custodian may retain the Service Company as its agent or

recordkeeper  to  maintain  adequate  records of  transactions  on behalf of the
Custodian).  However,  if any such orders are not  received  as required  or, if
received,  are unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company,  all
or a portion  of the  assets of the  Custodial  Account  may be held  uninvested
without liability for loss of income or appreciation,  and without liability for
interest,  pending receipt of complete orders or  clarification;  or such assets
may be invested in an  interest-bearing  account  described in (b) above or in a
money-market type open-end investment company


<PAGE>



designated by the Service Company.

   2. Any brokerage  account  maintained in connection  herewith shall be in the
name of the  Custodian  for the  benefit  of the  Depositor.  All  assets of the
Custodial  Account  shall be  registered  in the name of the  Custodian  or of a
suitable  nominee  (and the same  nominee may be used with  respect to assets of
other investors  whether or not held under agreements  similar to this one or in
any capacity  whatsoever);  provided,  however,  that the Custodian may hold any
security in bearer form or by or through the Service Company, or by or through a
central clearing  corporation  maintained by institutions active in the national
securities markets; provided further, however, that (a) the books and records of
the Custodian (or the Service  Company acting as the agent or  recordkeeper  for
the Custodian)  shall show that all such  investments  are part of the Custodial
Account;  (b) each  Custodial  Account  shall be separate  and  distinct;  (c) a
separate  account thereof shall be maintained by the party having actual custody
of such assets;  and (d) the assets  thereof shall be held in individual or bulk
segregation in such party's vaults or in depositories approved by the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

   3. Neither the Custodian,  the Service  Company nor any other party providing
services to the  Custodial  Account  assumes any  responsibility  for  rendering
advice  with  respect  to the  investment  or  reinvestment  of the  Depositor's
Custodial  Account  and shall  not be liable  for any loss  which  results  from
Depositor's  exercise of control over his or her  Custodial  Account.  Depositor
shall  have and  exercise  exclusive  responsibility  for and  control  over the
investment of the assets of his or her Custodial  Account in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement,  and neither the Custodian, the Service Company nor any
other such party shall have any duty to question his or her  directions  in that
regard or to advise him or her regarding  purchase,  retention,  or sale of such
assets.

   4. The Depositor  shall have the right by written  notice to the Custodian to
designate  (or to  change)  one or more  beneficiaries  to  receive  any  amount
remaining in the Custodial Account in the event of his or her death prior to the
complete  distribution  of  all  assets  in  the  Custodial  Account.  Any  such
designation  (or change of designation) of beneficiary may be on a form provided
by the Custodian or the Service Company or on a written instrument acceptable to
the  Custodian,  signed by the  Depositor  and  filed  with the  Custodian.  Any
designation  or change of  designation  shall be  effective  upon receipt by the
Custodian.  Any change of designation  received by the Custodian will revoke all
prior designations  previously filed with the Custodian.  If no such designation
is in effect on the Depositor's  death, or if all designated  beneficiaries have
predeceased  the  Depositor,  the  Depositor's  estate shall be deemed to be the
beneficiary.


<PAGE>



   5. (a)   The Custodian shall have the right to receive rollover
            contributions as described in Article I of this Agreement and
            amounts transferred from another individual retirement account or
            individual retirement annuity.  Any property so transferred to it
            in a form other than cash shall be held by the Custodian in
            accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article
            VIII.  The Custodian reserves the right to refuse to accept any
            property which is not in the form of cash.

      (b)   The  Custodian,  upon  written  direction  of the  Depositor,  shall
            transfer  the assets held under this  Agreement  (reduced by (i) any
            amounts referred to in paragraph 7 of this Article VIII and (ii) any
            amounts  required  to be  distributed  during the  calendar  year of
            transfer to the Depositor  under  Section  408(a)(6) or 408(b)(3) of
            the Code) to a successor individual retirement account or individual
            retirement annuity for the Depositor's benefit.

      (c)   Any amounts  received or  transferred  by the  Custodian  under this
            paragraph 5 shall be accomplished by such instructions,  records and
            other documents as the Custodian deems necessary.

   6. The Depositor  hereby delegates to the Custodian the power to amend at any
      time and from time to time the terms and  provisions of this Agreement and
      hereby consents to all such amendments, provided that an amendment

      is not contrary to any applicable  provision of the Internal Revenue Code,
      the regulations  thereunder,  or any other  applicable law,  regulation or
      ruling.  Any such  amendments  shall be effective  when the notice of such
      amendments  is mailed to the  address of the  Depositor  indicated  by the
      Custodian's records.

   7. Any income taxes or other taxes of any kind whatsoever which may be levied
or assessed  upon or in respect of the assets of the Custodial  Account,  or the
income arising therefrom,  any transfer taxes incurred, any expenses incurred by
the Custodian in the performance of its duties including fees for legal services
rendered  to the  Custodian,  and  the  Custodian's  and the  Service  Company's
compensation  as set  forth  in the  Disclosure  Statement,  may be  paid by the
Depositor and, unless and until so paid within such time period as the Custodian
may  establish,  shall be paid from the  assets of the  Custodial  Account.  The
Custodian  and the  Service  Company  shall  be  empowered  to take  any  action
necessary to  effectuate  the  provisions  of this  paragraph  and shall have no
liability to the Depositor therefor. The Custodian and the Service Company shall
each have the right to change or adjust its fees and compensation  upon 30 days'
notice to the Depositor,  and may reduce or waive fees with respect to any class
or group of Depositors.


<PAGE>



   8. Amounts in the Custodial Account and the benefits provided hereunder shall
not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment,  attachment, execution or
levy of any kind,  and any  attempt to cause such  benefits  to be so  subjected
shall not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.

   9. Any  pledging of assets in the  Custodial  Account by the  Depositor  as a
security for a loan, or any loan or other extension of credit from the Custodial
Account to the Depositor, shall be prohibited.

   10. In taking or refraining  from taking any action or determining any factor
or question  which may arise under this Custodial  Agreement,  the Custodian may
rely upon any  statement by the  Depositor  or the Service  Company with respect
thereto.  The Depositor  hereby agrees that the Custodian will not be liable for
any  loss or  expense  resulting  from  taking  or not  taking  such  action  or
determination taken in reliance on any such statement.

   11. The Custodian may resign at any time upon 90 days' written  notice to the
Depositor  and may be removed by the Depositor at any time upon 90 days' written
notice to the Custodian.  Upon the  resignation  or removal of the Custodian,  a
successor  Custodian shall be appointed by the Depositor  within 90 days of such
resignation  or removal and, in the absence of such  appointment,  the Custodian
may  designate  a successor  unless this  Agreement  is sooner  terminated.  Any
successor  Custodian  shall be a bank (as defined in section 408(n) of the Code)
or another  person  found  qualified  to act as  custodian  under an  individual
retirement  account  plan by the  Secretary  of  Treasury or his  delegate.  The
appointment  of a successor  custodian  shall be  effective  upon receipt by the
Custodian of such successor's written acceptance which shall be submitted to the
Custodian  and to the  Depositor.  As soon as  reasonably  practical  after  the
effective date of the successor  custodian's  appointment,  the Custodian  shall
transfer and deliver to the successor  custodian  applicable account records and
assets of the Custodial  Account  (reduced by any unpaid amounts  referred to in
paragraph 7 of this Article VIII).  The successor  custodian shall be subject to
the  provisions of this  Agreement  (or any successor  thereto) on the effective
date of its appointment.

   12. The Custodian shall,  from time to time, in accordance with  instructions
in writing from the Depositor,  make  distributions out of the Custodial Account
to the  Depositor  in the  manner  and  amounts  as may  be  specified  in  such
instructions.  Notwithstanding  the provision of Article IV above, the Custodian
assumes  (and shall  have) no  responsibility  to make any  distribution  to the
Depositor (or the Depositor's  beneficiary if the Depositor is deceased)  unless
and until such written  instructions specify the occasion for such distribution,
the elected manner of distribution, and any other information


<PAGE>



that may be required. If the Depositor (or, following the Depositor's death, the
beneficiary)  does not  direct  the  Custodian  to make  distributions  from the
Custodial  Account by the time that such  distributions are required to begin in
accordance  with the preceding  Articles,  the Custodian and the Service Company
may assume  that the  Depositor  (or the  beneficiary)  is meeting  the  minimum
distribution   requirements  from  another  individual  retirement   arrangement
maintained by the  Depositor and the Custodian and the Service  Company shall be
fully protected in so doing.

   Prior to making any distribution  from the Custodial  Account,  the Custodian
shall be furnished  with any and all  applications,  certificates,  tax waivers,
signature  guarantees,  and  other  documents  (including  proof  of  any  legal
representative's authority) deemed necessary or advisable by the Custodian, but

the Custodian shall not be liable for complying with written  instructions which
appear on their face to be genuine,  or for refusing to comply if not  satisfied
such  instructions  are genuine,  and assumes no duty of further  inquiry.  Upon
receipt of proper written  instructions as required  above,  the Custodian shall
cause the assets of the  Custodial  Account to be  distributed,  as specified in
such written order.

   13. Distribution of the assets of the Custodial Account shall (subject to the
first paragraph of paragraph 12 of this Article VIII) be made in accordance with
the provisions of Article IV as the Depositor (or Depositor's beneficiary if the
Depositor is deceased)  shall elect by written  instructions  to the  Custodian;
subject,  however,  to the  provisions  of  Sections  401(a)(9),  408(a)(6)  and
408(b)(3)  of  the  Code,  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   and  the
following:

         (i)   No distribution  from the Custodial  Account shall be made in the
               form of an annuity contract.

         (ii)  The recalculation of life expectancy of the Depositor and/or the
               Depositor's spouse shall only be made at the written election
               of the Depositor.  The recalculation of life expectancy of the
               surviving spouse shall only be made at the written election of
               the surviving spouse.  By establishing the Custodial Account,
               the Depositor (for himself and his surviving spouse, if any)
               elects not to recalculate life expectancies unless the
               Depositor (or surviving spouse) specifically elects the
               recalculation of life expectancies approach in accordance with
               the following sentence.  Any such election may be made in such
               form as the Depositor (or the surviving spouse) provides for
               (including instructions to such effect to the Custodian, or the
               calculation of minimum distribution amounts in accordance with a


<PAGE>



               method that provides for  recalculation  of life  expectancy  and
               instructions to the Custodian to make distributions in accordance
               with such method).

         (iii) If the  Depositor  dies  before  his/her  entire  interest in the
               Custodial  Account has been  distributed,  and if the  designated
               beneficiary of the Depositor is the Depositor's surviving spouse,
               the spouse may treat the  Custodial  Account as the  spouse's own
               individual retirement  arrangement.  This election will be deemed
               to have been made if the  surviving  spouse  makes a regular  IRA
               contribution  to the  Custodial  Account,  makes a rollover to or
               from the  Custodial  Account,  or fails to receive a payment from
               the  Custodial   Account  within  the  appropriate   time  period
               applicable to the deceased  Depositor under Section  401(a)(9)(B)
               of the Code.

         (iv)  If the Depositor's  designated beneficiary is not his/her spouse,
               then  distributions  to the  Depositor  and his/her  beneficiary,
               commencing with the Depositor's  required  beginning date,  shall
               comply  with  the   minimum   distribution   incidental   benefit
               requirement.

   14. If the Depositor is disabled, as that term is defined in Section 72(m) of
the Code,  he or she may give notice to the  Custodian  of such  disability  and
request  that up to the balance of the  Custodial  Account be  distributed.  The
Custodian,  within a reasonable time after  submission of satisfactory  proof of
such  disability,  shall order the  distribution of the balance of the Custodial
Account to the Depositor or such portion as the Depositor requested.

   15. This Agreement shall terminate coincident with the complete  distribution
of the assets of the Custodial Account,  and the Custodian shall have no further
duties or  responsibilities  with  respect to the  Custodial  Account  after its
termination.

   16. The Depositor  hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian
from and against any and all claims, loss, damages, costs or expenses (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees) which the Custodian may incur or pay out by reason
of any alleged or actual  act, or failure to act, on the part of the  Depositor,
the Service Company,  or any other person.  The preceding  sentence will survive
the termination of the Agreement.

   17. Any notice  herein  required or  permitted  to be given to the  Custodian
shall be sufficiently given if mailed to the Custodian by first class mail, care
of Investors Bank & Trust Company, P.O. Box 1537, L07FPS, Boston, MA 02205-1537,
or to such other address as the Custodian shall provide the


<PAGE>



Depositor from time to time in writing, stating that such other address shall be
used for purposes of this Agreement.  Any notice herein required or permitted to
be given to the Depositor shall be sufficiently given if mailed to the Depositor
at the  Depositor's  address  appearing  on the  Application,  or at such  other
address as the Depositor  shall have provided the Custodian from time to time in
writing,  which  writing  shall state that such other  address is to be used for
purposes of this Agreement.

   18. The  Custodian  and the  Service  Company  shall keep or cause to be kept
adequate records of the transactions they are required to perform hereunder.  In
addition to the reports  required by paragraph 2 of Article V, the  Custodian or
the Service Company shall cause to be mailed to the Depositor in respect of each
tax year an account of all transactions  affecting the Custodial  Account during
such year and a statement  showing the  Custodial  Account as of the end of such
year.  If,  within 60 days after such  mailing,  the Depositor has not given the
Custodian or the Service  Company  written  notice of any exception or objection
thereto,  the annual  accounting  shall be deemed to have been approved,  and in
such case, or upon the written approval of the Depositor,  the Custodian and the
Service  Company shall be released,  relieved and discharged with respect to all
matters and  statements  set forth in such  accounting as though the account had
been settled by judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

   19. The Service Company shall deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered,
to the Depositor all notices,  prospectuses,  financial statements,  proxies and
proxy soliciting  materials relating to securities or other investments credited
to the Custodial Account. No shares of stock shall be voted, and no other action
shall be taken  pursuant  to such  documents  except  upon  receipt of  adequate
written instructions from the Depositor.

   20. The Custodian  and the Service  Company shall be agents for the Depositor
to perform the duties  conferred  on each of them,  respectively  hereunder,  as
directed by the  Depositor.  The  parties do not intend to confer any  fiduciary
duties on the  Custodian  or the  Service  Company,  and none shall be  implied.
Neither shall be liable (nor assumes any  responsibility  for) the collection of
contributions,  the  deductibility  of any  contribution or the propriety of any
contributions  under this  Agreement,  the selection of any  investments for the
Custodial  Account,  or the purpose or propriety of any distribution  ordered in
accordance  with Article IV or  paragraphs  12, 13, or 14 of this Article  VIII,
which matters are the sole  responsibility  of the Depositor or the  Depositor's
beneficiary, as the case may be.

   21. The Custodian and the Service  Company shall each be  responsible  solely
for  performance  of those duties  expressly  assigned to it in this  Agreement;
neither assumes any responsibility as to duties assigned to anyone else


<PAGE>



hereunder or by operation of law.

   22. This  Agreement,  which  incorporates  the  Application as a part hereof,
shall be governed by and construed,  administered and enforced  according to the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

   23. Notwithstanding  anything in the foregoing to the contrary, any provision
which is inconsistent  with section 219 and 408 of the Code shall be disregarded
and the  regulations  promulgated  under  said  sections  of the  Code  shall be
incorporated by reference and this Agreement shall be administered in accordance
with said regulations.

   24. The  Depositor may revoke the Custodial  Account  established  under this
Agreement by written notice to the Custodian  received by the Custodian within 7
calendar  days after the  Depositor  establishes  the  Custodial  Account.  Upon
revocation,  the amount of the Depositor's  initial deposit or contribution will
be  returned to him,  without  adjustment  for  interest,  earnings,  investment
fluctuations  or fees or  expenses.  The  Custodian  or the Service  Company may
retain the Depositor's initial  contribution for a period of up to 10 days after
the  receipt  thereof,  without  investing  such amount in  accordance  with the
Depositor's  instructions,  and may invest such amount after the  expiration  of
such period if the Depositor has not revoked the Custodial Account.

   25.   The Depositor acknowledges that he or she has received and read the
Disclosure Statement relating to the Custodial Account.

   26.  Articles I through VII of this Agreement are in the form  promulgated by
the Internal Revenue Service as Form 5305-A. It is anticipated that, if and when
the Internal Revenue Service  promulgates  changes to Form 5305-A, the Custodian
will adopt such changes as an amendment to this Agreement.  Pending the adoption
of any  amendment  necessary  or  desirable  to conform  this  Agreement  to the
requirements  of any amendment to the Internal  Revenue Code or  regulations  or
rulings  thereunder,  the  Custodian  and the  Service  Company  may operate the
Depositor's Custodial Account in accordance with such requirements to the extent
that the Custodian and/or the Service Company deem necessary to preserve the tax
benefits of the Custodial Account.

                               *     *     *

Purpose. This model custodial account may be used by an individual who wishes to
adopt an individual retirement account under section 408(a). When fully executed
by the Depositor and the Custodian not later than the time prescribed by law for
filing the federal income tax return for the Depositor's tax year (not including
any  extensions  thereof),  an  individual  will have an  individual  retirement
account (IRA) custodial account which meets the


<PAGE>


requirements  of  section  408(a).  This  account  must be created in the United
States for the exclusive benefit of the Depositor or his/her beneficiaries.

Definitions.  Custodian - The Custodian must be a bank or savings and loan
association, as defined in section 408(n), or other person who has the
approval of the Internal Revenue Service to act as custodian.  The Custodian
in this plan is Investors Bank & Trust Company.

   Depositor   - The  Depositor  is the person  who  establishes  the  custodial
               account.

IRA FOR NON-WORKING SPOUSE

   Contributions  to an IRA custodial  account for a non-working  spouse must be
made to a separate IRA custodial account established by the non-working spouse.

   This  form  may be  used  to  establish  the IRA  custodial  account  for the
non-working spouse.

   An employee's social security number will serve as the identification  number
of his or her individual  retirement account. An employer  identification number
is only required for each  individual  retirement  account that needs to file an
unrelated business income tax return. An employer  identification number is also
required for a common fund created for individual retirement accounts.

   For more information,  get a copy of the required  disclosure  statement from
your Custodian or get Publication 590, Individual Retirement Arrangements
(IRAs).

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS

ARTICLE IV.  Distributions  made under this Article may be made in a single sum,
periodic payments,  or a combination of both. The distribution  option should be
reviewed  in the  year  the  Depositor  reaches  age 70 1/2  to  make  sure  the
requirements of section 408(a)(6) have been met.

ARTICLE  VIII.  This Article and any that follow it may  incorporate  additional
provisions  that are agreed upon by the  Depositor and Custodian to complete the
agreement. These may include for example: definitions, investment powers, voting
rights, exculpatory provisions, amendment and termination, removal of Custodian,
Custodian's  fees,  State law  requirements,  beginning  date of  distributions,
prohibited  transactions  with  the  Depositor,  etc.  Use  additional  pages if
necessary and attach them to this form.


<PAGE>

                            TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agreement made as of the _____ of  ____________,  1996 between The
Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc., an Idaho corporation ("Fund"),  having its principal
office and place of business at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, New York 10005 and
DST Systems,  Inc.,  ("DST") a Delaware  corporation having its principal office
and  place of  business  at 1055  Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594
(hereinafter referred to as the "Transfer Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:
         1.  "APPROVED   INSTITUTION"  shall  mean  an  entity  so  named  in  a
Certificate.  From  time to time  the  Fund  may  amend a  previously  delivered
Certificate  by  delivering  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  Certificate  naming  an
additional  entity  or  deleting  any  entity  named in a  previously  delivered
Certificate.
         2.       THE "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Fund.
         3.  "CERTIFICATE"  shall  mean  any  notice,   instruction,   or  other
instrument in writing,  authorized or required by this  Agreement to be given to
the Transfer  Agent by the Fund which is signed by any Officer,  as  hereinafter
defined, and actually received by the Transfer Agent.
         4.       "CUSTODIAN" shall mean the financial institution
appointed as custodian under the terms and conditions of the
Custody Agreement between the financial institution and the Fund,
or its successor(s).
         5.       "FUND BUSINESS DAY" shall be deemed to be each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.
         6.  "OFFICER"  shall be deemed  to be the  Fund's  President,  any Vice
President of the Fund, the Fund's Secretary,  the Fund's  Treasurer,  the Fund's
Controller, any Assistant Controller of the Fund, any Assistant Treasurer of the
Fund  and any  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Fund,  and any  other  person  duly
authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund to execute any  Certificate,
instruction,  notice or other  instrument on behalf of the Fund and named in the
Certificate  annexed  hereto as Appendix A, as such  Certificate  may be amended
from time to time, and any person  reasonably  believed by the Transfer Agent to
be such a person.

                                                         1

<PAGE>



         7.  "OUT-OF-POCKET  EXPENSES"  means amounts  reasonably  necessary and
actually  incurred by Transfer Agent in the provision of Transfer Agent services
or pursuant to this  Agreement  for the following  purposes:  postage (and first
class mail insurance in connection with mailing share certificates),  envelopes,
check forms, continuous forms, forms for reports and statements, stationery, and
other  similar  items,  telephone and  telegraph  charges  incurred in answering
inquiries from dealers or shareholders, microfilm used to record transactions in
shareholder  accounts and computer  tapes used for permanent  storage of records
and cost of  insertion  of  materials  in mailing  envelopes  by outside  firms.
Transfer  Agent may, at its option,  arrange to have various  service  providers
submit  invoices  directly  to the Fund for  payment of  out-of-pocket  expenses
reimbursable  hereunder;  and such other  expenses  paid or incurred by Transfer
Agent at the  request  of the Fund.  Any  charges  associated  with  special  or
exception processing shall also be considered Out-of-Pocket Expenses.
         8.  "PROSPECTUS"  shall mean the most recent Fund  prospectus  actually
received by the Transfer  Agent from the Fund with respect to which the Fund has
indicated a registration  statement under the Federal Securities Act of 1933 has
becomes   effective,   including  the   Statement  of  Additional   Information,
incorporated by reference therein.
         9.  "SHARES"  shall mean all or any part of each class or series of the
shares of common stock of the Fund or Portfolio  listed in the Certificate as to
which the Transfer  Agent acts as transfer  agent  hereunder,  as may be amended
from time to time, which are authorized and/or issued by the Fund.
         10.      "TRANSFER AGENT" shall mean DST Systems, Inc., ("DST"),
as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, its successor(s) or assign(s).
                                                    ARTICLE II
                                           APPOINTMENT OF TRANSFER AGENT
         1. The Fund hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  the  Transfer  Agent as
transfer  agent of all the Shares of the Fund and as dividend  disbursing  agent
during the period of this Agreement.
         2. The Transfer Agent hereby accepts  appointment as transfer agent and
dividend  disbursing  agent and agrees to perform  duties thereof as hereinafter
set forth.
         3. In connection  with such  appointment,  the Fund upon the request of
the Transfer Agent, shall deliver the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
                  (i)        A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the

                                                         2

<PAGE>



Fund and all amendments thereto certified by the Secretary of the
Fund;
                  (ii)       A copy of the By-Laws of the Fund certified by the
Secretary of the Fund;
                  (iii) A copy of a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the
Fund  certified by the Secretary of the Fund  appointing  the Transfer Agent and
authorizing the execution of this Transfer Agency Agreement;
                  (iv) A  Certificate  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Fund
specifying:  the number of  authorized  Shares,  the  number of such  authorized
Shares  issued,  the  number of such  authorized  Shares  issued  and  currently
outstanding;  the names and specimen signatures of the Officers of the Fund; and
the name and address of the legal counsel for the Fund;
                  (v)  Specimen  Share  certificate  for each or series class of
Shares  in the form  approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund (and in a
format compatible with the Transfer Agent's system), together with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval;
                  (vi) Copies of the Fund's Registration  Statement,  as amended
to date, and the most recently filed Post-Effective  Amendment thereto, filed by
the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  and under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
together with any applications filed in connection therewith; and
                  (vii)  Opinion  of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the authorized and outstanding Shares, whether such Shares are fully
paid and  non-assessable  and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  federal law or regulation (i.e.,
if  subject  to  registration,  that  they  have  been  registered  and that the
Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
                                                    ARTICLE III
                                       AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES
         1. The Fund shall deliver to the Transfer Agent the following documents
on or before the effective  date of any increase or decrease in the total number
of Shares authorized to be issued:
                  (a)      A certified copy of the amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation giving effect to such increase or decrease;
                  (b) In the case of an increase,  an opinion of counsel for the
Fund with  respect to the  validity  of the Shares of the Fund and the status of
such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                                         3

<PAGE>



amended, and any other applicable federal law or regulation (i.e., if subject to
registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement
has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor); and
                  (c) In the  case of an  increase,  if the  appointment  of the
Transfer  Agent  was  theretofore  expressly  limited,  a  certified  copy  of a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund increasing the authority of the
Transfer Agent.
         2. Prior to the issuance of any additional  Shares of the Fund pursuant
to stock  dividends or stock  splits,  etc.,  and prior to any  reduction in the
number of shares outstanding,  the Fund shall deliver the following documents to
the Transfer Agent:
                  (a) A certified copy of the resolution(s) adopted by the Board
of Directors  and/or the  shareholders of the Fund  authorizing such issuance of
additional Shares of the Fund or such reduction, as the case may be, and
                  (b) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity  of the  Shares  of the Fund and the  status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation (i.e., if subject to registration, that they have been registered and
that the  Registration  Statement  has  become  effective,  or, if  exempt,  the
specific grounds therefor).
                                                    ARTICLE IV
                                      RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT
         1. In the case of any negative stock split,  recapitalization  or other
capital  adjustment  requiring a change in the form of Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or
upon  transfer  of,  outstanding  Share  certificates  in  the  old  form,  upon
receiving:
                  (a)      A Certificate authorizing the issuance of the Share
certificates in the new form;
                  (b)      A certified copy of any amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation with respect to the change;
                  (c) Specimen  Share  certificates  for each class of Shares in
the new form approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund,  with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval; and
                  (d) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the Shares in the new form and the status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation  (i.e.,  if  subject  to  registration,  that the  Shares  have  been
registered and that the

                                                         4

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
         2. The Fund at its  expense  shall  furnish the  Transfer  Agent with a
sufficient  supply of blank Share  certificates in the new form and from time to
time will  replenish  such supply upon the request of the Transfer  Agent.  Such
blank Share  certificates  shall be compatible with the Transfer  Agent's system
and shall be properly  signed by  facsimile or otherwise by Officers of the Fund
authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share  certificates and, if required
shall bear the corporate Seal or facsimile thereof. The Fund agrees to indemnify
and exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer Agent harmless,  from and against any
and all claims or demands that may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent with
respect to the  genuineness  of any Share  certificate  supplied to the Transfer
Agent by the Fund pursuant to this section 2.
                                                     ARTICLE V
                                                     ISSUANCE,
                                         REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
         1. (a) The Transfer Agent  acknowledges  that it has received a copy of
the Fund's  Prospectus,  which Prospectus  describes how sales and redemption of
shares  of the Fund  shall be made,  and the  Transfer  Agent  agrees  to accept
purchase orders and redemption requests with respect to Fund shares on each Fund
Business Day in accordance with such Prospectus.  The Fund agrees to provide the
Transfer  Agent with  sufficient  advance notice to enable the Transfer Agent to
effect any changes in the procedures set forth in the Prospectus  regarding such
purchase and redemption procedure; provided, however, that in no event will such
advance notice be less than 30 days.
                  (b) The Transfer  Agent shall also accept with respect to each
Fund  Business  Day,  at such times as are agreed  upon from time to time by the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, a computer  tape or electronic  data  transmission
consistent in all respects with the Transfer  Agent's record format,  as amended
from time to time,  which is  reasonably  believed by the  Transfer  Agent to be
furnished by or on behalf of any Approved Institution.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any losses or damages to the Fund or its  shareholders  in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         2.       On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall, as of

                                                         5

<PAGE>



the time at which the Fund  computes  the net asset value of the Fund,  issue to
and redeem from the accounts specified in a purchase order,  redemption request,
or computer tape or electronic data  transmission,  which in accordance with the
Prospectus  is effective on such Fund Business  Day, the  appropriate  number of
full and  fractional  Shares based on the net asset value per Share of such Fund
specified  in an  advice  received  on such  Fund  Business  Day from the  Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a redemption  specified in a computer tape or
electronic  data  transmission  is for a dollar value of Shares in excess of the
dollar value of  uncertificated  Shares in the specified  account,  the Transfer
Agent  shall not effect  such  redemption  in whole or in part and shall  within
twenty-four  hours orally advise the Approved  Institution  which  supplied such
tape of the discrepancy.
         3. In connection  with a reinvestment  of a dividend or distribution of
Shares of the Fund,  the Transfer  Agent shall as of each Fund  Business Day, as
specified in a Certificate or resolution  described in paragraph 1 of succeeding
Article VI,  issue  Shares of the Fund based on the net asset value per Share of
such Fund  specified in an advice  received  from the Fund on such Fund Business
Day.
         4. On each Fund  Business Day the Transfer  Agent shall supply the Fund
with a statement  specifying  with  respect to the  immediately  preceding  Fund
Business  Day:  the total  number of  Shares of the Fund  (including  fractional
Shares) issued and outstanding at the opening of business on such day; the total
number of Shares of the Fund sold on such day, pursuant to preceding paragraph 2
of  this  Article;  the  total  number  of  Shares  of the  Fund  redeemed  from
Shareholders  by the  Transfer  Agent on such day; the total number of Shares of
the Fund,  if any,  sold on such day pursuant to  preceding  paragraph 3 of this
Article, and the total number of Shares of the Fund issued and outstanding.
         5. In connection with each purchase and each redemption of Shares,  the
Transfer  Agent  shall send such  statements  as are  prescribed  by the Federal
Securities laws applicable to transfer agents or as described in the Prospectus.
If the Prospectus  indicates that  certificates  for Shares are available and if
specifically  requested in writing by any shareholder,  or if otherwise required
hereunder,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  countersign,  issue  and  mail  to  such
shareholder  at the  address set forth in the  records of the  Transfer  Agent a
Share certificate for any full Share requested.
         6.       As of each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall

                                                         6

<PAGE>



furnish the Fund with an advice  setting  forth the number and dollar  amount of
Shares to be redeemed on such Fund Business Day in accordance  with  paragraph 2
of this Article.
         7. Upon receipt of a proper redemption request and moneys paid to it by
the Custodian in  connection  with a redemption  of Shares,  the Transfer  Agent
shall cancel the redeemed Shares and after making appropriate  deduction for any
withholding  of  taxes  required  of it by  applicable  law (a) in the case of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a redemption  described in preceding  paragraph
1(a) of this Article,  make payment in accordance with the Fund's redemption and
payment  procedures  described  in the  Prospectus,  and  (b) in the  case  of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a computer tape or electronic data transmission
described in preceding paragraph 1(b) of this Article, make payment by directing
a federal funds wire order to the account previously  designated by the Approved
Institution specified in said computer tape or electronic data transmission.
         8. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be required to issue any Shares after
it has received  from an Officer of the Fund or from an  appropriate  federal or
state authority written  notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended
or  discontinued,  and the  Transfer  Agent  shall be entitled to rely upon such
written notification.
         9. Upon the issuance of any Shares in  accordance  with this  Agreement
the  Transfer  Agent shall not be  responsible  for the payment of any  original
issue or other  taxes  required to be paid by the Fund in  connection  with such
issuance of any Shares.
         10. The Transfer Agent shall accept a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission consistent with the Transfer Agent's record format, as amended from
time to time, which is reasonably believed by the Transfer Agent to be furnished
by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Approved  Institution  and  is  represented  to  be
instructions  with  respect to the  transfer  of Shares from one account of such
Approved  Institution  to another such  account,  and shall effect the transfers
specified in said computer tape or electronic  data  transmission.  The Transfer
Agent shall not be liable for any losses to the Fund or its  shareholders in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         11.(a)   Except as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (b) of
this paragraph and in paragraph 13 of this Article, Shares will be

                                                         7

<PAGE>



transferred  or  redeemed  upon  presentation  to the  Transfer  Agent  of Share
certificates  or  instructions  properly  endorsed for  transfer or  redemption,
accompanied by such documents as the Transfer Agent deems  necessary to evidence
the  authority of the person  making such  transfer or  redemption,  and bearing
satisfactory  evidence of the payment of stock  transfer  taxes.  In the case of
small estates where no administration  is contemplated,  the Transfer Agent may,
when furnished with an appropriate  surety bond, and without further approval of
the Fund,  transfer or redeem Shares  registered in the name of a decedent where
the current  market value of the Shares being  transferred  does not exceed such
amount as may from time to time be  prescribed by various  states.  The Transfer
Agent  reserves  the right to refuse to  transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is
satisfied that the endorsement on the stock certificate or instructions is valid
and genuine,  and for that purpose it will require,  unless otherwise instructed
by an  authorized  officer of the Fund, a guarantee of signature by an "Eligible
Guarantor  Institution"  as that term is defined by SEC Rule  17Ad-15  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
refuse to transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is satisfied  that the  requested
transfer or  redemption is legally  authorized,  and it shall incur no liability
for the  refusal,  in good faith,  to make  transfers or  redemptions  which the
Transfer Agent, in its judgement, deems improper or unauthorized, or until it is
satisfied  that there is no basis to any  claims  adverse  to such  transfer  or
redemption.  The Transfer Agent may, in effecting  transfers and  redemptions of
Shares,  rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  applicable  to the transfer of  securities,  and the
Fund shall  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent for any act done or omitted by it in
good faith in reliance upon such laws.  In no event will the Fund  indemnify the
Transfer  Agent for any act done by it as a result of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.
         (b)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or any other provision contained in
this Agreement to the contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall be fully  protected by
the Fund in not requiring any instruments,  documents, assurances,  endorsements
or guarantees,  including,  without  limitation,  any signature  guarantees,  in
connection with a redemption, or transfer, of Shares whenever the Transfer Agent
reasonably  believes  that  requiring  the same would be  inconsistent  with the
transfer and redemption procedures as

                                                         8

<PAGE>



described in the Prospectus.
         12.  Notwithstanding  any provision  contained in this agreement to the
contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall not be required or expected to require, as a
condition to any transfer of any Shares pursuant to paragraph 13 of this Article
or any redemption of any Shares  pursuant to a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission  described in this  Agreement,  any documents,  including,  without
limitation,  any  documents  of  the  kind  described  in  sub-paragraph  (a) of
paragraph 13 of this Article, to evidence the authority of the person requesting
the transfer or redemption  and/or the payment of any stock transfer taxes,  and
shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the applicable  provisions
of this Article.
         13.  (a) As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "computer  tape or
electronic data  transmission" and "computer tape believed by the Transfer Agent
to be furnished by an Approved  Institution",  shall include any tapes generated
by the Transfer Agent to reflect  information  believed by the Transfer Agent to
have been  input by an  Approved  Institution,  via a remote  terminal  or other
similar link, into a data processing,  storage, or collection system, or similar
system (the "System"), located on the Transfer Agent's premises. For purposes of
paragraph  1  of  this  Article,   such  a  computer  tape  or  electronic  data
transmission  shall be deemed to have been furnished at such times as are agreed
upon from time to time by the  Transfer  Agent and Fund only if the  information
reflected  thereon  was input to the System at such times as are agreed  upon in
writing from time to time by the Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         (b) Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall constitute any agreement
or representation  by the Transfer Agent to permit,  or to agree to permit,  any
Approved Institution to input information into a System.
         (c) The Transfer Agent reserves the right to approve,  in advance,  any
Approved  Institution,  such  approval  not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Transfer  Agent also reserves the right to terminate any and all automated  data
communications,  at its discretion, upon a reasonable attempt to notify the Fund
when in the  reasonable  opinion  of the  Transfer  Agent  continuation  of such
communications  would  jeopardize  the accuracy  and/or  integrity of the Fund's
records on the System.
                                                    ARTICLE VI
                                            DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
         1.       The Fund shall furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of a
resolution of its Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the

                                                         9

<PAGE>



declaration of a dividend or  distribution,  the date of accrual or payment,  as
the case may be, thereof,  the record date as of which Shareholders  entitled to
payment,  or accrual,  as the case may be, shall be  determined,  the amount per
Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously
accrued  and unpaid  dividends  are to be paid,  and the total  amount,  if any,
payable to the Transfer  Agent on such payment  date,  or (ii)  authorizing  the
declaration  of dividends and  distributions  on a daily or other periodic basis
and  authorizing  the Transfer Agent to rely on a Certificate  setting forth the
information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.
         2. Upon the mail date specified in such  Certificate or resolution,  as
the case may be, the Fund shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution,
cause the  Custodian to deposit in an account in the name of the Transfer  Agent
on behalf of the Fund an amount of cash,  if any,  sufficient  for the  Transfer
Agent to make the payment, as of the mail date, specified in such Certificate or
resolution,  as the case may be, to the  Shareholders  who were of record on the
record  date.  The  Transfer  Agent will,  upon  receipt of any such cash,  make
payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as
of the  record  date  by:  (i)  mailing  a  check,  payable  to  the  registered
shareholder,  to the  address of record or  dividend  mailing  address,  or (ii)
wiring  such  amounts  to the  accounts  previously  designated  by an  Approved
Institution,  as the case may be. The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any
improper payments made in good faith and without negligence,  in accordance with
a  Certificate  or  resolution  described  in the  preceding  paragraph.  If the
Transfer  Agent shall not receive  from the  Custodian  sufficient  cash to make
payments of any cash dividend or distribution to all shareholders of the Fund as
of the record date, the Transfer Agent shall, upon notifying the Fund,  withhold
payment to all  shareholders  of record as of the record  date until  sufficient
cash is provided to the Transfer Agent.
         3.  It is  understood  that  the  Transfer  Agent  shall  in no  way be
responsible  for the  determination  of the rate or form of dividends or capital
gain  distributions  due  to  the  shareholders.  It  is  expressly  agreed  and
understood  that the  Transfer  Agent is not  liable for any loss as a result of
processing a distribution based on information  provided in the Certificate that
is incorrect.  The Fund agrees to pay the Transfer  Agent for any and all costs,
both direct and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  incurred in such  corrective  work as
necessary to remedy such error.

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         4. It is understood that the Transfer Agent shall file such appropriate
information  returns  concerning  the  payment  of  dividend  and  capital  gain
distributions  with the  proper  federal,  state  and local  authorities  as are
required by law to be filed by the Fund but shall in no way be  responsible  for
the collection or  withholding  of taxes due on such dividends or  distributions
due to shareholders, except and only to the extent, required by applicable law.
                                                    ARTICLE VII
                                                CONCERNING THE FUND
         1.       The Fund represents to the Transfer Agent that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Maryland.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable laws and by its
Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform
this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d)      It is an investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
                  (e) A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  with respect to the Shares is effective.  The Fund shall notify the
Transfer  Agent  if  such   registration   statement  or  any  state  securities
registrations have been terminated or a stop order has been entered with respect
to the Shares.
         2. Each copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund and copies of
all  amendments  thereto  shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other
appropriate  official)  of the state of  organization,  and if such  Articles of
Incorporation  and/or  amendments  are  required  by law also to be filed with a
county or other officer or official  body, a certificate of such filing shall be
filed with a certified  copy submitted to the Transfer  Agent.  Each copy of the
By-Laws and copies of all amendments  thereto,  and copies of resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Fund, shall be certified by the Secretary of the Fund.
         3. The Fund shall promptly deliver to the Transfer Agent written notice
of  any  change  in  the  Officers   authorized  to  sign  Share   Certificates,
notifications  or  requests,  together  with a  specimen  signature  of each new
Officer.  In the event any  Officer  who shall  have  signed  manually  or whose
facsimile  signature shall have been affixed to blank Share  certificates  shall
die,  resign or be removed  prior to  issuance of such Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent may issue such Share certificates of the Fund

                                                        11

<PAGE>



notwithstanding such death,  resignation or removal, and the Fund shall promptly
deliver to the Transfer Agent such approval,  adoption or ratification as may be
required by law.
         4. It shall be the sole  responsibility  of the Fund to  deliver to the
Transfer Agent the Fund's  currently  effective  Prospectus and, for purposes of
this  Agreement,  the  Transfer  Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any
information  contained in such Prospectus until a reasonable time, not to exceed
ten (10) business days, after it is actually received by the Transfer Agent.
                                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                           CONCERNING THE TRANSFER AGENT
         1.       The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Fund
that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable law and by its
Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d) It is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent under Section
17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
         2. The Transfer  Agent shall not be liable and shall be  indemnified in
acting  upon any  computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission,  writing or
document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or made
by an Officer of the Fund or person designated by the Fund and shall not be held
to have any notice of any change of  authority  of any person  until  receipt of
written notice thereof from the Fund or such person.  It shall also be protected
in processing Share certificates which bear the proper  countersignature  of the
Transfer  Agent and which it  reasonably  believes to bear the proper  manual or
facsimile signature of the Officers of the Fund.
         3. The Transfer Agent upon reasonable  notice to the Fund may establish
such  additional  procedures,  rules and  regulations  governing the transfer or
registration of Share  certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with
such rules and regulations generally adopted by mutual fund transfer agents.
         4.       The Transfer Agent shall keep such records as are
specified in Schedule II hereto in the form and manner, and for
such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund
but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations of appropriate
government authorities, in particular Rules 31a-2 and 31a-3 under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Transfer Agent

                                                        12

<PAGE>



acknowledges  that such records are the property of the Fund. The Transfer Agent
may deliver to the Fund from time to time at its discretion,  for safekeeping or
disposition by the Fund in accordance with law, such records,  papers, documents
accumulated  in the  execution  of its  duties as such  Transfer  Agent,  as the
Transfer Agent may deem expedient,  other than those which the Transfer Agent is
itself  required to maintain  pursuant to applicable laws and  regulations.  The
Fund shall assume all  responsibility  for any failure thereafter to produce any
record, paper, canceled Share certificate, or other document so returned, if and
when  required.  The records  specified in Schedule II hereto  maintained by the
Transfer  Agent  pursuant to this  paragraph  4, which have not been  previously
delivered to the Fund pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 4,
shall be considered to be the property of the Fund, shall be made available upon
request for inspection by the officers, employees, auditors of the Fund, or such
staff of applicable  regulatory agencies as the Fund may designate,  and records
shall be  delivered  to the Fund upon  request and in any event upon the date of
termination of this Agreement,  as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in
the form and manner kept by the Transfer  Agent on such date of  termination  or
such earlier date as may be requested by the Fund.
         5. The  Transfer  Agent  shall  not be liable  for any loss or  damage,
including  counsel  fees,  resulting  from its  actions or  omissions  to act or
otherwise,  except  for  any  loss  or  damage  arising  out of its  bad  faith,
negligence,  willful misfeasance,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties under this agreement.
         6 (a) The Fund shall  indemnify and  exonerate,  save and hold harmless
the Transfer Agent from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without
basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
and  liabilities of any and every nature which the Transfer Agent may sustain or
incur or which may be  asserted  against  the  Transfer  Agent by any  person by
reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior
transfer  agent of the Fund or as a result of any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the  Transfer  Agent in good faith and  without  negligence  or willful
misconduct  or in reliance upon (i) any  provision of this  Agreement;  (ii) the
Prospectus;  (iii) any instruction or order including,  without limitation,  any
computer  tape  or  electronic  data  transmission  reasonably  believed  by the
Transfer  Agent to have been  received  from an Approved  Institution;  (iv) any
instrument, order or Share certificate

                                                        13

<PAGE>



reasonably  believed  by it to be  genuine  and to be signed,  countersigned  or
executed by any duly  authorized  Officer of the Fund;  (v) any  Certificate  or
other  instructions of an Officer;  or (vi) any opinion of legal counsel for the
Fund or the Transfer  Agent.  The Fund shall  indemnify and exonerate,  save and
hold the Transfer  Agent  harmless from and against any and all claims  (whether
with or without basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including  reasonable
attorney's  fees) and  liabilities  of any and every  nature  which the Transfer
Agent may sustain or incur or which may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent
by any person by reason of or as a result of any  action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the Transfer  Agent in good faith and without  negligence in connection
with  its  appointment  or in  reliance  upon any law,  act,  regulation  or any
interpretation  of  the  same  even  though  such  law,  act or  regulation  may
thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed.
                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall not settle any claim,  demand,
expense or liability to which it may seek  indemnity  pursuant to paragraph 6(a)
above (each, an "Indemnifiable Claim") without the express written consent of an
Officer of the Fund.  The Transfer Agent shall notify the Fund within 15 days of
receipt of notification of an Indemnifiable Claim,  provided that the failure by
the Transfer  Agent to furnish such  notification  shall not impair its right to
seek  indemnification  from the Fund  unless  the Fund is unable  to  adequately
defend the Indemnifiable Claim as a result of such failure, or if as a result of
the  Transfer  Agent's  failure to provide  the Fund with  timely  notice of the
institution of litigation a judgment by default is entered.  The Fund shall have
the right to defend any  Indemnifiable  Claim at its own expense,  provided that
such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  selected by the Fund.  The Transfer
Agent may join in such  defense at its own  expense,  but to the extent  that it
shall so desire the Fund shall  direct such  defense.  The Fund shall not settle
any  Indemnifiable  Claim  without the express  written  consent of the Transfer
Agent if the  Transfer  Agent  determines  that such  settlement  would  have an
adverse effect on the Transfer Agent beyond the scope of this Agreement.  In the
event the Transfer Agent does not provide its written consent,  each of the Fund
and the Transfer Agent shall be  responsible  for their own defense at their own
cost and  expense,  and such claim  shall not be deemed an  Indemnifiable  Claim
hereunder.  If the Fund shall fail or refuse to defend an  Indemnifiable  Claim,
the  Transfer  Agent may  provide its own defense at the cost and expense of the
Fund. Anything in this

                                                        14

<PAGE>



Agreement  to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Fund shall not  indemnify  the
Transfer  Agent  against any  liability  or expense  arising out of the Transfer
Agent's willful misfeasance,  bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement.
         The Transfer Agent shall  indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  counsel fees, payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or  attributable to any action or failure
or omission to act by the  Transfer  Agent as a result of the  Transfer  Agent's
lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct.
         7. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be liable to the Fund with respect to
any  redemption  draft on which the  signature of the drawer is forged and which
the Fund's  Custodian or Cash  Management Bank has advised the Transfer Agent to
honor the  redemption.  Provided  that the Transfer  Agent  inspects  redemption
drafts with reasonable care to verify the drawer's  signature against signatures
on file, the Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any material  alteration or
absence or forgery of any endorsement.
         8. There  shall be  excluded  from the  consideration  of  whether  the
Transfer Agent has been negligent or has breached this Agreement,  any period of
time,  and  only  such  period  of  time,  during  which  the  Transfer  Agent's
performance  is  materially  affected,  by reason of  circumstances  beyond  its
control and not  reasonably  foreseeable  in that the  Transfer  Agent could not
reasonable  have  made  back-up  or  alternative   arrangements   (collectively,
"Causes"),  including, without limitation (except as provided below), mechanical
breakdowns of equipment  (including any  alternative  power supply and operating
systems   software),   flood  or   catastrophe,   acts  of  God,   failures   of
transportation, communication or power supply, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages
or other similar circumstances.
         9. At any time the  Transfer  Agent may apply to an Officer of the Fund
for written  instructions  with respect to any matter arising in connection with
the  Transfer  Agent's  duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and the
Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any action  taken or  permitted by it in
good faith in accordance with such written instructions. Such application by the
Transfer  Agent for  written  instructions  from an  Officer of the Fund may set
forth in writing  any  action  proposed  to be taken or omitted by the  Transfer
Agent with respect to its duties or  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
date on and/or after which such action shall be taken.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any action  taken or  omitted  in  accordance  with a proposal
included in

                                                        15

<PAGE>



any such  application on or after the date specified  therein  unless,  prior to
taking or omitting any such  action,  the  Transfer  Agent has received  written
instructions in response to such  application  specifying the action to be taken
or omitted. The Transfer Agent may consult counsel of the Fund, or if acceptable
to the Fund,  its own  counsel,  at the  expense  of the Fund and shall be fully
protected  with  respect  to  anything  done or  omitted  by it in good faith in
accordance with the advice or opinion of counsel to the Fund or its own counsel.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent may issue new Share  certificates  in place of
certificates  represented to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon receiving
written  instructions from the shareholder  accompanied by proof of an indemnity
or surety bond issued by a  recognized  insurance  institution  specified by the
Fund or the Transfer Agent. If the Transfer Agent receives written  notification
from the  shareholder  or broker  dealer that the  certificate  issued was never
received,  and such notification is made within 30 days of the date of issuance,
the Transfer Agent may reissue the certificate  without requiring a surety bond.
The Transfer Agent may also reissue  certificates which are represented as lost,
stolen,  or  destroyed  without  requiring  a  surety  bond  provided  that  the
notification  is in writing  and  accompanied  by an  indemnification  signed on
behalf of a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange and signed by an officer
of said firm with the signature guaranteed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
Transfer  Agent will reissue a certificate  upon written  authorization  from an
Officer of the Fund.
         11.  In case of any  requests  or  demands  for the  inspection  of the
shareholder  records of the Fund, the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the
Fund promptly and to secure  instructions from an Officer as to such inspection.
The Transfer  Agent  reserves  the right,  however,  to exhibit the  shareholder
records to any person  whenever  it receives  an opinion  from its counsel  that
there is a reasonable likelihood that the Transfer Agent will be held liable for
the  failure to  exhibit  the  shareholder  records  to such  person;  provided,
however,  that in connection  with any such  disclosure the Transfer Agent shall
promptly notify the Fund that such disclosure has been made or is to be made.
         12.      At the request of an Officer of the Fund the Transfer
Agent will address and mail such appropriate notices to
shareholders as the Fund may direct.
         13.      Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this
Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall be under no duty or obligation

                                                        16

<PAGE>



to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
                  (a) The  legality  of the  issue  or sale of any  Shares,  the
sufficiency  of the amount to be  received  therefor,  or the  authority  of the
Approved Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such sale or
issuance;
                  (b) The  legality of a transfer of Shares,  or of a redemption
of any Shares, the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor, or the authority
of the Approved  Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such
transfer or redemption;
                  (c)      The legality of the declaration of any dividend by
the Fund, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of
any stock dividend; or
                  (d)      The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment
of Shares.
         14. The Transfer Agent shall be entitled to receive and the Fund hereby
agrees to pay to the Transfer Agent for its performance hereunder, including its
performance of the duties and functions set forth in Schedule I hereto,  (i) its
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable  legal  expenses and
attorney's fees) incurred in connection with its performance  hereunder and (ii)
such  compensation  as may be agreed  upon in  writing  from time to time by the
Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         15.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  have no  duties  or  responsibilities
whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth
in this  Agreement,  and no  covenant  or  obligation  shall be  implied in this
Agreement against the Transfer Agent.
         16.      Purchase and Prices of Services.
                  (a) The Fund will  compensate  the  Transfer  Agent  for,  and
Transfer  Agent will provide,  beginning on the execution date of this Agreement
and continuing until the termination of this Agreement as provided  hereinafter,
the Services set forth in Schedule I.
                  (b) The current  unit prices for the Services are set forth in
Schedule III (the  "Schedule III Fee  Schedule").  Once in each  calendar  year,
after the third anniversary of the date hereof,  the Transfer Agent may elect to
raise the  Schedule  III Fees upon  ninety  (90) days prior  notice to the Fund.
Notwithstanding  the annual right to raise the  Schedule III Fees,  the Transfer
Agent may  increase  prices due to changes in legal or  regulatory  requirements
subject to the approval of the Fund,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.
         17.      Billing and Payment.

                                                        17

<PAGE>



                  (a) The  Transfer  Agent shall bill the Fund as  follows:  (i)
monthly in arrears for Accounts maintained and Out-of-Pocket  Expenses; and (ii)
monthly in advance for estimated postage expenses to be incurred by the Transfer
Agent for the following month. Documentation to support reconciliation of actual
postage expense charges will be provided to the Fund monthly. The Transfer Agent
may  from  time to time  request  the  Fund to  make  additional  advances  when
appropriate.
                  (b) The Fund  shall  pay the  Transfer  Agent  in  immediately
available funds at United  Missouri Bank in Kansas City,  Missouri within thirty
(30)  days of the date of the bill and  receipt  of  supporting  documents.  Any
amounts due under this Agreement  which are not paid within said thirty (30) day
period shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per
month from such date until paid in full.
                                                    ARTICLE IX
                                                    TERMINATION
                  Either of the parties  hereto may terminate  this Agreement by
giving  to the  other  party a notice  in  writing  specifying  the date of such
termination,  which  shall be not less than  ninety  (90) days after the date of
receipt of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall
be  accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund,
certified by the  Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,  electing to terminate
this Agreement and designating the successor  transfer agent or transfer agents.
In the event such notice is given by the  Transfer  Agent,  the Fund shall on or
before  the  termination  date,  deliver  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  copy  of a
resolution of its Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary  designating a successor  transfer  agent or transfer  agents.  In the
absence of such  designation by the Fund, the Fund shall upon the date specified
in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  and  delivery  of the records
maintained  hereunder,  be deemed to be its own transfer  agent and the Transfer
Agent shall thereby be relieved of all duties and  responsibilities  pursuant to
this Agreement.
         In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated  as provided  herein,  the
Transfer Agent,  upon the written request of the Fund, shall deliver the records
of the  Fund on  electromagnetic  media to the  Fund or its  successor  transfer
agent.  The Fund shall be  responsible  to the Transfer Agent for the reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the preparation and delivery of such media.
                                                     ARTICLE X

                                                        18

<PAGE>



                                                   MISCELLANEOUS
         1. The Fund agrees that prior to effecting any change in the Prospectus
which would  increase or alter the duties and  obligations of the Transfer Agent
hereunder,  it shall advise the Transfer Agent of such proposed  change at least
30 days prior to the  intended  date of the same,  and shall  proceed  with such
change only if it shall have received the written  consent of the Transfer Agent
thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently  given if addressed
to the Fund and mailed or  delivered  to it at its office at the  address  first
above  written,  or at such  other  place  as the  Fund  may  from  time to time
designate in writing.
         3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Transfer Agent shall be sufficiently  given if
addressed to the Transfer Agent and mailed or delivered to the Secretary at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 with a copy to the President at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594  or at such  other  place  as the
Transfer Agent may from time to time designate in writing.
         4.       This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties with
the formality of this Agreement.
         5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be
assignable  by either  party  without  the written  consent of the other  party,
except  that the  Transfer  Agent  may  assign  this  Agreement  to a  corporate
affiliate with advance written notice to and consent by the Fund,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         6.       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the  State of Illinois.
         7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed to be an original;  but such counterparts shall, together,
constitute only one instrument.
         8. The  provisions  of this  Agreement are intended to benefit only the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, and no rights shall be granted to any other person
by virtue of this Agreement.
         9.  (a) The  Transfer  Agent  will  endeavor  to  assist  in  resolving
shareholder  inquiries  and errors  relating  to the period  during  which prior
transfer  agents acted as such for the Fund.  Any such inquiries or errors which
cannot be  expediently  resolved by the  Transfer  Agent will be referred to the
Fund.

                                                        19

<PAGE>



                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall  only be  responsible  for the
safekeeping and maintenance of transfer  agency records,  canceled  certificates
and  correspondence  of the  Fund  created  or  produced  prior  to the  time of
conversion which are under its control and acknowledged in a writing to the Fund
to be in its  possession.  Any expenses or liabilities  incurred by the Transfer
Agent as a result of  shareholder  inquiries,  regulatory  compliance  or audits
related to such  records  and not  caused as a result of  Transfer  Agent's  bad
faith, willful malfeasance or negligence shall be the responsibility of the Fund
as provided in Article VIII herein.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent shall enter into and shall  maintain in effect
with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable  provision for
periodic  backup  or  computer  files  and  data  with  respect  to the Fund and
emergency use of electronic data processing equipment. In the event of equipment
failures the Transfer Agent shall at no additional expense to the Fund, take all
reasonable  steps to minimize  service  interruptions,  the Transfer Agent shall
have no  liability  with  respect to the loss of data or  service  interruptions
caused by equipment  failures,  provided such loss or interruption is not caused
by the negligence of the Transfer  Agent and provided  further that the Transfer
Agent has complied with the provisions of this Paragraph.
         11.  The  Transfer  Agent  agrees  on its own  behalf  and  that of its
employees to make  reasonable  efforts to keep  confidential  all records of the
Fund and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders  (past,  present
and future),  its investment advisor and its principal  underwriter,  unless the
release of such records or information is otherwise consented to, in writing, by
the Fund prior to its release.  The Fund agrees that such  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  and may not be  withheld  where  Transfer  Agent may be
exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings  or when required to divulge
such information or records to duly constituted authorities.
         12. The Transfer Agent shall maintain insurance of the types and in the
amounts deemed by it to be appropriate. To the extent that policies of insurance
may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by the parties set
forth in this Agreement,  the contracts of insurance shall take precedence,  and
no provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any
obligation to pay claims to the Fund,  the Transfer Agent or other insured party
which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this
Agreement.
         13.  The Transfer Agent represents and warrants that, to  the

                                                        20

<PAGE>



best of its  knowledge,  the various  procedures  and systems which the Transfer
Agent  has  implemented  with  regard  to the  safeguarding  from loss or damage
attributable  to  fire,  theft  or any  other  cause  (including  provision  for
twenty-four  hours  a  day  restricted  access)  of  the  Fund's  blank  checks,
certificates,  records  and  other  data  and the  Transfer  Agent's  equipment,
facilities  and  other  property  used  in the  performance  of its  obligations
hereunder are adequate,  and that it will make such changes therein from time to
time  as in  its  judgment  are  required  for  the  secure  performance  of its
obligations  hereunder.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  review  such  systems  and
procedures  on a periodic  basis and the Fund shall have access to review  these
systems and procedures.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective  corporate  officer,  thereunto duly authorized and
their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto  affixed,  as the day and year
first above written.



DST SYSTEMS, INC.                        THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH
                                         FUND, INC.


By: __________________________          By: _______________________
          (Signature)                             (Signature)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
             (Name)                                  (Name)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
            (Title)                                  (Title)




                                                        21

<PAGE>



                                                    SCHEDULE I
                                              DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

         In  consideration  of the  fees to be paid in such  manner  and at such
times as Fund and  Transfer  Agent may agree,  Transfer  Agent will  provide the
services set forth below:

         Examine and Process New Accounts,  Subsequent  Payments,  Liquidations,
Exchanges,  Telephone  Transactions,  Check Redemptions,  Automatic Withdrawals,
Certificate Issuance, Wire Order Trades, Dividends,  Dividend Statements, Dealer
Statements.

DAILY ACTIVITY

         Maintain the following shareholder  information in such a manner as the
         Transfer Agent shall determine:

         Name and Address, including Zip Code

         Balance of Uncertificated Shares

         Balance of Certificated Shares

         Certificate number, number of shares, issuance date of each certificate
         outstanding and  cancellation  date for each  certificate date for each
         certificate no longer outstanding, if issued

         Balance of dollars available for redemption

         Dividend code (daily accrual, monthly reinvest, monthly cash
         or quarterly cash)

         Type of account code

         Establishment date indicating the date an account was opened,
         carrying forward pre-conversion data as available

         Original establishment date for accounts opened by exchange

         W-9 withholding status and periodic reporting

         State of residence code

                                                        22

<PAGE>



         Social Security or taxpayer identification number, and
         indication of certification

         Historical  transactions  on the account for the most recent 18 months,
         or other period as mutually agreed to from time-to-time


         Indication as to whether phone transactions can be accepted
         for this account. Beneficial owner code, i.e. male, female,
         joint tenant, etc.

         An alternate or "secondary" account number issued by a dealer
         (or bank, etc.) to a customer for use, inquiry and transaction
         input by "remote accessors"


FUNCTIONS

         Answer investor and dealer telephone and/or written  inquiries,  except
         those concerning Fund policy,  or requests for investment  advice which
         will be referred to the Fund, or those which the Fund chooses to answer

         Deposit  Fund  share   certificates   into  accounts  upon  receipt  of
         instructions from the investor or other authorized person, if issued

         Examine and process  transfers  of shares  insuring  that all  transfer
         requirements and legal documents have been supplied

         Process and confirm address changes

         Process standard account record changes as required, i.e.
         Dividend Codes, etc.

         Microfilm source documents for transactions, such as account
         applications and correspondence

         Perform backup withholding for those accounts which federal
         government regulations indicate is necessary

         Perform withholdings on liquidations, if applicable, for

                                                        23

<PAGE>



         employee benefit plans.  Prepare and mail 5498s and 1099R's

         Solicit missing taxpayer identification numbers

         Provide  remote  access  inquiry  to Fund  records  via  Fund  supplied
         hardware (Fund responsible for connection line and monthly fee)


REPORTS PROVIDED

         Daily Journals                       Reflecting all shares and
                                              dollar activity for the
                                              previous day

         Blue Sky Report                      Supply information monthly
                                              for Fund's preparation of
                                              Blue Sky Reporting

         N-SAR Report                         Supply monthly correspondence,
                                              redemption and liquidation
                                              information for use in fund's
                                              N-SAR Report

         Additionally, monthly average daily balance reports will be provided at
         the Fund's request to the Fund at no charge. Prepare and mail copies of
         summary statements to dealers and investment advisers

         Generate and mail confirmation statements for financial
         transactions


DIVIDEND ACTIVITY

         Reinvest or pay in cash including reinvesting in other funds within the
         fund group  serviced by the  Transfer  Agent as  described in each Fund
         Prospectus

         Distribute capital gains simultaneously with income dividends


DEALER SERVICES

                                                        24

<PAGE>



         Prepare and mail confirmation statements to dealers daily

         Prepare and mail copies of statements to dealers, same
         frequency as investor statements

ANNUAL MEETINGS

         Assist  Fund in  obtaining a  qualified  service  to:  address and mail
         proxies  and related  material,  tabulate  returned  proxies and supply
         daily reports when sufficient proxies have been received

         Prepare certified list of stockholders, hard copy or microform

PERIODIC ACTIVITIES

         Mail transaction confirmation statements daily to investors

         Address and mail four (4) periodic  financial reports (material must be
         adaptable  to  Transfer  Agent's  mechanical  equipment  as  reasonably
         specified by the Transfer Agent)

         Mail periodic statement to investors

         Compute, prepare and furnish all necessary reports to
         Governmental authorities:  Forms 1099R, 1099DIV, 1099B, 1042
         and 1042S

         Enclose  various  marketing  material  as  designated  by the  Fund  in
         statement  mailings,  i.e. monthly and quarterly  statements  (material
         must be adaptable to mechanical  equipment as  reasonably  specified by
         the Transfer Agent)


                                                        25

<PAGE>


                                                   SCHEDULE II
                                       RECORDS MAINTAINED BY TRANSFER AGENT


         -        Account applications

         -        Canceled certificates plus stock powers and supporting
                  documents

         -        Checks including check registers, reconciliation records,
                  any adjustment records and tax withholding documentation

         -        Indemnity bonds for replacement of lost or missing stock
                  certificates and checks

         -        Liquidation, redemption, withdrawal and transfer requests
                  including stock powers, signature guarantees and any
                  supporting documentation



                                                        26

<PAGE>

                            TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agreement made as of the _____ of  ____________,  1996 between The
Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc., an Idaho corporation ("Fund"),  having its principal
office and place of business at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, New York 10005 and
DST Systems,  Inc.,  ("DST") a Delaware  corporation having its principal office
and  place of  business  at 1055  Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594
(hereinafter referred to as the "Transfer Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:
         1.  "APPROVED   INSTITUTION"  shall  mean  an  entity  so  named  in  a
Certificate.  From  time to time  the  Fund  may  amend a  previously  delivered
Certificate  by  delivering  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  Certificate  naming  an
additional  entity  or  deleting  any  entity  named in a  previously  delivered
Certificate.
         2.       THE "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Fund.
         3.  "CERTIFICATE"  shall  mean  any  notice,   instruction,   or  other
instrument in writing,  authorized or required by this  Agreement to be given to
the Transfer  Agent by the Fund which is signed by any Officer,  as  hereinafter
defined, and actually received by the Transfer Agent.
         4.       "CUSTODIAN" shall mean the financial institution
appointed as custodian under the terms and conditions of the
Custody Agreement between the financial institution and the Fund,
or its successor(s).
         5.       "FUND BUSINESS DAY" shall be deemed to be each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.
         6.  "OFFICER"  shall be deemed  to be the  Fund's  President,  any Vice
President of the Fund, the Fund's Secretary,  the Fund's  Treasurer,  the Fund's
Controller, any Assistant Controller of the Fund, any Assistant Treasurer of the
Fund  and any  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Fund,  and any  other  person  duly
authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund to execute any  Certificate,
instruction,  notice or other  instrument on behalf of the Fund and named in the
Certificate  annexed  hereto as Appendix A, as such  Certificate  may be amended
from time to time, and any person  reasonably  believed by the Transfer Agent to
be such a person.

                                                         1

<PAGE>



         7.  "OUT-OF-POCKET  EXPENSES"  means amounts  reasonably  necessary and
actually  incurred by Transfer Agent in the provision of Transfer Agent services
or pursuant to this  Agreement  for the following  purposes:  postage (and first
class mail insurance in connection with mailing share certificates),  envelopes,
check forms, continuous forms, forms for reports and statements, stationery, and
other  similar  items,  telephone and  telegraph  charges  incurred in answering
inquiries from dealers or shareholders, microfilm used to record transactions in
shareholder  accounts and computer  tapes used for permanent  storage of records
and cost of  insertion  of  materials  in mailing  envelopes  by outside  firms.
Transfer  Agent may, at its option,  arrange to have various  service  providers
submit  invoices  directly  to the Fund for  payment of  out-of-pocket  expenses
reimbursable  hereunder;  and such other  expenses  paid or incurred by Transfer
Agent at the  request  of the Fund.  Any  charges  associated  with  special  or
exception processing shall also be considered Out-of-Pocket Expenses.
         8.  "PROSPECTUS"  shall mean the most recent Fund  prospectus  actually
received by the Transfer  Agent from the Fund with respect to which the Fund has
indicated a registration  statement under the Federal Securities Act of 1933 has
becomes   effective,   including  the   Statement  of  Additional   Information,
incorporated by reference therein.
         9.  "SHARES"  shall mean all or any part of each class or series of the
shares of common stock of the Fund or Portfolio  listed in the Certificate as to
which the Transfer  Agent acts as transfer  agent  hereunder,  as may be amended
from time to time, which are authorized and/or issued by the Fund.
         10.      "TRANSFER AGENT" shall mean DST Systems, Inc., ("DST"),
as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, its successor(s) or assign(s).
                                                    ARTICLE II
                                           APPOINTMENT OF TRANSFER AGENT
         1. The Fund hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  the  Transfer  Agent as
transfer  agent of all the Shares of the Fund and as dividend  disbursing  agent
during the period of this Agreement.
         2. The Transfer Agent hereby accepts  appointment as transfer agent and
dividend  disbursing  agent and agrees to perform  duties thereof as hereinafter
set forth.
         3. In connection  with such  appointment,  the Fund upon the request of
the Transfer Agent, shall deliver the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
                  (i)        A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the

                                                         2

<PAGE>



Fund and all amendments thereto certified by the Secretary of the
Fund;
                  (ii)       A copy of the By-Laws of the Fund certified by the
Secretary of the Fund;
                  (iii) A copy of a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the
Fund  certified by the Secretary of the Fund  appointing  the Transfer Agent and
authorizing the execution of this Transfer Agency Agreement;
                  (iv) A  Certificate  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Fund
specifying:  the number of  authorized  Shares,  the  number of such  authorized
Shares  issued,  the  number of such  authorized  Shares  issued  and  currently
outstanding;  the names and specimen signatures of the Officers of the Fund; and
the name and address of the legal counsel for the Fund;
                  (v)  Specimen  Share  certificate  for each or series class of
Shares  in the form  approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund (and in a
format compatible with the Transfer Agent's system), together with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval;
                  (vi) Copies of the Fund's Registration  Statement,  as amended
to date, and the most recently filed Post-Effective  Amendment thereto, filed by
the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  and under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
together with any applications filed in connection therewith; and
                  (vii)  Opinion  of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the authorized and outstanding Shares, whether such Shares are fully
paid and  non-assessable  and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  federal law or regulation (i.e.,
if  subject  to  registration,  that  they  have  been  registered  and that the
Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
                                                    ARTICLE III
                                       AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES
         1. The Fund shall deliver to the Transfer Agent the following documents
on or before the effective  date of any increase or decrease in the total number
of Shares authorized to be issued:
                  (a)      A certified copy of the amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation giving effect to such increase or decrease;
                  (b) In the case of an increase,  an opinion of counsel for the
Fund with  respect to the  validity  of the Shares of the Fund and the status of
such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                                         3

<PAGE>



amended, and any other applicable federal law or regulation (i.e., if subject to
registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement
has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor); and
                  (c) In the  case of an  increase,  if the  appointment  of the
Transfer  Agent  was  theretofore  expressly  limited,  a  certified  copy  of a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund increasing the authority of the
Transfer Agent.
         2. Prior to the issuance of any additional  Shares of the Fund pursuant
to stock  dividends or stock  splits,  etc.,  and prior to any  reduction in the
number of shares outstanding,  the Fund shall deliver the following documents to
the Transfer Agent:
                  (a) A certified copy of the resolution(s) adopted by the Board
of Directors  and/or the  shareholders of the Fund  authorizing such issuance of
additional Shares of the Fund or such reduction, as the case may be, and
                  (b) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity  of the  Shares  of the Fund and the  status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation (i.e., if subject to registration, that they have been registered and
that the  Registration  Statement  has  become  effective,  or, if  exempt,  the
specific grounds therefor).
                                                    ARTICLE IV
                                      RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT
         1. In the case of any negative stock split,  recapitalization  or other
capital  adjustment  requiring a change in the form of Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or
upon  transfer  of,  outstanding  Share  certificates  in  the  old  form,  upon
receiving:
                  (a)      A Certificate authorizing the issuance of the Share
certificates in the new form;
                  (b)      A certified copy of any amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation with respect to the change;
                  (c) Specimen  Share  certificates  for each class of Shares in
the new form approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund,  with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval; and
                  (d) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the Shares in the new form and the status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation  (i.e.,  if  subject  to  registration,  that the  Shares  have  been
registered and that the

                                                         4

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
         2. The Fund at its  expense  shall  furnish the  Transfer  Agent with a
sufficient  supply of blank Share  certificates in the new form and from time to
time will  replenish  such supply upon the request of the Transfer  Agent.  Such
blank Share  certificates  shall be compatible with the Transfer  Agent's system
and shall be properly  signed by  facsimile or otherwise by Officers of the Fund
authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share  certificates and, if required
shall bear the corporate Seal or facsimile thereof. The Fund agrees to indemnify
and exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer Agent harmless,  from and against any
and all claims or demands that may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent with
respect to the  genuineness  of any Share  certificate  supplied to the Transfer
Agent by the Fund pursuant to this section 2.
                                                     ARTICLE V
                                                     ISSUANCE,
                                         REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
         1. (a) The Transfer Agent  acknowledges  that it has received a copy of
the Fund's  Prospectus,  which Prospectus  describes how sales and redemption of
shares  of the Fund  shall be made,  and the  Transfer  Agent  agrees  to accept
purchase orders and redemption requests with respect to Fund shares on each Fund
Business Day in accordance with such Prospectus.  The Fund agrees to provide the
Transfer  Agent with  sufficient  advance notice to enable the Transfer Agent to
effect any changes in the procedures set forth in the Prospectus  regarding such
purchase and redemption procedure; provided, however, that in no event will such
advance notice be less than 30 days.
                  (b) The Transfer  Agent shall also accept with respect to each
Fund  Business  Day,  at such times as are agreed  upon from time to time by the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, a computer  tape or electronic  data  transmission
consistent in all respects with the Transfer  Agent's record format,  as amended
from time to time,  which is  reasonably  believed by the  Transfer  Agent to be
furnished by or on behalf of any Approved Institution.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any losses or damages to the Fund or its  shareholders  in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         2.       On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall, as of

                                                         5

<PAGE>



the time at which the Fund  computes  the net asset value of the Fund,  issue to
and redeem from the accounts specified in a purchase order,  redemption request,
or computer tape or electronic data  transmission,  which in accordance with the
Prospectus  is effective on such Fund Business  Day, the  appropriate  number of
full and  fractional  Shares based on the net asset value per Share of such Fund
specified  in an  advice  received  on such  Fund  Business  Day from the  Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a redemption  specified in a computer tape or
electronic  data  transmission  is for a dollar value of Shares in excess of the
dollar value of  uncertificated  Shares in the specified  account,  the Transfer
Agent  shall not effect  such  redemption  in whole or in part and shall  within
twenty-four  hours orally advise the Approved  Institution  which  supplied such
tape of the discrepancy.
         3. In connection  with a reinvestment  of a dividend or distribution of
Shares of the Fund,  the Transfer  Agent shall as of each Fund  Business Day, as
specified in a Certificate or resolution  described in paragraph 1 of succeeding
Article VI,  issue  Shares of the Fund based on the net asset value per Share of
such Fund  specified in an advice  received  from the Fund on such Fund Business
Day.
         4. On each Fund  Business Day the Transfer  Agent shall supply the Fund
with a statement  specifying  with  respect to the  immediately  preceding  Fund
Business  Day:  the total  number of  Shares of the Fund  (including  fractional
Shares) issued and outstanding at the opening of business on such day; the total
number of Shares of the Fund sold on such day, pursuant to preceding paragraph 2
of  this  Article;  the  total  number  of  Shares  of the  Fund  redeemed  from
Shareholders  by the  Transfer  Agent on such day; the total number of Shares of
the Fund,  if any,  sold on such day pursuant to  preceding  paragraph 3 of this
Article, and the total number of Shares of the Fund issued and outstanding.
         5. In connection with each purchase and each redemption of Shares,  the
Transfer  Agent  shall send such  statements  as are  prescribed  by the Federal
Securities laws applicable to transfer agents or as described in the Prospectus.
If the Prospectus  indicates that  certificates  for Shares are available and if
specifically  requested in writing by any shareholder,  or if otherwise required
hereunder,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  countersign,  issue  and  mail  to  such
shareholder  at the  address set forth in the  records of the  Transfer  Agent a
Share certificate for any full Share requested.
         6.       As of each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall

                                                         6

<PAGE>



furnish the Fund with an advice  setting  forth the number and dollar  amount of
Shares to be redeemed on such Fund Business Day in accordance  with  paragraph 2
of this Article.
         7. Upon receipt of a proper redemption request and moneys paid to it by
the Custodian in  connection  with a redemption  of Shares,  the Transfer  Agent
shall cancel the redeemed Shares and after making appropriate  deduction for any
withholding  of  taxes  required  of it by  applicable  law (a) in the case of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a redemption  described in preceding  paragraph
1(a) of this Article,  make payment in accordance with the Fund's redemption and
payment  procedures  described  in the  Prospectus,  and  (b) in the  case  of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a computer tape or electronic data transmission
described in preceding paragraph 1(b) of this Article, make payment by directing
a federal funds wire order to the account previously  designated by the Approved
Institution specified in said computer tape or electronic data transmission.
         8. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be required to issue any Shares after
it has received  from an Officer of the Fund or from an  appropriate  federal or
state authority written  notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended
or  discontinued,  and the  Transfer  Agent  shall be entitled to rely upon such
written notification.
         9. Upon the issuance of any Shares in  accordance  with this  Agreement
the  Transfer  Agent shall not be  responsible  for the payment of any  original
issue or other  taxes  required to be paid by the Fund in  connection  with such
issuance of any Shares.
         10. The Transfer Agent shall accept a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission consistent with the Transfer Agent's record format, as amended from
time to time, which is reasonably believed by the Transfer Agent to be furnished
by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Approved  Institution  and  is  represented  to  be
instructions  with  respect to the  transfer  of Shares from one account of such
Approved  Institution  to another such  account,  and shall effect the transfers
specified in said computer tape or electronic  data  transmission.  The Transfer
Agent shall not be liable for any losses to the Fund or its  shareholders in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         11.(a)   Except as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (b) of
this paragraph and in paragraph 13 of this Article, Shares will be

                                                         7

<PAGE>



transferred  or  redeemed  upon  presentation  to the  Transfer  Agent  of Share
certificates  or  instructions  properly  endorsed for  transfer or  redemption,
accompanied by such documents as the Transfer Agent deems  necessary to evidence
the  authority of the person  making such  transfer or  redemption,  and bearing
satisfactory  evidence of the payment of stock  transfer  taxes.  In the case of
small estates where no administration  is contemplated,  the Transfer Agent may,
when furnished with an appropriate  surety bond, and without further approval of
the Fund,  transfer or redeem Shares  registered in the name of a decedent where
the current  market value of the Shares being  transferred  does not exceed such
amount as may from time to time be  prescribed by various  states.  The Transfer
Agent  reserves  the right to refuse to  transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is
satisfied that the endorsement on the stock certificate or instructions is valid
and genuine,  and for that purpose it will require,  unless otherwise instructed
by an  authorized  officer of the Fund, a guarantee of signature by an "Eligible
Guarantor  Institution"  as that term is defined by SEC Rule  17Ad-15  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
refuse to transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is satisfied  that the  requested
transfer or  redemption is legally  authorized,  and it shall incur no liability
for the  refusal,  in good faith,  to make  transfers or  redemptions  which the
Transfer Agent, in its judgement, deems improper or unauthorized, or until it is
satisfied  that there is no basis to any  claims  adverse  to such  transfer  or
redemption.  The Transfer Agent may, in effecting  transfers and  redemptions of
Shares,  rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  applicable  to the transfer of  securities,  and the
Fund shall  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent for any act done or omitted by it in
good faith in reliance upon such laws.  In no event will the Fund  indemnify the
Transfer  Agent for any act done by it as a result of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.
         (b)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or any other provision contained in
this Agreement to the contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall be fully  protected by
the Fund in not requiring any instruments,  documents, assurances,  endorsements
or guarantees,  including,  without  limitation,  any signature  guarantees,  in
connection with a redemption, or transfer, of Shares whenever the Transfer Agent
reasonably  believes  that  requiring  the same would be  inconsistent  with the
transfer and redemption procedures as

                                                         8

<PAGE>



described in the Prospectus.
         12.  Notwithstanding  any provision  contained in this agreement to the
contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall not be required or expected to require, as a
condition to any transfer of any Shares pursuant to paragraph 13 of this Article
or any redemption of any Shares  pursuant to a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission  described in this  Agreement,  any documents,  including,  without
limitation,  any  documents  of  the  kind  described  in  sub-paragraph  (a) of
paragraph 13 of this Article, to evidence the authority of the person requesting
the transfer or redemption  and/or the payment of any stock transfer taxes,  and
shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the applicable  provisions
of this Article.
         13.  (a) As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "computer  tape or
electronic data  transmission" and "computer tape believed by the Transfer Agent
to be furnished by an Approved  Institution",  shall include any tapes generated
by the Transfer Agent to reflect  information  believed by the Transfer Agent to
have been  input by an  Approved  Institution,  via a remote  terminal  or other
similar link, into a data processing,  storage, or collection system, or similar
system (the "System"), located on the Transfer Agent's premises. For purposes of
paragraph  1  of  this  Article,   such  a  computer  tape  or  electronic  data
transmission  shall be deemed to have been furnished at such times as are agreed
upon from time to time by the  Transfer  Agent and Fund only if the  information
reflected  thereon  was input to the System at such times as are agreed  upon in
writing from time to time by the Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         (b) Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall constitute any agreement
or representation  by the Transfer Agent to permit,  or to agree to permit,  any
Approved Institution to input information into a System.
         (c) The Transfer Agent reserves the right to approve,  in advance,  any
Approved  Institution,  such  approval  not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Transfer  Agent also reserves the right to terminate any and all automated  data
communications,  at its discretion, upon a reasonable attempt to notify the Fund
when in the  reasonable  opinion  of the  Transfer  Agent  continuation  of such
communications  would  jeopardize  the accuracy  and/or  integrity of the Fund's
records on the System.
                                                    ARTICLE VI
                                            DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
         1.       The Fund shall furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of a
resolution of its Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the

                                                         9

<PAGE>



declaration of a dividend or  distribution,  the date of accrual or payment,  as
the case may be, thereof,  the record date as of which Shareholders  entitled to
payment,  or accrual,  as the case may be, shall be  determined,  the amount per
Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously
accrued  and unpaid  dividends  are to be paid,  and the total  amount,  if any,
payable to the Transfer  Agent on such payment  date,  or (ii)  authorizing  the
declaration  of dividends and  distributions  on a daily or other periodic basis
and  authorizing  the Transfer Agent to rely on a Certificate  setting forth the
information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.
         2. Upon the mail date specified in such  Certificate or resolution,  as
the case may be, the Fund shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution,
cause the  Custodian to deposit in an account in the name of the Transfer  Agent
on behalf of the Fund an amount of cash,  if any,  sufficient  for the  Transfer
Agent to make the payment, as of the mail date, specified in such Certificate or
resolution,  as the case may be, to the  Shareholders  who were of record on the
record  date.  The  Transfer  Agent will,  upon  receipt of any such cash,  make
payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as
of the  record  date  by:  (i)  mailing  a  check,  payable  to  the  registered
shareholder,  to the  address of record or  dividend  mailing  address,  or (ii)
wiring  such  amounts  to the  accounts  previously  designated  by an  Approved
Institution,  as the case may be. The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any
improper payments made in good faith and without negligence,  in accordance with
a  Certificate  or  resolution  described  in the  preceding  paragraph.  If the
Transfer  Agent shall not receive  from the  Custodian  sufficient  cash to make
payments of any cash dividend or distribution to all shareholders of the Fund as
of the record date, the Transfer Agent shall, upon notifying the Fund,  withhold
payment to all  shareholders  of record as of the record  date until  sufficient
cash is provided to the Transfer Agent.
         3.  It is  understood  that  the  Transfer  Agent  shall  in no  way be
responsible  for the  determination  of the rate or form of dividends or capital
gain  distributions  due  to  the  shareholders.  It  is  expressly  agreed  and
understood  that the  Transfer  Agent is not  liable for any loss as a result of
processing a distribution based on information  provided in the Certificate that
is incorrect.  The Fund agrees to pay the Transfer  Agent for any and all costs,
both direct and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  incurred in such  corrective  work as
necessary to remedy such error.

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         4. It is understood that the Transfer Agent shall file such appropriate
information  returns  concerning  the  payment  of  dividend  and  capital  gain
distributions  with the  proper  federal,  state  and local  authorities  as are
required by law to be filed by the Fund but shall in no way be  responsible  for
the collection or  withholding  of taxes due on such dividends or  distributions
due to shareholders, except and only to the extent, required by applicable law.
                                                    ARTICLE VII
                                                CONCERNING THE FUND
         1.       The Fund represents to the Transfer Agent that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Maryland.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable laws and by its
Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform
this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d)      It is an investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
                  (e) A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  with respect to the Shares is effective.  The Fund shall notify the
Transfer  Agent  if  such   registration   statement  or  any  state  securities
registrations have been terminated or a stop order has been entered with respect
to the Shares.
         2. Each copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund and copies of
all  amendments  thereto  shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other
appropriate  official)  of the state of  organization,  and if such  Articles of
Incorporation  and/or  amendments  are  required  by law also to be filed with a
county or other officer or official  body, a certificate of such filing shall be
filed with a certified  copy submitted to the Transfer  Agent.  Each copy of the
By-Laws and copies of all amendments  thereto,  and copies of resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Fund, shall be certified by the Secretary of the Fund.
         3. The Fund shall promptly deliver to the Transfer Agent written notice
of  any  change  in  the  Officers   authorized  to  sign  Share   Certificates,
notifications  or  requests,  together  with a  specimen  signature  of each new
Officer.  In the event any  Officer  who shall  have  signed  manually  or whose
facsimile  signature shall have been affixed to blank Share  certificates  shall
die,  resign or be removed  prior to  issuance of such Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent may issue such Share certificates of the Fund

                                                        11

<PAGE>



notwithstanding such death,  resignation or removal, and the Fund shall promptly
deliver to the Transfer Agent such approval,  adoption or ratification as may be
required by law.
         4. It shall be the sole  responsibility  of the Fund to  deliver to the
Transfer Agent the Fund's  currently  effective  Prospectus and, for purposes of
this  Agreement,  the  Transfer  Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any
information  contained in such Prospectus until a reasonable time, not to exceed
ten (10) business days, after it is actually received by the Transfer Agent.
                                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                           CONCERNING THE TRANSFER AGENT
         1.       The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Fund
that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable law and by its
Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d) It is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent under Section
17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
         2. The Transfer  Agent shall not be liable and shall be  indemnified in
acting  upon any  computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission,  writing or
document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or made
by an Officer of the Fund or person designated by the Fund and shall not be held
to have any notice of any change of  authority  of any person  until  receipt of
written notice thereof from the Fund or such person.  It shall also be protected
in processing Share certificates which bear the proper  countersignature  of the
Transfer  Agent and which it  reasonably  believes to bear the proper  manual or
facsimile signature of the Officers of the Fund.
         3. The Transfer Agent upon reasonable  notice to the Fund may establish
such  additional  procedures,  rules and  regulations  governing the transfer or
registration of Share  certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with
such rules and regulations generally adopted by mutual fund transfer agents.
         4.       The Transfer Agent shall keep such records as are
specified in Schedule II hereto in the form and manner, and for
such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund
but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations of appropriate
government authorities, in particular Rules 31a-2 and 31a-3 under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Transfer Agent

                                                        12

<PAGE>



acknowledges  that such records are the property of the Fund. The Transfer Agent
may deliver to the Fund from time to time at its discretion,  for safekeeping or
disposition by the Fund in accordance with law, such records,  papers, documents
accumulated  in the  execution  of its  duties as such  Transfer  Agent,  as the
Transfer Agent may deem expedient,  other than those which the Transfer Agent is
itself  required to maintain  pursuant to applicable laws and  regulations.  The
Fund shall assume all  responsibility  for any failure thereafter to produce any
record, paper, canceled Share certificate, or other document so returned, if and
when  required.  The records  specified in Schedule II hereto  maintained by the
Transfer  Agent  pursuant to this  paragraph  4, which have not been  previously
delivered to the Fund pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 4,
shall be considered to be the property of the Fund, shall be made available upon
request for inspection by the officers, employees, auditors of the Fund, or such
staff of applicable  regulatory agencies as the Fund may designate,  and records
shall be  delivered  to the Fund upon  request and in any event upon the date of
termination of this Agreement,  as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in
the form and manner kept by the Transfer  Agent on such date of  termination  or
such earlier date as may be requested by the Fund.
         5. The  Transfer  Agent  shall  not be liable  for any loss or  damage,
including  counsel  fees,  resulting  from its  actions or  omissions  to act or
otherwise,  except  for  any  loss  or  damage  arising  out of its  bad  faith,
negligence,  willful misfeasance,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties under this agreement.
         6 (a) The Fund shall  indemnify and  exonerate,  save and hold harmless
the Transfer Agent from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without
basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
and  liabilities of any and every nature which the Transfer Agent may sustain or
incur or which may be  asserted  against  the  Transfer  Agent by any  person by
reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior
transfer  agent of the Fund or as a result of any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the  Transfer  Agent in good faith and  without  negligence  or willful
misconduct  or in reliance upon (i) any  provision of this  Agreement;  (ii) the
Prospectus;  (iii) any instruction or order including,  without limitation,  any
computer  tape  or  electronic  data  transmission  reasonably  believed  by the
Transfer  Agent to have been  received  from an Approved  Institution;  (iv) any
instrument, order or Share certificate

                                                        13

<PAGE>



reasonably  believed  by it to be  genuine  and to be signed,  countersigned  or
executed by any duly  authorized  Officer of the Fund;  (v) any  Certificate  or
other  instructions of an Officer;  or (vi) any opinion of legal counsel for the
Fund or the Transfer  Agent.  The Fund shall  indemnify and exonerate,  save and
hold the Transfer  Agent  harmless from and against any and all claims  (whether
with or without basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including  reasonable
attorney's  fees) and  liabilities  of any and every  nature  which the Transfer
Agent may sustain or incur or which may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent
by any person by reason of or as a result of any  action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the Transfer  Agent in good faith and without  negligence in connection
with  its  appointment  or in  reliance  upon any law,  act,  regulation  or any
interpretation  of  the  same  even  though  such  law,  act or  regulation  may
thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed.
                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall not settle any claim,  demand,
expense or liability to which it may seek  indemnity  pursuant to paragraph 6(a)
above (each, an "Indemnifiable Claim") without the express written consent of an
Officer of the Fund.  The Transfer Agent shall notify the Fund within 15 days of
receipt of notification of an Indemnifiable Claim,  provided that the failure by
the Transfer  Agent to furnish such  notification  shall not impair its right to
seek  indemnification  from the Fund  unless  the Fund is unable  to  adequately
defend the Indemnifiable Claim as a result of such failure, or if as a result of
the  Transfer  Agent's  failure to provide  the Fund with  timely  notice of the
institution of litigation a judgment by default is entered.  The Fund shall have
the right to defend any  Indemnifiable  Claim at its own expense,  provided that
such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  selected by the Fund.  The Transfer
Agent may join in such  defense at its own  expense,  but to the extent  that it
shall so desire the Fund shall  direct such  defense.  The Fund shall not settle
any  Indemnifiable  Claim  without the express  written  consent of the Transfer
Agent if the  Transfer  Agent  determines  that such  settlement  would  have an
adverse effect on the Transfer Agent beyond the scope of this Agreement.  In the
event the Transfer Agent does not provide its written consent,  each of the Fund
and the Transfer Agent shall be  responsible  for their own defense at their own
cost and  expense,  and such claim  shall not be deemed an  Indemnifiable  Claim
hereunder.  If the Fund shall fail or refuse to defend an  Indemnifiable  Claim,
the  Transfer  Agent may  provide its own defense at the cost and expense of the
Fund. Anything in this

                                                        14

<PAGE>



Agreement  to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Fund shall not  indemnify  the
Transfer  Agent  against any  liability  or expense  arising out of the Transfer
Agent's willful misfeasance,  bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement.
         The Transfer Agent shall  indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  counsel fees, payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or  attributable to any action or failure
or omission to act by the  Transfer  Agent as a result of the  Transfer  Agent's
lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct.
         7. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be liable to the Fund with respect to
any  redemption  draft on which the  signature of the drawer is forged and which
the Fund's  Custodian or Cash  Management Bank has advised the Transfer Agent to
honor the  redemption.  Provided  that the Transfer  Agent  inspects  redemption
drafts with reasonable care to verify the drawer's  signature against signatures
on file, the Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any material  alteration or
absence or forgery of any endorsement.
         8. There  shall be  excluded  from the  consideration  of  whether  the
Transfer Agent has been negligent or has breached this Agreement,  any period of
time,  and  only  such  period  of  time,  during  which  the  Transfer  Agent's
performance  is  materially  affected,  by reason of  circumstances  beyond  its
control and not  reasonably  foreseeable  in that the  Transfer  Agent could not
reasonable  have  made  back-up  or  alternative   arrangements   (collectively,
"Causes"),  including, without limitation (except as provided below), mechanical
breakdowns of equipment  (including any  alternative  power supply and operating
systems   software),   flood  or   catastrophe,   acts  of  God,   failures   of
transportation, communication or power supply, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages
or other similar circumstances.
         9. At any time the  Transfer  Agent may apply to an Officer of the Fund
for written  instructions  with respect to any matter arising in connection with
the  Transfer  Agent's  duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and the
Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any action  taken or  permitted by it in
good faith in accordance with such written instructions. Such application by the
Transfer  Agent for  written  instructions  from an  Officer of the Fund may set
forth in writing  any  action  proposed  to be taken or omitted by the  Transfer
Agent with respect to its duties or  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
date on and/or after which such action shall be taken.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any action  taken or  omitted  in  accordance  with a proposal
included in

                                                        15

<PAGE>



any such  application on or after the date specified  therein  unless,  prior to
taking or omitting any such  action,  the  Transfer  Agent has received  written
instructions in response to such  application  specifying the action to be taken
or omitted. The Transfer Agent may consult counsel of the Fund, or if acceptable
to the Fund,  its own  counsel,  at the  expense  of the Fund and shall be fully
protected  with  respect  to  anything  done or  omitted  by it in good faith in
accordance with the advice or opinion of counsel to the Fund or its own counsel.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent may issue new Share  certificates  in place of
certificates  represented to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon receiving
written  instructions from the shareholder  accompanied by proof of an indemnity
or surety bond issued by a  recognized  insurance  institution  specified by the
Fund or the Transfer Agent. If the Transfer Agent receives written  notification
from the  shareholder  or broker  dealer that the  certificate  issued was never
received,  and such notification is made within 30 days of the date of issuance,
the Transfer Agent may reissue the certificate  without requiring a surety bond.
The Transfer Agent may also reissue  certificates which are represented as lost,
stolen,  or  destroyed  without  requiring  a  surety  bond  provided  that  the
notification  is in writing  and  accompanied  by an  indemnification  signed on
behalf of a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange and signed by an officer
of said firm with the signature guaranteed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
Transfer  Agent will reissue a certificate  upon written  authorization  from an
Officer of the Fund.
         11.  In case of any  requests  or  demands  for the  inspection  of the
shareholder  records of the Fund, the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the
Fund promptly and to secure  instructions from an Officer as to such inspection.
The Transfer  Agent  reserves  the right,  however,  to exhibit the  shareholder
records to any person  whenever  it receives  an opinion  from its counsel  that
there is a reasonable likelihood that the Transfer Agent will be held liable for
the  failure to  exhibit  the  shareholder  records  to such  person;  provided,
however,  that in connection  with any such  disclosure the Transfer Agent shall
promptly notify the Fund that such disclosure has been made or is to be made.
         12.      At the request of an Officer of the Fund the Transfer
Agent will address and mail such appropriate notices to
shareholders as the Fund may direct.
         13.      Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this
Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall be under no duty or obligation

                                                        16

<PAGE>



to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
                  (a) The  legality  of the  issue  or sale of any  Shares,  the
sufficiency  of the amount to be  received  therefor,  or the  authority  of the
Approved Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such sale or
issuance;
                  (b) The  legality of a transfer of Shares,  or of a redemption
of any Shares, the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor, or the authority
of the Approved  Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such
transfer or redemption;
                  (c)      The legality of the declaration of any dividend by
the Fund, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of
any stock dividend; or
                  (d)      The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment
of Shares.
         14. The Transfer Agent shall be entitled to receive and the Fund hereby
agrees to pay to the Transfer Agent for its performance hereunder, including its
performance of the duties and functions set forth in Schedule I hereto,  (i) its
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable  legal  expenses and
attorney's fees) incurred in connection with its performance  hereunder and (ii)
such  compensation  as may be agreed  upon in  writing  from time to time by the
Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         15.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  have no  duties  or  responsibilities
whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth
in this  Agreement,  and no  covenant  or  obligation  shall be  implied in this
Agreement against the Transfer Agent.
         16.      Purchase and Prices of Services.
                  (a) The Fund will  compensate  the  Transfer  Agent  for,  and
Transfer  Agent will provide,  beginning on the execution date of this Agreement
and continuing until the termination of this Agreement as provided  hereinafter,
the Services set forth in Schedule I.
                  (b) The current  unit prices for the Services are set forth in
Schedule III (the  "Schedule III Fee  Schedule").  Once in each  calendar  year,
after the third anniversary of the date hereof,  the Transfer Agent may elect to
raise the  Schedule  III Fees upon  ninety  (90) days prior  notice to the Fund.
Notwithstanding  the annual right to raise the  Schedule III Fees,  the Transfer
Agent may  increase  prices due to changes in legal or  regulatory  requirements
subject to the approval of the Fund,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.
         17.      Billing and Payment.

                                                        17

<PAGE>



                  (a) The  Transfer  Agent shall bill the Fund as  follows:  (i)
monthly in arrears for Accounts maintained and Out-of-Pocket  Expenses; and (ii)
monthly in advance for estimated postage expenses to be incurred by the Transfer
Agent for the following month. Documentation to support reconciliation of actual
postage expense charges will be provided to the Fund monthly. The Transfer Agent
may  from  time to time  request  the  Fund to  make  additional  advances  when
appropriate.
                  (b) The Fund  shall  pay the  Transfer  Agent  in  immediately
available funds at United  Missouri Bank in Kansas City,  Missouri within thirty
(30)  days of the date of the bill and  receipt  of  supporting  documents.  Any
amounts due under this Agreement  which are not paid within said thirty (30) day
period shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per
month from such date until paid in full.
                                                    ARTICLE IX
                                                    TERMINATION
                  Either of the parties  hereto may terminate  this Agreement by
giving  to the  other  party a notice  in  writing  specifying  the date of such
termination,  which  shall be not less than  ninety  (90) days after the date of
receipt of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall
be  accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund,
certified by the  Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,  electing to terminate
this Agreement and designating the successor  transfer agent or transfer agents.
In the event such notice is given by the  Transfer  Agent,  the Fund shall on or
before  the  termination  date,  deliver  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  copy  of a
resolution of its Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary  designating a successor  transfer  agent or transfer  agents.  In the
absence of such  designation by the Fund, the Fund shall upon the date specified
in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  and  delivery  of the records
maintained  hereunder,  be deemed to be its own transfer  agent and the Transfer
Agent shall thereby be relieved of all duties and  responsibilities  pursuant to
this Agreement.
         In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated  as provided  herein,  the
Transfer Agent,  upon the written request of the Fund, shall deliver the records
of the  Fund on  electromagnetic  media to the  Fund or its  successor  transfer
agent.  The Fund shall be  responsible  to the Transfer Agent for the reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the preparation and delivery of such media.
                                                     ARTICLE X

                                                        18

<PAGE>



                                                   MISCELLANEOUS
         1. The Fund agrees that prior to effecting any change in the Prospectus
which would  increase or alter the duties and  obligations of the Transfer Agent
hereunder,  it shall advise the Transfer Agent of such proposed  change at least
30 days prior to the  intended  date of the same,  and shall  proceed  with such
change only if it shall have received the written  consent of the Transfer Agent
thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently  given if addressed
to the Fund and mailed or  delivered  to it at its office at the  address  first
above  written,  or at such  other  place  as the  Fund  may  from  time to time
designate in writing.
         3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Transfer Agent shall be sufficiently  given if
addressed to the Transfer Agent and mailed or delivered to the Secretary at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 with a copy to the President at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594  or at such  other  place  as the
Transfer Agent may from time to time designate in writing.
         4.       This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties with
the formality of this Agreement.
         5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be
assignable  by either  party  without  the written  consent of the other  party,
except  that the  Transfer  Agent  may  assign  this  Agreement  to a  corporate
affiliate with advance written notice to and consent by the Fund,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         6.       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the  State of Illinois.
         7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed to be an original;  but such counterparts shall, together,
constitute only one instrument.
         8. The  provisions  of this  Agreement are intended to benefit only the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, and no rights shall be granted to any other person
by virtue of this Agreement.
         9.  (a) The  Transfer  Agent  will  endeavor  to  assist  in  resolving
shareholder  inquiries  and errors  relating  to the period  during  which prior
transfer  agents acted as such for the Fund.  Any such inquiries or errors which
cannot be  expediently  resolved by the  Transfer  Agent will be referred to the
Fund.

                                                        19

<PAGE>



                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall  only be  responsible  for the
safekeeping and maintenance of transfer  agency records,  canceled  certificates
and  correspondence  of the  Fund  created  or  produced  prior  to the  time of
conversion which are under its control and acknowledged in a writing to the Fund
to be in its  possession.  Any expenses or liabilities  incurred by the Transfer
Agent as a result of  shareholder  inquiries,  regulatory  compliance  or audits
related to such  records  and not  caused as a result of  Transfer  Agent's  bad
faith, willful malfeasance or negligence shall be the responsibility of the Fund
as provided in Article VIII herein.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent shall enter into and shall  maintain in effect
with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable  provision for
periodic  backup  or  computer  files  and  data  with  respect  to the Fund and
emergency use of electronic data processing equipment. In the event of equipment
failures the Transfer Agent shall at no additional expense to the Fund, take all
reasonable  steps to minimize  service  interruptions,  the Transfer Agent shall
have no  liability  with  respect to the loss of data or  service  interruptions
caused by equipment  failures,  provided such loss or interruption is not caused
by the negligence of the Transfer  Agent and provided  further that the Transfer
Agent has complied with the provisions of this Paragraph.
         11.  The  Transfer  Agent  agrees  on its own  behalf  and  that of its
employees to make  reasonable  efforts to keep  confidential  all records of the
Fund and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders  (past,  present
and future),  its investment advisor and its principal  underwriter,  unless the
release of such records or information is otherwise consented to, in writing, by
the Fund prior to its release.  The Fund agrees that such  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  and may not be  withheld  where  Transfer  Agent may be
exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings  or when required to divulge
such information or records to duly constituted authorities.
         12. The Transfer Agent shall maintain insurance of the types and in the
amounts deemed by it to be appropriate. To the extent that policies of insurance
may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by the parties set
forth in this Agreement,  the contracts of insurance shall take precedence,  and
no provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any
obligation to pay claims to the Fund,  the Transfer Agent or other insured party
which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this
Agreement.
         13.  The Transfer Agent represents and warrants that, to  the

                                                        20

<PAGE>



best of its  knowledge,  the various  procedures  and systems which the Transfer
Agent  has  implemented  with  regard  to the  safeguarding  from loss or damage
attributable  to  fire,  theft  or any  other  cause  (including  provision  for
twenty-four  hours  a  day  restricted  access)  of  the  Fund's  blank  checks,
certificates,  records  and  other  data  and the  Transfer  Agent's  equipment,
facilities  and  other  property  used  in the  performance  of its  obligations
hereunder are adequate,  and that it will make such changes therein from time to
time  as in  its  judgment  are  required  for  the  secure  performance  of its
obligations  hereunder.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  review  such  systems  and
procedures  on a periodic  basis and the Fund shall have access to review  these
systems and procedures.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective  corporate  officer,  thereunto duly authorized and
their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto  affixed,  as the day and year
first above written.



DST SYSTEMS, INC.                        THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH
                                         FUND, INC.


By: __________________________          By: _______________________
          (Signature)                             (Signature)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
             (Name)                                  (Name)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
            (Title)                                  (Title)




                                                        21

<PAGE>



                                                    SCHEDULE I
                                              DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

         In  consideration  of the  fees to be paid in such  manner  and at such
times as Fund and  Transfer  Agent may agree,  Transfer  Agent will  provide the
services set forth below:

         Examine and Process New Accounts,  Subsequent  Payments,  Liquidations,
Exchanges,  Telephone  Transactions,  Check Redemptions,  Automatic Withdrawals,
Certificate Issuance, Wire Order Trades, Dividends,  Dividend Statements, Dealer
Statements.

DAILY ACTIVITY

         Maintain the following shareholder  information in such a manner as the
         Transfer Agent shall determine:

         Name and Address, including Zip Code

         Balance of Uncertificated Shares

         Balance of Certificated Shares

         Certificate number, number of shares, issuance date of each certificate
         outstanding and  cancellation  date for each  certificate date for each
         certificate no longer outstanding, if issued

         Balance of dollars available for redemption

         Dividend code (daily accrual, monthly reinvest, monthly cash
         or quarterly cash)

         Type of account code

         Establishment date indicating the date an account was opened,
         carrying forward pre-conversion data as available

         Original establishment date for accounts opened by exchange

         W-9 withholding status and periodic reporting

         State of residence code

                                                        22

<PAGE>



         Social Security or taxpayer identification number, and
         indication of certification

         Historical  transactions  on the account for the most recent 18 months,
         or other period as mutually agreed to from time-to-time


         Indication as to whether phone transactions can be accepted
         for this account. Beneficial owner code, i.e. male, female,
         joint tenant, etc.

         An alternate or "secondary" account number issued by a dealer
         (or bank, etc.) to a customer for use, inquiry and transaction
         input by "remote accessors"


FUNCTIONS

         Answer investor and dealer telephone and/or written  inquiries,  except
         those concerning Fund policy,  or requests for investment  advice which
         will be referred to the Fund, or those which the Fund chooses to answer

         Deposit  Fund  share   certificates   into  accounts  upon  receipt  of
         instructions from the investor or other authorized person, if issued

         Examine and process  transfers  of shares  insuring  that all  transfer
         requirements and legal documents have been supplied

         Process and confirm address changes

         Process standard account record changes as required, i.e.
         Dividend Codes, etc.

         Microfilm source documents for transactions, such as account
         applications and correspondence

         Perform backup withholding for those accounts which federal
         government regulations indicate is necessary

         Perform withholdings on liquidations, if applicable, for

                                                        23

<PAGE>



         employee benefit plans.  Prepare and mail 5498s and 1099R's

         Solicit missing taxpayer identification numbers

         Provide  remote  access  inquiry  to Fund  records  via  Fund  supplied
         hardware (Fund responsible for connection line and monthly fee)


REPORTS PROVIDED

         Daily Journals                       Reflecting all shares and
                                              dollar activity for the
                                              previous day

         Blue Sky Report                      Supply information monthly
                                              for Fund's preparation of
                                              Blue Sky Reporting

         N-SAR Report                         Supply monthly correspondence,
                                              redemption and liquidation
                                              information for use in fund's
                                              N-SAR Report

         Additionally, monthly average daily balance reports will be provided at
         the Fund's request to the Fund at no charge. Prepare and mail copies of
         summary statements to dealers and investment advisers

         Generate and mail confirmation statements for financial
         transactions


DIVIDEND ACTIVITY

         Reinvest or pay in cash including reinvesting in other funds within the
         fund group  serviced by the  Transfer  Agent as  described in each Fund
         Prospectus

         Distribute capital gains simultaneously with income dividends


DEALER SERVICES

                                                        24

<PAGE>



         Prepare and mail confirmation statements to dealers daily

         Prepare and mail copies of statements to dealers, same
         frequency as investor statements

ANNUAL MEETINGS

         Assist  Fund in  obtaining a  qualified  service  to:  address and mail
         proxies  and related  material,  tabulate  returned  proxies and supply
         daily reports when sufficient proxies have been received

         Prepare certified list of stockholders, hard copy or microform

PERIODIC ACTIVITIES

         Mail transaction confirmation statements daily to investors

         Address and mail four (4) periodic  financial reports (material must be
         adaptable  to  Transfer  Agent's  mechanical  equipment  as  reasonably
         specified by the Transfer Agent)

         Mail periodic statement to investors

         Compute, prepare and furnish all necessary reports to
         Governmental authorities:  Forms 1099R, 1099DIV, 1099B, 1042
         and 1042S

         Enclose  various  marketing  material  as  designated  by the  Fund  in
         statement  mailings,  i.e. monthly and quarterly  statements  (material
         must be adaptable to mechanical  equipment as  reasonably  specified by
         the Transfer Agent)


                                                        25

<PAGE>


                                                   SCHEDULE II
                                       RECORDS MAINTAINED BY TRANSFER AGENT


         -        Account applications

         -        Canceled certificates plus stock powers and supporting
                  documents

         -        Checks including check registers, reconciliation records,
                  any adjustment records and tax withholding documentation

         -        Indemnity bonds for replacement of lost or missing stock
                  certificates and checks

         -        Liquidation, redemption, withdrawal and transfer requests
                  including stock powers, signature guarantees and any
                  supporting documentation



                                                        26

<PAGE>

                            TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agreement made as of the _____ of  ____________,  1996 between The
Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc., an Idaho corporation ("Fund"),  having its principal
office and place of business at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, New York 10005 and
DST Systems,  Inc.,  ("DST") a Delaware  corporation having its principal office
and  place of  business  at 1055  Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594
(hereinafter referred to as the "Transfer Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:
         1.  "APPROVED   INSTITUTION"  shall  mean  an  entity  so  named  in  a
Certificate.  From  time to time  the  Fund  may  amend a  previously  delivered
Certificate  by  delivering  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  Certificate  naming  an
additional  entity  or  deleting  any  entity  named in a  previously  delivered
Certificate.
         2.       THE "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Fund.
         3.  "CERTIFICATE"  shall  mean  any  notice,   instruction,   or  other
instrument in writing,  authorized or required by this  Agreement to be given to
the Transfer  Agent by the Fund which is signed by any Officer,  as  hereinafter
defined, and actually received by the Transfer Agent.
         4.       "CUSTODIAN" shall mean the financial institution
appointed as custodian under the terms and conditions of the
Custody Agreement between the financial institution and the Fund,
or its successor(s).
         5.       "FUND BUSINESS DAY" shall be deemed to be each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.
         6.  "OFFICER"  shall be deemed  to be the  Fund's  President,  any Vice
President of the Fund, the Fund's Secretary,  the Fund's  Treasurer,  the Fund's
Controller, any Assistant Controller of the Fund, any Assistant Treasurer of the
Fund  and any  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Fund,  and any  other  person  duly
authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund to execute any  Certificate,
instruction,  notice or other  instrument on behalf of the Fund and named in the
Certificate  annexed  hereto as Appendix A, as such  Certificate  may be amended
from time to time, and any person  reasonably  believed by the Transfer Agent to
be such a person.

                                                         1

<PAGE>



         7.  "OUT-OF-POCKET  EXPENSES"  means amounts  reasonably  necessary and
actually  incurred by Transfer Agent in the provision of Transfer Agent services
or pursuant to this  Agreement  for the following  purposes:  postage (and first
class mail insurance in connection with mailing share certificates),  envelopes,
check forms, continuous forms, forms for reports and statements, stationery, and
other  similar  items,  telephone and  telegraph  charges  incurred in answering
inquiries from dealers or shareholders, microfilm used to record transactions in
shareholder  accounts and computer  tapes used for permanent  storage of records
and cost of  insertion  of  materials  in mailing  envelopes  by outside  firms.
Transfer  Agent may, at its option,  arrange to have various  service  providers
submit  invoices  directly  to the Fund for  payment of  out-of-pocket  expenses
reimbursable  hereunder;  and such other  expenses  paid or incurred by Transfer
Agent at the  request  of the Fund.  Any  charges  associated  with  special  or
exception processing shall also be considered Out-of-Pocket Expenses.
         8.  "PROSPECTUS"  shall mean the most recent Fund  prospectus  actually
received by the Transfer  Agent from the Fund with respect to which the Fund has
indicated a registration  statement under the Federal Securities Act of 1933 has
becomes   effective,   including  the   Statement  of  Additional   Information,
incorporated by reference therein.
         9.  "SHARES"  shall mean all or any part of each class or series of the
shares of common stock of the Fund or Portfolio  listed in the Certificate as to
which the Transfer  Agent acts as transfer  agent  hereunder,  as may be amended
from time to time, which are authorized and/or issued by the Fund.
         10.      "TRANSFER AGENT" shall mean DST Systems, Inc., ("DST"),
as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, its successor(s) or assign(s).
                                                    ARTICLE II
                                           APPOINTMENT OF TRANSFER AGENT
         1. The Fund hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  the  Transfer  Agent as
transfer  agent of all the Shares of the Fund and as dividend  disbursing  agent
during the period of this Agreement.
         2. The Transfer Agent hereby accepts  appointment as transfer agent and
dividend  disbursing  agent and agrees to perform  duties thereof as hereinafter
set forth.
         3. In connection  with such  appointment,  the Fund upon the request of
the Transfer Agent, shall deliver the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
                  (i)        A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the

                                                         2

<PAGE>



Fund and all amendments thereto certified by the Secretary of the
Fund;
                  (ii)       A copy of the By-Laws of the Fund certified by the
Secretary of the Fund;
                  (iii) A copy of a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the
Fund  certified by the Secretary of the Fund  appointing  the Transfer Agent and
authorizing the execution of this Transfer Agency Agreement;
                  (iv) A  Certificate  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Fund
specifying:  the number of  authorized  Shares,  the  number of such  authorized
Shares  issued,  the  number of such  authorized  Shares  issued  and  currently
outstanding;  the names and specimen signatures of the Officers of the Fund; and
the name and address of the legal counsel for the Fund;
                  (v)  Specimen  Share  certificate  for each or series class of
Shares  in the form  approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund (and in a
format compatible with the Transfer Agent's system), together with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval;
                  (vi) Copies of the Fund's Registration  Statement,  as amended
to date, and the most recently filed Post-Effective  Amendment thereto, filed by
the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  and under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
together with any applications filed in connection therewith; and
                  (vii)  Opinion  of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the authorized and outstanding Shares, whether such Shares are fully
paid and  non-assessable  and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  federal law or regulation (i.e.,
if  subject  to  registration,  that  they  have  been  registered  and that the
Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
                                                    ARTICLE III
                                       AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES
         1. The Fund shall deliver to the Transfer Agent the following documents
on or before the effective  date of any increase or decrease in the total number
of Shares authorized to be issued:
                  (a)      A certified copy of the amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation giving effect to such increase or decrease;
                  (b) In the case of an increase,  an opinion of counsel for the
Fund with  respect to the  validity  of the Shares of the Fund and the status of
such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                                         3

<PAGE>



amended, and any other applicable federal law or regulation (i.e., if subject to
registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement
has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor); and
                  (c) In the  case of an  increase,  if the  appointment  of the
Transfer  Agent  was  theretofore  expressly  limited,  a  certified  copy  of a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund increasing the authority of the
Transfer Agent.
         2. Prior to the issuance of any additional  Shares of the Fund pursuant
to stock  dividends or stock  splits,  etc.,  and prior to any  reduction in the
number of shares outstanding,  the Fund shall deliver the following documents to
the Transfer Agent:
                  (a) A certified copy of the resolution(s) adopted by the Board
of Directors  and/or the  shareholders of the Fund  authorizing such issuance of
additional Shares of the Fund or such reduction, as the case may be, and
                  (b) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity  of the  Shares  of the Fund and the  status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation (i.e., if subject to registration, that they have been registered and
that the  Registration  Statement  has  become  effective,  or, if  exempt,  the
specific grounds therefor).
                                                    ARTICLE IV
                                      RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT
         1. In the case of any negative stock split,  recapitalization  or other
capital  adjustment  requiring a change in the form of Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or
upon  transfer  of,  outstanding  Share  certificates  in  the  old  form,  upon
receiving:
                  (a)      A Certificate authorizing the issuance of the Share
certificates in the new form;
                  (b)      A certified copy of any amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation with respect to the change;
                  (c) Specimen  Share  certificates  for each class of Shares in
the new form approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund,  with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval; and
                  (d) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the Shares in the new form and the status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation  (i.e.,  if  subject  to  registration,  that the  Shares  have  been
registered and that the

                                                         4

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
         2. The Fund at its  expense  shall  furnish the  Transfer  Agent with a
sufficient  supply of blank Share  certificates in the new form and from time to
time will  replenish  such supply upon the request of the Transfer  Agent.  Such
blank Share  certificates  shall be compatible with the Transfer  Agent's system
and shall be properly  signed by  facsimile or otherwise by Officers of the Fund
authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share  certificates and, if required
shall bear the corporate Seal or facsimile thereof. The Fund agrees to indemnify
and exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer Agent harmless,  from and against any
and all claims or demands that may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent with
respect to the  genuineness  of any Share  certificate  supplied to the Transfer
Agent by the Fund pursuant to this section 2.
                                                     ARTICLE V
                                                     ISSUANCE,
                                         REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
         1. (a) The Transfer Agent  acknowledges  that it has received a copy of
the Fund's  Prospectus,  which Prospectus  describes how sales and redemption of
shares  of the Fund  shall be made,  and the  Transfer  Agent  agrees  to accept
purchase orders and redemption requests with respect to Fund shares on each Fund
Business Day in accordance with such Prospectus.  The Fund agrees to provide the
Transfer  Agent with  sufficient  advance notice to enable the Transfer Agent to
effect any changes in the procedures set forth in the Prospectus  regarding such
purchase and redemption procedure; provided, however, that in no event will such
advance notice be less than 30 days.
                  (b) The Transfer  Agent shall also accept with respect to each
Fund  Business  Day,  at such times as are agreed  upon from time to time by the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, a computer  tape or electronic  data  transmission
consistent in all respects with the Transfer  Agent's record format,  as amended
from time to time,  which is  reasonably  believed by the  Transfer  Agent to be
furnished by or on behalf of any Approved Institution.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any losses or damages to the Fund or its  shareholders  in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         2.       On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall, as of

                                                         5

<PAGE>



the time at which the Fund  computes  the net asset value of the Fund,  issue to
and redeem from the accounts specified in a purchase order,  redemption request,
or computer tape or electronic data  transmission,  which in accordance with the
Prospectus  is effective on such Fund Business  Day, the  appropriate  number of
full and  fractional  Shares based on the net asset value per Share of such Fund
specified  in an  advice  received  on such  Fund  Business  Day from the  Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a redemption  specified in a computer tape or
electronic  data  transmission  is for a dollar value of Shares in excess of the
dollar value of  uncertificated  Shares in the specified  account,  the Transfer
Agent  shall not effect  such  redemption  in whole or in part and shall  within
twenty-four  hours orally advise the Approved  Institution  which  supplied such
tape of the discrepancy.
         3. In connection  with a reinvestment  of a dividend or distribution of
Shares of the Fund,  the Transfer  Agent shall as of each Fund  Business Day, as
specified in a Certificate or resolution  described in paragraph 1 of succeeding
Article VI,  issue  Shares of the Fund based on the net asset value per Share of
such Fund  specified in an advice  received  from the Fund on such Fund Business
Day.
         4. On each Fund  Business Day the Transfer  Agent shall supply the Fund
with a statement  specifying  with  respect to the  immediately  preceding  Fund
Business  Day:  the total  number of  Shares of the Fund  (including  fractional
Shares) issued and outstanding at the opening of business on such day; the total
number of Shares of the Fund sold on such day, pursuant to preceding paragraph 2
of  this  Article;  the  total  number  of  Shares  of the  Fund  redeemed  from
Shareholders  by the  Transfer  Agent on such day; the total number of Shares of
the Fund,  if any,  sold on such day pursuant to  preceding  paragraph 3 of this
Article, and the total number of Shares of the Fund issued and outstanding.
         5. In connection with each purchase and each redemption of Shares,  the
Transfer  Agent  shall send such  statements  as are  prescribed  by the Federal
Securities laws applicable to transfer agents or as described in the Prospectus.
If the Prospectus  indicates that  certificates  for Shares are available and if
specifically  requested in writing by any shareholder,  or if otherwise required
hereunder,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  countersign,  issue  and  mail  to  such
shareholder  at the  address set forth in the  records of the  Transfer  Agent a
Share certificate for any full Share requested.
         6.       As of each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall

                                                         6

<PAGE>



furnish the Fund with an advice  setting  forth the number and dollar  amount of
Shares to be redeemed on such Fund Business Day in accordance  with  paragraph 2
of this Article.
         7. Upon receipt of a proper redemption request and moneys paid to it by
the Custodian in  connection  with a redemption  of Shares,  the Transfer  Agent
shall cancel the redeemed Shares and after making appropriate  deduction for any
withholding  of  taxes  required  of it by  applicable  law (a) in the case of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a redemption  described in preceding  paragraph
1(a) of this Article,  make payment in accordance with the Fund's redemption and
payment  procedures  described  in the  Prospectus,  and  (b) in the  case  of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a computer tape or electronic data transmission
described in preceding paragraph 1(b) of this Article, make payment by directing
a federal funds wire order to the account previously  designated by the Approved
Institution specified in said computer tape or electronic data transmission.
         8. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be required to issue any Shares after
it has received  from an Officer of the Fund or from an  appropriate  federal or
state authority written  notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended
or  discontinued,  and the  Transfer  Agent  shall be entitled to rely upon such
written notification.
         9. Upon the issuance of any Shares in  accordance  with this  Agreement
the  Transfer  Agent shall not be  responsible  for the payment of any  original
issue or other  taxes  required to be paid by the Fund in  connection  with such
issuance of any Shares.
         10. The Transfer Agent shall accept a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission consistent with the Transfer Agent's record format, as amended from
time to time, which is reasonably believed by the Transfer Agent to be furnished
by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Approved  Institution  and  is  represented  to  be
instructions  with  respect to the  transfer  of Shares from one account of such
Approved  Institution  to another such  account,  and shall effect the transfers
specified in said computer tape or electronic  data  transmission.  The Transfer
Agent shall not be liable for any losses to the Fund or its  shareholders in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         11.(a)   Except as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (b) of
this paragraph and in paragraph 13 of this Article, Shares will be

                                                         7

<PAGE>



transferred  or  redeemed  upon  presentation  to the  Transfer  Agent  of Share
certificates  or  instructions  properly  endorsed for  transfer or  redemption,
accompanied by such documents as the Transfer Agent deems  necessary to evidence
the  authority of the person  making such  transfer or  redemption,  and bearing
satisfactory  evidence of the payment of stock  transfer  taxes.  In the case of
small estates where no administration  is contemplated,  the Transfer Agent may,
when furnished with an appropriate  surety bond, and without further approval of
the Fund,  transfer or redeem Shares  registered in the name of a decedent where
the current  market value of the Shares being  transferred  does not exceed such
amount as may from time to time be  prescribed by various  states.  The Transfer
Agent  reserves  the right to refuse to  transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is
satisfied that the endorsement on the stock certificate or instructions is valid
and genuine,  and for that purpose it will require,  unless otherwise instructed
by an  authorized  officer of the Fund, a guarantee of signature by an "Eligible
Guarantor  Institution"  as that term is defined by SEC Rule  17Ad-15  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
refuse to transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is satisfied  that the  requested
transfer or  redemption is legally  authorized,  and it shall incur no liability
for the  refusal,  in good faith,  to make  transfers or  redemptions  which the
Transfer Agent, in its judgement, deems improper or unauthorized, or until it is
satisfied  that there is no basis to any  claims  adverse  to such  transfer  or
redemption.  The Transfer Agent may, in effecting  transfers and  redemptions of
Shares,  rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  applicable  to the transfer of  securities,  and the
Fund shall  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent for any act done or omitted by it in
good faith in reliance upon such laws.  In no event will the Fund  indemnify the
Transfer  Agent for any act done by it as a result of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.
         (b)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or any other provision contained in
this Agreement to the contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall be fully  protected by
the Fund in not requiring any instruments,  documents, assurances,  endorsements
or guarantees,  including,  without  limitation,  any signature  guarantees,  in
connection with a redemption, or transfer, of Shares whenever the Transfer Agent
reasonably  believes  that  requiring  the same would be  inconsistent  with the
transfer and redemption procedures as

                                                         8

<PAGE>



described in the Prospectus.
         12.  Notwithstanding  any provision  contained in this agreement to the
contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall not be required or expected to require, as a
condition to any transfer of any Shares pursuant to paragraph 13 of this Article
or any redemption of any Shares  pursuant to a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission  described in this  Agreement,  any documents,  including,  without
limitation,  any  documents  of  the  kind  described  in  sub-paragraph  (a) of
paragraph 13 of this Article, to evidence the authority of the person requesting
the transfer or redemption  and/or the payment of any stock transfer taxes,  and
shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the applicable  provisions
of this Article.
         13.  (a) As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "computer  tape or
electronic data  transmission" and "computer tape believed by the Transfer Agent
to be furnished by an Approved  Institution",  shall include any tapes generated
by the Transfer Agent to reflect  information  believed by the Transfer Agent to
have been  input by an  Approved  Institution,  via a remote  terminal  or other
similar link, into a data processing,  storage, or collection system, or similar
system (the "System"), located on the Transfer Agent's premises. For purposes of
paragraph  1  of  this  Article,   such  a  computer  tape  or  electronic  data
transmission  shall be deemed to have been furnished at such times as are agreed
upon from time to time by the  Transfer  Agent and Fund only if the  information
reflected  thereon  was input to the System at such times as are agreed  upon in
writing from time to time by the Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         (b) Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall constitute any agreement
or representation  by the Transfer Agent to permit,  or to agree to permit,  any
Approved Institution to input information into a System.
         (c) The Transfer Agent reserves the right to approve,  in advance,  any
Approved  Institution,  such  approval  not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Transfer  Agent also reserves the right to terminate any and all automated  data
communications,  at its discretion, upon a reasonable attempt to notify the Fund
when in the  reasonable  opinion  of the  Transfer  Agent  continuation  of such
communications  would  jeopardize  the accuracy  and/or  integrity of the Fund's
records on the System.
                                                    ARTICLE VI
                                            DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
         1.       The Fund shall furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of a
resolution of its Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the

                                                         9

<PAGE>



declaration of a dividend or  distribution,  the date of accrual or payment,  as
the case may be, thereof,  the record date as of which Shareholders  entitled to
payment,  or accrual,  as the case may be, shall be  determined,  the amount per
Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously
accrued  and unpaid  dividends  are to be paid,  and the total  amount,  if any,
payable to the Transfer  Agent on such payment  date,  or (ii)  authorizing  the
declaration  of dividends and  distributions  on a daily or other periodic basis
and  authorizing  the Transfer Agent to rely on a Certificate  setting forth the
information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.
         2. Upon the mail date specified in such  Certificate or resolution,  as
the case may be, the Fund shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution,
cause the  Custodian to deposit in an account in the name of the Transfer  Agent
on behalf of the Fund an amount of cash,  if any,  sufficient  for the  Transfer
Agent to make the payment, as of the mail date, specified in such Certificate or
resolution,  as the case may be, to the  Shareholders  who were of record on the
record  date.  The  Transfer  Agent will,  upon  receipt of any such cash,  make
payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as
of the  record  date  by:  (i)  mailing  a  check,  payable  to  the  registered
shareholder,  to the  address of record or  dividend  mailing  address,  or (ii)
wiring  such  amounts  to the  accounts  previously  designated  by an  Approved
Institution,  as the case may be. The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any
improper payments made in good faith and without negligence,  in accordance with
a  Certificate  or  resolution  described  in the  preceding  paragraph.  If the
Transfer  Agent shall not receive  from the  Custodian  sufficient  cash to make
payments of any cash dividend or distribution to all shareholders of the Fund as
of the record date, the Transfer Agent shall, upon notifying the Fund,  withhold
payment to all  shareholders  of record as of the record  date until  sufficient
cash is provided to the Transfer Agent.
         3.  It is  understood  that  the  Transfer  Agent  shall  in no  way be
responsible  for the  determination  of the rate or form of dividends or capital
gain  distributions  due  to  the  shareholders.  It  is  expressly  agreed  and
understood  that the  Transfer  Agent is not  liable for any loss as a result of
processing a distribution based on information  provided in the Certificate that
is incorrect.  The Fund agrees to pay the Transfer  Agent for any and all costs,
both direct and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  incurred in such  corrective  work as
necessary to remedy such error.

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         4. It is understood that the Transfer Agent shall file such appropriate
information  returns  concerning  the  payment  of  dividend  and  capital  gain
distributions  with the  proper  federal,  state  and local  authorities  as are
required by law to be filed by the Fund but shall in no way be  responsible  for
the collection or  withholding  of taxes due on such dividends or  distributions
due to shareholders, except and only to the extent, required by applicable law.
                                                    ARTICLE VII
                                                CONCERNING THE FUND
         1.       The Fund represents to the Transfer Agent that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Maryland.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable laws and by its
Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform
this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d)      It is an investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
                  (e) A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  with respect to the Shares is effective.  The Fund shall notify the
Transfer  Agent  if  such   registration   statement  or  any  state  securities
registrations have been terminated or a stop order has been entered with respect
to the Shares.
         2. Each copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund and copies of
all  amendments  thereto  shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other
appropriate  official)  of the state of  organization,  and if such  Articles of
Incorporation  and/or  amendments  are  required  by law also to be filed with a
county or other officer or official  body, a certificate of such filing shall be
filed with a certified  copy submitted to the Transfer  Agent.  Each copy of the
By-Laws and copies of all amendments  thereto,  and copies of resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Fund, shall be certified by the Secretary of the Fund.
         3. The Fund shall promptly deliver to the Transfer Agent written notice
of  any  change  in  the  Officers   authorized  to  sign  Share   Certificates,
notifications  or  requests,  together  with a  specimen  signature  of each new
Officer.  In the event any  Officer  who shall  have  signed  manually  or whose
facsimile  signature shall have been affixed to blank Share  certificates  shall
die,  resign or be removed  prior to  issuance of such Share  certificates,  the
Transfer Agent may issue such Share certificates of the Fund

                                                        11

<PAGE>



notwithstanding such death,  resignation or removal, and the Fund shall promptly
deliver to the Transfer Agent such approval,  adoption or ratification as may be
required by law.
         4. It shall be the sole  responsibility  of the Fund to  deliver to the
Transfer Agent the Fund's  currently  effective  Prospectus and, for purposes of
this  Agreement,  the  Transfer  Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any
information  contained in such Prospectus until a reasonable time, not to exceed
ten (10) business days, after it is actually received by the Transfer Agent.
                                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                           CONCERNING THE TRANSFER AGENT
         1.       The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Fund
that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable law and by its
Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d) It is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent under Section
17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
         2. The Transfer  Agent shall not be liable and shall be  indemnified in
acting  upon any  computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission,  writing or
document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or made
by an Officer of the Fund or person designated by the Fund and shall not be held
to have any notice of any change of  authority  of any person  until  receipt of
written notice thereof from the Fund or such person.  It shall also be protected
in processing Share certificates which bear the proper  countersignature  of the
Transfer  Agent and which it  reasonably  believes to bear the proper  manual or
facsimile signature of the Officers of the Fund.
         3. The Transfer Agent upon reasonable  notice to the Fund may establish
such  additional  procedures,  rules and  regulations  governing the transfer or
registration of Share  certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with
such rules and regulations generally adopted by mutual fund transfer agents.
         4.       The Transfer Agent shall keep such records as are
specified in Schedule II hereto in the form and manner, and for
such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund
but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations of appropriate
government authorities, in particular Rules 31a-2 and 31a-3 under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Transfer Agent

                                                        12

<PAGE>



acknowledges  that such records are the property of the Fund. The Transfer Agent
may deliver to the Fund from time to time at its discretion,  for safekeeping or
disposition by the Fund in accordance with law, such records,  papers, documents
accumulated  in the  execution  of its  duties as such  Transfer  Agent,  as the
Transfer Agent may deem expedient,  other than those which the Transfer Agent is
itself  required to maintain  pursuant to applicable laws and  regulations.  The
Fund shall assume all  responsibility  for any failure thereafter to produce any
record, paper, canceled Share certificate, or other document so returned, if and
when  required.  The records  specified in Schedule II hereto  maintained by the
Transfer  Agent  pursuant to this  paragraph  4, which have not been  previously
delivered to the Fund pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 4,
shall be considered to be the property of the Fund, shall be made available upon
request for inspection by the officers, employees, auditors of the Fund, or such
staff of applicable  regulatory agencies as the Fund may designate,  and records
shall be  delivered  to the Fund upon  request and in any event upon the date of
termination of this Agreement,  as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in
the form and manner kept by the Transfer  Agent on such date of  termination  or
such earlier date as may be requested by the Fund.
         5. The  Transfer  Agent  shall  not be liable  for any loss or  damage,
including  counsel  fees,  resulting  from its  actions or  omissions  to act or
otherwise,  except  for  any  loss  or  damage  arising  out of its  bad  faith,
negligence,  willful misfeasance,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties under this agreement.
         6 (a) The Fund shall  indemnify and  exonerate,  save and hold harmless
the Transfer Agent from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without
basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
and  liabilities of any and every nature which the Transfer Agent may sustain or
incur or which may be  asserted  against  the  Transfer  Agent by any  person by
reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior
transfer  agent of the Fund or as a result of any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the  Transfer  Agent in good faith and  without  negligence  or willful
misconduct  or in reliance upon (i) any  provision of this  Agreement;  (ii) the
Prospectus;  (iii) any instruction or order including,  without limitation,  any
computer  tape  or  electronic  data  transmission  reasonably  believed  by the
Transfer  Agent to have been  received  from an Approved  Institution;  (iv) any
instrument, order or Share certificate

                                                        13

<PAGE>



reasonably  believed  by it to be  genuine  and to be signed,  countersigned  or
executed by any duly  authorized  Officer of the Fund;  (v) any  Certificate  or
other  instructions of an Officer;  or (vi) any opinion of legal counsel for the
Fund or the Transfer  Agent.  The Fund shall  indemnify and exonerate,  save and
hold the Transfer  Agent  harmless from and against any and all claims  (whether
with or without basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including  reasonable
attorney's  fees) and  liabilities  of any and every  nature  which the Transfer
Agent may sustain or incur or which may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent
by any person by reason of or as a result of any  action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the Transfer  Agent in good faith and without  negligence in connection
with  its  appointment  or in  reliance  upon any law,  act,  regulation  or any
interpretation  of  the  same  even  though  such  law,  act or  regulation  may
thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed.
                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall not settle any claim,  demand,
expense or liability to which it may seek  indemnity  pursuant to paragraph 6(a)
above (each, an "Indemnifiable Claim") without the express written consent of an
Officer of the Fund.  The Transfer Agent shall notify the Fund within 15 days of
receipt of notification of an Indemnifiable Claim,  provided that the failure by
the Transfer  Agent to furnish such  notification  shall not impair its right to
seek  indemnification  from the Fund  unless  the Fund is unable  to  adequately
defend the Indemnifiable Claim as a result of such failure, or if as a result of
the  Transfer  Agent's  failure to provide  the Fund with  timely  notice of the
institution of litigation a judgment by default is entered.  The Fund shall have
the right to defend any  Indemnifiable  Claim at its own expense,  provided that
such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  selected by the Fund.  The Transfer
Agent may join in such  defense at its own  expense,  but to the extent  that it
shall so desire the Fund shall  direct such  defense.  The Fund shall not settle
any  Indemnifiable  Claim  without the express  written  consent of the Transfer
Agent if the  Transfer  Agent  determines  that such  settlement  would  have an
adverse effect on the Transfer Agent beyond the scope of this Agreement.  In the
event the Transfer Agent does not provide its written consent,  each of the Fund
and the Transfer Agent shall be  responsible  for their own defense at their own
cost and  expense,  and such claim  shall not be deemed an  Indemnifiable  Claim
hereunder.  If the Fund shall fail or refuse to defend an  Indemnifiable  Claim,
the  Transfer  Agent may  provide its own defense at the cost and expense of the
Fund. Anything in this

                                                        14

<PAGE>



Agreement  to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Fund shall not  indemnify  the
Transfer  Agent  against any  liability  or expense  arising out of the Transfer
Agent's willful misfeasance,  bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement.
         The Transfer Agent shall  indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  counsel fees, payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or  attributable to any action or failure
or omission to act by the  Transfer  Agent as a result of the  Transfer  Agent's
lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct.
         7. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be liable to the Fund with respect to
any  redemption  draft on which the  signature of the drawer is forged and which
the Fund's  Custodian or Cash  Management Bank has advised the Transfer Agent to
honor the  redemption.  Provided  that the Transfer  Agent  inspects  redemption
drafts with reasonable care to verify the drawer's  signature against signatures
on file, the Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any material  alteration or
absence or forgery of any endorsement.
         8. There  shall be  excluded  from the  consideration  of  whether  the
Transfer Agent has been negligent or has breached this Agreement,  any period of
time,  and  only  such  period  of  time,  during  which  the  Transfer  Agent's
performance  is  materially  affected,  by reason of  circumstances  beyond  its
control and not  reasonably  foreseeable  in that the  Transfer  Agent could not
reasonable  have  made  back-up  or  alternative   arrangements   (collectively,
"Causes"),  including, without limitation (except as provided below), mechanical
breakdowns of equipment  (including any  alternative  power supply and operating
systems   software),   flood  or   catastrophe,   acts  of  God,   failures   of
transportation, communication or power supply, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages
or other similar circumstances.
         9. At any time the  Transfer  Agent may apply to an Officer of the Fund
for written  instructions  with respect to any matter arising in connection with
the  Transfer  Agent's  duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and the
Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any action  taken or  permitted by it in
good faith in accordance with such written instructions. Such application by the
Transfer  Agent for  written  instructions  from an  Officer of the Fund may set
forth in writing  any  action  proposed  to be taken or omitted by the  Transfer
Agent with respect to its duties or  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
date on and/or after which such action shall be taken.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any action  taken or  omitted  in  accordance  with a proposal
included in

                                                        15

<PAGE>



any such  application on or after the date specified  therein  unless,  prior to
taking or omitting any such  action,  the  Transfer  Agent has received  written
instructions in response to such  application  specifying the action to be taken
or omitted. The Transfer Agent may consult counsel of the Fund, or if acceptable
to the Fund,  its own  counsel,  at the  expense  of the Fund and shall be fully
protected  with  respect  to  anything  done or  omitted  by it in good faith in
accordance with the advice or opinion of counsel to the Fund or its own counsel.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent may issue new Share  certificates  in place of
certificates  represented to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon receiving
written  instructions from the shareholder  accompanied by proof of an indemnity
or surety bond issued by a  recognized  insurance  institution  specified by the
Fund or the Transfer Agent. If the Transfer Agent receives written  notification
from the  shareholder  or broker  dealer that the  certificate  issued was never
received,  and such notification is made within 30 days of the date of issuance,
the Transfer Agent may reissue the certificate  without requiring a surety bond.
The Transfer Agent may also reissue  certificates which are represented as lost,
stolen,  or  destroyed  without  requiring  a  surety  bond  provided  that  the
notification  is in writing  and  accompanied  by an  indemnification  signed on
behalf of a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange and signed by an officer
of said firm with the signature guaranteed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
Transfer  Agent will reissue a certificate  upon written  authorization  from an
Officer of the Fund.
         11.  In case of any  requests  or  demands  for the  inspection  of the
shareholder  records of the Fund, the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the
Fund promptly and to secure  instructions from an Officer as to such inspection.
The Transfer  Agent  reserves  the right,  however,  to exhibit the  shareholder
records to any person  whenever  it receives  an opinion  from its counsel  that
there is a reasonable likelihood that the Transfer Agent will be held liable for
the  failure to  exhibit  the  shareholder  records  to such  person;  provided,
however,  that in connection  with any such  disclosure the Transfer Agent shall
promptly notify the Fund that such disclosure has been made or is to be made.
         12.      At the request of an Officer of the Fund the Transfer
Agent will address and mail such appropriate notices to
shareholders as the Fund may direct.
         13.      Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this
Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall be under no duty or obligation

                                                        16

<PAGE>



to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
                  (a) The  legality  of the  issue  or sale of any  Shares,  the
sufficiency  of the amount to be  received  therefor,  or the  authority  of the
Approved Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such sale or
issuance;
                  (b) The  legality of a transfer of Shares,  or of a redemption
of any Shares, the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor, or the authority
of the Approved  Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such
transfer or redemption;
                  (c)      The legality of the declaration of any dividend by
the Fund, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of
any stock dividend; or
                  (d)      The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment
of Shares.
         14. The Transfer Agent shall be entitled to receive and the Fund hereby
agrees to pay to the Transfer Agent for its performance hereunder, including its
performance of the duties and functions set forth in Schedule I hereto,  (i) its
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable  legal  expenses and
attorney's fees) incurred in connection with its performance  hereunder and (ii)
such  compensation  as may be agreed  upon in  writing  from time to time by the
Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         15.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  have no  duties  or  responsibilities
whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth
in this  Agreement,  and no  covenant  or  obligation  shall be  implied in this
Agreement against the Transfer Agent.
         16.      Purchase and Prices of Services.
                  (a) The Fund will  compensate  the  Transfer  Agent  for,  and
Transfer  Agent will provide,  beginning on the execution date of this Agreement
and continuing until the termination of this Agreement as provided  hereinafter,
the Services set forth in Schedule I.
                  (b) The current  unit prices for the Services are set forth in
Schedule III (the  "Schedule III Fee  Schedule").  Once in each  calendar  year,
after the third anniversary of the date hereof,  the Transfer Agent may elect to
raise the  Schedule  III Fees upon  ninety  (90) days prior  notice to the Fund.
Notwithstanding  the annual right to raise the  Schedule III Fees,  the Transfer
Agent may  increase  prices due to changes in legal or  regulatory  requirements
subject to the approval of the Fund,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.
         17.      Billing and Payment.

                                                        17

<PAGE>



                  (a) The  Transfer  Agent shall bill the Fund as  follows:  (i)
monthly in arrears for Accounts maintained and Out-of-Pocket  Expenses; and (ii)
monthly in advance for estimated postage expenses to be incurred by the Transfer
Agent for the following month. Documentation to support reconciliation of actual
postage expense charges will be provided to the Fund monthly. The Transfer Agent
may  from  time to time  request  the  Fund to  make  additional  advances  when
appropriate.
                  (b) The Fund  shall  pay the  Transfer  Agent  in  immediately
available funds at United  Missouri Bank in Kansas City,  Missouri within thirty
(30)  days of the date of the bill and  receipt  of  supporting  documents.  Any
amounts due under this Agreement  which are not paid within said thirty (30) day
period shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per
month from such date until paid in full.
                                                    ARTICLE IX
                                                    TERMINATION
                  Either of the parties  hereto may terminate  this Agreement by
giving  to the  other  party a notice  in  writing  specifying  the date of such
termination,  which  shall be not less than  ninety  (90) days after the date of
receipt of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall
be  accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund,
certified by the  Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,  electing to terminate
this Agreement and designating the successor  transfer agent or transfer agents.
In the event such notice is given by the  Transfer  Agent,  the Fund shall on or
before  the  termination  date,  deliver  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  copy  of a
resolution of its Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary  designating a successor  transfer  agent or transfer  agents.  In the
absence of such  designation by the Fund, the Fund shall upon the date specified
in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  and  delivery  of the records
maintained  hereunder,  be deemed to be its own transfer  agent and the Transfer
Agent shall thereby be relieved of all duties and  responsibilities  pursuant to
this Agreement.
         In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated  as provided  herein,  the
Transfer Agent,  upon the written request of the Fund, shall deliver the records
of the  Fund on  electromagnetic  media to the  Fund or its  successor  transfer
agent.  The Fund shall be  responsible  to the Transfer Agent for the reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the preparation and delivery of such media.
                                                     ARTICLE X

                                                        18

<PAGE>



                                                   MISCELLANEOUS
         1. The Fund agrees that prior to effecting any change in the Prospectus
which would  increase or alter the duties and  obligations of the Transfer Agent
hereunder,  it shall advise the Transfer Agent of such proposed  change at least
30 days prior to the  intended  date of the same,  and shall  proceed  with such
change only if it shall have received the written  consent of the Transfer Agent
thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently  given if addressed
to the Fund and mailed or  delivered  to it at its office at the  address  first
above  written,  or at such  other  place  as the  Fund  may  from  time to time
designate in writing.
         3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Transfer Agent shall be sufficiently  given if
addressed to the Transfer Agent and mailed or delivered to the Secretary at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 with a copy to the President at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594  or at such  other  place  as the
Transfer Agent may from time to time designate in writing.
         4.       This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties with
the formality of this Agreement.
         5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be
assignable  by either  party  without  the written  consent of the other  party,
except  that the  Transfer  Agent  may  assign  this  Agreement  to a  corporate
affiliate with advance written notice to and consent by the Fund,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         6.       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the  State of Illinois.
         7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed to be an original;  but such counterparts shall, together,
constitute only one instrument.
         8. The  provisions  of this  Agreement are intended to benefit only the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, and no rights shall be granted to any other person
by virtue of this Agreement.
         9.  (a) The  Transfer  Agent  will  endeavor  to  assist  in  resolving
shareholder  inquiries  and errors  relating  to the period  during  which prior
transfer  agents acted as such for the Fund.  Any such inquiries or errors which
cannot be  expediently  resolved by the  Transfer  Agent will be referred to the
Fund.

                                                        19

<PAGE>



                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall  only be  responsible  for the
safekeeping and maintenance of transfer  agency records,  canceled  certificates
and  correspondence  of the  Fund  created  or  produced  prior  to the  time of
conversion which are under its control and acknowledged in a writing to the Fund
to be in its  possession.  Any expenses or liabilities  incurred by the Transfer
Agent as a result of  shareholder  inquiries,  regulatory  compliance  or audits
related to such  records  and not  caused as a result of  Transfer  Agent's  bad
faith, willful malfeasance or negligence shall be the responsibility of the Fund
as provided in Article VIII herein.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent shall enter into and shall  maintain in effect
with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable  provision for
periodic  backup  or  computer  files  and  data  with  respect  to the Fund and
emergency use of electronic data processing equipment. In the event of equipment
failures the Transfer Agent shall at no additional expense to the Fund, take all
reasonable  steps to minimize  service  interruptions,  the Transfer Agent shall
have no  liability  with  respect to the loss of data or  service  interruptions
caused by equipment  failures,  provided such loss or interruption is not caused
by the negligence of the Transfer  Agent and provided  further that the Transfer
Agent has complied with the provisions of this Paragraph.
         11.  The  Transfer  Agent  agrees  on its own  behalf  and  that of its
employees to make  reasonable  efforts to keep  confidential  all records of the
Fund and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders  (past,  present
and future),  its investment advisor and its principal  underwriter,  unless the
release of such records or information is otherwise consented to, in writing, by
the Fund prior to its release.  The Fund agrees that such  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  and may not be  withheld  where  Transfer  Agent may be
exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings  or when required to divulge
such information or records to duly constituted authorities.
         12. The Transfer Agent shall maintain insurance of the types and in the
amounts deemed by it to be appropriate. To the extent that policies of insurance
may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by the parties set
forth in this Agreement,  the contracts of insurance shall take precedence,  and
no provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any
obligation to pay claims to the Fund,  the Transfer Agent or other insured party
which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this
Agreement.
         13.  The Transfer Agent represents and warrants that, to  the

                                                        20

<PAGE>



best of its  knowledge,  the various  procedures  and systems which the Transfer
Agent  has  implemented  with  regard  to the  safeguarding  from loss or damage
attributable  to  fire,  theft  or any  other  cause  (including  provision  for
twenty-four  hours  a  day  restricted  access)  of  the  Fund's  blank  checks,
certificates,  records  and  other  data  and the  Transfer  Agent's  equipment,
facilities  and  other  property  used  in the  performance  of its  obligations
hereunder are adequate,  and that it will make such changes therein from time to
time  as in  its  judgment  are  required  for  the  secure  performance  of its
obligations  hereunder.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  review  such  systems  and
procedures  on a periodic  basis and the Fund shall have access to review  these
systems and procedures.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective  corporate  officer,  thereunto duly authorized and
their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto  affixed,  as the day and year
first above written.



DST SYSTEMS, INC.                        THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH
                                         FUND, INC.


By: __________________________          By: _______________________
          (Signature)                             (Signature)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
             (Name)                                  (Name)

    --------------------------              -----------------------
            (Title)                                  (Title)




                                                        21

<PAGE>



                                                    SCHEDULE I
                                              DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

         In  consideration  of the  fees to be paid in such  manner  and at such
times as Fund and  Transfer  Agent may agree,  Transfer  Agent will  provide the
services set forth below:

         Examine and Process New Accounts,  Subsequent  Payments,  Liquidations,
Exchanges,  Telephone  Transactions,  Check Redemptions,  Automatic Withdrawals,
Certificate Issuance, Wire Order Trades, Dividends,  Dividend Statements, Dealer
Statements.

DAILY ACTIVITY

         Maintain the following shareholder  information in such a manner as the
         Transfer Agent shall determine:

         Name and Address, including Zip Code

         Balance of Uncertificated Shares

         Balance of Certificated Shares

         Certificate number, number of shares, issuance date of each certificate
         outstanding and  cancellation  date for each  certificate date for each
         certificate no longer outstanding, if issued

         Balance of dollars available for redemption

         Dividend code (daily accrual, monthly reinvest, monthly cash
         or quarterly cash)

         Type of account code

         Establishment date indicating the date an account was opened,
         carrying forward pre-conversion data as available

         Original establishment date for accounts opened by exchange

         W-9 withholding status and periodic reporting

         State of residence code

                                                        22

<PAGE>



         Social Security or taxpayer identification number, and
         indication of certification

         Historical  transactions  on the account for the most recent 18 months,
         or other period as mutually agreed to from time-to-time


         Indication as to whether phone transactions can be accepted
         for this account. Beneficial owner code, i.e. male, female,
         joint tenant, etc.

         An alternate or "secondary" account number issued by a dealer
         (or bank, etc.) to a customer for use, inquiry and transaction
         input by "remote accessors"


FUNCTIONS

         Answer investor and dealer telephone and/or written  inquiries,  except
         those concerning Fund policy,  or requests for investment  advice which
         will be referred to the Fund, or those which the Fund chooses to answer

         Deposit  Fund  share   certificates   into  accounts  upon  receipt  of
         instructions from the investor or other authorized person, if issued

         Examine and process  transfers  of shares  insuring  that all  transfer
         requirements and legal documents have been supplied

         Process and confirm address changes

         Process standard account record changes as required, i.e.
         Dividend Codes, etc.

         Microfilm source documents for transactions, such as account
         applications and correspondence

         Perform backup withholding for those accounts which federal
         government regulations indicate is necessary

         Perform withholdings on liquidations, if applicable, for

                                                        23

<PAGE>



         employee benefit plans.  Prepare and mail 5498s and 1099R's

         Solicit missing taxpayer identification numbers

         Provide  remote  access  inquiry  to Fund  records  via  Fund  supplied
         hardware (Fund responsible for connection line and monthly fee)


REPORTS PROVIDED

         Daily Journals                       Reflecting all shares and
                                              dollar activity for the
                                              previous day

         Blue Sky Report                      Supply information monthly
                                              for Fund's preparation of
                                              Blue Sky Reporting

         N-SAR Report                         Supply monthly correspondence,
                                              redemption and liquidation
                                              information for use in fund's
                                              N-SAR Report

         Additionally, monthly average daily balance reports will be provided at
         the Fund's request to the Fund at no charge. Prepare and mail copies of
         summary statements to dealers and investment advisers

         Generate and mail confirmation statements for financial
         transactions


DIVIDEND ACTIVITY

         Reinvest or pay in cash including reinvesting in other funds within the
         fund group  serviced by the  Transfer  Agent as  described in each Fund
         Prospectus

         Distribute capital gains simultaneously with income dividends


DEALER SERVICES

                                                        24

<PAGE>



         Prepare and mail confirmation statements to dealers daily

         Prepare and mail copies of statements to dealers, same
         frequency as investor statements

ANNUAL MEETINGS

         Assist  Fund in  obtaining a  qualified  service  to:  address and mail
         proxies  and related  material,  tabulate  returned  proxies and supply
         daily reports when sufficient proxies have been received

         Prepare certified list of stockholders, hard copy or microform

PERIODIC ACTIVITIES

         Mail transaction confirmation statements daily to investors

         Address and mail four (4) periodic  financial reports (material must be
         adaptable  to  Transfer  Agent's  mechanical  equipment  as  reasonably
         specified by the Transfer Agent)

         Mail periodic statement to investors

         Compute, prepare and furnish all necessary reports to
         Governmental authorities:  Forms 1099R, 1099DIV, 1099B, 1042
         and 1042S

         Enclose  various  marketing  material  as  designated  by the  Fund  in
         statement  mailings,  i.e. monthly and quarterly  statements  (material
         must be adaptable to mechanical  equipment as  reasonably  specified by
         the Transfer Agent)


                                                        25

<PAGE>


                                                   SCHEDULE II
                                       RECORDS MAINTAINED BY TRANSFER AGENT


         -        Account applications

         -        Canceled certificates plus stock powers and supporting
                  documents

         -        Checks including check registers, reconciliation records,
                  any adjustment records and tax withholding documentation

         -        Indemnity bonds for replacement of lost or missing stock
                  certificates and checks

         -        Liquidation, redemption, withdrawal and transfer requests
                  including stock powers, signature guarantees and any
                  supporting documentation



                                                        26

<PAGE>

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agency Agreement is made as of _____________,  1996 by and between
The Rockwood  Growth Fund,  Inc.,  an Idaho  corporation,  having its  principal
office and place of  business  at 11 Hanover  Square,  New York,  New York 10005
(hereinafter referred to as "Rockwood Fund"), and DST Systems,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation, having its principal office and place of business at 1055 Broadway,
Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 (hereinafter referred to as the "Agent").

         WHEREAS, Agent is the transfer agent of certain affiliated mutual funds
("Funds"), which Funds are listed on the attached Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS, Rockwood Fund is the sponsor of certain Individual
Retirement Accounts (the "Accounts") in the Funds; and

         WHEREAS,  Rockwood  Fund wishes to retain the Agent to perform  certain
recordkeeping  and other  duties which have been  delegated to Rockwood  Fund by
Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT") as Custodian for the Accounts pursuant to
the Service and Agency  Agreement  ("SAA")  attached hereto as Exhibit B and the
Agent wishes
to perform such duties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, Rockwood Fund and the Agent agree as follows:

         1.       Rockwood Fund hereby retains and employs the Agent to
perform the duties described herein.  The Agent accepts such
employment and agrees to perform such duties.

         2. The Agent shall,  in fulfilling  its duties  hereunder,  act in good
faith, with due diligence,  and without negligence.  The Agent shall perform its
duties  in  accordance  with  the  copy  of the  Individual  Retirement  Account
Custodial  Agreement which is attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Custodial
Agreement")  and  present  and  future  requirements  of  Section  408(a) of the
Internal  Revenue Code and any rule or regulation  issued in  interpretation  of
Section 408(a) and applicable law ("IRS Requirements").

         3.       The duties of the Agent will include the following:

                  (a)      Receiving all Accounts which are in existence,
         opening new Accounts and receiving cash contributions for
         Accounts;

                  (b) Making  distributions from Accounts as well as withholding
                  tax  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Custodial
                  Agreement and IRS Requirements.

                  (c) Preparing and  delivering all returns,  reports,  proxies,
         valuations,  and accounting in accordance with IRS  Requirements and as
         reasonably required by Rockwood Fund or by IBT.

                  (d)      Maintaining all records for the Accounts in
         accordance with IRS Requirements and as reasonably required by
         Rockwood Fund or by IBT; and

                  (e)      assuming all duties and obligations of Rockwood Fund
         as set forth in Article 4.4(a) of the SAA.

         4.  Agent  agrees to permit  Rockwood  Fund and IBT to  conduct  review
procedures as either may deem  necessary to monitor the  activities of the Agent
under this  Agreement.  The Agent also agrees to perform or have  performed such
audit  review  procedures  of  those  activities  as  Rockwood  Fund and IBT may
reasonably request at the expense of Rockwood Fund.

         5.       No provision of this Agreement shall modify or supersede
any provision of the Transfer Agency Agreements executed by the
Agent and Rockwood Fund.

         6. Rockwood Fund agrees to indemnify and exonerate, save and hold Agent
harmless  from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without basis in
fact or law),  demands,  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) and
liabilities  of any nature  which Agent may sustain or incur unless such claims,
demands,  expenses, and liabilities are caused as a result of Agent's bad faith,
willful  misconduct,  negligence  or failure to perform its duties  hereunder in
accordance with the standards set forth herein.

         7.       This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual
consent of the parties hereto or upon thirty (30) days' written
notice by either party.  Further, this Agreement may be immediately
terminated by either party in the event the Rockwood Fund appoints

                                                         1

<PAGE>



a successor Custodian as provided in the Custodial Agreement.  Upon termination,
Agent shall transfer the records of the Accounts as directed by Rockwood Fund at
Rockwood Fund's expense.

         8.       For its services hereunder, Agent shall be entitled to
receive 75% of all annual maintenance (fiduciary) fees collected
from the accounts.

         9. No  modification  or amendment of this  Agreement  shall be valid or
binding on the  parties  unless  made in writing and signed on behalf of each of
the parties by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives.

         10.  Notices shall be  communicated  by fax and first class mail, or by
such  other  means as the  parties  may  agree,  to the  persons  and  addresses
specified  below or to such other  persons  and  addresses  as the  parties  may
specify in writing.


                  If to Rockwood Fund:    The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.
                                          11 Hanover Square
                                          New York, NY 10005

                           with copy to:  Rockwood Advisers, Inc.
                                          11 Hanover Square
                                          New York, NY  10005
                                          Attn: Legal Department
                                          
                           If to Agent:   DST Systems, Inc.
                                          1055 Broadway
                                          Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594
                                          Attn:  Thomas A. McCullough

                           with copy to:  DST Systems, Inc.
                                          Legal Department
                                          1055 Broadway
                                          Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594

         11.      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Missouri.

         12.      This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts,

                                                         2

<PAGE>



each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original and all of which when
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         Executed by the parties on the date(s) set forth below.

                                            THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                                            "ROCKWOOD FUND"

                                       By:
                                                     Thomas B. Winmill

                                            Its:     Co-President

                                      Date:

                                            DST SYSTEMS, INC.
                                     "AGENT"

                                       By:

                                            Its:     Senior Vice President

                                      Date:


                                                         3

<PAGE>


                                        EXHIBIT A - Dated ___________, 1995



Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund
Midas Fund, Inc.
The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.

                                                         4

<PAGE>

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agency Agreement is made as of _____________,  1996 by and between
The Rockwood  Growth Fund,  Inc.,  an Idaho  corporation,  having its  principal
office and place of  business  at 11 Hanover  Square,  New York,  New York 10005
(hereinafter referred to as "Rockwood Fund"), and DST Systems,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation, having its principal office and place of business at 1055 Broadway,
Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 (hereinafter referred to as the "Agent").

         WHEREAS, Agent is the transfer agent of certain affiliated mutual funds
("Funds"), which Funds are listed on the attached Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS, Rockwood Fund is the sponsor of certain Individual
Retirement Accounts (the "Accounts") in the Funds; and

         WHEREAS,  Rockwood  Fund wishes to retain the Agent to perform  certain
recordkeeping  and other  duties which have been  delegated to Rockwood  Fund by
Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT") as Custodian for the Accounts pursuant to
the Service and Agency  Agreement  ("SAA")  attached hereto as Exhibit B and the
Agent wishes
to perform such duties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, Rockwood Fund and the Agent agree as follows:

         1.       Rockwood Fund hereby retains and employs the Agent to
perform the duties described herein.  The Agent accepts such
employment and agrees to perform such duties.

         2. The Agent shall,  in fulfilling  its duties  hereunder,  act in good
faith, with due diligence,  and without negligence.  The Agent shall perform its
duties  in  accordance  with  the  copy  of the  Individual  Retirement  Account
Custodial  Agreement which is attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Custodial
Agreement")  and  present  and  future  requirements  of  Section  408(a) of the
Internal  Revenue Code and any rule or regulation  issued in  interpretation  of
Section 408(a) and applicable law ("IRS Requirements").

         3.       The duties of the Agent will include the following:

                  (a)      Receiving all Accounts which are in existence,
         opening new Accounts and receiving cash contributions for
         Accounts;

                  (b) Making  distributions from Accounts as well as withholding
                  tax  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Custodial
                  Agreement and IRS Requirements.

                  (c) Preparing and  delivering all returns,  reports,  proxies,
         valuations,  and accounting in accordance with IRS  Requirements and as
         reasonably required by Rockwood Fund or by IBT.

                  (d)      Maintaining all records for the Accounts in
         accordance with IRS Requirements and as reasonably required by
         Rockwood Fund or by IBT; and

                  (e)      assuming all duties and obligations of Rockwood Fund
         as set forth in Article 4.4(a) of the SAA.

         4.  Agent  agrees to permit  Rockwood  Fund and IBT to  conduct  review
procedures as either may deem  necessary to monitor the  activities of the Agent
under this  Agreement.  The Agent also agrees to perform or have  performed such
audit  review  procedures  of  those  activities  as  Rockwood  Fund and IBT may
reasonably request at the expense of Rockwood Fund.

         5.       No provision of this Agreement shall modify or supersede
any provision of the Transfer Agency Agreements executed by the
Agent and Rockwood Fund.

         6. Rockwood Fund agrees to indemnify and exonerate, save and hold Agent
harmless  from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without basis in
fact or law),  demands,  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) and
liabilities  of any nature  which Agent may sustain or incur unless such claims,
demands,  expenses, and liabilities are caused as a result of Agent's bad faith,
willful  misconduct,  negligence  or failure to perform its duties  hereunder in
accordance with the standards set forth herein.

         7.       This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual
consent of the parties hereto or upon thirty (30) days' written
notice by either party.  Further, this Agreement may be immediately
terminated by either party in the event the Rockwood Fund appoints

                                                         1

<PAGE>



a successor Custodian as provided in the Custodial Agreement.  Upon termination,
Agent shall transfer the records of the Accounts as directed by Rockwood Fund at
Rockwood Fund's expense.

         8.       For its services hereunder, Agent shall be entitled to
receive 75% of all annual maintenance (fiduciary) fees collected
from the accounts.

         9. No  modification  or amendment of this  Agreement  shall be valid or
binding on the  parties  unless  made in writing and signed on behalf of each of
the parties by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives.

         10.  Notices shall be  communicated  by fax and first class mail, or by
such  other  means as the  parties  may  agree,  to the  persons  and  addresses
specified  below or to such other  persons  and  addresses  as the  parties  may
specify in writing.


                  If to Rockwood Fund:    The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.
                                          11 Hanover Square
                                          New York, NY 10005

                           with copy to:  Rockwood Advisers, Inc.
                                          11 Hanover Square
                                          New York, NY  10005
                                          Attn: Legal Department
                                          
                           If to Agent:   DST Systems, Inc.
                                          1055 Broadway
                                          Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594
                                          Attn:  Thomas A. McCullough

                           with copy to:  DST Systems, Inc.
                                          Legal Department
                                          1055 Broadway
                                          Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594

         11.      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Missouri.

         12.      This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts,

                                                         2

<PAGE>



each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original and all of which when
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         Executed by the parties on the date(s) set forth below.

                                            THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.
                                            "ROCKWOOD FUND"

                                       By:
                                                     Thomas B. Winmill

                                            Its:     Co-President

                                      Date:

                                            DST SYSTEMS, INC.
                                     "AGENT"

                                       By:

                                            Its:     Senior Vice President

                                      Date:


                                                         3

<PAGE>


                                        EXHIBIT A - Dated ___________, 1995



Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund
Midas Fund, Inc.
The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc.

                                                         4

<PAGE>


                      SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made as of ______________, 1996 between The
Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc., an Idaho corporation ("Fund"), and
Investor Service Center, Inc. ("ISC"), a Delaware corporation.

         WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended ("1940 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain ISC to provide certain
shareholder services for the Fund and each Series of shares now
existing or as hereinafter may be established; and

         WHEREAS, as a convenience to the Fund and its shareholders
ISC is willing to furnish such services at cost and without a
view to profit thereby;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties
hereto as follows:

         1.       Appointment.  The Fund hereby appoints ISC as agent to
perform the services for the period and on the terms set forth in
this Agreement.  ISC accepts such appointment and agrees to
furnish the services herein set forth, in return for the
reimbursement specified in paragraph 3 of this Agreement.  ISC
agrees to comply with all relevant provisions of the 1940 Act and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and
applicable rules and regulations thereunder in performing such
services.

         2.       Services and Duties of ISC.  ISC shall be responsible
for the following services relating to shareholders of the Fund
("Shareholders"):
(a) assisting the transfer agent in receiving and responding to
written and telephone Shareholder inquiries concerning their
accounts; (b) processing Shareholder telephone requests for
transfers, purchases, redemptions, changes of address and similar
matters; (c) assisting as necessary in proxy solicitation; (d)
providing a service center for coordinating, researching and
answering general inquiries, as well as those required by legal

                                                         1

process, regarding Shareholder account data; and (e)
administering and correcting Fund records as authorized by the
Board of Directors of the Fund.

         3.       Reimbursement.  For the performance of its obligations
hereunder, the Fund will reimburse ISC the actual costs incurred
with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the
following costs and all other expenses related to the performance
of ISC's obligations hereunder:
(a) benefits, payroll taxes, and search costs of ISC personnel;
(b) telephone; (c) rent; (d) equipment, including telephone PBX,
answering machine, call distributor, conversation recording
machine and maintenance thereon; (e) blue sky registration and
filing for ISC and its registered representatives; (f) travel and
meals; (g) mail, postage, and overnight delivery services; (h)
allocated E&O and fidelity bond insurance; (i) publications,
memberships, and subscriptions; (j) office supplies; (k)
printing; (l) Shareholder service related training courses; and
(m) corporate audit and franchise taxes.  Such costs and expenses
shall be allocated among the Fund and the other investment companies or series
thereof for which ISC or any affiliate thereof provides services similar to
those provided hereunder based on the relative number of open Shareholder
accounts and other factors deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the
Fund.

         4.       Cooperation with Accountants.  ISC shall cooperate with
the Fund's independent public accountants and shall take all
reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement to assure that the necessary information is made
available to such accountants for the expression of their
unqualified opinion, including but not limited to the opinion
included in the Fund's semi-annual reports on Form N-SAR.

         5.       Equipment Failures.  In the event of failures beyond
ISC's control, ISC shall take reasonable steps to minimize
service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect
thereto.

         6.       Responsibility of ISC.  ISC shall be under no duty to
take any action on behalf of the Fund or any Series except as
specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically agreed to
by ISC in writing.  In the performance of its duties hereunder,
ISC shall be obligated to exercise care and diligence, but shall
not be liable for any act or omission which does not constitute

                                                         2

willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of
ISC or reckless disregard by ISC of its duties under this
Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or
of any other provision of this Agreement, in connection with its
duties under this Agreement, ISC shall not be liable for delays
or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond ISC's
control, including acts of civil or military authorities,
national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, mechanical
breakdown, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war,
riots or failure of the mails, transportation, communication or
power supply.

         7.       Indemnification.  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless ISC and its agents from all taxes, charges, expenses,
assessments, claims and liabilities including (without
limitation) liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, the 1934 Act and any state and foreign securities and
blue sky laws and regulations, all as or to be amended from time
to time, and expenses, including (without limitation) attorneys'
fees and disbursements arising directly or indirectly from any
action or matter which ISC takes or does or omits to take or do.

         8.       Duration and Termination.  This Agreement shall
continue until terminated by the Fund with respect to any or all
Series thereof, or by ISC.  Termination of this Agreement with
respect to any given Series shall in no way affect the continued
validity of this Agreement or the performance thereunder with
respect to any other Series.

         9.       Amendments.  This Agreement or any part thereof may be
changed or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of such change or waiver is
sought.

         10.      Miscellaneous.  This Agreement embodies the entire
contract and understanding between the parties hereto.  The
captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions thereof or otherwise affect their construction or
effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made
invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This
Agreement shall be binding and shall inure to the benefit of the

                                                         3
parties hereto and their respective successors.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of
the date first above written.



ATTEST:                                        THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.



                                               By:                         
 Secretary                                              Co-President



ATTEST:                                        INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.



                                               By:                         
 Secretary                                                    President

                                                         4


                                     Form Of

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                         INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                                       and
                            BULL & BEAR FUNDS I, INC.
                           BULL & BEAR FUNDS II, INC.
                         BULL & BEAR GOLD INVESTORS LTD.
                     BULL & BEAR MUNICIPAL SECURITIES, INC.
                   BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC. and
                                MIDAS FUND, INC.
                         THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.

                      $20,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY


                                 _______, 1996









                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I.  THE CREDIT FACILITY

         1.01     The Credit Facility                                         1
         1.02     Availability                                                3
         1.03     Charges Against Accounts                                    3
         1.04     Payments                                                    3
         1.05     Payment on Non-Business Days                                3
         1.06     Net Payments                                                3
         1.07     Additional Amounts Payable                                  3
         1.08     Source of Repayment; Payment of Fees and Other Charge       4

ARTICLE II.  CONDITIONS



<PAGE>



         2.01     Conditions to Closing                                       5
         2.02     Conditions of Making Loans                                  6

ARTICLE III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         3.01     Organization                                                7
         3.02     Authority                                                   7
         3.03     Approvals                                                   8
         3.04     Valid Obligations                                           8
         3.05     Assets                                                      8
         3.06     Claims                                                      8
         3.07     Financial Statements                                        9
         3.08     Taxes                                                       9
         3.09     Investment Company                                          9
         3.10     Margin Stock                                               10
         3.11     Representations Accurate                                   10



         4.01     Affirmative Covenants Other Than

         4.02     Negative Covenants                                         11
         4.03     Reporting Requirements                                     13

ARTICLE V.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

         5.01     Events of Default                                          15






         5.02     Remedies                                                   16
         5.03     Set-off                                                    17

ARTICLE VI.  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.01     Right to Cure                                17
         6.02     Waivers                                      17
         6.03     Delays                                       17
         6.04     Notices                                      17
         6.05     Captions                                     18
         6.06     Jurisdiction                                 18
         6.07     Execution                                    18


<PAGE>



         6.08     Governing Law                                18
         6.09     Fees                                         18
         6.10     Binding Nature                               18
         6.11     Severability                                 18
         6.12     Under Seal                                   19

ARTICLE VII.  DEFINITIONS

         7.01     Definitions                                  19
         7.02     Use of Defined Terms                         20
         7.03     Accounting Terms                             20

Exhibits

         Exhibit A        Form of Note
         Exhibit B        Form of Borrowing Notice
         Exhibit C        Designation of Portfolios

Schedules

         Schedule A       Additional Disclosure and Covenants








      This Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement") is made as of _____, 1996 between
Investors Bank & Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the "Bank"),  and
each of Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.,  Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc., Bull & Bear Gold
Investors  Ltd.,  Bull & Bear Municipal  Securities,  Inc.,  Bull & Bear Special
Equities Fund, Inc., Midas Fund, Inc. and The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc., each a
Maryland  corporation with its principal office at 11 Hanover Square,  New York,
NY 10005 (each a "Borrower" and collectively the "Borrowers").


      WHEREAS,  the Borrowers have requested that the Bank provide,  and subject
to the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement and of the other  agreements and
documents referred to herein, the Bank has agreed to provide, to the Borrowers a
credit facility (the "Credit  Facility") of up to $20,000,000 to provide for the
short-term working capital requirements of the Borrowers;

      NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants


<PAGE>



and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable  consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,  the Borrowers,  in
order to induce the Bank to provide the Credit  Facility,  and  intending  to be
legally bound, hereby severally but not jointly agree with the Bank as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                               THE CREDIT FACILITY

1.01.The Credit Facility.  The Credit Facility shall consist of a revolving line
of credit  pursuant  to which  the Bank may from time to time make  Loans to the
Borrowers.
               (a) Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth,  the Bank agrees to make Loans to any or all of the  Borrowers  and, with
respect to Borrowers  composed of  Portfolios,  any and all of the Portfolios at
the  Principal  Office of the Bank on any Business Day prior to the  Termination
Date, in such amounts as the Borrowers may request; provided,  however, that any
such  requests by the Borrowers or the  Portfolios  may not exceed the Aggregate
Eligible Loan Amount as to all Borrowers  and  Portfolios  and the Eligible Loan
Amount as to any Borrower or Portfolio  and further  provided that the aggregate
of all Loans to any or all of the Borrowers  outstanding shall at no time exceed
the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Eligible Loan Amount; or (b) $20,000,000. Within
the foregoing limits, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any
or all of the Borrowers  and, with respect to Borrowers  composed of Portfolios,
any and all of the Portfolios may obtain Loans,  repay Loans in whole or in part
and obtain Loans again on one or more occasions. The Loans shall be evidenced by
the respective Note of each Borrower or Portfolio,  dated as of the date hereof.
The  Borrowers  and  Portfolios  severally  but not jointly  hereby  irrevocably
authorize  the Bank to make or cause to be made, on a schedule to be attached to
the Notes or on the books of the Bank,  at or following  the time of making each
Loan  and of  receiving  any  payment  of  principal,  an  appropriate  notation
reflecting such transaction and the then aggregate  unpaid principal  balance of
the Loans. The amount so noted shall constitute  presumptive  evidence as to the
amount owed by the  Borrowers and the  Portfolios  with respect to the principal
amount of the Loans.  Failure of the Bank to make any such  notation  shall not,
however,  affect any obligation of the Borrowers and the Portfolios hereunder or
under the Notes.






               (b) Request for Loans.  Each Borrower or Portfolio shall give the
Bank telephonic or written  notice,  specifying the amount and date of each Loan
requested, no later than 2:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the Business Day on which


<PAGE>



the  Borrower  or  Portfolio  requests  the  proceeds  of  such  Loan to be made
available by the Bank. Upon receipt from the Bank of a Borrowing Notice prepared
by the Bank in  connection  with such Loan  request,  the  Borrower or Portfolio
shall execute such Borrowing Notice and return it promptly to the Bank.

               (c)  Repayment of  Principal.  Each  Borrower or Portfolio  shall
repay in full all Loans and all interest  thereon upon the first to occur of (i)
the Termination Date; or (ii) an acceleration under Section 5.02(b) following an
Event of Default.  Each Borrower or Portfolio may prepay,  at any time,  without
penalty,  the  whole or any  portion  of any  Loans;  provided  that  each  such
prepayment  shall  be  accompanied  by a  payment  of  all  interest  under  the
respective Note or Notes accrued but unpaid to the date of prepayment.

               (d)  Interest  Payments.  Each  Borrower and  Portfolio  will pay
interest on the principal amount of the aggregate Loans outstanding from time to
time, from the date of the initial Loan until payment of all Loans and the Notes
in full and the termination of the Credit Facility,  such interest to be payable
monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of the next month,  commencing with
May 1,  1996,  and on the date of  payment  of the  Loans  in full.  The rate of
interest  so payable  shall be a floating  rate per annum  equal to the  Federal
Funds  Rate  plus one and  three-quarters  percent  (1.75%)  (but in no event in
excess of the maximum rate then permitted by applicable  law),  with a change in
such rate of interest to become effective on the same day on which any change in
the  Federal  Funds Rate is  effective.  Overdue  principal  and,  to the extent
permitted by law,  overdue  interest  shall bear interest at a floating rate per
annum which at all times shall be five percent (5%) plus the Federal  Funds Rate
(but in no event in excess of the maximum rate from time to time then  permitted
by applicable law),  compounded monthly and payable on demand,  with a change in
such rate of interest to become effective on the same day on which any change in
the Federal Funds Rate is effective.

               (e) Commitment Fee. The Borrowers and Portfolios shall pay to the
Bank an  annual  commitment  fee,  in  connection  with  the  establishment  and
maintenance of the Credit Facility at the rate of  one-twentieth  of one percent
(0.05%) per annum on the difference between (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) the average
daily amount of Loans outstanding  under the Credit Facility,  payable quarterly
in arrears on the first Business Day of the next calendar quarter.

               (f) Use of Loan Proceeds.  The proceeds of each Loan will be used
by the Borrowers and Portfolios solely to finance redemptions, purchase and hold
investment  securities,  finance  working  capital  requirements  and  pay  fund
expenses.

(g) Reduction or  Termination of Credit  Facility.  The Borrowers and Portfolios
shall have the right,  at any time for any reason and without  penalty,  upon no


<PAGE>



less than ten (10) days'  prior  written  notice to the Bank,  to  terminate  or
reduce the amount of the Credit  Facility.  Any such  reduction  shall be in the
amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple  thereof (or, if less, the maximum amount
of the Credit  Facility)  and shall be  irrevocable.  Each Borrower or Portfolio
shall have the right,  at any time for any reason and without  penalty,  upon no
less than ten (10) days' prior  written  notice to the Bank,  to  terminate  its
participation in the Credit Facility  provided by this Agreement.  Upon any such
termination of participation  by any Borrower or Portfolio,  the Bank shall have
the right, at any time for any reason and without  liability,  upon no less than
ten (10) days' prior  written  notice to the Borrowers  and the  Portfolios,  to
terminate the Credit Facility.

1.02. Availability. The proceeds of all Loans shall be credited by the Bank to a
general deposit account of the respective Borrower or Portfolio with the Bank.

      1.03.  Charges Against Accounts.  The Bank may charge any deposit account,
and,  after the  occurrence  of any Event of Default by a Borrower or Portfolio,
any custody,  trust or agency account,  of such defaulting Borrower or Portfolio
at or with the Bank, if any, with such  Borrower's  or  Portfolio's  payments of
interest, principal and other sums due, from time to time, under this Agreement,
or due under such Borrower's or Portfolio's Note, and will thereafter notify the
Borrower or  Portfolio  of the amount so charged.  The failure of the Bank so to
charge any account or to give any such notice shall not affect the obligation of
the Borrower or Portfolio to pay  interest,  principal or other sums as provided
herein or in the Notes.


      1.04.  Payments.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Agreement,  all
payments of interest,  principal and any other sum payable  hereunder and/or the
Notes  shall  be  made to the  Bank  at its  Principal  Office,  in  immediately
available funds or by check. All payments  received by the Bank after 11:00 a.m.
Eastern  time on any day  shall be  deemed  received  as of the next  succeeding
Business Day. All monies  received by the Bank hereunder  shall be applied first
to fees,  charges,  costs and expenses payable to the Bank under this Agreement,
next to interest  then  accrued on account of the Loans and only  thereafter  to
principal of the Loans.  Interest  payable  under the Notes shall be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year for the number of days actually elapsed.

      1.05. Payment on Non-Business Days. Whenever any payment to be made to the
Bank  hereunder  or under the Notes  shall be stated to be due on a day which is
not a Business  Day,  such payment may be made on the next  succeeding  Business
Day, and  interest  payable on each such date shall  include the amount  thereof
which shall accrue during the period of such extension of time.

1.06. Net Payments.  All payments to the Bank hereunder and/or in respect of the


<PAGE>



Notes shall be made without deduction, set-off or counterclaim,  notwithstanding
any claim which any Borrower or Portfolio may now or at any time  hereafter have
against the Bank.

      1.07.    Additional Amounts Payable.

               (a) If  the  adoption  of or any  change  in any  statute,  rule,
regulation,  order or policy  of any  government  authority  or agency or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by the Bank with any request
or  directive  (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or
other government authority or agency made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall  subject the Bank to any tax of any kind  whatsoever  with  respect to
this Agreement, any Note or any Loan or change the basis of taxation of payments
to the Bank in respect  thereof  (except  for  changes in the rate of tax on the
overall net income of the Bank).

(ii) shall  impose,  modify or hold  applicable  any reserve,  special  deposit,
compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other
liabilities  in or for the account of,  advances,  loans or other  extensions of
credit by, or any other acquisition of funds, by, any office of the Bank; or

(iii)  shall  impose  on the Bank  any  other  condition  affecting  the  Credit
Facility, this Agreement or any Loan;

and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank,  by
an  amount  which  the Bank  deems to be  material,  of  making,  continuing  or
maintaining  Loans or to reduce  any  amount  receivable  hereunder  in  respect
thereof,  then,  in any such case,  each  Borrower or  Portfolio  whose Loans or
access to Loans under the Credit  Facility are affected by the  foregoing  shall
promptly  pay to the Bank,  upon demand  therefor by the Bank,  such  additional
amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such increased cost or reduced
amount receivable for all periods commencing 60 days after the Bank has provided
notice thereof to the Borrowers.

               (b) If the Bank shall have determined that the adoption of or any
change in any  statute,  rule,  regulation,  order or  policy of any  government
authority  or agency  regarding  capital  adequacy or in the  interpretation  or
application thereof or compliance by the Bank or any corporation controlling the
Bank with any request or directive  regarding  capital adequacy  (whether or not
having  the  force of law)  from  any  governmental  authority  or  agency  made
subsequent  to the date  hereof  shall have the effect of  reducing  the rate of
return on the  Bank's or such  corporation's  capital  as a  consequence  of its
obligations  hereunder to a level below that which the Bank or such  corporation
could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance by an amount


<PAGE>



deemed by the Bank to be material, then from time to time, the Borrowers and the
Portfolios  shall  promptly pay to the Bank,  upon demand  therefor by the Bank,
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such reduction
for all periods commencing 60 days after the Bank has provided notice thereof to
the Borrowers and the Portfolios.

               (c) If the Bank claims any  additional  amounts  pursuant to this
Section 1.07, it shall  promptly  notify the Borrowers and the Portfolios of the
event  by  reason  of which it has  become  so  entitled.  A  certificate  of an
authorized  officer of the Bank as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to
this subsection  submitted by the Bank to the Borrowers and the Portfolios shall
be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

      1.08.    Source of Repayment; Payment of Fees and Other Charges.

(a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  the parties agree
that the assets and liabilities of each Portfolio of a Borrower are separate and
distinct  from the  assets  and  liabilities  of each  other  Portfolio  of such
Borrower, and no Portfolio shall be liable hereunder or shall be charged for any
debt,  obligation,  liability,  fee, or expense  hereunder  arising out of or in
connection  with a  transaction  entered  into  hereunder by or on behalf of any
other Portfolio.


               (b) Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  each
Borrower or Portfolio,  as the case may be, shall be liable only for its portion
of the  commitment  fee or any other fee or amount  payable under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, under Sections 1.07 and 6.09), and such Borrower
or Portfolio  shall not be liable for any portion of the  commitment fee or such
other fee or amount of any other Borrower or Portfolio hereunder.  The Borrowers
and Portfolios  shall notify the Bank at least two Business Days in advance of a
commitment  fee or other  payment  date of the manner in which the fees or other
amounts to be paid on such payment date are to be allocated  among the Borrowers
and Portfolios.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   CONDITIONS

      2.01.  Conditions  to  Closing.  The  obligation  of the  Bank to make the
initial  Loans to each  Borrower  and with  respect  to a Borrower  composed  of
Portfolios,  each  Portfolio  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  all of the
following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

               (a)  Documents.  The Bank shall have received this  Agreement and


<PAGE>



the Notes duly executed and  delivered by the  Borrowers  and, with respect to a
Borrower composed of Portfolios, the Borrower on behalf of each Portfolio.

               (b)  Warranties  True;  Covenants  Performed.  All warranties and
representations  of each Borrower or Portfolio in this  Agreement  shall be true
and accurate on the date of the Closing as if then given,  and each  Borrower or
Portfolio  shall  have  performed  or  observed  all  of the  terms,  covenants,
conditions  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement  which are  required  to be
performed or observed by them on or prior to such date.

               (c)  Closing   Certificate.   The  Bank  shall  have  received  a
certificate,  dated as of the Closing  Date and  executed by or on behalf of the
Co-Chief  Executive  Officer or Chief  Accounting  Officer of each  Borrower  or
Portfolio,  in form and content  satisfactory to the Bank, stating the substance
of Section 2.01(b).

               (d) Other  Documents.  The Bank  shall  have  received  all other
documents and assurances  required  hereunder or which it may reasonably request
in connection with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement,  and such
documents shall be certified,  when  appropriate,  by the proper  authorities or
representatives of each Borrower or Portfolio,  including without limitation the
following,  and all such documents and all proceedings to be taken in connection
with such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
the Bank and its counsel:

(i) Copies of all documents  evidencing necessary corporate action or approvals,
if any,  with  respect  to this  Agreement,  the Notes and such  other  matters,
including,   without   limitation,   any  required   approvals  of  governmental
authorities and other persons or entities.

(ii) A certificate, signed by the Co-Chief Executive Officer or Chief Accounting
Officer of each Borrower or  Portfolio,  setting forth the names of the Co-Chief
Executive Officers, Chief Accounting Officer and any other persons authorized to
sign this Agreement, the Notes and any and all certificates, notices and reports
referred to herein on behalf of such  Borrower or  Portfolio;  such  certificate
shall state that the Bank may  conclusively  rely on the statements made therein
until the Bank  shall  receive a further  certificate  of a  Co-Chief  Executive
Officer or Chief Accounting  Officer of such Borrower  canceling or amending the
prior certificate.

(iii) A copy of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  or comparable  instrument of
each Borrower and all  amendments  thereto;  a copy of the By-laws or comparable
instrument  of each  Borrower and  Portfolio,  as amended to date; a copy of the
prospectus and statement of additional  information of each Borrower; as amended
to date; and a certificate of legal existence and good standing for each


<PAGE>



Borrower issued as of a recent date by the appropriate public officials.

(iv) FR Forms  U-1  executed  by each  Borrower  or  Portfolio  and  such  other
documents  which, in the opinion of the Bank or its counsel,  are required to be
obtained in connection with the Loans under the Credit Facility by reason of the
provisions of any law or regulation  applicable to the Bank,  and the statements
made in such documents shall be such as, in the opinion of the Bank, will permit
such Loans under the Credit  Facility from the Bank in accordance with such laws
and regulations.

     (e) No Adverse Change. There shall have occurred no material adverse change
in the business,  operations,  properties,  financial condition, or prospects of
any Borrower or Portfolio.

     (f) Legal Opinion.  All legal matters  incident to this Agreement  shall be
reasonably  satisfactory to the Bank's counsel, and the Bank shall have received
at the Closing the legal opinion of counsel to the  Borrowers and  Portfolios in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.

     (g) Borrowing Notice.  Each Borrower or Portfolio  requesting a Loan on the
Closing Date shall have executed and delivered to the Bank a Borrowing Notice.

      2.02.  Conditions of Making Loans.  The obligation of the Bank to make any
Loans to any Borrower or Portfolio  subsequent to the Closing Date is subject to
the satisfaction of the following  conditions precedent on or before the date of
each such subsequent advance (the "Borrowing Date"):

(a) Representations  and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of such
Borrower or Portfolio in this  Agreement and otherwise  made by such Borrower or
Portfolio in writing in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement shall have been correct as of the date on which made and shall also be
correct at and as of such  Borrowing Date with the same effect as if made at and
as of such  time,  except as may have been  disclosed  in writing to the Bank by
such Borrower or Portfolio and to which the Bank has consented in writing and to
the extent that the facts upon which such  representations  and  warranties  are
based may in the  ordinary  course be changed by the  transactions  permitted or
contemplated hereby.

               (b) Performance.  Such Borrower or Portfolio shall have performed
and complied with all terms and  conditions  herein  required to be performed or
complied with by it prior to or on such  Borrowing  Date,  and on such Borrowing
Date there shall exist no Event of Default or condition which would, with any or
all the  giving of notice  or the lapse of time,  result in an Event of  Default
upon consummation of the subsequent advance to be made on such Borrowing Date.



<PAGE>



     (c) Borrowing  Notice.  Such Borrower or Portfolio  shall have executed and
delivered to the Bank a Borrowing Notice.


Each request by any Borrower or Portfolio  for a Loan  subsequent to the Closing
Date shall  constitute a  certification  by such Borrower or Portfolio  that the
conditions  specified in this Section 2.02 will be duly satisfied on the date of
the making of such Loan with respect to such Borrower or Portfolio.


                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      The  Borrowers  and  Portfolios  severally  but not jointly  represent and
warrant as follows:


      3.01. Organization. Each Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of  Maryland.  Other
than as  disclosed  in Schedule A, each  Borrower:  (i) is duly  qualified to do
business and in good standing in each jurisdiction  where such  qualification is
required,  except those  jurisdictions  where the failure to so qualify will not
have a  material  adverse  effect  on such  Borrower's  business,  prospects  or
financial  condition;  (ii) has all requisite power and authority to conduct its
business as presently  being conducted and as proposed to be conducted after the
Closing and to own its properties  now and after the Closing;  and (iii) has all
requisite power and authority to execute and deliver,  and to perform all of its
obligations  under,  this Agreement and its respective  Note provided,  however,
that the Borrowers and Portfolios do not have the requisite  authority to pledge
all of their assets as may be required by the Bank  pursuant to Section  4.01(g)
of this Agreement..

3.02.  Authority.  The execution,  delivery and performance by each Borrower and
Portfolio  of this  Agreement  and its  respective  Note:  (i)  have  been  duly
authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action;  (ii)  do not  contravene  any
provision  of  such  Borrower's   Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  comparable
instrument,  or By-laws,  prospectus,  statement of  additional  information  or
comparable  documents provided,  however,  that certain Borrowers and Portfolios
are  limited  by  investment  limitations  contained  in their  prospectuses  or
statements  of  additional  information  that limit  their  ability to pledge or
otherwise  grant a security  interest in their assets;  (iii) do not violate any
provision of any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, determination or award
provided, however, that the Borrowers and Portfolios are limited by law, rule or
regulation  that limit  their  ability to pledge or  otherwise  grant a security
interest in their assets; (iv) do not and will not result in a breach or


<PAGE>



constitute a default (or  constitute  an event which with the passage of time or
giving  of  notice  or both  could  constitute  an event of  default)  under any
agreement to which such  Borrower or Portfolio is a party or by which any of its
properties are bound,  including,  without  limitation,  any indenture,  loan or
credit agreement,  lease,  debt instrument or mortgage;  and (v) do not and will
not result in or require the creation or  imposition  of any  mortgage,  deed of
trust,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest or other charge or encumbrance of any
nature  upon  or  with  respect  to any of the  properties  of the  Borrower  or
Portfolio except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  No Borrower or
Portfolio is in default under its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or comparable
instrument,  or By-laws,  prospectus,  statement of  additional  information  or
comparable  documents as now in effect,  or any law, rule or regulation,  order,
writ, judgment, injunction,  decree, determination,  award or agreement referred
to above,  and no Borrower or Portfolio will be in any such default by virtue of
the  transactions  to be entered into at the Closing,  other than a default that
will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on such  Borrower's  or  Portfolio's
operations, assets or financial condition.

      3.03. Approvals. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption
of, or filing a  registration  with,  any court or  governmental  department  or
commission,  board, bureau,  agency,  instrumentality or other person or entity,
domestic or foreign,  is or will be necessary for the valid execution,  delivery
or  performance  by each  Borrower or  Portfolio  of this  Agreement  and/or its
respective  Note other than filings which have already been made and consents or
approvals which have already been received.

      3.04. Valid Obligations. This Agreement and the respective Notes have been
duly  executed and  delivered by each  Borrower  and, with respect to a Borrower
composed of Portfolios,  each Portfolio and constitute legal,  valid and binding
obligations of such Borrower or Portfolio,  enforceable in accordance with their
respective  terms,  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and except as  enforceability  may be
subject to general principles of equity,  whether such principles are applied in
a court of equity or at law.

      3.05. Assets.  Each Borrower and Portfolio has good and valid title in and
to its respective  assets,  subject to no security interest,  mortgage,  pledge,
lien, lease, encumbrance,  charge, easement,  restriction or encroachment except
for Permitted  Liens and for defects and claims which,  in the aggregate,  could
not have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  operations,  properties,
financial condition or prospects of such Borrower or Portfolio.  Each Borrower's
and  Portfolio's  principal  place of business is  maintained  at its  Principal
Office at the location indicated in the preamble to this Agreement.



<PAGE>



3.06. Claims. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending
or  threatened  against  any  Borrower  or  Portfolio  before  any  court or any
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic  or  foreign,  which could  prevent or hinder the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or call into  question  the  validity of this
Agreement,  any of the Notes or any other document or instrument provided for or
contemplated  by this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby,  or which in any single
case or in the  aggregate  might  result in any material  adverse  change in the
business,  operations,  properties,  financial  condition  or  prospects of such
Borrower or Portfolio or any material impairment of the right or ability of such
Borrower or Portfolio to carry on its operations as now conducted or proposed to
be conducted after the Closing.


      3.07. Financial  Statements.  The Borrowers and Portfolios have previously
delivered  to the Bank the audited  financial  statements  of each  Borrower and
Portfolio as of the end of its most  recently  completed  fiscal year.  All such
financial  statements  were prepared in  accordance  with GAAP,  and  accurately
reflect the  financial  condition of each such Borrower and Portfolio as of such
date. No Borrower or Portfolio has any liability,  contingent or otherwise, that
could materially adversely affect its financial condition which is not reflected
in the financial statements previously delivered by the Borrower or Portfolio to
the  Bank.  Since  the end of  such  Borrower's  or  Portfolio's  most  recently
completed  fiscal  year,  there has not been a  material  adverse  change in the
business, operations, property, financial condition or prospects of any Borrower
or Portfolio.


      3.08. Taxes.  Each Borrower and Portfolio has filed all federal,  foreign,
state, local and other tax returns,  reports and estimates which are required to
be filed and has paid all taxes,  fees and other  governmental  charges shown on
such returns,  reports and estimates and on all  assessments  received by it, to
the extent  that such taxes have become  due,  except for any tax or  assessment
which is being  contested  by such  Borrower or  Portfolio  in good faith and by
appropriate  proceedings  and such  Borrower or  Portfolio  has set aside on its
books  sufficient  reserves  with respect  thereto.  All of such tax returns are
accurate and complete in all material respects.  All other taxes and assessments
of any nature with respect to which each  Borrower or Portfolio is obligated and
which  have  become  due are being paid or  adequate  accruals  have been set up
therefor.  There are in effect no waivers of applicable  statutes of limitations
for  federal,  state or local taxes for any period.  No Borrower or Portfolio is
delinquent in the payment of any tax,  assessment or governmental  charge and no
Borrower or Portfolio  has  requested any extension of time within which to file
any tax return, which return has not since been filed, and no deficiencies for


<PAGE>



any tax, assessment or governmental  charge have been asserted or assessed,  and
no Borrower or Portfolio knows of any material liability or basis therefor.

3.09.  Investment  Company.  Each Borrower or Portfolio is duly registered as an
investment  company  pursuant to the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act") and is in  compliance  with all  regulations,  rules and orders
issued or  promulgated  pursuant to the 1940 Act,  other than such  regulations,
rules, and orders the non-compliance with which will not have a material adverse
effect  on such  Borrower's  or  Portfolio's  operations,  assets  or  financial
condition.  Each  Borrower and Portfolio is in  compliance  with its  respective
prospectus and the investment  policies and other  policies  described  therein,
other than such investment policies, investment restrictions, other policies and
other  requirements  the  non-compliance  with  which  will not have a  material
adverse effect on such Borrower's or Portfolio's operations, assets or financial
condition.

     3.10.  Margin Stock. Each Borrower and Portfolio has executed and delivered
to the Bank an executed FR Form U-1 (as defined in  Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

      3.11.  Representations Accurate. No representation or warranty made by any
Borrower or Portfolio herein,  in any Note or in any other agreement,  document,
instrument or certificate  furnished from time to time in connection herewith or
therewith  contains any  misrepresentation  of a material fact or omits to state
any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein (taken as a
whole in conjunction with all such documents) not misleading when made.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    COVENANTS

      4.01.  Affirmative  Covenants Other Than Reporting  Requirements.  Without
limiting any other  covenants  and  provisions  hereof,  each Borrower and, with
respect to a Borrower composed of Portfolios,  each Portfolio  severally but not
jointly covenant and agree that, so long as any Note, any Loan or any obligation
of such Borrower or Portfolio to the Bank, in any capacity, remains unpaid:

               (a)  Payments.   Each  Borrower  or  Portfolio   shall  duly  and
punctually  make the payments  required  under this Agreement and its respective
Note and  shall  perform  and  observe  all of its other  obligations  under the
foregoing  documents,  in each case within any  applicable  grace period or cure
period provided for in Section 5.01 hereof.

               (b) Payment of Taxes and Trade Debt.  Each  Borrower or Portfolio
will promptly pay and discharge all taxes,  assessments and governmental charges
or levies  imposed  upon it or upon its  income or profit or upon any  property,


<PAGE>



real, personal or mixed, belonging to it; provided,  however, that such Borrower
or Portfolio  shall not be required to pay any such tax,  assessment,  charge or
levy if the same shall not at the time be due and  payable or if the same can be
paid thereafter  without  penalty or if the validity  thereof shall currently be
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and if such  Borrower  or
Portfolio  shall have made  adequate  provision  on its books for the payment of
such tax,  assessment,  charge or levy. Each Borrower or Portfolio will pay in a
timely manner all of its trade payables.

               (c)    Maintain Rights.  Each Borrower or Portfolio shall:

 (i)   keep in full force and effect its corporate existence;

(ii)keep in full force and effect all material rights, registrations,  licenses,
leases and  franchises  reasonably  necessary  to the  conduct of its  business;
provided that nothing in this Section  4.01(c)(ii) shall prevent the abandonment
or termination of any right,  registration,  license, lease or franchise, if, in
the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors of the







applicable Borrower or Portfolio, such abandonment or termination is in the best
interest of such Borrower or Portfolio and not disadvantageous to the Bank;

                    (iii) duly  observe and conform to all  applicable  material
laws,  statutes,  regulations,  decrees,  judgments,  orders,  writs  and  other
requirements  of all  governmental  authorities in any way relating to it or the
conduct  of its  business  (including  without  limitation  the 1940 Act and the
regulations,  rules and orders issued or promulgated  thereunder),  except where
the  failure  to so  comply  could  not have a  material  adverse  affect on the
business,  operations,  properties  or financial  condition or prospects of such
Borrower or Portfolio; and

               (iv)   abide by the additional covenants set forth in Schedule A.


               (d) Books and Records.  Each Borrower or Portfolio  will (i) keep
proper books of record and account in which entries  therein are full,  true and
correct in all material respects in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of
law and shall be made of all material  dealings and  transactions in relation to
its business and activities, and (ii) permit representatives of the Bank to


<PAGE>



visit and inspect any of its  properties  and to examine and make abstracts from
any of their books and records upon  reasonable  notice,  at any reasonable time
during normal  business hours and as often as may reasonably be desired,  and to
discuss the business,  operations,  properties  and financial  condition of such
Borrower or Portfolio with its officers and employees and with their independent
certified public accountants.

              (e)  Compliance.  Each Borrower or Portfolio  will comply with its
respective prospectus,  statement of additional information and other comparable
documents  or  instruments  and  all  investment  policies  and  other  policies
described therein, other than such investment policies, investment restrictions,
other policies and other  requirements  the  non-compliance  with which will not
have a material  adverse effect on such  Borrower's or  Portfolio's  operations,
assets or financial condition.

     (f) Use of Proceeds.  Each Borrower or Portfolio  shall use the proceeds of
each Loan solely for the purposes set forth in Section 1.01(f) hereof.

              (g)  Security.  Immediately  upon  the  request  of  the  Bank  in
accordance with Section 5.02(a) hereof, each Borrower or Portfolio shall execute
and deliver to the Bank a pledge  agreement or security  agreement and all other
documents,  each in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Bank,
granting  to the Bank a  security  interest  in all assets of such  Borrower  or
Portfolio.  In addition,  such  Borrower or  Portfolio,  at its  expense,  shall
execute,  file  and  record  all such  further  instruments  (including  without
limitation UCC-1 financing statements), and perform such other acts, as the Bank
may reasonably  determine are necessary or advisable to maintain the priority of
the security interests in favor of the Bank created by the such documents on all
property subject thereto.

4.02.  Negative  Covenants.  Without limiting any other covenants and provisions
hereof,  each Borrower and, with respect to a Borrower  composed of  Portfolios,
each Portfolio severally but not jointly covenant and agree that, so long as any
Note or any Loan is  outstanding or any obligation of such Borrower or Portfolio
to the Bank, in any capacity, have not been fully performed:

               (a) Liens. No Borrower or Portfolio will create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any security interest,  lien,  mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge,
levy, attachment,  claim or other charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever
upon or with  respect  to any of its  assets,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter
acquired,  or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income from any of
such  assets  ("Lien"),  except  for  (1)  Liens  in  favor  of  the  Bank,  (2)
restrictions   under  applicable   securities  laws,  and  agreements  (such  as
securities lending,  stockholder voting or stock restriction agreements) entered
into by such Borrower or Portfolio in the ordinary course of its business, (3)


<PAGE>



Liens for current taxes not  delinquent  or taxes being  contested in good faith
and by appropriate  proceedings  and as to which  reserves or other  appropriate
provisions required by GAAP are being maintained,  (4) Liens as are necessary in
connection  with a secured letter of credit opened by such Borrower or Portfolio
in connection  with such  Borrower's  or  Portfolio's  directors'  and officers'
errors and omissions  liability  insurance  policy,  and (5) Liens in connection
with the payment of initial and variation  margin in connection with futures and
options  transactions  and  collateral  arrangements  with  respect to  options,
futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps,
collars, floors,  when-issued or delayed delivery securities or other authorized
investments ("Permitted Liens").

               (b)  Transfers.  No Borrower  or  Portfolio  shall  sell,  lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets,  provided that such Borrower
or Portfolio may from time to time sell,  lend or  distribute  its assets in the
ordinary  course of such  Borrower's or  Portfolio's  business  absent the prior
written consent of the Bank.

               (c)  Mergers.  No  Borrower  or  Portfolio  will  enter  into any
transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself
(or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), without the prior written consent of
the Bank,  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  other  than a merger or
consolidation with another person in accordance with 17 C.F.R. Section 270.17a-8
if  (1)  such  merger  or  consolidation  complies  in  all  respects  with  the
requirements  of 17  C.F.R.  Section  270.17a-8  and all  rules  promulgated  in
connection  therewith,   and  (2)  the  surviving  entity  assumes  all  of  the
obligations  to  the  Bank  of  the  merging  or  consolidating  Borrower(s)  or
Portfolio(s).

               (d)  Indebtedness.  No  Borrower  or  Portfolio  will  incur  any
additional  Indebtedness,  except for (1) Indebtedness to the Bank, (2) pursuant
to such Borrower's or Portfolio's securities lending activities conducted in the
ordinary course of its business and (3) reverse repurchase  transactions entered
into in the  ordinary  course of its  business in an amount not  exceeding  that
permitted  by  such   Borrower's   or   Portfolio's   investment   policies  and
restrictions.

               (e) Bankruptcy. No Borrower or Portfolio will petition for relief
under the United States  Bankruptcy  Code or institute  any similar  bankruptcy,
insolvency, or receivership proceedings under any other federal or state law.



               (f) No  Amendment.  No Borrower or  Portfolio  shall amend in any
material respect its respective registration statement, prospectus or investment


<PAGE>



or other  policies  described  therein if such  amendment  would  materially and
adversely  affect the Bank's rights under this Agreement or the respective Notes
without the prior written  consent of the Bank,  which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

               (g) No Change.  No Borrower or Portfolio  shall change or replace
its investment adviser, administrator, distributor or sponsor, without the prior
written  consent  of the Bank,  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  No
Borrower or Portfolio  shall change or replace its  custodian  without the prior
written consent of the Bank.


      4.03.  Reporting  Requirements.  So long as any Loan or any Note  shall be
outstanding  or any other  obligation  of each  Borrower,  or with  respect to a
Borrower  composed of  Portfolios,  each Portfolio to the Bank, in any capacity,
shall remain unpaid, such Borrower or Portfolio shall:


               (a)    Financial Reports.  Furnish to the Bank:

     (i) as soon as  available,  but in any event within  ninety (90) days after
the end of each fiscal year of such Borrower or Portfolio, a copy of the audited
statement of assets and  liabilities of such Borrower or Portfolio as at the end
of such fiscal year and the related  audited  statements of operations  and cash
flows for such fiscal year, in each case setting forth in  comparative  form the
figures for the  previous  year,  reported on by  independent  certified  public
accountants of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable
to the Bank, without a "going concern" or similar  qualification or exception or
qualification  as to the scope of the audit,  together  with any letter from the
management  of such  Borrower  or  Portfolio  prepared in  connection  with such
Borrower's or Portfolio's annual audit report; and

     (ii) as soon as  available,  but in any event within thirty (30) days after
the end of the  first  six  months  of each  fiscal  year  of such  Borrower  or
Portfolio,  copies of the unaudited  statement of assets and liabilities of such
Borrower or Portfolio as at the end of such six-month period,  together with the
related unaudited  statement of operations for the portion of the fiscal year of
such Borrower or Portfolio through such six-month period, in each case certified
by the Chief  Accounting  Officer of such  Borrower or Portfolio  as  presenting
fairly the  financial  condition  and results of  operations of such Borrower or
Portfolio, in conformity with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments
and to the fact that such  financial  statements  may be  condensed  and may not
include footnotes);

all such  financial  statements  to be  complete  and  correct  in all  material


<PAGE>



respects  and  prepared in  reasonable  detail  and,  except as provided in (ii)
above,  in  conformity  with GAAP applied  consistently  throughout  the periods
reflected therein.

              (b)    Other Financial Reports.  Furnish to the Bank:






    (i) concurrently  with the delivery of each set of the financial  statements
referred  to above,  a  certificate  of the  Chief  Accounting  Officer  of such
Borrower or Portfolio  stating  that,  to the best of such  person's  knowledge,
during the period  covered by such set of financial  statements  the Borrower or
Portfolio  has observed or performed  in all respects all of its  covenants  and
agreements  contained in this Agreement and its respective  Note to be observed,
performed  or satisfied by it, and that such person has obtained no knowledge of
any default or Event of Default (except as specified in such certificate);

     (ii)  promptly  after  the same are sent,  copies  of all  other  financial
statements  of such  Borrower  or  Portfolio,  if any,  which  it  sends  to its
stockholders;
                    (iii) within thirty (30) days of the end of each quarter,  a
schedule of such  Borrower's or Portfolio's  investment  assets stating the cost
and fair market value of all such investments;

     (iv) promptly,  such additional financial and other information as the Bank
may from time to time reasonably request; and

     (v) as soon as  available,  a copy of each other  report  submitted to such
Borrower or Portfolio by its certified public accountants in connection with any
annual,  interim or special  audit made by them of the books of such Borrower or
Portfolio.

     (c)  Notices.  Give  notice to the  Bank,  within  five  days of  knowledge
thereof,  of: (i) the  occurrence of any Event of Default under this  Agreement;
(ii) any default or event of default under any other contractual  obligations of
such  Borrower or Portfolio  which,  if not paid or remedied by such Borrower or
Portfolio  or waived by the obligee  thereon,  could result in liability to such
Borrower or Portfolio in excess of $500,000 in any single instance or $1,000,000
in the aggregate;

                    (iii) any pending or threatened litigation, investigation or
proceeding of which such Borrower or Portfolio has received written notice which


<PAGE>



may exist at any time  between such  Borrower or  Portfolio  and any other party
(including  without  limitation  any  governmental  authority)  which may have a
material  adverse  effect on the  business,  operations,  property or  financial
condition of such Borrower or Portfolio,  or any material adverse development in
previously  disclosed  litigation,  and such Borrower or Portfolio shall furnish
the Bank  with  copies  of all  legal  process  served  upon  such  Borrower  or
Portfolio;

     (iv) a material  adverse  change in the business,  operations,  properties,
financial condition or prospects of such Borrower or Portfolio; and

     (v)  the   revocation,   expiration  or  loss  of  any  material   license,
registration,  permit or other  governmental  authorization  of such Borrower or
Portfolio;






each notice pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (v) of this Section  4.03(c)to be
accompanied by a statement of the Chief  Accounting  Officer of such Borrower or
Portfolio  setting  forth  details of the  occurrence  referred  to therein  and
stating what action,  if any, such  Borrower or Portfolio  proposes to take with
respect thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V
                           EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES


      5.01.  Events of Default.  The  occurrence of each of the following  shall
constitute  an Event of Default with respect to a Borrower or, with respect to a
Borrower composed of Portfolios,  a Portfolio under this Agreement and under the
Notes:


               (a) Failure to Make  Payment.  Such  Borrower or Portfolio  shall
fail to make any payment of principal or interest on its  respective  Note,  any
payment of the  commitment  fee  hereunder  or any other  obligation  in respect
hereof or thereof on or before the date when due;  provided  that any failure to
make any payment of  interest on its  respective  Note shall not  constitute  an
Event of Default under this  Agreement  until such failure shall have  continued
uncured for five (5) days.

               (b)  Representations   and  Warranties.   Any  representation  or


<PAGE>



warranty made by such Borrower or Portfolio in this  Agreement,  in any Note, or
in any  certificate or writing in connection  with this Agreement shall prove to
have been  incorrect  in any  material  respect  when made,  or any  information
furnished in writing by such Borrower or Portfolio to the Bank,  whether in this
Agreement or in any  certificate or other writing  required or  contemplated  by
this Agreement or by any of the Notes,  shall prove to be untrue in any material
respect on the date on which it is or was given.

               (c) Covenants.  Such Borrower or Portfolio  shall fail to perform
or observe any covenant or condition contained or referred to in this Agreement,
and such failure shall continue uncured for ten days after the Bank has provided
written notice thereof to such Borrower or Portfolio.

               (d) Other  Defaults.  Any default shall exist and remain unwaived
or uncured  with  respect to other  Indebtedness  of such  Borrower or Portfolio
which permits the  acceleration  of the maturity of any such  Indebtedness in an
amount in excess of $500,000.

               (e) Liens. Any lien, security interest, levy or assessment (other
than a Permitted  Lien) is filed,  recorded  or  perfected  with  respect to any
material  part of the assets of such  Borrower or Portfolio and is not released,
canceled,  revoked, removed, repealed or otherwise terminated within thirty (30)
days after such filing or recording.

               (f)  Seizure of  Assets.  Any  substantial  part of the assets or
other property of such Borrower or Portfolio  comes within the possession of any
receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors.

               (g) Judgments.  Any judgment, order or writ in excess of $500,000
is rendered or entered  against  such  Borrower or Portfolio or property of such
Borrower or Portfolio  and not paid,  satisfied or otherwise  discharged  within
sixty  (60)  days of the date such  judgment,  order or writ  becomes  final and
non-appealable.

               (h)  Insolvency.  Such  Borrower or Portfolio  shall be generally
unable to pay its debts as they  become due;  the  dissolution,  termination  of
existence,  cessation  of  normal  business  operations  or  insolvency  of such
Borrower or Portfolio; the appointment of a receiver of any part of the property
of, legal or equitable  assignment,  conveyance  or transfer of property for the
benefit  of  creditors  by, or the  commencement  of any  proceedings  under any
bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against, such Borrower or Portfolio.

      5.02.  Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect
to any Borrower or Portfolio and at any time  thereafter so long as the Event of
Default continues, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the


<PAGE>



Bank  hereunder  or  otherwise,  the  Bank may  exercise  any one or more of the
following rights and remedies with respect to such Borrower or Portfolio (all of
which shall be cumulative):

               (a) Require the  defaulting  Borrower or  Portfolio to provide to
the Bank collateral security for the performance of its obligations to the Bank,
in form, substance and amount satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion.

               (b) Declare the entire unpaid  principal amount of the respective
Note then  outstanding,  all interest  accrued and unpaid  thereon and all other
amounts  payable  under  this  Agreement,  and  all  other  Indebtedness  of the
defaulting  Borrower  or  Portfolio  to the  Bank,  forthwith  due and  payable,
whereupon the same shall become forthwith due and payable,  without presentment,
demand,  protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived
by each Borrower or Portfolio.

               (c) Terminate the Credit  Facility  established by this Agreement
with respect to the defaulting Borrower or Portfolio.

               (d)  Enforce the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and any Note or
Notes by legal  proceedings  for the  specific  performance  of any  covenant or
agreement contained herein or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal
or equitable  remedy,  and the Bank may recover  damages caused by any breach by
the  defaulting  Borrower or  Portfolio  from such  Borrower or Portfolio of the
provisions  of this  Agreement  and any Note or Notes,  including  court  costs,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  other  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in the
enforcement of the obligations of that Borrower or Portfolio hereunder.

               (e) Exercise all rights and remedies  hereunder,  under the Notes
and under any other agreement with such Borrower or Portfolio;  and exercise all
other rights and remedies which the Bank may have under applicable law.

      5.03.  Set-off.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter  granted under
applicable law and not by way of limitation of any rights,  after the occurrence
of any Event of Default,  the Bank is hereby authorized at any time or from time
to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to the
defaulting  Borrower or Portfolio or to any other person or entity, all of which
are hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all
deposits  (general or  special),  securities  and other  property  and any other
Indebtedness  at any time in the possession of, or held or owing by, the Bank to
or for the credit or the account of such  Borrower or  Portfolio  against and on
account  of the  obligations  and  liabilities  of the  defaulting  Borrower  or
Portfolio to the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise,  without regard for the
availability  or  adequacy  of other  collateral.  The  defaulting  Borrower  or
Portfolio agrees to grant to the Bank, upon its request therefor after the


<PAGE>



occurrence of any Event of Default,  a security  interest in and to all deposits
and all  securities  or other  property  of such  Borrower or  Portfolio  in the
possession  of the Bank from time to time, to secure the prompt and full payment
and  performance of any and all obligations of such Borrower or Portfolio to the
Bank.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      6.01.  Right to Cure.  In the event that any Borrower or  Portfolio  shall
fail to pay any tax, assessment, governmental charge or levy, except as the same
may be otherwise permitted hereunder, or in the event that any lien, encumbrance
or security interest  prohibited hereby shall not be paid in full or discharged,
or in the event that any Borrower or Portfolio  shall fail to pay or comply with
any other obligation hereunder, the Bank may, but shall not be required to, pay,
satisfy, perform, discharge or bond the same for the account of such Borrower or
Portfolio,  and all  moneys so paid by the Bank  shall be  payable on demand and
shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) a floating rate per annum equal to five
percent (5%) plus the Federal Funds Rate, with a change in such rate of interest
to become  effective  on the same day on which any change in the  Federal  Funds
Rate is effective, or (ii) the maximum rate permitted by the applicable law.

      6.02.  Waivers.  This Agreement and the Notes may not be changed,  waived,
discharged or terminated  orally.  The performance or observance by the Bank, on
the one hand,  or any Borrower or  Portfolio,  on the other hand, of any term of
this  Agreement  or any of the  Notes may be waived  (either  generally  or in a
particular  instance and either  retroactively or prospectively)  with, but only
with, the prior written  consent of the Borrower or Portfolio,  on the one hand,
or the Bank, on the other hand.

      6.03.  Delays.  No delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any
right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any partial exercise or waiver of any privilege or right hereunder  preclude any
further  exercise of such privilege or right or the exercise of any other right,
power or privilege.  The rights and remedies  expressed in this Agreement and in
the Notes are  cumulative  and not  exclusive  of any right or remedy  which any
party hereto may otherwise have.

6.04. Notices.  Any notices,  consents or other communications to be given under
this  Agreement or under the Notes shall be in writing and shall be deemed given
when mailed to therespective  parties by overnight courier or by registered mail
addressed,  in the case of each  Borrower  or  Portfolio,  to Bull & Bear Funds,
attention  of the  Co-President,  at the  address set forth on the first page of
this Agreement, with a copy to the Chief Accounting Officer at the same address,
and in the case of the Bank to the Bank,  attention of David F. Flynn,  Managing


<PAGE>



Director, at 89 South Street,  Boston, MA 02111, with a copy to Mark D. Smith at
Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, 125 High Street, High Street Tower, Boston, MA 02110
or to such other  addresses as either party may from time to time  designate for
that purpose.

     6.05.  Captions.  Section  headings and defined terms in this Agreement are
included for convenience  only and are not intended to modify or define any term
or provision of any such instrument.

      6.06. Jurisdiction. The Borrowers and Portfolios accept for themselves and
in  conjunction  with  their  properties,   unconditionally,  the  non-exclusive
jurisdiction  of any state or federal  court of  competent  jurisdiction  in the
Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  in any action,  suit, or proceeding of any kind,
including  agreements  waiving the right to a trial by jury, against them, which
arises out of or by reason of this Agreement.

     6.07.   Execution.   This   Agreement  may  be  signed  in  any  number  of
counterparts, which together will be one and the same instrument. This Agreement
shall become  effective  whenever each party shall have signed at least one such
counterpart.

     6.08.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (without  reference to the conflicts of laws or
choice of law  provisions  thereof) and for all  purposes  shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of such Commonwealth.

      6.09.  Fees.  Whether  or not  any  funds  are  disbursed  hereunder,  the
Borrowers  and  Portfolios  shall  pay all of the  Bank's  reasonable  costs and
expenses in connection with the preparation,  execution,  delivery,  review, and
enforcement  of this  Agreement  and  the  Notes,  and in  connection  with  any
subsequent  amendments  thereto or waivers thereof,  including  reasonable legal
fees and disbursements,  provided,  however,  that the amount of such legal fees
through the Closing Date shall not exceed $7,500.


      6.10. Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure
to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors  and
assigns; provided that the rights and obligations under this Agreement and under
any of the Notes may not be assigned by any  Borrower or  Portfolio  without the
written  consent of the Bank or by the Bank without the written  consent of each
Borrower and Portfolio  (other than  assignments by the Bank to entities meeting
the definition of "bank" in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act where written notice
of such  assignment has been provided to each Borrower and Portfolio prior to or
contemporaneous with such assignment).



<PAGE>



6.11.  Severability.  In the event that any  provision of this  Agreement or the
application hereof to any person, entity property or circumstances shall be held
to any extent to be invalid  orunenforceable,  the remainder of this  Agreement,
and the  application  of such  provision  to persons,  entities,  properties  or
circumstances  other  than  those  as to  which  it has  been  held  invalid  or
unenforceable,  shall  not be  affected  thereby,  and  each  provision  of this
Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6.12.Under Seal.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be an instrument under seal.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Definitions

7.01.Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement and of the Notes, the following
additional definitions shall apply:

               "Aggregate  Eligible  Loan  Amount"  shall  mean the total of all
Eligible Loan Amounts.

               "Borrowing  Notice" shall mean a written notice from any Borrower
or Portfolio to the Bank substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 or Exhibit B-2
attached hereto.

               "Business  Day"  shall  mean any day which is not a  Saturday,  a
Sunday or a public holiday under the laws of the United States of America or the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts applicable to banks or banking associations.


               "Closing" shall mean a closing held at 10:00 A.M., in the offices
of Testa,  Hurwitz & Thibeault,  High Street  Tower,  125 High  Street,  Boston,
Massachusetts 02110, on April 3, 1996, or such other date, time and place as the
parties hereto mutually agree.


       "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing shall occur.

      "Credit Facility" shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this
       Agreement.

               "Eligible Loan Amount" shall mean the lesser of (i) $9,500,000 or
(ii) 33% of the net assets of the applicable Borrower or Portfolio.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.01 hereof.

               "Federal  Funds Rate" shall mean the  prevailing  target  Federal


<PAGE>



Funds rate established by the Board of Governors or the Open Market Committee of
the Federal  Reserve System for loans in the domestic U.S.  overnight bank funds
market.  For any day on  which  such  target  Federal  Funds  rate  has not been
established  or cannot be  determined,  then "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean the
Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day displayed on Bloomberg  screen FEDL at
index:HP.







               "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America as in effect from time to time.

               "Indebtedness"  shall  mean  with  respect  to  any  Borrower  or
Portfolio  (i)  all  indebtedness  or  other  obligations  of such  Borrower  or
Portfolio for borrowed money,  other than for trade accounts payable incurred in
the ordinary course of such Borrower's or Portfolio's  businesses;  and (ii) all
lease obligations of the Borrower or Portfolio which are required, in accordance
with GAAP, to be capitalized on the books of the lessee.

               "Loan"  shall  mean a loan  made by the Bank to any  Borrower  or
Portfolio pursuant to Section 1.01(a) of this Agreement.

               "1940 Act" shall have the meaning given that term in Section 3.09
hereof.

               "Note"  or  "Notes"  shall  mean  the  promissory  note  of  each
respective  Borrower or  Portfolio  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A-1 or
Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

               "Permitted  Liens"  shall  have the  meaning  given  that term in
Section 4.02 hereof.

               "Portfolio"  means  each  series or class of shares of a Borrower
that constitutes a series under the 1940 Act, which such Borrower has previously
identified to the Bank as a Portfolio in a certificate substantially in the form
of Exhibit C hereto.

               "Principal  Office" shall mean, for the Borrowers and Portfolios,
the office at the location set forth in the preamble to this Agreement,  and for
the Bank, the office located at 89 South Street, Boston, MA 02111.



<PAGE>



               "Termination  Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) March 31, 1997,
(ii)  such date on which the  Borrowers  and  Portfolios  terminate  the  Credit
Facility pursuant to Section 1.01(g) hereof or (iii) such date on which the Bank
terminates  the Credit  Facility  pursuant  to Section  1.01(g) or Section  5.02
hereof.  The Bank may, in its sole and absolute  discretion and with the consent
of the Borrowers and  Portfolios,  extend the  Termination  Date for  successive
one-year periods,  but no term or provision hereof shall be deemed to create any
implication that the Bank will or is required to extend the Termination Date.

      7.02. Use of Defined Terms.  Any defined term used in the plural  preceded
by the definite  article shall be taken to encompass all members of the relevant
class. Any defined term used in the singular preceded by "any" shall be taken to
indicate any number of the members of the relevant class.

     7.03.  Accounting  Terms.  All accounting  terms not  specifically  defined
herein shall be construed in accordance  with United States  generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied on the basis used by the Borrowers in
prior years.
                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]







      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Borrowers  and the Bank have caused this Credit
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized  officers as of the date first
above written.

                                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



                                            By:______________________________
                                                     David F. Flynn
                                                     Managing Director

                            BULL & BEAR FUNDS I, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:



<PAGE>



                           BULL & BEAR FUNDS II, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:


                                            BULL & BEAR GOLD INVESTORS LTD.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:


                                         BULL & BEAR MUNICIPAL SECURITIES, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:


                                         BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:


                                            MIDAS FUND, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:

                                           THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC.


                                            By:________________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:


<PAGE>
















NOTE

$  9,500,000.00                                                    April 3, 1996

For value received,  the undersigned,  Midas Fund, Inc., a Maryland  corporation
(the  "Borrower"),  hereby  promises to pay Investors  Bank & Trust Company (the
"Bank"), at its principal office at 89 South Street, Boston, MA 02111 or at such
other place as may be designated  from time to time in writing by the Bank,  the
principal sum of Nine Million Five Hundred Thousand dollars ($ 9,500,000.00), or
such  lesser  amount  as may be from  time to time  outstanding,  together  with
interest in arrears from and including  the date hereof on the unpaid  principal
balance  hereunder,  computed daily, at the Federal Funds Rate as defined in the
Credit Agreement as hereinafter defined (the "Federal Funds Rate"), such rate of
interest to change with and as of each change in the Federal Funds Rate, payable
as set forth  below.  At the option of the Bank and to the extent  permitted  by
applicable  law,  the rate of interest on any unpaid  principal  or interest not
paid when due and payable  hereunder  shall be five percent (5%) per annum above
the Federal  Funds Rate.  Interest  shall be  calculated  on the basis of actual
number  of  days  elapsed  and a year of 360  days.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of this Note,  the Bank does not  intend to charge  and the  Borrower
shall not be required to pay any  interest or other fees or charges in excess of
the maximum  permitted by applicable law; any payments in excess of such maximum
shall be refunded to the Borrower or credited to reduce principal hereunder. All
payments  received  by the  Bank  hereunder  will be  applied  first to costs of
collection  and fees,  if any,  then to interest  and the balance to  principal.
Principal and interest  shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of
America.

Principal  shall  be paid in  accordance  with  Section  1.01(c)  of the  Credit
Agreement.  Interest shall be paid monthly in arrears commencing on May 1, 1996,
and continuing on the first Business Day (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of
each successive month thereafter with a final payment of all unpaid interest at


<PAGE>



the time of  payment  of the  principal.  If any day on which a  payment  is due
pursuant to the terms of this Note is not a Business  Day, such payment shall be
due on the next Business Day following.

This Note may be prepaid at any time, without premium or penalty, in whole or in
part. Any  prepayment of principal  shall be accompanied by a payment of accrued
interest in respect of the principal being prepaid.

This  Note is  entitled  to the  benefits  of a Credit  Agreement  (the  "Credit
Agreement")  by and among the  Borrower  on behalf of the  Portfolio,  the other
Borrowers and Portfolios  identified therein and the Bank of even date herewith.
Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
by or with respect to the Borrower,  the Bank may declare any or all obligations
or liabilities of the Borrower on behalf of the Portfolio to the Bank (including
the unpaid principal hereunder and any interest due thereon) immediately due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice.

In accordance with Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, after the occurrence of
an Event of Default,  the Bank may set off or apply any deposits,  securities or
other  assets at any time held,  credited  by or due from the Bank to or for the
Borrower  against  this Note and any other  liability  now existing or hereafter
arising of the Borrower to the Bank.

If this Note is not paid in accordance with its terms, the Borrower shall pay to
the Bank, in addition to principal and accrued  interest  thereon,  all costs of
collection of the principal and accrued interest, including, but not limited to,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees, court costs and other costs for the enforcement of
payment of this Note.







No waiver of any  obligation of the Borrower  under this Note shall be effective
unless it is in a writing  signed by the Bank. A waiver by the Bank of any right
or remedy under this Note on any occasion  shall not be a bar to exercise of the
same right or remedy on any subsequent  occasion or of any other right or remedy
at any time.

Any notice  required or permitted  under this Note shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery, if personally delivered to
the  party to whom  notice  is to be  given,  or if  mailed to the party to whom
notice is to be given, by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage


<PAGE>



prepaid,  and  addressed to the  addressee at the address of the  addressee  set
forth in the Credit  Agreement,  or to the most  recent  address,  specified  by
written notice, given to the sender pursuant to this paragraph.

This Note is delivered in and shall be enforceable  in accordance  with the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws
or choice  of law  provision  thereof),  and shall be  construed  in  accordance
therewith, and shall have the effect of a sealed instrument.

The Borrower hereby expressly waives presentment, demand, and protest, notice of
demand,  dishonor and  nonpayment of this Note, and all other notices or demands
of any kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or
enforcement  hereof,  and hereby  consents  to any delays,  extensions  of time,
renewals,  waivers or  modifications  that may be granted or consented to by the
holder hereof with respect to the time of payment or any other provision  hereof
or of the Credit Agreement.

In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Note shall for any reason
be held to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  in whole or in part or in any
respect,  or in the event  that any one or more of the  provisions  of this Note
operate or would prospectively  operate to invalidate this Note, then and in any
such event,  such  provision(s) only shall be deemed null and void and shall not
affect any other  provision of this Note and the  remaining  provisions  of this
Note shall remain  operative and in full force and effect and in no way shall be
affected, prejudiced, or disturbed thereby.

                                            BORROWER:

                                            MIDAS FUND, INC.



                                            By:      __________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:

                                    ATTESTED:


                                                     By:      ________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:





<PAGE>







EXHIBIT A-2

                                      NOTE


$                                                                 April 3, 1996

      For  value  received,  the  undersigned,  , a  Maryland  corporation  (the
"Borrower"),  on behalf of the Portfolio designated below ("Portfolio"),  hereby
promises to pay Investors  Bank & Trust  Company (the "Bank"),  at its principal
office at 89 South  Street,  Boston,  MA 02111 or at such other  place as may be
designated from time to time in writing by the Bank, the principal sum ($
              ), or such lesser amount as may be from time to time  outstanding,
together  with  interest in arrears  from and  including  the date hereof on the
unpaid principal balance hereunder, computed daily, at the Federal Funds Rate as
defined in the Credit  Agreement  as  hereinafter  defined (the  "Federal  Funds
Rate"),  such  rate of  interest  to  change  with and as of each  change in the
Federal Funds Rate, payable as set forth below. At the option of the Bank and to
the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the rate of  interest on any unpaid
principal  or  interest  not paid when due and payable  hereunder  shall be five
percent  (5%)  per  annum  above  the  Federal  Funds  Rate.  Interest  shall be
calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Note,  the Bank does not intend to
charge and the Borrower on behalf of the Portfolio  shall not be required to pay
any  interest  or other fees or charges in excess of the  maximum  permitted  by
applicable  law; any payments in excess of such maximum shall be refunded to the
Borrower on behalf of the Portfolio or credited to reduce  principal  hereunder.
All payments  received by the Bank  hereunder  will be applied first to costs of
collection  and fees,  if any,  then to interest  and the balance to  principal.
Principal and interest  shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of
America.

      Principal  shall be paid in accordance  with Section 1.01(c) of the Credit
Agreement.  Interest shall be paid monthly in arrears commencing on May 1, 1996,
and continuing on the first Business Day (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of
each successive  month thereafter with a final payment of all unpaid interest at
the time of  payment  of the  principal.  If any day on which a  payment  is due
pursuant to the terms of this Note is not a Business  Day, such payment shall be
due on the next Business Day following.




<PAGE>



      This Note may be prepaid at any time, without premium or penalty, in whole
or in part.  Any  prepayment of principal  shall be  accompanied by a payment of
accrued interest in respect of the principal being prepaid.


      This Note is entitled to the benefits of a Credit  Agreement  (the "Credit
Agreement")  by and among the  Borrower  on behalf of the  Portfolio,  the other
Borrowers and Portfolios  identified therein and the Bank of even date herewith.
Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
by or with  respect  to the  Borrower  on behalf of the  Portfolio  the Bank may
declare any or all  obligations  or liabilities of the Borrower on behalf of the
Portfolio to the Bank (including the unpaid principal hereunder and any interest
due thereon) immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or
notice.

      In  accordance  with  Section  5.03 of the  Credit  Agreement,  after  the
occurrence  of an Event of Default,  the Bank may set off or apply any deposits,
securities or other assets at any time held, credited by or due from the Bank to
or for the Borrower on behalf of the  Portfolio  against this Note and any other
liability  now  existing or  hereafter  arising of the Borrower on behalf of the
Portfolio to the Bank.

      If this Note is not paid in  accordance  with its terms,  the  Borrower on
behalf of the  Portfolio  shall pay to the Bank,  in addition to  principal  and
accrued interest  thereon,  all costs of collection of the principal and accrued
interest, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs
and other costs for the enforcement of payment of this Note.

      No waiver of any  obligation  of the  Borrower on behalf of the  Portfolio
under this Note shall be effective unless it is in a writing signed by the Bank.
A waiver  by the Bank of any  right or remedy  under  this Note on any  occasion
shall not be a bar to  exercise  of the same  right or remedy on any  subsequent
occasion or of any other right or remedy at any time.


      Any notice  required or permitted  under this Note shall be in writing and
shall be  deemed  to have  been  given on the date of  delivery,  if  personally
delivered to the party to whom notice is to be given,  or if mailed to the party
to whom notice is to be given,  by registered  mail,  return receipt  requested,
postage prepaid,  and addressed to the addressee at the address of the addressee
set forth in the Credit Agreement,  or to the most recent address,  specified by
written notice, given to the sender pursuant to this paragraph.

      This Note is delivered in and shall be enforceable in accordance  with the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of


<PAGE>



laws or choice of law provision  thereof),  and shall be construed in accordance
therewith, and shall have the effect of a sealed instrument.


      The  Borrower  on  behalf  of  the  Portfolio   hereby   expressly  waives
presentment,  demand, and protest,  notice of demand, dishonor and nonpayment of
this Note,  and all other notices or demands of any kind in connection  with the
delivery,  acceptance,  performance,  default or enforcement  hereof, and hereby
consents to any delays,  extensions of time, renewals,  waivers or modifications
that may be granted or  consented  to by the holder  hereof with  respect to the
time of payment or any other provision hereof or of the Credit Agreement.


      In the event any one or more of the  provisions of this Note shall for any
reason be held to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  in whole or in part or
in any respect,  or in the event that any one or more of the  provisions of this
Note operate or would prospectively operate to invalidate this Note, then and in
any such event,  such  provision(s) only shall be deemed null and void and shall
not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining provisions of this
Note shall remain  operative and in full force and effect and in no way shall be
affected, prejudiced, or disturbed thereby.

                                            BORROWER:


                                            on behalf of


                                            -----------------------------------
                               (Name of Portfolio)


                                            By:      __________________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:

                                    ATTESTED:


                                                     By:_______________________
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:





<PAGE>







EXHIBIT B-1

                                BORROWING NOTICE



     ___________________________ (the "Borrower") hereby certifies as follows:

     This  Borrowing  Notice is furnished to Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
"Bank")  pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996 by and among
the Bank, the Borrower and the other Borrowers and Portfolios party thereto (the
"Credit  Agreement").  Unless otherwise  defined herein,  the terms used in this
Borrowing Notice have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

     The  following  information  is  correct  as of the  close of  business  on
_____________________________, 199__:

1.       Maximum availability of all Borrowers and Portfolios:         $________
         (Lesser of (a) $20,000,000 or (b) Aggregate
         Eligible Loan Amounts of all Borrowers and Portfolios)

2.       Loans outstanding to all Borrowers and Portfolios:            $________

3.       Current availability of all Borrowers and Portfolios:         $________
         (Line 1 minus Line 2)

4.       Net assets of the Borrower:                                   $________

5.       Eligible Loan Amount of the Borrower:                         $________
         (Lesser of (a) $9,500,000 or
         (b) 33% of Line 4)

6.       Loans outstanding to the Borrower:                           $________

7.       Current availability of the Borrower:                         $_______
         (Line 5 minus Line 6)

8.       Loan requested by the Borrower:                               $_______
         (Cannot be larger than either
         Line 3 or Line 7)



<PAGE>



         The conditions contained or referred to Sections 2.02(a) and (b) of the
Credit Agreement with respect to the undersigned Borrower have been satisfied on
and as of the date of this Borrowing Notice.







EXHIBIT B-2


                                BORROWING NOTICE



      ___________________________ (the "Borrower") hereby certifies as follows:

         This  Borrowing  Notice is furnished to Investors  Bank & Trust Company
(the "Bank")  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996 by and
among the Bank, the Borrower on behalf of the Portfolio designated below and the
other Borrowers and Portfolios  party thereto (the "Credit  Agreement").  Unless
otherwise  defined  herein,  the terms used in this  Borrowing  Notice  have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.


         The  following  information  is correct as of the close of  business on
_____________________________, 199__:


1.       Maximum availability of all Borrowers and Portfolios:     $___________
         (Lesser of (a) $20,000,000 or (b) Aggregate
         Eligible Loan Amounts of all Borrowers and Portfolios)

2.       Loans outstanding to all Borrowers and Portfolios:        $___________

3.       Current availability of all Borrowers and Portfolios:     $___________

         (Line 1 minus Line 2)


4.       Net assets of the Portfolio:                               $__________

5.       Eligible Loan Amount of the         Portfolio:             $___________


<PAGE>



         (Lesser of (a) $9,500,000 or (b) 33% of Line 4)

6.       Loans outstanding to the Portfolio:                       $___________

7.       Current availability of the Portfolio:                    $___________

         (Line 5 minus Line 6)


8.       Loan requested by the Portfolio:                           $___________
         (Cannot be larger than either



<PAGE>



         Line 3 or Line 7)


         The conditions contained or referred to Sections 2.02(a) and (b) of the
Credit  Agreement  with  respect to the  undersigned  Borrower  on behalf of the
Portfolio  designated  below have been  satisfied  on and as of the date of this
Borrowing Notice.








         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  hereunto set his hand this
__________ day of _________________________, 199____.


                                            BORROWER

                                            -----------------------
                               (Name of Borrower)
                                  on behalf of

                                            -----------------------
                               (Name of Portfolio)


                                            By:      __________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:









EXHIBIT C

                            DESIGNATION OF PORTFOLIOS



<PAGE>



                                  April 3, 1996


                Any of the following designated Portfolios of Bull & Bear

Funds I, Inc. (the  "Borrower") may hereafter  utilize the proceeds of the Loans
made to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996:



                                        Bull & Bear Quality Growth Fund

                                        Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund


                          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this
notice to be executed by its officer duly authorized as of the date written
above.


Bull & Bear Funds I,
Inc.


By:
- ----------------------------

Name:
- --------------------------

Title:
- ---------------------------







                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                            DESIGNATION OF PORTFOLIOS

                                  April 3, 1996


<PAGE>



                    Any of the  following  designated  Portfolios of Bull & Bear
Funds II, Inc. (the "Borrower") may hereafter  utilize the proceeds of the Loans
made to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996:


                                            Bull & Bear Global Income Fund

                                            Bull & Bear U.S. Government
Securities Fund


                 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this notice to
be executed by its officer duly authorized as of the date written above.

Bull & Bear Funds II,
Inc.


By:
- ----------------------------
Name:
- --------------------------

Title:
- ---------------------------







                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                            DESIGNATION OF PORTFOLIOS

                                  April 3, 1996

                          The following designated Portfolio of Bull & Bear

     Municipal  Securities,  Inc. (the  "Borrower")  may  hereafter  utilize the
proceeds of the Loans made to the Borrower under the Credit  Agreement  dated as
of April 3, 1996:


<PAGE>



                                          Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund


                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this
notice to be executed by its officer duly authorized as of the date written
above.


                                                                     Bull & Bear
Municipal Securities, Inc.

 By:
- ----------------------------

Name:
- --------------------------
 Title:
- ---------------------------


Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

   Name of Employer:
- -------------------------------------------------------


Address_______________________________________________________________
- -----

   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip:
- --------------

   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification
Number_______________

   Income Tax Year End __________________________

   Type of Business (Check only one) [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ]
   Corporation [ ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business
(Describe)_______________________________________________

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the  business,  please  provide the
   following information about the owner:

   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________

   Date of Birth________________________ Marital
Status_______________________

   Home Address
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B



<PAGE>



   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  .
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
              Agreement is signed.


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:
       If more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
       Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years of
       Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

   Part B.    Age Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       attaining age  ____________  (no more than 21).  NOTE: If left blank,  it
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
       except the following (if checked):
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
              terms  of  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between  Employee
              representatives  (the  term  "Employee  representatives"  does not
              include  any  organization  more  than half of whose  members  are
              Employees who are owners,  officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining  unless the agreement  provides that such
              Employees  are  to be  included  in the  Plan,  and  except  those
              Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to Section 410(b)
              (3)(C)  of the Code and who  received  no earned  income  from the
              Employer which  constitutes  income from sources within the United
              States.

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA


<PAGE>



   Part A.     Contribution Formula
               For each Plan Year the Employer  will  contribute an amount to be
               determined from year to year.

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2)
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                 shall be allocated  to the  Individual  Accounts of  qualifying
                 Participants  in the ratio that each  qualifying  Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.

 Option          2:  [  ]  Integrated   Formula:   Employer   Contributions  and
                 Forfeitures shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if
                 this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

             Step     1. Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures shall first be
                      allocated  pro  rata  to  qualifying  Participants  in the
                      manner  described  in  Section  4,  Part B,  Option 1. The
                      percent  so   allocated   shall  not  exceed  3%  of  each
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation.

             Step     2. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that each qualifying  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration  level bears to all
                      qualifying  Participants'  Compensation  in  excess of the
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step 3.  Any Employer Contributions and Forfeitures remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying Participant's Individual Account in the ratio
                      that the sum of each qualifying Participant's total
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the
                      integration level bears to the sum of all qualifying
                      Participants' total Compensation and Compensation in
                      excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the
                      profit sharing maximum disparity rate as described in
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

             Step     4. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata
                      to  qualifying  Participants  in the manner  described  in
                      Section 4, Part B, Option 1.



<PAGE>



      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
            Wage Base.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>
SECTION 5.     VESTING
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows
           (Choose one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

YEARS OF                             VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part        A.  ________  Hours of  Service  (no more  than  1,000)  shall be
               required  to  constitute  a Year of Vesting  Service or a Year of
               Eligibility Service.



<PAGE>



   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility
               Service.
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the
               number of hours in Part B.

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of
          hardship.   [   ]

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
               Will the safe harbor  provisions  of Section  6.05(F) of the Plan
               apply (Choose only one Option)?
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes
 Option 2:  [   ]    No
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the
            joint and survivor annuity requirements.

   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in
               Section 9, Part A is "No.")

               The survivor  annuity  portion of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity
               shall be a  percentage  equal to _____  (at least 50% but no more
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant  prior to his or
               her death.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>


<PAGE>



SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
          An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who later  adopts  any plan
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
          Code, which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
          separate  accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) (3)
          of the Code or an individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section
          415(1)(2)  of the Code) in  addition to this Plan (other than a paired
          standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
          not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the National  Office of the
          Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
          Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts or  maintains
          multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the Employer's  plan(s)
          are qualified,  application for a determination  letter should be made
          to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic
          Plan Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I
          state the following:

          1.   I acknowledge  that I have relied upon my own advisors  regarding
               the  completion of this Adoption  Agreement and the legal and tax
               implications of adopting this Plan.
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
          3.   I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor will inform me of any
               amendments  made  to the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
               discontinue or abandon the Plan.
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the
               corresponding Basic Plan Document.

  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date
Signed_______________

  Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- ----

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers


<PAGE>



      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

      Financial Organization
- --------------------------------------------------

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- ----
      Type
Name________________________________________________________________

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)

      Signature _____________________________
Signature_________________________
      Type Name _____________________________ Type
Name_________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

      Name of Prototype Sponsor

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
      Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________

SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
      ever maintained  another qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
      money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
      Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
      Participant,  you must complete this section.  You must also complete this
      section if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
      419(e) of the Code,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
      Section  415(l)(2) of the Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual
      additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
            prototype plan:

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                  prototype plan.


<PAGE>


         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________
                  ------------------------------------------------------------

   Part      B.  If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a
             defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will
             provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
             Section  415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude  Employer
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________

   Part C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
             ---------------------------------------

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401


<PAGE>

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document  03
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION ONE      DEFINITIONS
     The following  words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial capital
     letters  shall,  for the purpose of this Plan,  have the meanings set forth
     below unless the context indicates that other meanings are intended:

    1.01  ADOPTION AGREEMENT
          Means the document  executed by the Employer  through  which it adopts
          the Plan and  Trust  and  thereby  agrees to be bound by all terms and
          conditions of the Plan and Trust.

    1.02  BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
          Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.



<PAGE>



    1.03  BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  Period  during  which an  Employee  fails to
          complete  more than 500 Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number of
          Hours  of  Service  specified  in  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  this
          purpose).

    1.04  BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during which an Employee fails to complete more than
          500  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of  Service
          specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.05  CODE
          Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time-to-time.

    1.06  COMPENSATION
          For Plan Years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989,  the following
          definition of Compensation shall apply:

    Compensation  will mean  Compensation  as that term is  defined  in  Section
    3.05(E)(2) of the Plan. For any Self-Employed  Individual  covered under the
    Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.  Compensation shall include only
    that  Compensation  which is  actually  paid to the  Participant  during the
    applicable period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the applicable
    period  shall be the Plan Year  unless the  Employer  has  selected  another
    period in the Adoption Agreement.

    Unless otherwise  indicated in the Adoption  Agreement,  Compensation  shall
    include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
    reduction  agreement and which is not  includible in the gross income of the
    Employee under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

    For years beginning after December 31, 1988, the annual Compensation of each
    Participant  taken into account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed
    $200,000.  This  limitation  shall be adjusted by the  Secretary at the same
    time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that
    the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective
    for years  beginning in such calendar  year and the first  adjustment to the
    $200,000  limitation  is effected on January 1, 1990.  If a Plan  determines
    Compensation  on a period  of time  that  contains  fewer  than 12  calendar
    months,  then the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the annual
    Compensation  limit for the calendar year in which the  compensation  period
    begins  multiplied  by the ratio  obtained  by  dividing  the number of full
    months in the period by 12.



<PAGE>



    In  determining  the  Compensation  of a  Participant  for  purposes of this
    limitation,  the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply,  except
    in applying such rules,  the term "family"  shall include only the spouse of
    the Participant  and any lineal  descendants of the Participant who have not
    attained age 19 before the close of the year.

    If, as a result of the  application  of such  rules  the  adjusted  $200,000
    limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion
    of  Compensation  up to the  integration  level if this  Plan  provides  for
    permitted  disparity),  the limitation  shall be prorated among the affected
    individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's   Compensation  as
    determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

    If Compensation for any prior Plan Year is taken into account in determining
    an  Employee's   contributions   or  benefits  for  the  current  year,  the
    Compensation  for  such  prior  year is  subject  to the  applicable  annual
    Compensation  limit in effect for that prior  year.  For this  purpose,  for
    years beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable  annual  Compensation
    limit is $200,000.

    Unless  otherwise  indicated  in the Adoption  Agreement,  where an Employee
    enters the Plan (and thus becomes a Participant) on an Entry Date other than
    the Entry  Date in a Plan  Year,  his  Compensation  will  include  any such
    earnings paid to him during the whole of such Plan Year.

    Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and  restatement to bring a
    Prior  Plan into  compliance  with the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986,  such Prior
    Plan's  definition  of  Compensation  shall  apply for Plan Years  beginning
    before January 1, 1989.

    In  addition  to other  applicable  limitations  set forth in the Plan,  and
    notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan
    Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
    Employee  taken  into  account  under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93
    annual  Compensation  limit.  The  OBRA  '93  annual  Compensation  limit is
    $150,000,  as  adjusted by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the cost of
    living in  accordance  with Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue
    Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to
    any period,  not exceeding 12 months,  over which Compensation is determined
    (determination  period)  beginning in such calendar year. If a determination
    period  consists of fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation
    limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
    of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.


<PAGE>



    For Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
    Plan to the limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the
    OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit set forth in this provision.

    If Compensation for any prior determination  period is taken into account in
    determining  an Employee's  benefits  accruing in the current Plan Year, the
    Compensation for that prior determination  period is subject to the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
    this purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of
    the  first  Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994 the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit is $150,000.
<PAGE>
    1.07  CUSTODIAN
          Means an entity  specified in the  Adoption  Agreement as Custodian or
          any duly appointed successor as provided in Section 5.09.

    1.08  DISABILITY
          Means the inability to engage in any substantial,  gainful activity by
          reason of any  medically  determinable  physical or mental  impairment
          that can be  expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
          expected to last for a  continuous  period of not less than 12 months.
          The  permanence  and degree of such  impairment  shall be supported by
          medical evidence.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

          Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction  allowed
          to the  Employer  by  Section  164(f)  of the Code for  taxable  years
          beginning after December 31, 1989.


<PAGE>



    1.10  EFFECTIVE DATE
          Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption
          Agreement.  However, where a separate date is stated in the Plan as of
          which a particular Plan provision  becomes  effective,  such date will
          control with respect to that provision.

    1.11  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
          An Employee's initial  Eligibility  Computation Period shall be the 12
          consecutive  month period commencing with the date such Employee first
          performs  an Hour  of  Service  (employment  commencement  date).  His
          subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12 consecutive
          month  periods  commencing  on the  anniversaries  of  his  employment
          commencement  date;  provided,  however,  if pursuant to the  Adoption
          Agreement,  an Employee  is required to complete  one or less Years of
          Eligibility  Service  to  become a  Participant,  then his  subsequent
          Eligibility  Computation  Periods  shall be the Plan Years  commencing
          with  the  Plan  Year   beginning   during  his  initial   Eligibility
          Computation Period.

    1.12  EMPLOYEE
          Means any person  employed by an Employer  maintaining  the Plan or of
          any other employer  required to be aggregated with such Employer under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) or the Code.

          The term Employee shall also include any Leased  Employee deemed to be
          an Employee of any Employer  described  in the  previous  paragraph as
          provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

    1.13  EMPLOYER
          Means  any  corporation,  partnership,  sole-proprietorship  or  other
          entity  named  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and any  successor  who by
          merger,  consolidation,  purchase or otherwise assumes the obligations
          of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be the Employer of each of
          the  partners  and a  sole-proprietorship  is  considered  to  be  the
          Employer of a sole proprietor.

    1.14  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
          Means the amount  contributed  by the Employer each year as determined
          under this Plan.

    1.15  ENTRY DATES
          Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the  seventh
          month of the  Plan  Year,  unless  the  Employer  has  specified  more
          frequent dates in the Adoption Agreement.



<PAGE>



    1.16  ERISA
          Means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
          from time-to-time.

    1.17  FORFEITURE
          Means that portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account as derived
          from Employer Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive
          (i.e., the nonvested portion).

    1.18  FUND
          Means  the  Plan  assets  held by the  Trustee  for the  Participants'
          exclusive benefit.

    1.19  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
          The term  Highly  Compensated  Employee  includes  highly  compensated
          active employees and highly compensated former employees.

          A  highly  compensated  active  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          performs  service for the Employer during the  determination  year and
          who,  during the look-back  year: (a) received  Compensation  from the
          Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to Section 415(d)
          of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
          $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
          member of the top-paid  group for such year;  or (c) was an officer of
          the  Employer  and  received  Compensation  during  such  year that is
          greater  than 50% of the dollar  limitation  in effect  under  Section
          415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code. The term Highly  Compensated  Employee also
          includes:  (a)  Employees  who are  both  described  in the  preceding
          sentence if the term "determination  year" is substituted for the term
          "look-back  year" and the  Employee  is one of the 100  Employees  who
          received  the  most   Compensation   from  the  Employer   during  the
          determination  year;  and (b)  Employees who are 5% owners at any time
          during the look-back year or determination year.

          If no officer has satisfied the Compensation  requirement of (c) above
          during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid
          officer  for such  year  shall  be  treated  as a  Highly  Compensated
          Employee.

          For this purpose,  the determination  year shall be the Plan Year. The
          look-back year shall be the 12 month period immediately  preceding the
          determination year.

          A  highly  compensated  former  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the


<PAGE>



          determination  year,  performs no service for the Employer  during the
          determination  year, and was a highly  compensated active employee for
          either the  separation  year or any  determination  year  ending on or
          after the Employee's 55th birthday.

          If an Employee is, during a  determination  year or look-back  year, a
          family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or former Employee
          or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most
<PAGE>
          Highly Compensated  Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
          by the Employer  during such year,  then the family  member and the 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be aggregated.  In
          such case, the family member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated
          Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving  Compensation
          and  Plan   contributions  or  benefits  equal  to  the  sum  of  such
          Compensation and contributions or benefits of the family member and 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For  purposes  of this
          Section,  family member  includes the spouse,  lineal  ascendants  and
          descendants of the Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such
          lineal ascendants and descendants.

          The determination of who is a Highly Compensated  Employee,  including
          the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-
          paid group, the top 100 Employees,  the number of Employees treated as
          officers  and the  Compensation  that is  considered,  will be made in
          accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations  there-
          under.

    1.20  HOURS OF SERVICE - Means
          A. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
             for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours will
             be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which
             the duties are performed; and

          B. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by
             the  Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties
             are performed  (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
             has  terminated)  due to  vacation,  holiday,  illness,  incapacity
             (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave
             of  absence.  No more than 501 Hours of  Service  will be  credited
             under this paragraph for any single  continuous  period (whether or
             not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under
             this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section
             2530.200b-2  of  the  Department  of  Labor  Regulations  which  is
             incorporated herein by this reference;


<PAGE>



             and

          C. Each  hour for  which  back  pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
             damages,  is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
             Hours of Service will not be credited  both under  paragraph (A) or
             paragraph  (B), as the case may be, and under this  paragraph  (C).
             These hours will be credited to the  Employee  for the  computation
             period or periods to which the award or agreement  pertains  rather
             than the  computation  period in which  the  award,  agreement,  or
             payment is made.

          D. Solely for purposes of  determining  whether a Break in Eligibility
             Service or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a computation
             period (the computation period for purposes of determining  whether
             a Break in Vesting  Service  has  occurred  is the Plan  Year),  an
             individual  who is absent  from  work for  maternity  or  paternity
             reasons shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service which would
             otherwise  have  been  credited  to such  individual  but for  such
             absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8
             Hours of Service  per day of such  absence.  For  purposes  of this
             paragraph,  an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons
             means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the  individual,
             (2) by  reason  of a birth  of a child  of the  individual,  (3) by
             reason  of  the  placement  of  a  child  with  the  individual  in
             connection with the adoption of such child by such  individual,  or
             (4) for  purposes  of caring for such child for a period  beginning
             immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service
             credited  under  this  paragraph  shall  be  credited  (1)  in  the
             Eligibility  Computation  Period or Plan Year in which the  absence
             begins  if the  crediting  is  necessary  to  prevent  a  Break  in
             Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service in the applicable
             period,  or (2) in all other cases,  in the  following  Eligibility
             Computation Period or Plan Year.

          E. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members
             of an affiliated  service group (under Section 414(m) of the Code),
             a controlled  group of  corporations  (under  Section 414(b) of the
             Code),  or a group of trades or  businesses  under  common  control
             (under Section  414(c) of the Code) of which the adopting  Employer
             is a member,  and any other entity  required to be aggregated  with
             the  Employer  pursuant  to  Section  414(o)  of the  Code  and the
             regulations thereunder.

             Hours  of  Service  will  also  be  credited  for  any   individual
             considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code


<PAGE>



             Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

          F. Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer,
             service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service
             for the Employer.

          G. The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered
             as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.21  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
          Means the account  established and maintained under this Plan for each
          Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

    1.22  INVESTMENT FUND
          Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 5.05.

    1.23  KEY EMPLOYEE
          Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee  under Section
          10.08.

    1.24  LEASED EMPLOYEE
          Means  any  person  (other  than an  Employee  of the  recipient)  who
          pursuant to an agreement  between the  recipient  and any other person
          ("leasing  organization") has performed services for the recipient (or
          for the recipient and related  persons  determined in accordance  with
          Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially  full time basis for
          a period  of at  least  one  year,  and  such  services  are of a type
          historically  performed  by  Employees  in the  business  field of the
          recipient  Employer.  Contributions  or  benefits  provided  a  Leased
          Employee  by  the  leasing  organization  which  are  attributable  to
          services  performed  for the  recipient  Employer  shall be treated as
          provided by the recipient Employer.

          A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
          if: (1) such  employee  is covered by a money  purchase  pension  plan
          providing:  (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least
          10% of compensation,  as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
          including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
          which are excludable  from the  employee's  gross income under Section
          125, Section 402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code,
          (b) immediate  participation,  and (c) full and immediate vesting; and
          (2)  Leased   Employees  do  not  constitute  more  than  20%  of  the
          recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

    1.25  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE


<PAGE>



          Means the age  specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  However,  if the
          Employer  enforces a mandatory  retirement  age which is less than the
          Normal  Retirement  Age, such mandatory age is deemed to be the Normal
          Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement,  the
          Normal Retirement Age shall be age 59 1/2.

    1.26  OWNER - EMPLOYEE
          Means an  individual  who is a sole  proprietor,  or who is a  partner
          owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits  interest of the
          partnership.
<PAGE>
    1.27  PARTICIPANT
          Means any Employee or former  Employee of the Employer who has met the
          Plan's  eligibility  requirements,  has entered the Plan and who is or
          may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or
          whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

    1.28  PLAN
          Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the Employer.
          The Plan consists of this Basic Plan  Document plus the  corresponding
          Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Employer.

    1.29  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan Administrator in
          accordance with Section 8.01.

    1.30  PLAN YEAR
          Means  the 12  consecutive  month  period  which  coincides  with  the
          Employer's  tax year or such other 12  consecutive  month period as is
          designated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.31  PRIOR PLAN
          Means a plan which was  amended or  replaced  by adoption of this Plan
          document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.32  PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
          Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such entity must
          meet the definition of a sponsoring  organization set forth in Section
          3.07 of Revenue Procedure 89-13.

    1.33  SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
          Means an  individual  who has Earned  Income for the taxable year from
          the trade or  business  for which the Plan is  established;  also,  an
          individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the


<PAGE>



          trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

    1.34  SEPARATE FUND
          Means a  subdivision  of the  Fund  held in the  name of a  particular
          Participant representing certain assets held for that Participant. The
          assets which comprise a  Participant's  Separate Fund are those assets
          earmarked  for him  and  those  assets  subject  to the  Participant's
          individual direction pursuant to Section 5.14.

    1.35  TAXABLE WAGE BASE
          Means,  with  respect  to any  taxable  year,  the  maximum  amount of
          earnings  which may be  considered  wages for such year under  Section
          3121(a)(1) of the Code.

    1.36  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          A Termination  of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur
          whenever  his status as an  Employee of such  Employer  ceases for any
          reason  other than his death.  An Employee who does not return to work
          for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave of
          absence  from  such  Employer  shall  be  deemed  to have  incurred  a
          Termination of Employment when such leave ends.

    1.37  TOP-HEAVY PLAN
          This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to
          be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

    1.38  TRUSTEE
          Means an  individual,  individuals  or  corporation  specified  in the
          Adoption  Agreement  as Trustee  or any duly  appointed  successor  as
          provided in Section 5.09.  Trustee  shall mean  Custodian in the event
          the financial  organization  named as Trustee does not have full trust
          powers.

    1.39  VALUATION DATE
          Means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date  designated by
          the  Plan   Administrator   which  is   selected   in  a  uniform  and
          non-discriminatory  manner  when the  assets of the Fund are valued at
          their then fair market value.

    1.40  VESTED
          Means  nonforfeitable,  that is, a claim  which is  unconditional  and
          legally  enforceable against the Plan obtained by a Participant or his
          Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under the
          Plan which arises from a Participant's Years of Vesting Service.



<PAGE>



    1.41  YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  period during which an Employee completes at
          least  1,000  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of
          Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.42  YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during  which an Employee  completes  at least 1,000
          Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service  specified
          in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

          In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more  consecutive  Breaks in
          Vesting  Service,  all Years of Vesting  Service  after such Breaks in
          Vesting Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining the
          Vested  portion  of  his  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
          Contributions  that  accrued  before such breaks.  Such  Participant's
          prebreak  service  will  count in  vesting  the  postbreak  Individual
          Account derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

            (A)   such  Participant  had any Vested  right to any portion of his
                  Individual Account derived from Employer  Contributions at the
                  time of his Termination of Employment; or

            (B)   upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks in
                  Vesting  Service  is less than his  number of Years of Vesting
                  Service before such breaks.

          Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
<PAGE>
          prebreak and postbreak portions of his Individual Account derived from
          Employer  Contributions.  Both subaccounts will share in the gains and
          losses of the Fund.

          Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time excluded
          from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement.

          In the  event  the Plan  Year is  changed  to a new  12-month  period,
          Employees  shall  receive  credit  for Years of  Vesting  Service,  in
          accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition,  for each
          of the Plan  Years  (the old and new Plan  Years)  which  overlap as a
          result of such change.


SECTION TWO ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION



<PAGE>



    2.01  ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
          Each Employee of the Employer,  except those Employees who belong to a
          class of Employees which is excluded from  participation  as indicated
          in the Adoption  Agreement,  shall be eligible to  participate in this
          Plan upon the satisfaction of the age and Years of Eligibility Service
          requirements specified in the Adoption Agreementment.

    2.02  PLAN ENTRY

          A. If this  Plan is a  replacement  of a Prior  Plan by  amendment  or
             restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a Participant in
             said Prior Plan before the  Effective  Date shall  continue to be a
             Participant in this Plan.

          B. An  Employee  will  become  a  Participant  in the  Plan  as of the
             Effective  Date  if he has  met  the  eligibility  requirements  of
             Section  2.01 as of such  date.  After  the  Effective  Date,  each
             Employee  shall  become  a  Participant  on the  first  Entry  Date
             following  the  date  the  Employee   satisfies   the   eligibility
             requirements of Section 2.01.

          C. The Plan  Administrator  shall  notify  each  Employee  who becomes
             eligible to be a Participant  under this Plan and shall furnish him
             with the  application  form,  enrollment  forms or other  documents
             which are required of  Participants.  The eligible  Employee  shall
             execute such forms or documents and make available such information
             as may be required in the administration of the Plan.

    2.03  TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
          If an  Employee  who had  been a  Participant  becomes  ineligible  to
          participate  because he is no longer a member of an eligible  class of
          Employees,  but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility Service,  such
          Employee shall participate  immediately upon his return to an eligible
          class of  Employees.  If such Employee  incurs a Break in  Eligibility
          Service, his eligibility to participate shall be determined by Section
          2.04.

          An Employee  who is not a member of the  eligible  class of  Employees
          will become a  Participant  immediately  upon becoming a member of the
          eligible  class provided such Employee has satisfied the age and Years
          of  Eligibility  Service  requirements.   If  such  Employee  has  not
          satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service  requirements as of
          the date he becomes a member of the eligible  class, he shall become a
          Participant  on the first Entry Date  following  the date he satisfies
          said requirements.


<PAGE>




    2.04  RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

          A. Employee Not  Participant  Before  Break - If an Employee  incurs a
             Break  in  Eligibility   Service   before   satisfying  the  Plan's
             eligibility  requirements,  such  Employee's  Years of  Eligibility
             Service before such Break in Eligibility  Service will not be taken
             into account.

          B. Nonvested  Participants - In the case of a Participant who does not
             have a Vested  interest  in his  Individual  Account  derived  from
             Employer  Contributions,  Years  of  Eligibility  Service  before a
             period of  consecutive  Breaks in  Eligibility  Service will not be
             taken  into  account  for  eligibility  purposes  if the  number of
             consecutive Breaks in Eligibility  Service in such period equals or
             exceeds  the  greater  of 5 or the  aggregate  number  of  Years of
             Eligibility  Service before such break.  Such  aggregate  number of
             Years  of  Eligibility  Service  will  not  include  any  Years  of
             Eligibility  Service  disregarded  under the preceding  sentence by
             reason of prior breaks.

             If a  Participant's  Years of Eligibility  Service are  disregarded
             pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph,  such  Participant  will be
             treated  as a new  Employee  for  eligibility  purposes.  If a Par-
             ticipant's  Years of  Eligibility  Service  may not be  disregarded
             pursuant  to  the  preceding  paragraph,   such  Participant  shall
             continue  to  participate  in the Plan,  or, if  terminated,  shall
             participate immediately upon reemployment.

          C. Vested  Participants  - A Participant  who has sustained a Break in
             Eligibility  Service  and who  had a  Vested  interest  in all or a
             portion  of  his   Individual   Account   derived   from   Employer
             Contributions  shall  continue to  participate  in the Plan, or, if
             terminated, shall participate immediately upon reemployment.

    2.05  DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
          The  Plan  Administrator  shall  determine  the  eligibility  of  each
          Employee to be a Participant.  This determination  shall be conclusive
          and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by
          law.

    2.06  TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
          Neither the fact of the  establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a
          common law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that common
          law Employee any right to continued employment; nor shall


<PAGE>



          either fact limit the right of the  Employer to  discharge  or to deal
          otherwise with a common law Employee without regard to the effect such
          treatment may have upon the Employee's rights under the Plan.

SECTION THREE  CONTRIBUTIONS

    3.01  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

          A. Obligation to Contribute - The Employer shall make contributions to
             the Plan in accordance with the contribution  formula  specified in
             the Adoption Agreement.  If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
             Employer shall, in its sole discretion,  make contributions without
             regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

          B. Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer Profit
             Sharing Contribution -

             1. General - The  Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be
                allocated  or  contributed   to  the   Individual   Accounts  of
                qualifying  Participants  in accordance  with the  allocation or
                contribution  formula specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  The
                Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be  allocated  to
                each Participant's Individual Account as of the last day of that
                Plan Year.
<PAGE>
                Any Employer  Contribution  for a Plan Year must satisfy Section
                401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder for such Plan Year.

             2. Qualifying   Participants   -  A  Participant  is  a  qualifying
                Participant   and  is   entitled   to  share  in  the   Employer
                Contribution for any Plan Year if (1) he was a Participant on at
                least  one day  during  the  Plan  Year,  (2) if this  Plan is a
                nonstandardized  plan,  he  completes a Year of Vesting  Service
                during the Plan Year and (3) where the Employer has selected the
                "last  day  requirement"  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  he is an
                Employee of the  Employer  on the last day of Plan Year  (except
                that  this  last   requirement   (3)  shall  not  apply  if  the
                Participant  has  died  during  the  Plan  Year  or  incurred  a
                Termination  of  Employment  during the Plan Year  after  having
                reached  his  Normal   Retirement  Age  or  having   incurred  a
                Disability).  Notwithstanding  anything in this paragraph to the
                contrary, a Participant will not be a qualifying Participant for
                a Plan Year if he incurs a Termination of Employment during such
                Plan Year with not more than 500 Hours of  Service  if he is not
                an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. The  determination
                of whether a Participant


<PAGE>



                is entitled to share in the Employer  Contribution shall be made
                as of the last day of each Plan Year.

             3. Special  Rules  for  Integrated  Plans  - If  the  Employer  has
                selected the integrated  contribution  or allocation  formula in
                the Adoption Agreement, then the maximum disparity rate shall be
                determined in accordance with the following table.

                             MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

                                        Top-Heavy       Nontop-Heavy
Integration Level      Money Purchase   Profit Sharing  Profit Sharing
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

Taxable Wage Base (TWB)        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than $0 but not more
than X*                        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than X* of TWB but
not more than 80% of TWB       4.3%       1.3%             4.3%

More than 80% of TWB but
not more than TWB              5.4%       2.4%             5.4%

                               * X means the greater of $10, 000 or 20% of TWB.

        C.  Allocation of Forfeitures - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which arise
            as a result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall be allo-
            cated as follows:

            1. Profit  Sharing  Plan  -  If  this  is  a  profit  sharing  plan,
               Forfeitures  shall be allocated in the manner provided in Section
               3.01 (B) (for Employer  Contributions) to the Individual Accounts
               of  Participants  who  are  entitled  to  share  in the  Employer
               Contribution for such Plan Year.

            2. Money Purchase  Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If this Plan is
               a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, Forfeitures shall
               be applied towards the reduction of Employer Contributions to the
               Plan.  However,  if the  Employer  has  indicated in the Adoption
               Agreement that  Forfeitures  shall be allocated to the Individual
               Accounts of Participants,  then Forfeitures shall be allocated in
               the manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for


<PAGE>



               Employer   Contributions)   to   the   Individual   Accounts   of
               Participants   who  are   entitled  to  share  in  the   Employer
               Contributions for such Plan Year.

        D.  Timing  of  Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contribution  - The  Employer
            Contribution  for each Plan Year shall be  delivered  to the Trustee
            (or Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for filing
            the  Employer's  income tax return for its fiscal  year in which the
            Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

        E.  Minimum  Allocation  for  Top-Heavy  Plans  - The  contribution  and
            allocation  provisions  of this Section  3.01(E) shall apply for any
            Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

            1. Except as otherwise  provided in (3) and (4) below,  the Employer
               Contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  on  behalf  of  any
               Participant  who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the
               lesser of 3% of such  Participant's  Compensation or (in the case
               where the Employer has no defined  benefit plan which  designates
               this  Plan  to  satisfy  Section  401 of the  Code)  the  largest
               percentage  of  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures,  as  a
               percentage of the first $200,000 (increased by any cost of living
               adjustment  made by the Secretary of Treasury or his delegate) of
               the Key Employee's  Compensation,  allocated on behalf of any Key
               Employee  for that year.  The minimum  allocation  is  determined
               without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This minimum
               allocation shall be made even though under other Plan provisions,
               the  Participant  would not  otherwise  be entitled to receive an
               allocation,  or would have received a lesser  allocation  for the
               year because of (a) the  Participant's  failure to complete 1,000
               Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b)
               the   Participant's    failure   to   make   mandatory   Employee
               Contributions to the Plan, or (c) Compensation less than a stated
               amount.

            2. For purposes of computing  the minimum  allocation,  Compensation
               shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.06 of the Plan.

            3. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant
               who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
               Year.

            4. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant to
               the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or
               plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the adop-


<PAGE>



               tion agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
               applicable  to  Top-Heavy  Plans will be met in the other plan or
               plans.

            5. The minimum  allocation  required under this Section  3.01(E) and
               Section  3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be  nonforfeitable
               under  Code  Section  416(b))  may not be  forfeited  under  Code
               Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

        F.  Special  Requirements  for  Paired  Plans - The  Employer  maintains
            paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized  profit
            sharing plan and a standardized  money  purchase  pension plan using
            this Basic Plan Document.
<PAGE>
            1. Minimum Allocation - The mandatory minimum  allocation  provision
               of  Section  3.01(E)  shall not apply to any  Participant  if the
               Employer maintains paired plans.  Rather, for each Plan Year, the
               Employer  will  provide  a  minimum  contribution  equal to 3% of
               Compensation  for each  non-Key  Employee  who is  entitled  to a
               minimum contribution. Such minimum contribution will only be made
               to one of the Plans.  If an Employee is a Participant in only one
               of the  Plans,  the  minimum  contribution  shall be made to that
               Plan. If the Employee is a Participant in both Plans, the minimum
               contribution shall be made to the money purchase plan.

            2. Only One  Plan  Can Be  Integrated  - If the  Employer  maintains
               paired plans, only one of the Plans may provide for the disparity
               in  contributions  which is permitted under Section 401(l) of the
               Code. In the event that both Adoption Agreements provide for such
               integration, only the money purchase pension plan shall be deemed
               to be integrated.

        G.  Return of the Employer  Contribution  to the Employer  Under Special
            Circumstances - Any  contribution  made by the Employer because of a
            mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer  within one year of
            the contribution.

            In the event that the  Commissioner of Internal  Revenue  determines
            that  the  Plan is not  initially  qualified  under  the  Code,  any
            contributions  made  incident to that initial  qualification  by the
            Employer must be returned to the Employer  within one year after the
            date  the  initial   qualification  is  denied.,  but  only  if  the
            application for  qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
            for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year in which the
            Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
            may


<PAGE>



            prescribe.

            In the event that a  contribution  made by the  Employer  under this
            Plan is conditioned  on  deductibility  and is not deductible  under
            Code  Section  404,  the  contribution,  to the extent of the amount
            disallowed,  must be returned to the Employer  within one year after
            the deduction is disallowed.

        H.  Omission of Participant

            1. If the Plan is a money  purchase  plan or a target  benefit  plan
               and, if in any Plan Year,  any Employee who should be included as
               a  Participant  is  erroneously  omitted  and  discovery  of such
               omission is not made until after a  contribution  by the Employer
               for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall make
               a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in
               the amount which the Employer would have contributed with respect
               to that Employee had he not been omitted.

            2. If the Plan is a profit  sharing  plan,  and if in any Plan Year,
               any  Employee  who  should  be  included  as  a  Participant   is
               erroneously  omitted and  discovery of such  omission is not made
               until  after  the  Employer   Contribution   has  been  made  and
               allocated,  then the Plan Administrator must re-do the allocation
               (if  a  correction   can  be  made)  and  inform  the   Employee.
               Alternatively,  the  Employer  may choose to  contribute  for the
               omitted  Employee  the  amount  which  the  Employer  would  have
               contributed for him.

   3.02  EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
         This Plan will not  accept  nondeductible  employee  contributions  and
         matching  contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in
         which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Employee contributions for
         Plan Years,  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  together  with any
         matching  contributions  as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code, will
         be limited so as to meet the  nondiscrimination  test of Section 401(m)
         of the Code.

         A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for the
         nondeductible employee contributions of each Participant.

         A  Participant  may,  upon a  written  request  submitted  to the  Plan
         Administrator  withdraw  the lesser of the  portion  of his  Individual
         Account attributable to his nondeductible employee contributions or the
         amount he contributed as nondeductible employee contributions.



<PAGE>



         Employee  contributions  and earnings thereon will be nonforfeitable at
         all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
         withdrawal of employee contributions.

         The  Plan   Administrator   will   not   accept   deductible   employee
         contributions  which  are  made  for a  taxable  year  beginning  after
         December  31,  1986.  Contributions  made  prior to that  date  will be
         maintained in a separate  account which will be  nonforfeitable  at all
         times.  The  account  will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in
         the same manner as described  in Section  4.03 of the Plan.  No part of
         the deductible employee  contribution  account will be used to purchase
         life  insurance.  Subject to Section 6.05,  joint and survivor  annuity
         requirements (if applicable),  the Participant may withdraw any part of
         the  deductible  employee  contribution  account  by  making a  written
         application to the Plan Administrator.

   3.03  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner, an Employee may contribute a rollover contribution to the Plan;
         provided   that  such   Employee   submits  a  written   certification,
         satisfactory  to the  Trustee  (or  Custodian),  that the  contribution
         qualifies as a rollover contribution.

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's rollover  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the  manner  described  in  Section  4.03  and  shall be
         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

         For  purposes of this Section  3.03,  "rollover  contribution"  means a
         contribution described in Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3) of
         the Code or in any other provision which may be added to the Code which
         may authorize rollovers to the Plan.


   3.04  TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner,  the  Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  may receive any
         amounts transferred to it from the trustee or custodian of another plan
         qualified under Code Section 401(a).

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's transfer  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be


<PAGE>



         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

   3.05  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
         A.  If  the  Participant   does  not  participate  in,  and  has  never
             participated  in another  qualified plan maintained by the Employer
             or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code
             maintained by the Employer,  or an individual  medical account,  as
             defined  in  Section  415(l)(2)  of  the  Code,  maintained  by the
             Employer,  which provides an annual  addition as defined in Section
             3.08(E)(1), the following rules shall apply:
<PAGE>
             1. The amount of annual additions which may be credited to the Par-
                ticipant's  Individual  Account for any limitation year will not
                exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount or any other
                limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer  Contribution
                that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Partici-
                pant's  Individual  Account would cause the annual additions for
                the limitation  year to exceed the maximum  permissible  amount,
                the amount  contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
                annual  additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum
                permissible amount.

             2. Prior to determining the Participant's  actual  compensation for
                the  limitation  year,  the Employer may  determine  the maximum
                permissible   amount  for  a  Participant  on  the  basis  of  a
                reasonable estimation of the Participant's  Compensation for the
                limitation  year,  uniformly  determined  for  all  participants
                similarly situated.

             3. As soon as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
                limitation  year,  the  maximum   permissible   amount  for  the
                limitation   year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the
                Participant's actual compensation for the limitation year.

             4. If  pursuant  to  Section  3.08(A)(3)  or  as a  result  of  the
                allocation of Forfeitures there is an excess amount,  the excess
                will be disposed of as follows:

                a.  Any nondeductible voluntary employee contributions, to the
                    extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned
                    to the Participant;

                b.  If after the application of paragraph (a) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
                    the end of the limitation year, the excess amount in the


<PAGE>



                    Participant's  Individual  Account  will be  used to  reduce
                    Employer   Contributions   (including   any   allocation  of
                    Forfeitures)  for such  Participant  in the next  limitation
                    year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.

                c.  If after the application of paragraph (b) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
                    at the end of a limitation year, the excess amount will be
                    held unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense
                    account will be applied to reduce future Employer Contri-
                    butions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all
                    remaining Participants in the next limitation year, and each
                    succeeding limitation year if necessary;

                d.  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
                    limitation year pursuant to this Section, it will not par-
                    ticipate in the allocation of the Fund's investment gains
                    and losses.  If a suspense account is in existence at any
                    time during a particular limitation year, all amounts in the
                    suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Par-
                    ticipants' Individual Accounts before any Employer Contribu-
                    tions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan
                    for that limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be distri-
                    buted to Participants or former Participants.

        B. If, in  addition  to this Plan,  the  Participant  is  covered  under
           another  qualified  master or  prototype  defined  contribution  plan
           maintained  by the  Employer,  a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in
           Section  419(e)  of  the  Code  maintained  by  the  Employer,  or an
           individual  medical account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the
           Code,  maintained by the Employer,  which provides an annual addition
           as defined in Section  3.05(E)(1),  during any  limitation  year, the
           following rules apply:

           1. The annual  additions  which may be  credited  to a  Participant's
              Individual  Account under this Plan for any such  limitation  year
              will not  exceed the  maximum  permissible  amount  reduced by the
              annual additions  credited to a Participant's  Individual  Account
              under  the  other  plans and  welfare  benefit  funds for the same
              limitation  year.  If the  annual  additions  with  respect to the
              Participant  under other  defined  contribution  plans and welfare
              benefit funds maintained by the employer are less than the maximum
              permissible  amount  and  the  Employer  Contribution  that  would
              otherwise  be  contributed  or  allocated  to  the   Participant's
              Individual   Account  under  this  Plan  would  cause  the  annual
              additions for the limitation year to exceed this  limitation,  the
              amount contributed


<PAGE>



              or allocated  will be reduced so that the annual  additions  under
              all such  plans and funds for the  limitation  year will equal the
              maximum  permissible  amount. If the annual additions with respect
              to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and
              welfare  benefit  funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater
              than the maximum permissible amount, no amount will be contributed
              or allocated to the  Participant's  Individual  Account under this
              Plan for the limitation year.

           2. Prior to determining the Participant's actual compensation for the
              limitation   year,   the  Employer  may   determine   the  maximum
              permissible  amount for a Participant  in the manner  described in
              Section 3.05(A)(2).

           3. As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
              limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation
              year will be determined on the basis of the  Participant's  actual
              compensation for the limitation year.

           4. If,  pursuant  to  Section  3.05(B)(3)  or  as  a  result  of  the
              allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's  annual  additions under
              this Plan and such other  plans would  result in an excess  amount
              for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist
              of  the  annual  additions  last  allocated,  except  that  annual
              additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit fund or  individual
              medical  account  will be  deemed  to have  been  allocated  first
              regardless of the actual allocation date.

           5. If  an  excess  amount  was  allocated  to  a  Participant  on  an
              allocation  date of this Plan which  coincides  with an allocation
              date of another plan,  the excess  amount  attributed to this Plan
              will be the product of,

              a.  the total excess amount allocated as of such date, times
              b.  the ration of (i) the annual additions allocated to the Parti-
                  cipant for the limitation year as of such date under this Plan
                  to  (ii)  the  total   annual   additions   allocated  to  the
                  Participant for the limitation year as of such date under this
                  and all the other  qualified  prototype  defined  contribution
                  plans.

           6. Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
              manner described in Section 3.05(A)(4).

        C. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contri-
           bution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a master or pro-


<PAGE>



           totype plan,  annual  additions which may be credited to the Partici-
           pant's  Individual  Account under this Plan for any  limitation  year
           will be  limited  in  accordance  with  Sections  3.05(B)(1)  through
           3.08(B)(6)  as though the other plan were a master or prototype  plan
           unless the Employer  provides other limitations in the Section of the
           Adoption  Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One
           Plan."
<PAGE>
        D. If the Employer  maintains,  or at any time  maintained,  a qualified
           defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant in this Plan, the sum
           of the  Participant's  defined  benefit  plan  fraction  and  defined
           contribution  plan  fraction  will not exceed  1.0 in any  limitation
           year. The annual additions which may be credited to the Participant's
           Individual  Account under this Plan for any  limitation  year will be
           limited in  accordance  with the  Section of the  Adoption  Agreement
           titled "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."

        E. The following terms shall have the following meanings when used in
           this Section 3.05:

           1. Annual additions:  The sum of the following amounts credited to a
              Participant's Individual Account for the limitation year:

              a.  Employer Contributions,

              b.  Employee contributions,

              c.  Forfeitures, and

              d.  amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual
                  medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
                  Employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contri-
                  bution plan.  Also amounts derived from contributions paid or
                  accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
                  such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical
                  benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee,
                  as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
                  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, main-
                  tained by the Employer are treated as annual additions to a
                  defined contribution plan.

                  For this  purpose,  any excess  amount  applied  under Section
                  3.05(A)(4)  or  3.05(B)(6)  in the  limitation  year to reduce
                  Employer Contributions will be considered annual additions for


<PAGE>



                  such limitation year.

           2. Compensation:  As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreem-
              ent (and if no election is made, Section 3401(a) wages will be
              deemed to have been selected), Compensation shall mean all of a
              Participant's:

              a.  Section 3121 wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3121(a) of
                  the Code, for purposes of calculating Social Security taxes,
                  but determined without regard to the wage base limitation in
                  Section 3121(a)(1), the special rules in Section 3121(v), any
                  rules that limit covered employment based on the type or loca-
                  tion of an Employee's Employer, and any rules that limit the
                  remuneration included in wages based on familial relationship
                  or based on the nature or location of the employment or the
                  services performed (such as the exceptions to the definition
                  of employment in Section 3121(b)(1) through (2)).

              b.  Section 3401(a) wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of
                  the Code,  for the purposes of income tax  withholding  at the
                  source but  determined  without regard to any rules that limit
                  the  remuneration  included  in wages  based on the  nature or
                  location of the employment or the services  performed (such as
                  the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

              c.  415 safe-harbor compensation.  Wages, salaries, and fees for
                  professional services and other amounts received (without
                  regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for per-
                  sonal services actually rendered in the course of employment
                  with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the
                  amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not
                  limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for ser-
                  vices on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on
                  insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimburse-
                  ments, and expense allowances), and excluding the following:

                  1. Employer  contributions to a plan of deferred  compensation
                     which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                     the  taxable  year  in  which   contributed,   or  employer
                     contributions  under a simplified  employee pension plan to
                     the  extent  such   contributions  are  deductible  by  the
                     Employee,  or any  distributions  from a plan  of  deferred
                     compensation;

                  2. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                     option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the


<PAGE>



                     Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                     subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                  3. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposit-
                     ion of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                  4. Other  amounts  which  received  special tax  benefits,  or
                     contributions  made by the Employer (whether or not under a
                     salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the  purchase of an
                     annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or
                     not the  amounts  are  actually  excludable  from the gross
                     income of the Employee).

                     For any  Self-Employed  Individual,  Compensation will mean
                     Earned Income.  For limitation years beginning after Decem-
                     ber 31, 1991,  for purposes of applying the  limitations of
                     this Section 3.05,  compensation  for a limitation  year is
                     the  compensation  actually  paid or  includible  in  gross
                     income during such limitation year.

                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  compensation for a
                     Participant   in  a  defined   contribution   plan  who  is
                     permanently  and  totally  disabled  (as defined in Section
                     22(e)(3) of the Code) is the compensation  such Participant
                     would  have  received  for  the  limitation   year  if  the
                     Participant had been paid at the rate of compensation  paid
                     immediately   before   becoming   permanently  and  totally
                     disabled;   such  imputed  compensation  for  the  disabled
                     participant   may  be  taken  into   account  only  if  the
                     Participant  is  not  a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  (as
                     defined  in Section  414(q) of the Code) and  contributions
                     made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable  when
                     made.

           3. Defined benefit  fraction:  A fraction,  the numerator of which is
              the sum of the  Participant's  projected annual benefits under all
              the defined benefit plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained
              by the  Employer,  and the  denominator  of which is the lesser of
              125% of the dollar  limitation  determined for the limitation year
              under  Section  415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140% of the  highest
              average  compensation,  including  any  adjustments  under Section
              415(b) of the Code.

              Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as
              of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after
<PAGE>


<PAGE>



              December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
              by the  employer  which  were in  existence  on May 6,  1986,  the
              denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum
              of the annual  benefits under such plans which the participant had
              accrued  as of the  close of the last  limitation  year  beginning
              before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms and
              conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding  sentence
              applies only if the defined benefit plans  individually and in the
              aggregate  satisfied the  requirements  of Section 415 of the Code
              for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

           4. Defined contribution dollar limitation:  $30,000 or if greater,
              one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in
              Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the limitation
              year.

           5. Defined contribution  fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
              is the sum of the annual  additions to the  Participant's  account
              under  all  the  defined   contribution   plans  (whether  or  not
              terminated)  maintained  by the  Employer  for the current and all
              prior   limitation   years   (including   the   annual   additions
              attributable   to   the   Participant's   nondeductible   employee
              contributions  to  all  defined  benefit  plans,  whether  or  not
              terminated,  maintained by the Employer,  and the annual additions
              attributable  to all welfare  benefit funds, as defined in Section
              419(e) of the Code, and individual medical accounts, as defined in
              Section  415(l)(2) of the Code,  maintained by the Employer),  and
              the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the  maximum  aggregate
              amounts for the current and all prior  limitation years of service
              with the Employer  (regardless  of whether a defined  contribution
              plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount
              in any  limitation  year  is the  lesser  of  125%  of the  dollar
              limitation  determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code in
              effect  under  Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of  the  Code  or 35% of the
              Participant's compensation for such year.

              If the Employee was a  participant  as of the end of the first day
              of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
              one or more defined  contribution plans maintained by the Employer
              which were in  existence  on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator  of this
              fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this  fraction  and the
              defined  benefit  fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the
              terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the
              product  of (1) the  excess of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0
              times (2) the  denominator of this  fraction,  will be permanently
              subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is


<PAGE>



              calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the
              end of the last limitation year beginning  before January 1, 1987,
              and  disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions of the
              Plan made after May 5, 1986,  but using the Section 415 limitation
              applicable  to the first  limitation  year  beginning  on or after
              January 1, 1987.

              The annual addition for any limitation year beginning  before Jan-
              uary 1,  1987,  shall  not be  recomputed  to treat  all  employee
              contributions as annual additions.

           6. Employer:  For purposes of this Section 3.05,  Employer shall mean
              the  Employer  that  adopts  this  Plan,  and  all  members  of  a
              controlled  group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of
              the Code as modified by Section 415(h)),  all commonly  controlled
              trades or businesses  (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by
              Section  415(h))  or  affiliated  service  groups  (as  defined in
              Section 414(m)) of which the adopting  Employer is a part, and any
              other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer  pursuant
              to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

           7. Excess amount:  The excess of the Participant's annual additions
              for the limitation year over the maximum permissible amount.

           8. Highest average compensation:  The average compensation for the
              three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces
              the highest average.

           9. Limitation  year: A calendar  year,  or the  12-consecutive  month
              period  elected by the  Employer  in the  Section of the  Adoption
              Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."
              All qualified  plans  maintained by the Employer must use the same
              limitation  year. If the limitation year is amended to a different
              12-consecutive month period, the new limitation year must begin on
              a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made.

         10.  Master or prototype plan:  A plan the form of which is the subject
              of a favorable notification letter from the Internal Revenue
              Service.

         11.  Maximum  permissible  amount: The maximum annual addition that may
              be contributed or allocated to a Participant's  Individual Account
              under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser
              of:



<PAGE>



              a.  the defined contribution dollar limitation, or
              b.  25% of the Participant's compensation for the limitation year.

              The compensation  limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to
              any  contribution  for  medical  benefits  (within  the meaning of
              Section  401(h)  or  Section  419A(f)(2)  of the  Code)  which  is
              otherwise treated as an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) or
              419A(d)(2) of the Code.

              If a short  limitation  year is created  because  of an  amendment
              changing the limitation year to a different  12-consecutive  month
              period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the defined
              contribution   dollar  limitation   multiplied  by  the  following
              fraction:

              Number of months in the short limitation year / 12

         12.  Projected annual benefit:  The annual retirement benefit (adjusted
              to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit
              is  expressed  in a form  other than a  straight  life  annuity or
              qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity) to which the  Participant
              would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:

              a.  the Participant will continue employment until normal retire-
                  ment age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

              b.  the Participant's compensation for the current limitation year
                  and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
                  under the Plan will remain constant for all future limitation
                  years.
<PAGE>
SECTION FOUR   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

     4.01  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A.  The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual
               Account  in the name of each  Participant  to  reflect  the total
               value  of his  interest  in the  Fund.  Each  Individual  Account
               established hereunder shall consist of such subaccounts as may be
               needed for each Participant including:

             1. a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                allocated on behalf of a Participant;

             2. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover contributions;



<PAGE>



             3. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer contributions;

             4. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's nondeductible employee
                contributions; and

             5. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's deductible employee
                contributions.

         B. The Plan Administrator may establish  additional  accounts as it may
            deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, including,
            but not limited to, a suspense  account for  Forfeitures as required
            pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

     4.02  VALUATION OF FUND
           The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value.

     4.03  VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A. Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's Individual
              Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the Participant,  then
              the value of that portion of such Participant's Individual Account
              at any relevant  time equals the sum of the fair market  values of
              the assets in such Separate Fund,  less any applicable  charges or
              penalties.

           B. The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account
              is determined in the following manner:

              1. First,  the portion of the Individual  Account invested in each
                 Investment   Fund  as  of  the  previous   Valuation   Date  is
                 determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal made
                 from the applicable  Investment Fund to or for the benefit of a
                 Participant or his Beneficiary,  further reduced by any amounts
                 forfeited by the  Participant  pursuant to Section  6.01(D) and
                 further  reduced by any  transfer  to another  Investment  Fund
                 since  the  previous  Valuation  Date and is  increased  by any
                 amount  transferred  from  another  Investment  Fund  since the
                 previous  Valuation  Date.  The  resulting  amounts are the net
                 Individual Account portions invested in the Investment Funds.

              2. Secondly,  the net Individual Account portions invested in each
                 Investment  Fund are adjusted  upwards or  downwards,  pro rata
                 (i.e.,  ratio of each net Individual Account portion to the sum
                 of all net Individual  Account portions) so that the sum of all
                 the net Individual  Account portions  invested in an Investment
                 Fund will equal the then fair market value of the Investment


<PAGE>



                 Fund. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the first Plan
                 Year only, the net Individual Account portions shall be the sum
                 of all  contributions  made  to each  Participant's  Individual
                 Account during the first Plan Year.

              3. Thirdly,  any  contributions  to the Plan and  Forfeitures  are
                 allocated  in  accordance  with  the   appropriate   allocation
                 provisions   of   Section  3.  For   purposes   of  Section  4,
                 contributions  made by the Employer for any Plan Year but after
                 that Plan Year will be considered to have been made on the last
                 day of that Plan Year  regardless  of when paid to the  Trustee
                 (or Custodian, if applicable).

                 Amounts   contributed  between  Valuation  Dates  will  not  be
                 credited  with  investment  gains  or  losses  until  the  next
                 following Valuation Date.

              4. Finally,  the portions of the  Individual  Account  invested in
                 each  Investment  Fund  (determined in accordance with (1), (2)
                 and (3) above) are added together.


     4.04  SEGREGATION OF ASSETS
           If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a lump sum,
           the Plan Administrator may place that  Participant's  account balance
           into a segregated  Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the
           necessary  liquidity to provide  benefit  installments  on a periodic
           basis.


     4.05  STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           No later than 270 days  after the close of each Plan  Year,  the Plan
           Administrator   shall   furnish  a  statement  to  each   Participant
           indicating the Individual  Account balances of such Participant as of
           the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

     4.06  MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING  INDIVIDUAL  ACCOUNTS If necessary
           or appropriate,  the Plan  Administrator  may establish  different or
           additional procedures (which shall be uniform and non-discriminatory)
           for determining the fair market value of the Individual Accounts.


SECTION FIVE   TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN



<PAGE>



     5.01  CREATION OF FUND
           By adopting this Plan, the Employer  establishes the Fund which shall
           consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or  Custodian,
           if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5. Assets within the Fund may
           be pooled on behalf of all Participants,  earmarked on behalf of each
           Participant  or be a  combination  of pooled  and  earmarked.  To the
           extent that assets are earmarked for a particular  Participant,  they
           will be held in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

           No part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Fund may be used  for,  or
           diverted  to,  purposes  other  than  for the  exclusive  benefit  of
           Participants or their Beneficiaries.

     5.02  INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
           Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual direction
           of investments by Participants), the Employer, not the Trustee (or
<PAGE>
           Custodian,  if  applicable),  shall  have  exclusive  management  and
           control  over  the   investment   of  the  Fund  into  any  permitted
           investment.  Notwithstanding the preceding  sentence,  a Trustee with
           full trust powers (under  applicable  law) may make an agreement with
           the Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the investment of all or
           a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall be in writing and set
           forth such matters as the Trustee deems necessary or desirable.

     5.03  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL
TRUST POWERS
           This  Section  5.03  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated in the Adoption  Agreement that it will serve, with respect
           to this Plan,  as Custodian  or as Trustee  without full trust powers
           (under applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial organization Trustee
           without full trust powers (under applicable law) shall be referred to
           as a Custodian.

           A. Permissible Investments - The assets of the Plan shall be invested
              only  in  those   investments  which  are  available  through  the
              Custodian in the ordinary  course of business  which the Custodian
              may  legally  hold in a  qualified  plan and which  the  Custodian
              chooses  to  make   available  to  Employers  for  qualified  plan
              investments.

           B. Responsibilities of the Custodian - The responsibilities of the
              Custodian shall be limited to the following:

              1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest
                 the Fund without distinction between principal and interest;


<PAGE>



                 provided,  however, that nothing in this Plan shall require the
                 Custodian to maintain  physical  custody of stock  certificates
                 (or  other   indicia  of   ownership  of  any  type  of  asset)
                 representing assets within the Fund;

              2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
                 drawals and other information the Custodian deems relevant with
                 respect to the Plan;

              3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Benefic-
                 iaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator;
                 and

              4. To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which reflects
                 the value of the  investments  in the hands of the Custodian as
                 of the end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the Custodian - Except as otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Custodian shall have the power to take any action with respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:

           1. To  invest  all or a  portion  of the Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances)  in  time  deposits,   savings  accounts,  money  market
              accounts  or  similar  investments  bearing a  reasonable  rate of
              interest in the Custodian's own savings  department or the savings
              department of another financial organization;

           2. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to pay any  assessment  or charges in  connection
              therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner
              with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

           3. To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own name,
              in the name of its nominee or in bearer form; and

           4. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein


<PAGE>



              granted.

     5.04  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND
INDIVIDUAL
            TRUSTEE

           This  Section  5.04  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement  that it will serve as Trustee
           with full trust  powers.  This Section also applies where one or more
           individuals  are  named  in  the  Adoption   Agreement  to  serve  as
           Trustee(s).

           A. Permissible Investments - The Trustee may invest the assets of the
              Plan in property of any  character,  real or personal,  including,
              but not  limited to the  following:  stocks,  including  shares of
              open-end  investment  companies  (mutual  funds);   bonds;  notes;
              debentures;  options;  limited partnership  interests;  mortgages;
              real estate or any  interests  therein;  unit  investment  trusts;
              Treasury  Bills,  and other U.S.  Government  obligations;  common
              trust funds, combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or
              commingled  funds  maintained  by  a  bank  or  similar  financial
              organization  (whether  or not  the  Trustee  hereunder);  savings
              accounts,  time  deposits  or money  market  accounts of a bank or
              similar  financial   organization  (whether  or  not  the  Trustee
              hereunder); annuity contracts; life insurance policies; or in such
              other   investments   as  is  deemed  proper   without  regard  to
              investments  authorized  by statute or rule of law  governing  the
              investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan.

              Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may,
              as a condition  of making the Plan  available  to the Employer for
              adoption,  limit the types of property in which the Trustee (other
              than a financial  organization Trustee with full trust powers), is
              permitted to invest.

        B. Responsibilities of the Trustee - The responsibilities of the Trustee
           shall be limited to the following:

           1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest the
              Fund without distinction between physical and interest;  provided,
              however,  that  nothing in this Plan shall  require the Trustee to
              maintain physical custody of stock  certificates (or other indicia
              of ownership) representing assets within the Fund;

           2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
              drawals and other information the Trustee deems relevant with re-


<PAGE>



              spect to the Plan;

           3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Beneficiar-
              ies upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator; and

           4. To furnish to the Plan  Administrator  a statement  which reflects
              the value of the investments in the hands of the Trustee as of the
              end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the  Trustee - Except as  otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Trustee  shall have the power to take any action with  respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:
<PAGE>
           1. To hold any securities or other property of the Fund in its own
              name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer form;

           2. To purchase or subscribe for securities  issued,  or real property
              owned,  by the  Employer  or any trade or  business  under  common
              control with the Employer but only if the prudent  investment  and
              diversification requirements of ERISA are satisfied;

           3. To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any
              securities  or other  property  held by the  Trustee,  by  private
              contract or at public auction.  No person dealing with the Trustee
              shall be bound to see to the  application of the purchase money or
              to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such
              sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement;

           4. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to delegate  discretionary powers, and to pay any
              assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
              exercise  any of the  powers of an owner  with  respect to stocks,
              bonds, securities or other property;

           5. To  invest  any  part  or all of the  Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances) in  certificates  of deposit,  demand or time  deposits,
              savings accounts,  money market accounts or similar investments of
              the  Trustee  (if  the  Trustee  is a bank  or  similar  financial
              organiza-


<PAGE>



              tion), the Prototype Sponsor or any affiliate of such Trustee or
              Prototype Sponsor, which bear a reasonable rate of interest;

           6. To provide  sweep  services  without the receipt by the Trustee of
              additional   compensation  or  other  consideration   (other  than
              reimbursement of direct expenses properly and actually incurred in
              the performance of such services);

           7. To hold in the form of cash for  distribution  or investment  such
              portion  of the Fund as,  at any time and from  time-to-time,  the
              Trustee  shall deem  prudent  and  deposit  such cash in  interest
              bearing or noninterest bearing accounts.;

           8. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein
              granted;

           9. To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
              or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend
              suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the
              Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

          10. To employ suitable agents and counsel,  to contract with agents to
              perform  administrative and recordkeeping  duties and to pay their
              reasonable  expenses,  fees and  compensation,  and such  agent or
              counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

         11.  To cause any part or all of the Fund, without limitation as to
              amount, to be commingled with the funds of other trusts (including
              trusts for qualified employee benefit plans) by causing such money
              to be invested as a part of any pooled, common, collective or
              commingled trust fund heretofore or hereafter created by any
              trustee (if the Trustee is a bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by
              any affiliate bank of such a Trustee or by such a Trustee or the
              Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in participation with
              others; the instrument or instruments establishing such trust fund
              or funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan and trust so
              long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested through the
              medium thereof.

         12.  Generally  to do all such  acts,  execute  all  such  instruments,
              initiate  such  proceedings,  and  exercise  all such  rights  and
              privileges with relation to property  constituting  the Fund as if
              the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.


<PAGE>



     5.05  DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
           The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from  time-to-time
           to divide and  redivide the Fund into one or more  Investment  Funds.
           Such Investment Funds may include,  but not be limited to, Investment
           Funds  representing  the assets  under the  control of an  investment
           manager  pursuant to Section 5.12 and Investment  Funds  representing
           investment options available for individual direction by Participants
           pursuant  to Section  5.14.  Upon each  division or  redivision,  the
           Employer  may  specify the part of the Fund to be  allocated  to each
           such  Investment  Fund and the terms and  conditions,  if any,  under
           which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.

     5.06  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
           The  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)  shall  receive  such
           reasonable  compensation  as may be agreed  upon by the  Trustee  (or
           Custodian)  and the  Employer.  The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall be
           entitled to  reimbursement  by the Employer  for all proper  expenses
           incurred  in  carrying  out his duties  under  this  Plan,  including
           reasonable legal,  accounting and actuarial expenses.  If not paid by
           the Employer,  such  compensation and expenses may be charged against
           the Fund.

           All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed  under  existing
           or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof
           shall be paid from the Fund.

     5.07  NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
           The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable)
           and  Plan  Administrator  the  information  which  each  party  deems
           necessary  for the  administration  of the  Plan  including,  but not
           limited to, changes in a Participant's status,  eligibility,  mailing
           addresses  and other such data as may be  required.  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and Plan  Administrator  shall be entitled to act on such
           information   as  is  supplied   them  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
           responsibility to further verify or question such information.

     5.08  LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
           The Plan Administrator  shall be responsible for withholding  federal
           income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant
           (or  Beneficiary,  where  applicable)  elects  not to have such taxes
           withheld.  However, the Trustee (or Custodian) shall act as agent for
           the  Plan  Administrator  to  withhold  such  taxes  and to make  the
           appropriate distribution reports, subject to the Plan Administrator's
           obligation to furnish all the necessary information to so withhold to
           the Trustee (or Custodian).



<PAGE>



     5.09  RESIGNATION  OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE  (OR  CUSTODIAN)  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian,  if  applicable)  may resign at any time by giving 30 days
           advance written notice to the Employer.  The resignation shall become
           effective  30 days  after  receipt  of such  notice  unless a shorter
           period is agreed upon.

           The  Employer  may remove any Trustee (or  Custodian)  at any time by
           giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and such removal
           shall be  effective  30 days after  receipt of such  notice  unless a
           shorter  period is agreed upon.  The Employer shall have the power to
           appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee
           (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian),  he shall transfer
           all of the  assets of the Fund then held by him as  expeditiously  as
           possible to the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)  after  paying or
           reserving  such  reasonable  amount  as he shall  deem  necessary  to
           provide for the expense in the  settlement  of the  accounts  and the
           amount of any  compensation  due him and any sums chargeable  against
           the Fund for which he may be liable. If the Funds as reserved are not
           sufficient   for  such   purpose,   then  he  shall  be  entitled  to
           reimbursement  from the successor  Trustee (or  Custodian) out of the
           assets in the successor  Trustee's (or Custodian's)  hands under this
           Plan.  If the  amount  reserved  shall  be in  excess  of the  amount
           actually needed,  the former Trustee (or Custodian) shall return such
           excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon receipt of such assets,  the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)
           shall  thereupon  succeed to all of the  powers and  responsibilities
           given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this Plan.

           The  resigning  or removed  Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall  render an
           accounting  to the  Employer  and unless  objected to by the Employer
           within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have
           been approved and the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian)
<PAGE>
           shall be released and  discharged  as to all matters set forth in the
           accounting.  Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and it is merged  with or bought by another  organization
           (or comes  under the control of any  federal or state  agency),  that
           organization  shall serve as the successor  Trustee (or Custodian) of
           this  Plan,  but only if it is the type of  organization  that can so
           serve under applicable law.

           Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or


<PAGE>



           custodian   pursuant  to  Section   1.401-12(n)  of  the  Income  Tax
           Regulations,  the  Employer  will  appoint a  successor  Trustee  (or
           Custodian) upon  notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
           that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian)
           has failed to comply with the requirements of Section  1.401-12(n) or
           is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering  such
           statements as are required by forms or regulations.

     5.10  DEGREE OF CARE
           Limitations  of Liability - The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall not be
           liable for any losses incurred by the Fund by any lawful direction to
           invest  communicated  by  the  Employer,  Plan  Administrator  or any
           Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be under
           no  liability  for  distributions  made or other  action taken or not
           taken  at the  written  direction  of the Plan  Administrator.  It is
           specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian) shall have no
           duty or  responsibility  with respect to the determination of matters
           pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become a Participant
           or remain a Participant  hereunder,  the amount of benefit to which a
           Participant  or Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  hereunder,
           whether a  distribution  to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate
           under the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any  policy to be
           purchased from any insurer for any  Participant  hereunder or similar
           matters; it being understood that all such responsibilities under the
           Plan are vested in the Plan Administrator.

     5.11  INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR
CUSTODIAN)
           Notwithstanding  any other  provision  herein,  and  except as may be
           otherwise  provided by ERISA,  the Employer shall  indemnify and hold
           harmless the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) and the Prototype
           Sponsor, their officers,  directors,  employees, agents, their heirs,
           executors,  successors  and  assigns,  from and  against  any and all
           liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges,
           or expenses  (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
           incurred in  connection  with any action taken by such parties in the
           performance  of their duties with respect to this Plan,  unless there
           has  been  a  final  adjudication  of  gross  negligence  or  willful
           misconduct in the performance of such duties.

           Further,  except as may be otherwise  provided by ERISA, the Employer
           will indemnify the Trustee (or custodian) and Prototype  Sponsor from
           any liability,  claim or expense  (including legal expense) which the
           Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of
           or which results, in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or Custo-


<PAGE>



           dian's)  or  Prototype  Sponsor's  reliance  on the  facts  and other
           directions  and  elections  the  Employer  communicates  or  fails to
           communicate.

     5.12  INVESTMENT MANAGERS

           A. Definition of Investment Manager - The Employer may appoint one or
              more investment managers to make investment decisions with respect
              to all or a portion of the Fund. The  investment  manager shall be
              any firm or individual  registered as an investment  adviser under
              the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act
              or an insurance  company qualified under the laws of more than one
              state  to  perform   services   consisting   of  the   management,
              acquisition or disposition of any assets of the Plan.

           B. Investment  Manager's Authority - A separate Investment Fund shall
              be established representing the assets of the Fund invested at the
              direction of the investment  manager.  The  investment  manager so
              appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable )
              with  respect  to the  investment  of such  Investment  Fund.  The
              investments  which  may  be  acquired  at  the  direction  of  the
              investment  manager are those  described  in Section  5.03(A) (for
              Custodians) or Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

           C. Written  Agreement - The  appointment  of any  investment  manager
              shall  be by  written  agreement  between  the  Employer  and  the
              investment   manager  and  a  copy  of  such  agreement  (and  any
              modification or termination  thereof) must be given to the Trustee
              (or Custodian).

              The agreement shall set forth, among other matters,  the effective
              date   of   the   investment   manager's    appointment   and   an
              acknowledgement  by the investment  manager that it is a fiduciary
              of the Plan under ERISA.

           D. Concerning  the Trustee (or  Custodian)  - Written  notice of each
              appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the Trustee
              (or   Custodian)  in  advance  of  the  effective   date  of  such
              appointment.  Such notice shall  specify which portion of the Fund
              will  constitute  the  Investment  Fund subject to the  investment
              manager's direction.  The Trustee (or Custodian) shall comply with
              the investment direction given to it by the investment manager and
              will not be liable  for any loss which may result by reason of any
              action (or inaction) it takes at the  direction of the  investment
              manager.


<PAGE>



     5.13  MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE

           A. If a life  insurance  policy is to be purchased for a Participant,
              the  aggregate   premium  for  certain  life  insurance  for  each
              Participant  must  be  less  than  a  certain  percentage  of  the
              aggregate  Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to a
              Partici-  pant's  Individual  Account  at any  particular  time as
              follows:
<PAGE>
              1. Ordinary  Life  Insurance - For  purposes  of these  incidental
                 insurance  provisions,  ordinary life  insurance  contracts are
                 contracts   with  both   nondecreasing   death   benefits   and
                 nonincreasing  premiums. If such contracts are purchased,  less
                 than  50%  of  the   aggregate   Employer   Contributions   and
                 Forfeitures  allocated to any Participant's  Individual Account
                 will be used to pay the premiums attributable to them.

              2. Term and  Universal  Life  Insurance  - No more than 25% of the
                 aggregate Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to
                 any  Participant's  Individual  Account will be used to pay the
                 premiums  on term  life  insurance  contracts,  universal  life
                 insurance  contracts,  and all other life  insurance  contracts
                 which are not ordinary life.

              3. Combination  - The sum of 50% of the  ordinary  life  insurance
                 premiums and all other life insurance  premiums will not exceed
                 25% of the aggregate  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures
                 allocated to any Participant's Individual Account.

        B. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a Partici-
           pant shall be allocated to such Participant's Individual Account.

        C. Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a Participant's life will
           be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant
           upon commencement of benefits.

        D. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and will be
           the owner of any insurance  contract(s)  purchased under the terms of
           this Plan. The insurance  contract(s) must provide that proceeds will
           be payable to the Trustee (or  Custodian),  however,  the Trustee (or
           Custodian)  shall  be  required  to  pay  over  all  proceeds  of the
           contract(s) to the Participant's designated Beneficiary in accordance
           with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant's spouse
           will  be  the   designated   Beneficiary   of  the  proceeds  in  all
           circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance
           with Section 6.05. Under no circumstances shall the Fund retain any


<PAGE>



           part of the proceeds.  In the event of any conflict between the terms
           of this  Plan  and the  terms  of any  insurance  contract  purchased
           hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

        E. The Plan  Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to sell
           and distribute  insurance or annuity  contracts to a Participant  (or
           other party as may be permitted) in accordance with applicable law or
           regulations.

     5.14  DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
           If so indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant  may
           individually  direct  the  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)
           regarding the investment of part or all of his Individual Account. To
           the extent so directed, the Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee (or
           Custodian) and all other  fiduciaries are relieved of their fiduciary
           responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.


           The  Plan  Administrator   shall  direct  that  a  Separate  Fund  be
           established  in  the  name  of  each   Participant  who  directs  the
           investment of part or all of his  Individual  Account.  Each Separate
           Fund shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings,
           gains,  losses or expenses  attributable  to such  Separate  Fund. No
           fiduciary  shall  be  liable  for  any  loss  which  results  from  a
           Participant's  individual direction. The assets subject to individual
           direction  shall  not be  invested  in  collectibles  as that term is
           defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.

           The   Plan   Administrator   shall   establish   such   uniform   and
           nondiscriminatory  rules relating to individual direction as it deems
           necessary  or  advisable   including,   but  not  limited  to,  rules
           describing (1) which portions of Participant's Individual Account can
           be individually  directed;  (2) the frequency of investment  changes;
           (3) the forms and procedures for making investment  changes;  and (4)
           the effect of a Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

           Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Prototype   Sponsor,   the  Plan
           Administrator may, in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner, limit
           the available  investments for Participants'  individual direction to
           certain specified investment options (including,  but not limited to,
           certain  mutual funds,  investment  contracts,  deposit  accounts and
           group trusts).  The Plan  Administrator  may permit, in a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory  manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant to
           individually direct in accordance with this Section.



<PAGE>



SECTION SIX VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
     6.01  DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT
        A. When Distributable

           1. Entitlement  to  Distribution  - The Vested  portion of a Partici-
              pant's   Individual   Account  shall  be   distributable   to  the
              Participant upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

              a.   the Participant's Termination of Employment;

              b.   the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age;

              c.   the Participant's Disability;

              d.   the termination of the Plan;

           2. Written  Request:  When  Distributed - A  Participant  entitled to
              distribution  who wishes to receive a  distribution  must submit a
              written request to the Plan  Administrator.  Such request shall be
              made upon a form provided by the Plan Administrator.  Upon a valid
              request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  direct the  Trustee  (or
              Custodian,  if applicable) to commence  distribution no later than
              90 days following the later of:

              a.  the close of the Plan Year within which the event occurs which
                  entitles the Participant to distribution; or

              b.  the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

           3. Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If this is a profit
              sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides, a Participant
              who is not otherwise entitled to a distribution under Section 6.01
<PAGE>
              (A)(1) may elect to receive a  distribution  of all or part of the
              Vested  portion  of  his  Individual   Account,   subject  to  the
              requirements  of Section 6.05 and further subject to the following
              limits:

              a.  Participant  for 5 or more years.  An Employee  who has been a
                  Participant in the Plan for 5 or more years may withdraw up to
                  his entire Vested portion of his Individual Account.

              b.  Participant  for less than 5 years. An Employee who has been a
                  Participant  in the Plan for less  than 5 years  may  withdraw
                  only  the  amount  which  has  been in his  Vested  Individual
                  Account attributable to Employer Contributions for at least 2


<PAGE>



                  full Plan Years.

                  However,  if the  distribution is on account of hardship,  the
                  Participant  may withdraw up to his entire  Vested  portion of
                  his  Individual   Account.   For  purposes  of  the  preceding
                  sentence,  hardship  is  defined  as an  immediate  and  heavy
                  financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks
                  other  available   resources.   The  following  are  the  only
                  financial  needs  considered  immediate  and  heavy:  expenses
                  incurred or necessary for medical  care,  described in Section
                  213(d) of the Code, of the Employee,  the Employee's spouse or
                  dependents;  the purchase  (excluding  mortgage payments) of a
                  principal  residence for the Employee;  payment of tuition and
                  related   educational   fees  for  the  next  12   months   of
                  post-secondary  education  for the  Employee,  the  Employee's
                  spouse,  children  or  dependents;  or the need to prevent the
                  eviction  of  the  Employee  from,  or a  foreclosure  on  the
                  mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

                  A  distribution  will be considered as necessary to satisfy an
                  immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

                  1)   The employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                       hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under
                       all plan maintained by the Employer;

                  2)   The  distribution  is not in excess  of the  amount of an
                       immediate and heavy  financial  need  (including  amounts
                       necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes
                       or penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result from the
                       distribution)

               4. Commencement   of   Benefits  -   Notwithstanding   any  other
                  provision,    unless   the   Participant   elects   otherwise,
                  distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day
                  after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                  a.   the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

                  b.   occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Par-
                       ticipant commenced participation in the Plan; or

                  c.   the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

        B. Determining the Vested Portion - In determining the Vested portion of


<PAGE>



           a Participant's Individual Account, the following rules apply:

               1. Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested portion of
                  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
                  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  is determined by applying the
                  vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement (or the
                  vesting schedule described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is a
                  Top-Heavy Plan).

               2. Rollover and Transfer  Contributions  - A Participant is fully
                  Vested   in   his   rollover    contributions   and   transfer
                  contributions.

               3. Fully Vested Under Certain  Circumstances  - A Participant  is
                  fully Vested in his Individual Account if any of the following
                  occurs:

                  a.   the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age;
                  b.   the Participant incurs a Disability;
                  c.   the Participant dies;
                  d.   the Plan is terminated or partially terminated; or
                  e.   there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions
                       under the Plan.

               4. Participants  in  a  Prior  Plan  -  If a  Participant  was  a
                  participant in a Prior Plan on the Effective  Date, his Vested
                  percentage  shall  not be less than it would  have been  under
                  such Prior Plan as computed on the Effective Date.

        C. Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans - The following  vesting
           provisions  apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
           Plan.

           Notwithstanding  the other  provisions  of this  Section  6.01 or the
           vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement  (unless those
           provisions  or that  schedule  provide  for more  rapid  vesting),  a
           Participant's  Vested portion of his Individual Account  attributable
           to Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  shall be  determined in
           accordance with the following minimum vesting schedule:

               Years of Vesting Service      Vested Percentage
                   1                           0
                   2                          20
                   3                          40
                   4                          60


<PAGE>



                   5                          80
                   6                         100
<PAGE>
            This minimum  vesting  schedule  applies to all benefits  within the
            meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those  attributable
            to employee  contributions  including  benefits  accrued  before the
            effective  date of  Section  416 of the  Code and  benefits  accrued
            before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan.  Further,  no decrease in a
            Participant's  Vested  percentage  may occur in the event the Plan's
            status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However,  this
            Section  6.01(C)  does not apply to the  Individual  Account  of any
            Employee  who does not have an Hour of  Service  after  the Plan has
            initially  become a Top-Heavy  Plan and such  Employee's  Individual
            Account attributable to Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures will
            be determined without regard to this Section.

            If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy  Plan, then in accordance with
            the above  restrictions,  the  vesting  schedule  as selected in the
            Adoption  Agreement will govern.  If the vesting  schedule under the
            Plan  shifts  in or  out  of  top-heavy  status,  such  shift  is an
            amendment  to the vesting  schedule and the election in Section 9.04
            applies.

        D. Break in Vesting Service and Forfeitures - If a Participant  incurs a
           Termination  of  Employment,  any portion of his  Individual  Account
           which  is not  Vested  shall  be held  in a  suspense  account.  Such
           suspense  account shall share in any increase or decrease in the fair
           market value of the assets of the Fund in  accordance  with Section 4
           of the Plan.  The  disposition  of such suspense  account shall be as
           follows:

           1. No Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant  neither  receives
              nor is deemed to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section 6.01
              (D)(2) or (3) and the  Participant  returns to the  service of the
              Employer before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service,
              there  shall be no  Forfeiture  and the  amount  in such  suspense
              account  shall  be  recredited  to such  Participant's  Individual
              Account.

           2. Cash-out  of  Certain  Participants  - If the value of the  Vested
              portion of such  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from
              Employee and Employer  Contributions  does not exceed $3,500,  the
              Participant  shall  receive a  distribution  of the entire  Vested
              portion of such  Individual  Account and the portion  which is not
              Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture  and allocated in the year
              of the cash-


<PAGE>



              out.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  if the value of the Vested
              portion  of  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  is  zero,  the
              Participant  shall be deemed to have  received a  distribution  of
              such Vested Individual Account. A Participant's  Vested Individual
              Account balance shall not include accumulated  deductible employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

           3. Participants  Who  Elect  to  Receive   Distributions  -  If  such
              Participant  elects to receive a distribution,  in accordance with
              Section  6.02(B),  of the  value  of  the  Vested  portion  of his
              Individual    Account   derived   from   Employee   and   Employer
              Contributions, the portion which is not Vested shall be treated as
              a Forfeiture.

           4. Re-employed  Participants - If a Participant receives or is deemed
              to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(2) or (3)
              above and the Participant  resumes  employment  covered under this
              Plan,  the  Participant's   Employer-derived   Individual  Account
              balance will be restored to the amount on the date of distribution
              if the  Participant  repays  to the Plan the  full  amount  of the
              distribution  attributable  to Employer  Contributions  before the
              earlier of 5 years  after the first date on which the  Participant
              is  subsequently  re-employed  by the  Employer,  or the  date the
              Participant   incurs  5  consecutive  Breaks  in  Vesting  Service
              following the date of the distribution.

              Amounts  forfeited  under  Section  6.01(D)  shall be allocated in
              accordance  with  Section  3.01(C)  as of the last day of the Plan
              Year during which the  Forfeiture  arises.  Any  restoration  of a
              Participant's  Individual  Account pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(4)
              shall be made from other  Forfeitures,  income or gain to the Fund
              or contributions made by the Employer.

        E. Distribution  Prior to Full Vesting - If a distribution  is made to a
           Participant  who was not then fully Vested in his Individual  Account
           derived from Employer  Contributions and the Participant may increase
           his Vested percentage in his Individual  Account,  then the following
           rules shall apply:

           1. a separate account will be established for the Participant's in-
              terest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

           2. at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the sep-
              arate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
              formula:  X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) where "P" is the Vested


<PAGE>



              percentage  at the relevant  time,  "AB" is the  separate  account
              balance  at  the  relevant   time;   "D"  is  the  amount  of  the
              distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance
              at  the  relevant  time  to the  separate  account  balance  after
              distribution.

      6.02  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
           Employee  and  Employer   Contributions   does  not  exceed   $3,500,
           distribution  from the Plan  shall  be made to the  Participant  in a
           single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of  distribution  from the
           Plan.

        B. Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500

           1. If the value of the Vested portion of a  Participant's  Individual
              Account derived from Employee and Employer  Contributions  exceeds
              (or at the time of any prior  distribution  exceeded) $3,500,  and
              the   Individual   Account  is  immediately   distributable,   the
              Participant  and the  Participants  spouse  (or where  either  the
              Participant  or the spouse died, the survivor) must consent to any
              distribution  of  such  Individual  Account.  The  consent  of the
              Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse  shall be  obtained in
              writing  within the 90-day period  ending on the annuity  starting
              date.  The  annuity  starting  date is the  first day of the first
              period  for  which an amount  is paid as an  annuity  or any other
              form. The Plan Administrator  shall notify the Participant and the
              Participant's  spouse of the right to defer any distribution until
              the  Participant's  Individual  Account  is no longer  immediately
              distributable.   Such   notification   shall   include  a  general
              description  of the material  features,  and an explanation of the
              relative values of, the optional forms of benefit  available under
              the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
              Section  417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no less than
              30 days and no more  than 90 days  prior to the  annuity  starting
              date. If a distribution  is one to which  Sections  401(a)(11) and
              417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,  such  distribution
              may  commence  less than 30 days after the notice  required  under
              Section  1.411(a)-  11(c) of the Income Tax  Regulations is given,
              provided that:

              a. the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
                 Participant  has a right to a period of at least 30 days  after
                 receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                 to elect a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a  particular
                 distribution option), and


<PAGE>



              b. the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
                 elects a distribution.
<PAGE>
              Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  only the Participant need consent
              to the  commencement  of a distribution in the form of a qualified
              joint  and  survivor  annuity  while  the  Individual  Account  is
              immediately distributable.  Neither the consent of the Participant
              nor the Participant's  spouse shall be required to the extent that
              a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section
              415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the
              Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial
              provider),  the Participant's  Individual Account may, without the
              Participant's  consent,  be  distributed  to  the  Participant  or
              transferred to another  defined  contribution  plan (other than an
              employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975 (e)(7) of
              the Code) within the same controlled group.

              An Individual Account is immediately  distributable if any part of
              the Individual Account could be distributed to the Participant (or
              surviving  spouse)  before the  Participant  attains or would have
              attained (if not deceased) the later of Normal  Retirement  Age or
              age 62.

           2. For purposes of  determining  the  applicability  of the foregoing
              consent  requirements to distributions,  made before the first day
              of the first Plan year  beginning  after  December 31,  1988,  the
              Vested  portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account shall not
              include amounts  attributable to accumulated  deductible  employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of  Section  72(o)(5)(B)  o the
              Code.

        C. Other  Forms of  Distribution  to  Participant  - If the value of the
           Vested portion of a Participant's  Individual  Account exceeds $3,500
           and the  Participant  has  properly  waived  the joint  and  survivor
           annuity, as described in Section 6.05, the Participant may request in
           writing that the Vested portion of his Individual  Account be paid to
           him in one or more of the following  forms of payment:  91) in a lump
           sum; (2) in installment payments over a period not to exceed the life
           expectancy  of the  Participant  or the joint and last  survivor life
           expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary;  or (3)
           applied to the purchase of an annuity contract.

           Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section  6.02 to the  contrary,  a
           Participant  cannot  elect  payments in the form of an annuity if the
           safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.



<PAGE>



      6.03  DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

        A. Designation of Beneficiary - Spousal  Consent - Each  Participant may
           designate,  upon  a  form  provided  by and  delivered  to  the  Plan
           Administrator,  one or more primary and contingent  Beneficiaries  to
           receive all or a specified  portion of his Individual  Account in the
           event  of  his  death.  A  Participant  may  change  or  revoke  such
           Beneficiary   designation   from  time  to  time  by  completing  and
           delivering the proper form to the Plan Administrator.

           In the  event  that a  Participant  wishes  to  designate  a  primary
           Beneficiary who is not his spouse, his spouse must consent in writing
           to such  designation,  and the spouse's  consent must acknowledge the
           effect  of such  designation  and be  witnessed  by a notary  public.
           Notwithstanding   this  consent   requirement,   if  the  Participant
           establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan  Administrator  that such
           written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the
           spouse cannot be located, no consent shall be required. Any change of
           Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.

        B. Payment to  Beneficiary  - If a  Participant  dies  before his entire
           Individual Account has been paid to him, such deceased  Participant's
           Individual  Account  shall be  payable to any  surviving  Beneficiary
           designated by the  Participant,  or, if no  Beneficiary  survives the
           Participant, to the Participant's estate.

        C. Written  Request:  When  Distributed  - A  Beneficiary  of a deceased
           Participant  entitled  to a  distribution  who  wishes  to  receive a
           distribution must submit a written request to the Plan Administrator.
           Such  request  shall  be  made  upon a  form  provided  by  the  Plan
           Administrator.  Upon a valid request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall
           direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to commence  distribution  no later
           than 90 days following the later of:

           1. the close of the Plan Year within which the Participant dies;  or

           2. the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

        D. Location of Participant  or  Beneficiary  Unknown - In the event that
           all, or any portion, of the distribution  payable to a Participant or
           his Beneficiary  hereunder  shall, at the expiration of 5 years after
           it becomes  payable,  remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability
           of the Plan Administrator,  after sending a registered letter, return
           receipt  requested,  to the last  known  address,  and after  further
           diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or
           his


<PAGE>



           Beneficiary,  the  amount so  distributable  shall be  forfeited  and
           allocated in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan.  In the event a
           Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
           forfeited, such benefit shall be restored;  provided, however, if all
           or a portion of such amount has been lost by reason of escheat  under
           state law, the Participant or Beneficiary  shall cease to be entitled
           to the portion so lost.

      6.04  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employee  and
           Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the Plan Administrator
           shall  direct the Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  to make a
           distribution  to the  Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all
           other forms of distribution from the Plan.

        B. Value of Individual  Account  Exceeds $3,500 - If the value of a Par-
           ticipant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employee and Employer
           Contributions  exceeds  $3,500  the  preretirement  survivor  annuity
           requirements  of Section 6.05 shall apply unless waived in accordance
           with that Section or unless the safe harbor rules of Section  6.05(F)
           apply.

        C. Other Forms of  Distribution  to Beneficiary - If the value of a Par-
           ticipant's  Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and the Participant has
           properly waived the preretirement  survivor annuity,  as described in
           Section 6.05 (if  applicable),  the Beneficiary  may,  subject to the
           requirements   of  Section   6.06,   request  in  writing   that  the
           Participant's  Individual Account be paid to him as follows: (1) in a
           lump sum; or (2) in installment  payments over a period not to exceed
           the life expectancy of such Beneficiary.

      6.05  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

        A. The provisions of this Section shall apply to any  Participant who is
           credited  with at least  one  Hour of  Eligibility  Service  with the
           Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other  participants as
           provided in Section 6.05(G).
<PAGE>
        B. Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity - Unless an optional  form of
           benefit is selected  pursuant to a qualified  election within the 90-
           day period ending on the annuity  starting  date, a married  Partici-
           pant's Vested account balance will be paid in the form of a qualified
           joint and survivor annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested


<PAGE>



           account  balance  will  be paid in the  form of a life  annuity.  The
           Participant  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity   distributed   upon
           attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

        C. Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity - Unless an option form of
           benefit has been selected  within the election  period  pursuant to a
           qualified election, if a Participant dies before the annuity starting
           date then the  Participant's  Vested account balance shall be applied
           toward  the  purchase  of an  annuity  for the life of the  surviving
           spouse.   The  surviving  spouse  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity
           distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.

        D. Definitions

           1. Election  Period - The period which begins on the first day of the
              Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35 and ends on the
              date of the Participant's  death. If a Participant  separates from
              service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is
              attained,  with  respect to the account  balance as of the date of
              separation,  the  election  period  shall  begin  on the  date  of
              separation.

              Pre-age 35 waiver - A  Participant  who will not yet attain age 35
              as of the end of any current Plan Year may make special  qualified
              election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for
              the period  beginning  on the date of such  election and ending on
              the  first  day of the Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  will
              attain  age 35.  Such  election  shall  not be  valid  unless  the
              Participant receives a written explanation of the qualified prere-
              tirement  survivor  annuity in such terms as are comparable to the
              explanation  required under Section  6.05(E)(1).  Qualified prere-
              tirement   survivor   annuity   coverage  will  be   automatically
              reinstated  as of the  first  day of the Plan  Year in  which  the
              Participant  attains  age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date
              shall be subject to the full requirements of this Section 6.05.

           2. Earliest  Retirement  Age - The earliest date on which,  under the
              Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

           3. Qualified  Election - A waiver of a qualified  joint and  survivor
              annuity or a qualified  preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver
              of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity or a qualified  prere-
              tirement survivor annuity shall not be effective  unless:  (a) the
              Participant's spouse consents in writing to the election,  (b) the
              election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of


<PAGE>



              beneficiaries  or any contingent  beneficiaries,  which may not be
              changed without spousal consent (or the spouse  expressly  permits
              designations  by  the  Participant  without  any  further  spousal
              consent);  (c) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
              election;  and (d) the  spouse's  consent is  witnessed  by a plan
              representative  or notary public.  Additionally,  a  Participant's
              waiver of the  qualified  joint and survivor  annuity shall not be
              effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment
              which may not be changed  without  spousal  consent (or the spouse
              expressly  permits  designations  by the  Participant  without any
              further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction
              of a plan  representative  that  there  is no  spouse  or that the
              spouse  cannot be  located,  a waiver  will be deemed a  qualified
              election.

              Any  consent  by  a  spouse  obtained  under  this  provision  (or
              establishment  that the  consent of a spouse may not be  obtained)
              shall be effective  only with  respect to such  spouse.  A consent
              that  permits   designations  by  the   Participant   without  any
              requirement  of further  consent by such spouse  must  acknowledge
              that the  spouse  has the  right to limit  consent  to a  specific
              Beneficiary,  and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and
              that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of
              such  rights.  A  revocation  of a prior  waiver  may be made by a
              Participant  without  the consent of the spouse at any time before
              the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not
              be limited.  No consent  obtained  under this  provision  shall be
              valid unless the  Participant  has received  notice as provided in
              Section 6.05(E) below.

           4. Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity - An immediate  annuity for
              the life of the Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life
              of the spouse which is not less than 50% and not more than 100% of
              the amount of the annuity which is payable  during the joint lives
              of the  Participant  and the  spouse  and  which is the  amount of
              beneficiary which can be purchased with the  Participant's  vested
              account balance.  The percentage of the survivor annuity under the
              Plan shall be 50% (unless a different percentage is elected by the
              Employer in the Adoption Agreement).

           5. Spouse (surviving  spouse) - The spouse or surviving spouse of the
              Participant,  provided that a former spouse will be treated as the
              spouse  or  surviving  spouse  and a  current  spouse  will not be
              treated as the spouse or surviving  spouse to the extent  provided
              under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Section


<PAGE>



              414(p) of the Code.

           6. Annuity  Starting  Date - The first day of the  first  period  for
              which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

           7. Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of the  Participant's
              Vested  account   balances  derived  from  Employer  and  Employee
              contributions (including rollovers), whether Vested before or upon
              death,  including the proceeds of insurance contracts,  if any, on
              the Participant's  life. The provisions of this Section 6.05 shall
              apply to a Participant  who is Vested in amounts  attributable  to
              Employer  Contributions,  Employee  contributions (or both) at the
              time of death or distribution.

        E. Notice Requirements

           1. In the case of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity,  the Plan
              Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than 90 days
              prior to the annuity  starting  date  provide each  Participant  a
              written  explanation  of:  (a)  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a
              qualified joint and survivor annuity;  (b) the Participant's right
              to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint
              and survivor annuity form of benefit; (c) the rights of a Partici-
              pant's  spouse;  and (d) the right to make,  and the  effect of, a
              revocation of a previous election to waive the qualified joint and
              survivor annuity.

           2. In the case of a qualified  preretirement  annuity as described in
              Section  6.05(C),   the  Plan  Administrator  shall  provide  each
              Participant  within the applicable  period for such  Participant a
              written  explanation  of  the  qualified   preretirement  survivor
              annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to
              the explanation  provided for meeting the  requirements of Section
              6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity.
<PAGE>
              The  applicable  period  for a  Participant  is  whichever  of the
              following  periods ends last:  (a) the period  beginning  with the
              first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32
              and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year
              in which the Participant  attains age 35; (b) a reasonable  period
              ending  after  the  individual   becomes  a  Participant;   (c)  a
              reasonable period ending after Section  6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply
              to the  Participant;  (d) a  reasonable  period  ending after this
              Section 6.05 first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the
              foregoing,  notice must be  provided  within a  reasonable  period
              ending


<PAGE>



              after  separation  from service in the case of a  Participant  who
              separates from service before attaining age 35.

              For purposes of applying  the  preceding  paragraph,  a reasonable
              period ending after the  enumerated  events  described in (b), (c)
              and (d) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior
              to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after
              that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service
              before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained,  notice shall be
              provided  within the two-year  period  beginning one year prior to
              separation  and  ending  one  year  after  separation.  If  such a
              Participant  thereafter  returns to employment  with the Employer,
              the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

           3. Notwithstanding  the other  requirements of this Section  6.05(E),
              the respective  notices  prescribed by this Section 6.05(E),  need
              not be given to a Participant  if (a) the Plan "fully  subsidizes"
              the costs of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity or qualified
              preretirement  survivor  annuity,  and (b) the Plan does not allow
              the Participant to waive the qualified joint and survivor  annuity
              or qualified  preretirement  survivor annuity and does not allow a
              married  Participant  to  designate a nonspouse  beneficiary.  For
              purposes of this Section  6.05(E)(3),  a plan fully subsidizes the
              costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits
              to the  Participant  may result from the  Participants  failure to
              elect another benefit.

        F. Safe Harbor Rules

           1. If the  Employer so  indicates  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  this
              Section  6.05(F) shall apply to a Participant  in a profit sharing
              plan, and shall always apply to any distribution, made on or after
              the first day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31,
              1988,  from or under a  separate  account  attributable  solely to
              accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as  defined  in
              Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the Code,  and  maintained on behalf of a
              Participant in a money purchase pension plan,  (including a target
              benefit plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:

              a.   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form
                   of a life annuity; and

              b.   on the death of a participant, the Participant's Vested
                   account balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving
                   spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the sur-


<PAGE>



                   viving  spouse  has  consented  in a manner  conforming  to a
                   qualified  election,  then  to the  Participant's  designated
                   beneficiary.   The   surviving   spouse  may  elect  to  have
                   distribution  of the Vested account  balance  commence within
                   the 90-day  period  following  the date of the  Participant's
                   death.  The account  balance  shall be adjusted  for gains or
                   losses occurring after the Participant's  death in accordance
                   with the  provisions of the Plan  governing the adjustment of
                   account  balances  for  other  types of  distributions.  This
                   Section  6.05(F)  shall not be  operative  with  respect to a
                   Participant  in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct
                   or  indirect  transferee  of a defined  benefit  plan,  money
                   purchase plan, a target benefit plan,  stock bonus, or profit
                   sharing  plan  which  is  subject  to  the  survivor  annuity
                   requirements  of Section  401(a)(11)  and  Section 417 of the
                   code.  If  this  Section  6.05(F)  is  operative,   then  the
                   provisions  of this Section  6.05 other than Section  6.05(G)
                   shall be inoperative.

           2. The Participant  may waive the spousal death benefit  described in
              this  Section  6.05(F) at any time  provided  that no such  waiver
              shall be effective  unless it satisfies the  conditions of Section
              6.05(D)(3)  (other than the notification  requirement  referred to
              therein)  that  would  apply to the  Participant's  waiver  of the
              qualified preretirement survivor annuity.

           3. For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested account balance shall
              mean,  in the case of a money  purchase  pension  plan or a target
              benefit  plan,  the   Participant's   separate   account   balance
              attributable    solely   to   accumulated    deductible   employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code. In the case of a profit sharing plan, Vested account balance
              shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 6.05(D)(7).

        G. Transitional Rules

           1. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who would  otherwise  not receive the benefits  prescribed  by the
              previous  subsections  of this  Section  6.05  must be  given  the
              opportunity to elect to have the prior subsections of this Section
              apply if such  Participant  is credited  with at least one Hour of
              Service  under  this  Plan or a  predecessor  plan in a Plan  Year
              beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at
              least 10 Years of Vesting  Service when he or she  separated  from
              service.



<PAGE>



           2. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan
              or a predecessor  plan on or after  September 2, 1974,  and who is
              not otherwise  credited with any service in a Plan Year  beginning
              on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have
              his or her benefits paid in accordance with Section 6.05(G)(4).

           3. The  respective  opportunities  to elect (as  described in Section
              6.05(G)(1)  and (2) above)  must be  afforded  to the  appropriate
              Participants  during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and
              ending  on the date  benefits  would  otherwise  commence  to said
              Participants.

           4. Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 6.05(G)(2) and
              any Participant who does not elect under Section 6.05(G)(1) or who
              meets the  requirements  of Section  6.05(G)(1)  except  that such
              Participant  does not have at  least 10 Years of  Vesting  Service
              when he or she  separates  from  service,  shall  have  his or her
              benefits  distributed  in  accordance  with  all of the  following
              requirements  if benefits would have been payable in the form of a
              life annuity:

              a. Automatic Joint and Survivor  Annuity - If benefits in the form
                 of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

                 1. begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal
                    Retirement Age; or

                 2. dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working
                    for the Employer; or

                 3. begins to receive payments on or after the qualified early
                    retirement age; or
<PAGE>
                 4. separates  from  service  on  or  after   attaining   Normal
                    Retirement Age (or the qualified  early  retirement age) and
                    after  satisfying  the  eligibility   requirements  for  the
                    payment  of  benefits  under  the Plan and  thereafter  dies
                    before beginning to receive such benefits;

                    then such benefits  will be received  under this Plan in the
                    form of a qualified joint and survivor  annuity,  unless the
                    Participant  has  elected   otherwise  during  the  election
                    period.  The  election  period  must begin at least 6 months
                    before the Participant  attains  qualified early  retirement
                    age and ends not more than 90 days  before the  commencement
                    of


<PAGE>



                    benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and may
                    be changed by the Participant at any time.

               b. Election  of Early  Survivor  Annuity - A  Participant  who is
                  employed after  attaining the qualified  early  retirement age
                  will be given the  opportunity  to elect,  during the election
                  period,  to have a survivor  annuity  payable on death. If the
                  Participant  elects the survivor annuity,  payments under such
                  annuity  must not be less than the  payments  which would have
                  been made to the spouse under the qualified joint and survivor
                  annuity if the  Participant  had  retirement on the day before
                  his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in
                  writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The
                  election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before
                  the Participant attains the qualified early retirement age, or
                  92) the date on which  participation  begins,  and ends on the
                  date the Participant terminates employment.

              c.  For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                  1. Qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

                     a.  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Parti-
                         cipant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

                     b.  the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
                         Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                     c.  the date the Participant begins participation.

                   2. Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity for the
                      life of the  Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the
                      life of the spouse as described in Section  6.05(D)(4)  of
                      this Plan.

6.06  DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
      A. General Rules
         1. Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the
            requirements  of this Section shall apply to any  distribution  of a
            Participant's   interest   and  will   take   precedence   over  any
            inconsistent  provisions of this Plan.  Unless otherwise  specified,
            the  provisions  of  this  Section  6.06  apply  to  calendar  years
            beginning after December 31, 1984.

         2. All distributions required under this Section 6.06 shall be deter-


<PAGE>



            mined and made in accordance with the Income Tax  Regulations  under
            Section  401(a)(9),  including the minimum  distribution  incidental
            benefit requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

      B. Required  Beginning Date - The entire interest of a Participant must be
         distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the  Participant's
         required beginning date.

      C. Limits on Distribution Periods - As of the first distribution  calendar
         year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over
         one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

         1. the life of the Participant,
         2. the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,
         3. a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
            Participant, or
         4. a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor
            expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

      D. Determination  of Amount to be Distributed  Each Year - If the Partici-
         pant's  interest is to be  distributed  in other than a single sum, the
         following  minimum  distribution  rules  shall  apply on or  after  the
         required beginning date:

         1. Individual Account
            a.  If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
                or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Partici-
                pant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary or (2) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated
                Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each
                calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first dis-
                tribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient ob-
                tained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the applicable
                life expectancy.

           b.   For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the Par-
                ticipant's spouse is not the designated Beneficiary,  the method
                of  distribution  selected  must assure that at least 50% of the
                present value of the amount  available for  distribution is paid
                within the life expectancy of the Participant.


           c.   For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount
                to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for


<PAGE>



                the first distribution  calendar year shall not be less than the
                quotient obtained by dividing the  Participant's  benefit by the
                lesser of (1) the applicable  life expectancy or (2) if the Par-
                ticipant's  spouse  is  not  the  designated  Beneficiary,   the
                applicable  divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4
                of  Section   1.401(a)(9)-2   of  the  Income  Tax  Regulations.
                Distributions  after  the  death  of the  Participant  shall  be
                distributed  using the  applicable  life  expectancy  in Section
                6.05(D)(1)(a)  above as the relevant  divisor  without regard to
                regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.
<PAGE>
           d.   The minimum  distribution  required for the Participant's  first
                distribution  calendar year must be made on or before the Parti-
                cipant's required  beginning date. The minimum  distribution for
                other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the
                distribution  calendar  year in which  the  Employee's  required
                beginning date occurs,  must be made on or before December 31 of
                that distribution calendar year.

        2. Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form
           of an annuity  purchased  from an  insurance  company,  distributions
           thereunder  shall  be made in  accordance  with the  requirements  of
           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     E. Death Distribution Provisions
        1. Distribution  Beginning  Before Death - If the Participant dies after
           distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining  portion
           of such interest will continue to be  distributed at least as rapidly
           as under the method of distribution  being used prior to the Partici-
           pant's death.

        2. Distribution  Beginning After Death - If the Participant  dies before
           distribution of his or her interest begins,  distribution of the Par-
           ticipant's  entire  interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
           calendar year containing the fifth  anniversary of the  Participant's
           death  except  to the  extent  that an  election  is made to  receive
           distributions in accordance with (a) or (b) below:

           a.   if any  portion of the  Participant's  interest  is payable to a
                designated Beneficiary,  distributions may be made over the life
                or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of
                the designated  Beneficiary  commencing on or before December 31
                of the calendar year immediately  following the calendar year in
                which the Participant died;



<PAGE>



           b.   if the  designated  Beneficiary is the  Participant's  surviving
                spouse,   the  date  distributions  are  required  to  begin  in
                accordance with (a) above shall not be earlier than the later of
                (1) December 31 of the calendar year  immediately  following the
                calendar year in which the  Participant  dies or (2) December 31
                of the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant  would  have
                attained age 70 1/2.

                If the  Participant  has not made an  election  pursuant to this
                Section  6.05(E)(2)  by the time of his or her  death,  the Par-
                ticipant's  designated  Beneficiary  must  elect  the  method of
                distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
                calendar year in which  distributions would be required to begin
                under  this  Section  6.05(E)(2),  or  (2)  December  31 of  the
                calendar year which  contains the fifth  anniversary of the date
                of  death  of  the  Participant.   If  the  Participant  has  no
                designated  Beneficiary,  or if the designated  Beneficiary does
                not  elect  a  method  of  distribution,   distribution  of  the
                Participant's  entire  interest must be completed by December 31
                of the calendar year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of the
                Participant's death.

        3. For purposes of Section  6.06(E)(2)  above,  if the surviving  spouse
           dies after the Participant, but before payments to such spouse begin,
           the provisions of Section 6.06(E)(2), with the exception of paragraph
           (b)  therein,  shall be applied as if the  surviving  spouse were the
           Participant.

        4. For purposes of this Section  6.06(E),  any amount paid to a child of
           the  Participant  will  be  treated  as if it had  been  paid  to the
           surviving  spouse if the  amount  becomes  payable  to the  surviving
           spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

        5. For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), distribution of a Participant's
           interest  is  considered  to  begin  on  the  Participant's  required
           beginning date (or, if Section  6.06(E)(3)  above is applicable,  the
           date  distribution  is  required  to  begin to the  surviving  spouse
           pursuant to Section 6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the form of
           an  annuity  irrevocably  commences  to the  Participant  before  the
           required beginning date, the date distribution is considered to begin
           is the date distribution actually commences.

     F. Definitions

        1. Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy (or joint and last
           survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Parti-


<PAGE>



           cipant  (or  designated  Beneficiary)  as of  the  Participant's  (or
           designated  Beneficiary's)  birthday in the applicable  calendar year
           reduced by one for each  calendar  year which has  elapsed  since the
           date life  expectancy  was first  calculated.  If life  expectancy is
           being recalculated,  the applicable life expectancy shall be the life
           expectancy as so recalculated.  The applicable calendar year shall be
           the first distribution calendar year, and if life expectancy is being
           recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

        2. Designated  Beneficiary  - The  individual  who is  designated as the
           Beneficiary  under the Plan in accordance  with Section  401(a)(9) of
           the Code and the regulations thereunder.

        3. Distribution  Calendar  Year - A  calendar  year for  which a minimum
           distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Par-
           ticipant's  death,  the  first  distribution  calendar  year  is  the
           calendar year immediately  preceding the calendar year which contains
           the   Participant's   required   beginning  date.  For  distributions
           beginning  after the  Participant's  death,  the  first  distribution
           calendar  year  is the  calendar  year  in  which  distributions  are
           required to begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

        4. Life  Expectancy  - Life  expectancy  and  joint  and  last  survivor
           expectancy  are computed by use of the expected  return  multiples in
           Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

           Unless otherwise  elected by the Participant (or spouse,  in the case
           of  distributions  described in Section  6.05(E)(2)(b)  above) by the
           time  distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be
           recalculated  annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to the
           Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent  years. The
           life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

        5. Participant's Benefit

           a.   The  account  balance  as of  the  last  valuation  date  in the
                valuation calendar year (the calendar year immediately preceding
                the  distribution  calendar year) increased by the amount of any
                Contributions or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as
                of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date
                and decreased by  distributions  made in the valuation  calendar
                year after the valuation date.
<PAGE>
           b.   Exception for second distribution calendar year.  For purposes


<PAGE>



                of  paragraph   (a)  above,   if  any  portion  of  the  minimum
                distribution for the first distribution calendar year is made in
                the second distribution  calendar year on or before the required
                beginning date, the amount of the minimum  distribution  made in
                the second distribution  calendar year shall be treated as if it
                had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar
                year.

        6. Required Beginning Date

           a.   General Rule - The required  beginning  date of a Participant is
                the  first  day of  April of the  calendar  year  following  the
                calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

           b.   Transitional   Rules  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                Participant who attains age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988, shall
                be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                (1)  Non  5%  Owners  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                     Participant who is not a 5% owner is the first day of April
                     of the calendar  year  following the calendar year in which
                     the later of retirement or attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs.

                (2)  5% Owners - The required  beginning  date of a  Participant
                     who is a 5% owner during any year beginning  after December
                     31, 1979, is the first day of April following the later of:

                     (a) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
                         70 1/2, or

                     (b) the earlier of the  calendar  year with or within which
                         ends the Plan Year in which the  Participant  becomes a
                         5% owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant
                         retires.

                         The required beginning date of a Participant who is not
                         a 5% owner who  attains  age 70 1/2 during 1988 and who
                         has not  retired as of  January  1,  1989,  is April 1,
                         1990.

                     (c) 5% Owner - A  Participant  is treated as a 5% owner for
                         purposes of this Section 6.06(F)(6) if such Participant
                         is a 5% owner as defined in Section  416(i) of the Code
                         (determined in accordance  with Section 416 but without
                         regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time


<PAGE>



                         during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar
                         year in  which  such  owner  attains  age 66 1/2 or any
                         subsequent Plan Year.

                     (d) Once  distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this
                         Section   6.06(F)(6)   they   must   continue   to   be
                         distributed,  even if the Participant ceases to be a 5%
                         owner in a subsequent year.

     G. Transitional Rule

        1. Notwithstanding  the  other  requirements  of this  Section  6.06 and
           subject to the  requirements  of  Section  6.05,  Joint and  Survivor
           Annuity  Requirements,   distribution  on  behalf  of  any  Employee,
           including  a 5%  owner,  may be made in  accordance  with  all of the
           following   requirements   (regardless  of  when  such   distribution
           commences):

           a. The  distribution  by  the  Fund  is  one  which  would  not  have
              disqualified  such Fund under Section  401(a)(9) of the Code as in
              effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

           b. The  distribution  is in accordance  with a method of distribution
              designated  by the  Employee  whose  interest in the Fund is being
              distributed  or, if the Employee is deceased,  by a Beneficiary of
              such Employee.

           c. Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the
              Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

           d. The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December
              31, 1983.

           e. The  method of  distribution  designated  by the  Employee  or the
              Beneficiary   specifies  the  time  at  which   distribution  will
              commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in
              the  case of any  distribution  upon  the  Employee's  death,  the
              Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.

        2. A  distribution  upon death will not be covered by this  transitional
           rule unless the information in the designation  contains the required
           information  described above with respect to the  distributions to be
           made upon the death of the Employee.

        3. For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but con-
           tinues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to


<PAGE>



           whom  such  distribution  is being  made,  will be  presumed  to have
           designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is
           being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
           the distribution satisfies the requirements in Sections 6.06(G)(1)(a)
           and (e).

        4. If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy
           the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
           thereunder.  If a  designation  is  revoked  subsequent  to the  date
           distributions  are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the
           end of the calendar  year  following  the calendar  year in which the
           revocation  occurs the total amount not yet  distributed  which would
           have  been  required  to have been  distributed  to  satisfy  Section
           401(a)(9)  of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder,  but for the
           Section 242 (b)(2)  election.  For  calendar  years  beginning  after
           December  31,  1988,  such   distributions   must  meet  the  minimum
           distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2
           of the Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be
           considered to be a revocation of the designation.  However,  the mere
           substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
           designation)  under the  designation  will not be  considered to be a
           revocation  of the  designation,  so  long as  such  substitution  or
           addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be
           made under the designation,  directly or indirectly (for example,  by
           altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount
           is  transferred  or rolled  over from one plan to another  plan,  the
           rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

6.07  ANNUITY CONTRACTS
      Any annuity contract  distributed under the Plan (if permitted or required
      by this  Section  6) must be  nontransferable.  The  terms of any  annuity
      contract  purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse
      shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.
<PAGE>
6.08  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
      If the Adoption  Agreement so indicates,  a Participant may receive a loan
      from the Fund, subject to the following rules:

      A. Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably
         equivalent basis.

      B. Loans shall not be made available to Highly  Compensated  Employees (as
         defined in Section  414(q) of the Code) in an amount  greater  than the
         amount made available to other Employees.



<PAGE>



      C. Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest rate.

      D. No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the Vested por-
         tion of a Participant's Individual Account.

      E. A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse,  if any, to
         the use of the  Individual  Account as security  for the loan.  Spousal
         consent  shall be obtained no earlier than the  beginning of the 90 day
         period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The
         consent must be in writing,  must  acknowledge  the effect of the loan,
         and must be witnessed by a plan  representative or notary public.  Such
         consent  shall  thereafter  be binding with  respect to the  consenting
         spouse or any  subsequent  spouse  with  respect  to that  loan.  A new
         consent  shall  be  required  if  the  account   balance  is  used  for
         renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

      F. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of se-
         curity will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

      G. No loans will be made to any  shareholder-employee  or  Owner-Employee.
         For  purposes  of this  requirement,  a  shareholder-employee  means an
         employee  or officer  of an  electing  small  business  (Subchapter  S)
         corporation  who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
         Section  318(a)(1) of the Code),  on any day during the taxable year of
         such  corporation,  more  than  5% of  the  outstanding  stock  of  the
         corporation.

         If a valid  spousal  consent  has  been  obtained  in  accordance  with
         6.08(E),  then,  notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the
         portion  of the  Participant's  Vested  Individual  Account  used  as a
         security  interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan  outstanding to
         the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
         the  amount  of the  account  balance  payable  at the time of death or
         distribution,  but only if the  reduction  is used as  repayment of the
         loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's  Vested Individual Account
         (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the
         surviving  spouse,  then the account balance shall be adjusted by first
         reducing  the Vested  Individual  Account by the amount of the security
         used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable
         to the surviving spouse.

         No loan to any  Participant  can be made to the  extent  that such loan
         when  added  to the  outstanding  balance  of all  other  loans  to the
         Participant  would  exceed  the  lesser of (a)  $50,000  reduced by the
         excess (if any) of the highest  outstanding balance of loans during the
         one year


<PAGE>



         period ending on the day before the loan is made,  over the outstanding
         balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50%
         of the present value of the  nonforfeitable  Individual  Account of the
         Participant or, if greater, the total Individual Account up to $10,000.
         For the  purpose of the above  limitation,  all loans from all plans of
         the  Employer and other  members of a group of  employers  described in
         Sections  414(b),  414(c),  and  414(m)  of the  Code  are  aggregated.
         Furthermore,  any  loan  shall  by its  terms  require  that  repayment
         (principal  and  interest)  be amortized  in level  payments,  not less
         frequently than quarterly,  over a period not extending  beyond 5 years
         from  the date of the  loan,  unless  such  loan is used to  acquire  a
         dwelling unit which within a reasonable  time  (determined  at the time
         the  loan is  made)  will be used  as the  principal  residence  of the
         Participant.   An   assignment   or  pledge  of  any   portion  of  the
         Participant's  interest in the Plan and a loan,  pledge,  or assignment
         with respect to any insurance  contract  purchased under the Plan, will
         be treated as a loan under this paragraph.

         The Plan Administrator  shall administer the loan program in accordance
         with a written  document.  Such written  document shall  include,  at a
         minimum,  the  following:  (i) the  identity of the person or positions
         authorized  to  administer  the  Participant  loan  program;  (ii)  the
         procedure  for applying for loans;  (iii) the basis on which loans will
         be  approved  or  denied;  (iv)  limitations  (if any) on the types and
         amounts of loans  offered;  (v) the  procedure  under the  program  for
         determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral
         which may secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the events  constituting
         default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the
         event of such default.

6.09  DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
      The Plan  Administrator  may cause any distribution  under this Plan to be
      made either in a form  actually held in the Fund, or in cash by converting
      assets  other  than  cash  into  cash,  or in any  combination  of the two
      foregoing ways.

6.10  DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
      A. Direct Rollover Option - This Section applies to distributions  made on
      or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
      contrary that would otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election under this
      Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed
      by the Plan  Administrator,  to have any portion of an  eligible  rollover
      distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
      distributee in a direct rollover.



<PAGE>



      B. Definitions

         1. Eligible rollover  distribution - An eligible rollover  distribution
            is any  distribution  of all or any  portion  of the  balance to the
            credit  of  the  distributee,   except  that  an  eligible  rollover
            distribution does not include:

            a. any distribution  that is one of a series of substantially  equal
               periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made for
               the life (or life  expectancy)  of the  distributee  or the joint
               lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the  distributee  and the
               distributee's  designated beneficiary,  or for a specified period
               of ten years or more;

            b. any distribution to the extent such distribution is required un-
               der Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

            c. the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross
               income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrea-
               lized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

        2. Eligible  retirement  plan  -  An  eligible  retirement  plan  is  an
           individual  retirement  account  described  in Section  408(a) of the
           Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of
           the
<PAGE>
           Code, an annuity plan  described in Section  403(a) of the Code, or a
           qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts
           the distributee's  eligible rollover  distribution.  However,  in the
           case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
           eligible  retirement  plan is an  individual  retirement  account  or
           individual retirement annuity.

        3. Distributee - A distributee  includes an Employee or former Employee.
           In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and
           the  Employee's or former  Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is
           the alternate payee under a qualified  domestic  relations  order, as
           defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are  distributees  with regard
           to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

        4. Direct  rollover - A direct  rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
           eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

SECTION SEVEN  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.01  FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS


<PAGE>



      A Participant  or  Beneficiary  who desires to make a claim for the Vested
      portion  of the  Participant's  Individual  Account  shall  file a written
      request  with the Plan  Administrator  on a form to be furnished to him by
      the Plan  Administrator for such purpose.  The request shall set forth the
      basis of the claim.  The Plan  Administrator is authorized to conduct such
      examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of any benefits
      to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of
      the Plan.

7.02  DENIAL OF CLAIM
      Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or Beneficiary
      has been wholly or partially denied,  the Plan  Administrator must furnish
      such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  written notice of the denial within 60
      days of the date the original claim was filed. This notice shall set forth
      the specific reasons for the denial,  specific reference to pertinent Plan
      provisions on which the denial is based,  a description  of any additional
      information or material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why
      such additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of
      the procedures for appeal.

7.03  REMEDIES AVAILABLE
      The  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have 60 days from  receipt of the
      denial notice in which to make written  application for review by the Plan
      Administrator.  The Participant or Beneficiary may request that the review
      be in the nature of a hearing.  The Participant or Beneficiary  shall have
      the right to representation,  to review pertinent  documents and to submit
      comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall issue a decision on such
      review  within 60 days  after  receipt  of an  application  for  review as
      provided  for  in  Section  7.02.  Upon  a  decision  unfavorable  to  the
      Participant or  Beneficiary,  such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall be
      entitled  to bring such  actions in law or equity as may be  necessary  or
      appropriate to protect or clarify his right to benefits under this Plan.

SECTION EIGHT  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

8.01  EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
      A. The Employer shall be the Plan  Administrator  unless the managing body
         of the Employer  designates a person or persons other than the Employer
         as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the Prototype Sponsor and the
         Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable).  The Employer shall also be the
         Plan  Administrator  if the person or persons so designated cease to be
         the Plan Administrator.

      B. If the managing body of the Employer designates a person or persons
         other than the Employer as Plan Administrator, such person or persons


<PAGE>



         shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer and shall serve pursuant to
         such  procedures as such  managing  body may provide.  Each such person
         shall be bonded as may be required by law.

8.02  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

      A. The Plan Administrator may, by appointment,  allocate the duties of the
         Plan  Administrator  among  several   individuals  or  entities.   Such
         appointments  shall not be effective until the party designated accepts
         such appointment in writing.

      B. The Plan  Administrator  shall have the authority to control and manage
         the operation and  administration  of the Plan. The Plan  Administrator
         shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants
         and their  Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the specific terms of the
         Plan.

      C. The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
         administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the follow-
         ing:

         1. To determine all questions of  interpretation  or policy in a manner
            consistent  with the Plan's  documents and the Plan  Administrator's
            construction or  determination in good faith shall be conclusive and
            binding on all persons  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or by
            law.  Any   interpretation  or  construction  shall  be  done  in  a
            nondiscriminatory  manner  and shall be  consistent  with the intent
            that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the
            terms of Section  401(a) of the Code, as amended from  time-to-time,
            and  shall  comply  with  the  terms  of  ERISA,   as  amended  from
            time-to-time;

         2. To determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees
            to become or remain Participants hereunder;

         3. To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be contributed to
            the Plan;

         4. To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a Participant or
            Beneficiary  shall be  entitled  under  the Plan and to  direct  the
            Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if   applicable)   with  respect  to  all
            disbursements under the Plan, and, when requested by the Trustee (or
            Custodian), to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian) with instructions,
            in writing,  on matters  pertaining  to the Plan and the Trustee (or
            Custodian) may rely and act thereon;



<PAGE>



         5. To maintain all records necessary for the administration of the
            Plan;

         6. To be responsible for preparing and filing such disclosure and tax
            forms as may be required from time-to-time by the Secretary of Labor
            or the Secretary of the Treasury; and
<PAGE>
         7. To furnish each Employee,  Participant or Beneficiary  such notices,
            information and reports under such  circumstances as may be required
            by law.

      D. The Plan  Administrator  shall  have  all of the  powers  necessary  or
         appropriate to accomplish his duties under the Plan, including, but not
         limited to, the following:

         1. To appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to carry out
            the functions of the Plan Administrator;

         2. To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other persons as the
            Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administra-
            tion of the Plan;

         3. To resolve all questions of administration of the Plan;

         4. To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which it deems
            necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan;

         5. To make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner
            which it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical or accounting
            errors which may have been made for any Plan Year; and

         6. To  correct  any  defect,  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile  any
            inconsistency  in such  manner and to such extent as shall be deemed
            necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan.

8.03  EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
      All reasonable expenses of administration  including,  but not limited to,
      those involved in retaining necessary professional  assistance may be paid
      from the  assets of the Fund.  Alternatively,  the  Employer  may,  in its
      discretion,  pay  such  expenses.  The  Employer  shall  furnish  the Plan
      Administrator  with  such  clerical  and  other  assistance  as  the  Plan
      Administrator may need in the performance of his duties.

8.04  INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
      To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his duties, the Employer shall


<PAGE>



      supply  full and  timely  information  to the Plan  Administrator  (or his
      designated  agents) on all  matters  relating to the  Compensation  of all
      Participants,  their regular employment,  retirement, death, Disability or
      Termination  of  Employment,  and such other  pertinent  facts as the Plan
      Administrator (or his agents) may require.  The Plan  Administrator  shall
      advise the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) of such of the foregoing
      facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or  Custodian's)  duties under
      the Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  (or his agents) is entitled to rely on
      such  information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
      responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01  RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN

       A. The  Employer,  by  adopting  the  Plan,  expressly  delegates  to the
          Prototype  Sponsor  the  power,  but no the  duty,  to amend  the Plan
          without any further action or consent of the Employer as the Prototype
          Sponsor  deems  necessary  for the  purpose of  adjusting  the Plan to
          comply  with all laws and  regulations  governing  pension  or  profit
          sharing plans. Specifically,  it is understood that the amendments may
          be made unilaterally by the Prototype  Sponsor.  However,  it shall be
          understood that the Prototype  Sponsor shall be under no obligation to
          amend the Plan documents and the Employer  expressly waives any rights
          or claims against the Prototype  Sponsor for not exercising this power
          to amend. For purposes of Prototype Sponsor amendments,  the mass sub-
          mitter shall be recognized as the agent of the Prototype  Sponsor.  If
          the Prototype  Sponsor does not adopt the amendments  made by the mass
          submitter,  it will no longer be identical  to or a minor  modifier of
          the mass submitter plan.

      B. An amendment by the Prototype  Sponsor shall be  accomplished by giving
         written  notice to the Employer of the amendment to be made. The notice
         shall set forth the text of such  amendment and the date such amendment
         is to be effective.  Such amendment shall take effect unless within the
         30 day period  after such notice is  provided,  or within such  shorter
         period as the notice may  specify,  the  Employer  gives the  Prototype
         Sponsor  written  notice of refusal to consent to the  amendment.  Such
         written notice of refusal shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan
         as a  prototype  plan and  shall  cause  the Plan to be  considered  an
         individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype Sponsor to cause
         the Plan to be amended shall terminate should the Plan cease to conform
         as a prototype plan as provided in this or any other section.

9.02  RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN


<PAGE>



      The  Employer  may (1)  change  the  choice  of  options  in the  Adoption
      Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
      language is  necessary  to satisfy  Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code
      because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain
      model   amendments   published  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  which
      specifically  provide  that their  adoption  will not cause the Plan to be
      treated as individually designed. An Employer that amends the Plan for any
      other reason,  including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under
      Section 412(d) of the Code,  will no longer  participate in this prototype
      plan and will be considered to have an individually designed plan.

      An  Employer  who  wishes to amend the Plan to change  the  options it has
      chosen in the Adoption  Agreement must complete and deliver a new Adoption
      Agreement  to  the  Prototype  Sponsor  and  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if
      applicable).  Such amendment shall become  effective upon execution by the
      Employer and Trustee (or Custodian).

      The  Employer  further  reserves  the  right  to  replace  the Plan in its
      entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Employer designates
      as a replacement plan.

9.03  LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
      No  amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the
      effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.  Notwithstanding the
      preceding sentence,  a Participant's  Individual Account may be reduced to
      the extent permitted under Section  412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of
      this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Par-
      ticipant's  Individual  Account or eliminating an optional form of benefit
      with  respect to benefits  attributable  to service  before the  amendment
      shall be  treated as  reducing  an accrued  benefit.  Furthermore,  if the
      vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a
      Participant  as of the later of the date such  amendment is adopted or the
      date it becomes  effective,  the Vested percentage  (determined as of such
      date)  of  such  Employee's   Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
      Contributions will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan
      without regard to such amendment.
<PAGE>
9.04  AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
      If the Plan's vesting  schedule is amended,  or the Plan is amended in any
      way that directly or indirectly  affects the  computation  of the Partici-
      pant's Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic
      change to or from a top-heavy vesting  schedule,  each Participant with at
      least 3 Years of Vesting  Service with the Employer may elect,  within the
      time set forth below,  to have the Vested  percentage  computed  under the
      Plan without regard to such amendment.


<PAGE>



      For  Participants  who do not have at least 1 Hour of  Service in any Plan
      Year beginning  after  December 31, 1988, the preceding  sentence shall be
      applied  by  substituting  "5 Years of  Vesting  Service"  for "3 Years of
      Vesting Service" where such language appears.

      The Period  during which the election may be made shall  commence with the
      date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end the later
      of:

      A. 60 days after the amendment is adopted;
      B. 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
      C. 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment
         by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

9.05  PERMANENCY
      The  Employer  expects  to  continue  this  Plan and  make  the  necessary
      contributions  thereto  indefinitely,  but such continuance and payment is
      not assumed as a contractual  obligation.  Neither the Adoption  Agreement
      nor the Plan nor any amendment or  modification  thereof nor the making of
      contributions  hereunder  shall be construed as giving any  Participant or
      any person  whomsoever any legal or equitable  right against the Employer,
      the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) the Plan  Administrator  or the
      Prototype  Sponsor except as specifically  provided herein, or as provided
      by law.

9.06  METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION
      The Plan may be  terminated  by the  Employer  at any time by  appropriate
      action of its managing body.  Such  termination  shall be effective on the
      date specified by the Employer.  The Plan shall  terminate if the Employer
      shall be dissolved,  terminated,  or declared bankrupt.  Written notice of
      the  termination  and effective date thereof shall be given to the Trustee
      (or Custodian),  Plan Administrator,  Prototype Sponsor,  Participants and
      Beneficiaries of deceased Participants,  and the required filings (such as
      the Form 5500 series and others)  must be made with the  Internal  Revenue
      Service and any other  regulatory  body as  required  by current  laws and
      regulations.  Until all of the assets have been distributed from the Fund,
      the  Employer  must  keep the Plan in  compliance  with  current  laws and
      regulations  by (a)  making  appropriate  amendments  to the  Plan and (b)
      taking such other measures as may be required.

9.07  CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
      Notwithstanding  the  preceding  Section 9.06, a successor of the Employer
      may  continue  the Plan and be  substituted  in the  place of the  present
      Employer.  The  successor and the present  Employer (or, if deceased,  the
      executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed Individual who was the


<PAGE>



      Employer) must execute a written instrument  authorizing such substitution
      and the successor must complete and sign a new plan document.

9.08  FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
      If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status,  the Plan will no longer
      be  considered  to be part of a prototype  plan,  and such Employer can no
      longer  participate under this prototype.  In such event, the Plan will be
      considered an individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
      The terms and  conditions of this Plan shall be applicable  without regard
      to the community property laws of any state.

10.02 HEADINGS
      The headings of the Plan have been inserted for  convenience  of reference
      only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.03 GENDER AND NUMBER
      Whenever any words are used herein in the  masculine  gender they shall be
      construed  as though  they were  also used in the  feminine  gender in all
      cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in
      the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in
      the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

10.04 PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
      In the case of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with, or transfer
      of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan, each Participant
      shall be  entitled  to  receive  benefits  immediately  after the  merger,
      consolidation,  or transfer  (if the Plan had then  terminated)  which are
      equal to or  greater  than the  benefits  he would have been  entitled  to
      receive immediately before the merger, consolidation,  or transfer (if the
      Plan had then terminated). The Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to
      enter into merger agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets
      of this  Plan  but  only if such  agreements  are made  with  trustees  or
      custodians of other  retirement  plans  described in Section 401(a) of the
      Code.

10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
      The Employer,  Plan  Administrator,  Trustee and any other fiduciary under
      this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan solely in
      the interests of Participants and their  Beneficiaries  and with the care,
      skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that
      a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would
      use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like


<PAGE>



      aims.  No fiduciary shall cause the Plan to engage in any transaction
      known as a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA.

10.06 GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
      All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest  whatsoever
      hereunder  agree  to  perform  any and all acts  and  execute  any and all
      documents  and papers which may be necessary or desirable for the carrying
      out of this Plan and any of its provisions.
<PAGE>
10.07 AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
      This Plan shall be  binding  upon the  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
      successors and assigns,  as those terms shall apply to any and all parties
      hereto, present and future.

10.08 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
      A. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is a
         Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

         1. If the  top-heavy  ratio for this Plan  exceeds 60% and this Plan is
            not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation
            group of plans.

         2. If this Plan is part of a  required  aggregation  group of plans but
            not part of a permissive  aggregation  group and the top-heavy ratio
            for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

         3. If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a
            permissive  aggregation  group of plans and the top-heavy  ratio for
            the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%.

            For purposes of this Section 10.08,  the following  terms shall have
            the meanings indicated below:

      B. Key Employee - Any Employee or former  Employee (and the  beneficiaries
         of such Employee) who at any time during the  determination  period was
         an officer of the  Employer if such  individual's  annual  compensation
         exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the
         Code,  an owner (or  considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code)
         of one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer if such individual's
         compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)
         (1)(A) of the Code,  a 5% owner of the  Employer,  or a 1% owner of the
         Employer who has an annual  compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual
         compensation  means compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
         Code, but including  amounts  contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
         salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee's


<PAGE>



         gross income under Section 125,  Section  402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or
         Section 403(b) of the Code. The  determination  period is the Plan Year
         containing the determination date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

         The  determination  of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance
         with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

      C. Top-heavy ratio

         1. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            has not maintained any defined  benefit plan which during the 5-year
            period  ending on the  determination  date(s) has or has had accrued
            benefits,  the  top-heavy  ratio  for  this  Plan  alone  or for the
            required  or  permissive  aggregation  group  as  appropriate  is  a
            fraction,  the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances
            of all Key Employees as of the determination  date(s) (including any
            part of any account balance  distributed in the 5-year period ending
            on the determination  date(s)),  and the denominator of which is the
            sum of all  account  balances  (including  any  part of any  account
            balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the determination
            date(s)),  both computed in accordance  with Section 416 of the Code
            and  the  regulations   thereunder.   Both  the  numerator  and  the
            denominator  of the  top-heavy  ratio are  increased  to reflect any
            contribution  not actually made as of the  determination  date,  but
            which is  required  to be taken  into  account  on that  date  under
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         2. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            maintains or has maintained one or more defined  benefit plans which
            during the 5-year period ending on the determination  date(s) has or
            has had any accrued  benefits,  the top-heavy ratio for any required
            or permissive  aggregation  group as appropriate is a fraction,  the
            numerator  of  which  is  the  sum of  account  balances  under  the
            aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued benefits under the aggregated  defined benefit plan or plans
            for all  Key  Employees  as of the  determination  date(s),  and the
            denominator  of which is the sum of the account  balances  under the
            aggregated defined  contribution plan or plans for all Participants,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued  benefits  under the defined  benefit  plan or plans for all
            Participants  as of the  determination  date(s),  all  determined in
            accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations there-


<PAGE>



            under. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the
            numerator and  denominator of the top-heavy  ratio are increased for
            any  distribution  of an accrued  benefit made in the 5-year  period
            ending on the determination date.

         3. For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and
            the present  value of accrued  benefits will be determined as of the
            most recent  valuation  date that falls  within or ends with the 12-
            month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder for the first
            and  second  plan  years of a  defined  benefit  plan.  The  account
            balances and accrued  benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key
            Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Prior Year,  or (b) who has
            not  been  credited  with at  least  one  Hour of  Service  with any
            employer  maintaining  the plan at any time during the 5-year period
            ending  on  the   determination   date  will  be  disregarded.   The
            calculation  of  the  top-heavy  ratio,  and  the  extent  to  which
            distributions,  rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will
            be  made  in  accordance  with  Section  416 of  the  Code  and  the
            regulations  thereunder.  Deductible employee contributions will not
            be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio.
            When  aggregating  plans the value of account  balances  and accrued
            benefits  will be  calculated  with  reference to the  determination
            dates that fall within the same calendar year.

            The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall
            be determined under (a) the method,  if any, that uniformly  applies
            for accrual  purposes under all defined benefit plans  maintained by
            the Employer,  or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit
            accrued not more  rapidly than the slowest  accrual  rate  permitted
            under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         4. Permissive  aggregation  group:  The required  aggregation  group of
            plans  plus any  other  plan or plans of the  Employer  which,  when
            considered  as a group with the required  aggregation  group,  would
            continue to satisfy the  requirements of Sections  401(a)(4) and 410
            of the Code.
<PAGE>
         5. Required  aggregation group: (a) Each qualified plan of the Employer
            in which at least one Key Employee  participates  or participated at
            any time during the determination  period (regardless of whether the
            Plan  has  terminated),  and (b)  any  other  qualified  plan of the
            Employer  which  enables  a  plan  described  in  (a)  to  meet  the
            requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.



<PAGE>



         6. Determination  date: For any Plan Year  subsequent to the first Plan
            Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the first Plan
            Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.

         7. Valuation date:  For purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio,
            the valuation date shall be the last day of each Plan Year.

         8. Present value:  For purposes of establishing  the "present value" of
            benefits  under a defined  benefit  plan to  compute  the  top-heavy
            ratio,  any  benefit  shall be  discounted  only for  mortality  and
            interest  based on the interest rate and mortality  table  specified
            for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.

10.09 SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
      If this Plan  provides  contributions  or benefits  for one or more Owner-
      Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is established
      and one or more  other  trades  or  businesses,  this  Plan  and the  plan
      established  for other  trades or  businesses  must,  when  looked at as a
      single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the employees
      of those trades or businesses.

      If the Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for one or more Owner-
      Employees  who  control  one or  more  other  trades  or  businesses,  the
      employees  of the other  trades or  businesses  must be included in a plan
      which  satisfies  Sections  401(a) and (d) of the Code and which  provides
      contributions   and  benefits  not  less   favorable   than  provided  for
      Owner-Employees under this Plan.

      If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two or
      more trades or  businesses  which are not  controlled  and the  individual
      controls a trade or business,  then the  contributions  or benefits of the
      employees under the plan of the trade or business which is controlled must
      be as favorable as those provided for him under the most favorable plan of
      the trade or business which is not controlled.

      For purposes of the preceding  paragraphs,  an  Owner-Employee,  or two or
      more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if
      the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, together:

      A. own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or business, or

      B. in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either the capital
         interest or the profit interest in the partnership.  For purposes of
         the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employ-
         ees, shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership which is


<PAGE>


         owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by a  partnership  which such Owner-
         Employee,  or  such  two or more  Owner-Employees,  are  considered  to
         control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

10.10 INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
      No benefit or interest  available  hereunder will be subject to assignment
      or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence
      shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to
      any benefit  payable with respect to a Participant  pursuant to a domestic
      relations  order,  unless  such  order  is  determined  to be a  qualified
      domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

      Generally,  a domestic  relations  order  cannot be a  qualified  domestic
      relations order until January 1, 1985.  However, in the case of a domestic
      relations order entered before such date, the Plan Administrator:

      (1)   shall treat such order as a qualified  domestic  relations  order if
            such Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on
            such date, and

      (2)   may  treat  any  other  such  order  entered  before  such date as a
            qualified  domestic relations order even if such order does not meet
            the requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.


#709 (1/94)                  1994 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401


<PAGE>



National Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

     Name of Employer:
- --------------------------------------------------------

     Address:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

     City: __________________________  State:________________ Zip:


<PAGE>



- ------------

     Telephone _______________ Federal Tax Identification Number  _____________

     Income Tax Year End

     Type of Business  (Check only one)
     [  ]  Sole  Proprietorship  [  ]  Partnership  [ ]  Corporation  [ ]  Other
     (Specify)____________________________________________________


     Nature of Business
(Describe)_____________________________________________

     Plan Sequence No.            (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
     the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

     For a plan which covers only the owner of the business,  please provide the
     following information about the owner:

     Social Security No._________________Date Business
Established______________

     Date of Birth_______________________Marital
Status________________________

     Home
Address______________________________________________________________


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B
     Option A:  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension
                      plan by the Employer.
                      The Effective Date of this Plan is              , 19   .
                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

     Option           B: [ ] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
                      money purchase pension plan (a Prior Plan).
              The Prior Plan was  initially  effective on ________,  19___.  The
              Effective  Date of this  amendment and  restatement  is ___, 19__.
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
              in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.




<PAGE>



SECTION 3.     ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.     Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          completing  (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility  Service.  NOTE: If
          more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
          Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years
          of Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>

   Part B.     Age Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          attaining age (no more than 21).
          NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
          for eligibility.

   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
          All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
          except those checked below:
          [  ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
                terms of a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between  Employee
                representatives  (the term "Employee  representatives"  does not
                include  any  organization  more than half of whose  members are
                Employees  who  are  owners,   officers  or  executives  of  the
                Employer) and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were
                the  subject  of good  faith  bargaining  unless  the  agreement
                provides that such Employees are to be included in the Plan, and
                except those Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to
                Section  410(b)  (3)(C) of the Code and who  received  no earned
                income from the Employer which  constitutes  income from sources
                within the United States.

SECTION 4. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FORMULA Check and Complete either
Option A or B
     Option         A:  [ ]  Nonintegrated  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year  the
                    Employer will contribute for each qualifying  Participant an
                    amount  equal to __% (not to exceed  25%) of the  qualifying
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.
     Option         B: [ ] Integrated Formula:  For each Plan Year, the Employer
                    will  contribute for each  qualifying  Participant an amount
                    equal  to the sum of the  amounts  determined  in Step 1 and
                    Step 2:

                    Step 1. An amount equal to ___% (the base contribution per-
                            centage) of the Participant's Compensation for the


<PAGE>



                            Plan Year up to the integration level, plus

                    Step    2. An amount  equal to ___% (not to exceed  the base
                            contribution  percentage by more than the lesser of:
                            (1) the  base  contribution  percentage,  or (2) the
                            money purchase  maximum  disparity rate as described
                            in   Section   3.01(b)(3)   of  the  Plan)  of  such
                            Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year in
                            excess of the integration level.

 The integration level shall be (Choose one):
    Option 1:  [   ] The Taxable Wage Base
    Option 2:  [   ] $________ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
    Option 3:  [   ] ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
    NOTE:  If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
           Wage Base.

SECTION 5.     VESTING  Complete Parts A and B
     A  Participant  shall  become  Vested  in  his or  her  Individual  Account
     attributable to Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures as follows (Choose
     one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

   YEARS OF VESTED PERCENTAGE  (Complete VESTING SERVICE Option A [ ] Option B [
] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
     The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age        (not to exceed 65).
     NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
            59 1/2.


<PAGE>



SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part     A. _____ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000)  shall be required to
            constitute  a Year  of  Vesting  Service  or a Year  of  Eligibility
            Service.
   Part B.  _____ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to avoid
            a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility Service.
            NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the number
                   of hours in Part B.

SECTION     8.  OTHER  OPTIONS  Answer  "Yes"  or "No" to each of the  following
            questions by checking the  appropriate  box. If a box is not checked
            for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.  Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the Plan
         be permitted?   [  ] Yes  [  ] No

     B.  Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
         to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to Sec-
         tion 5.14 of the Plan?    [  ] Yes  [  ] No

SECTION 9.   JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
         The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
         a percentage equal to ____% (at least 50% but no more than 100%) of the
         amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
         An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who  later  adopts  any plan
         (including a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
         Code,  which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
         separate accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of
         the Code or an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1)
         (2) of the  Code)  in  addition  to  this  Plan  (other  than a  paired
         standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
         not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the  National  Office of the
         Internal  Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
         Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts  or  maintains
         multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the  Employer's  plan(s)
         are qualified, application for a determination letter should be made to
         the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

         This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan
         Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing


<PAGE>



         I am an  authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I
         state the following:

         1.  I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
             completion  of  this  Adoption  Agreement  and  the  legal  and tax
             implications of adopting this Plan.
         2.  I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
             Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
         3.  I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor  will  inform me of any
             amendments   made  to  the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
             discontinue or abandon the Plan.
         4.  I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corres-
             ponding Basic Plan Document.

         Signature for Employer___________________________Date
Signed__________
         Type
Name_____________________________________________________________

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
    Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
    Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers, or
                [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
    NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

    Financial
Organization____________________________________________________

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- -----
    Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- --

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
    Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)
    Signature _______________________
Signature_____________________________
    Type Name________________________ Type
Name_____________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype


<PAGE>



Sponsor________________________________________________

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
     Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________


SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
     ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
     profit  sharing  plan  using  Basic  Plan  Document  No.  03) in which  any
     Participant  in this  Plan is (or  was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
     Participant,  you must complete  this section.  You must also complete this
     section  if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
     419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in Section
     415(l)(2) of the Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual additions
     with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a regional
            prototype plan:

            1. [ ] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                   the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                   prototype plan.

            2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans will
                   limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                   amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                   manner that precludes Employer discretion.)_________________

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

   Part     B. If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
            benefit plan  maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will provide
            below the language  which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section
            415(e) of the Code. Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

(Complete)_________________________________________________________

   Part C. Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
          Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
          Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
          Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation


<PAGE>


          NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
            ----------------------

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401



<PAGE>



Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

   Name of Employer:
- -------------------------------------------------------


Address_______________________________________________________________
- -----

   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip:
- --------------

   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification
Number_______________

   Income Tax Year End __________________________

   Type of Business (Check only one) [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ]
   Corporation [ ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business
(Describe)_______________________________________________

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the  business,  please  provide the
   following information about the owner:


<PAGE>



   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________

   Date of Birth________________________ Marital
Status_______________________

   Home Address
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B

   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  .
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
              Agreement is signed.


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:
       If more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
       Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years of
       Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

   Part B.    Age Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       attaining age  ____________  (no more than 21).  NOTE: If left blank,  it
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
       except the following (if checked):
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
              terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee
              representatives (the term "Employee representatives" does not


<PAGE>



              include  any  organization  more  than half of whose  members  are
              Employees who are owners,  officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining  unless the agreement  provides that such
              Employees  are  to be  included  in the  Plan,  and  except  those
              Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to Section 410(b)
              (3)(C)  of the Code and who  received  no earned  income  from the
              Employer which  constitutes  income from sources within the United
              States.

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA
   Part A.     Contribution Formula
               For each Plan Year the Employer  will  contribute an amount to be
               determined from year to year.

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2)
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                 shall be allocated  to the  Individual  Accounts of  qualifying
                 Participants  in the ratio that each  qualifying  Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.

 Option          2:  [  ]  Integrated   Formula:   Employer   Contributions  and
                 Forfeitures shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if
                 this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

             Step     1. Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures shall first be
                      allocated  pro  rata  to  qualifying  Participants  in the
                      manner  described  in  Section  4,  Part B,  Option 1. The
                      percent  so   allocated   shall  not  exceed  3%  of  each
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation.

             Step     2. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that each qualifying  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration  level bears to all
                      qualifying  Participants'  Compensation  in  excess of the
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step     3. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that  the  sum  of  each  qualifying  Participant's  total
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the


<PAGE>



                      integration  level  bears  to the  sum  of all  qualifying
                      Participants'   total  Compensation  and  Compensation  in
                      excess of the integration  level, but not in excess of the
                      profit  sharing  maximum  disparity  rate as  described in
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

             Step     4. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata
                      to  qualifying  Participants  in the manner  described  in
                      Section 4, Part B, Option 1.

      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
            Wage Base.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>
SECTION 5.     VESTING
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows
           (Choose one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

YEARS OF                             VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.


<PAGE>




SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part        A.  ________  Hours of  Service  (no more  than  1,000)  shall be
               required  to  constitute  a Year of Vesting  Service or a Year of
               Eligibility Service.

   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility
               Service.
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the
               number of hours in Part B.

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of
          hardship.   [   ]

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
               Will the safe harbor  provisions  of Section  6.05(F) of the Plan
               apply (Choose only one Option)?
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes
 Option 2:  [   ]    No
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the
            joint and survivor annuity requirements.


<PAGE>



   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in
               Section 9, Part A is "No.")

               The survivor  annuity  portion of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity
               shall be a  percentage  equal to _____  (at least 50% but no more
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant  prior to his or
               her death.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
          An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who later  adopts  any plan
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
          Code, which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
          separate  accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) (3)
          of the Code or an individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section
          415(1)(2)  of the Code) in  addition to this Plan (other than a paired
          standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
          not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the National  Office of the
          Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
          Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts or  maintains
          multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the Employer's  plan(s)
          are qualified,  application for a determination  letter should be made
          to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic
          Plan Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I
          state the following:

          1.   I acknowledge  that I have relied upon my own advisors  regarding
               the  completion of this Adoption  Agreement and the legal and tax
               implications of adopting this Plan.
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
          3.   I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor will inform me of any
               amendments  made  to the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
               discontinue or abandon the Plan.
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the
               corresponding Basic Plan Document.



<PAGE>



  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date
Signed_______________

  Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- ----

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

      Financial Organization
- --------------------------------------------------

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- ----
      Type
Name________________________________________________________________

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)

      Signature _____________________________
Signature_________________________
      Type Name _____________________________ Type
Name_________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

      Name of Prototype Sponsor

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
      Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________

SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
      ever maintained  another qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
      money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
      Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
      Participant,  you must complete this section.  You must also complete this
      section if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
      419(e) of the Code,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
      Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are


<PAGE>


      treated as annual additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
            prototype plan:

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                  prototype plan.

         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________
                  ------------------------------------------------------------

   Part      B.  If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a
             defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will
             provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
             Section  415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude  Employer
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________

   Part C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
             ---------------------------------------

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401



<PAGE>



Simplified Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------

EMPLOYER INFORMATION


<PAGE>



Name of
Employer_____________________________Telephone________________________
- --

Business
Address______________________________________________________________

City__________________________State________________________Zip_________
- --------

Federal Tax Identification Number_________________Income Tax Year
End_________

Type of Business (Check only one)
[  ]  Sole   Proprietorship   [  ]   Partnership  [  ]  Corporation  [  ]  Other
(Specify)__________________________________________

Plan Sequence  No._________  Enter 001 if this is the first  qualified  plan the
Employer  has ever  maintained,  enter 002 if it is the second,  etc. For a Plan
which  covers  only the owner of the  business,  please  provide  the  following
information about the owner:

Social Security No._________________Date Business
Established_________________
Date of Birth_______________________Marital
Status____________________________
Home
Address_______________________________________________________________
- ----

EFFECTIVE DATES    Check and complete Option A or B

Option A.  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension plan
                 by the Employer.
           The Effective Date of this Plan is ______________________, 19____.
           NOTE:  The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
           in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

Option           B. [ ] This is an  amendment  and  restatement  of an  existing
                 money purchase  pension plan (a prior plan) NOTE: The effective
                 date is  usually  the first day of the Plan Year in which  this
                 Adoption Agreement is signed.
           The Prior Plan was initially effective on _________________, 19_____.
           The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement is _____, 19___.



<PAGE>



PLAN PROVISIONS  Complete Parts A through E

Part A.    Service Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Par-
           ticipant in the Plan after completing _____ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years
           of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:  If left blank, the Years of Eligibil-
           ity Service required will be deemed to be 0.

Part B.    Age Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Partici-
           pant in the Plan after attaining age _____ (no more than 21).
           NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
           for eligibility.

Part C.    100% Vesting:  A Participant shall be fully Vested at all times in
           his or her Individual Account.

Part D.    Normal Retirement Age:  The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is
           age 59 1/2.

Part       E.  Contribution  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year the  Employer  will
           contribute for each qualifying Participant an amount equal to ______%
           (not to exceed 25%) of the qualifying Participant's  Compensation for
           the Plan Year.

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
EMPLOYER SIGNATURE    Important:  Please read before signing

I am an authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I state the
following:

1.  I  acknowledge  that I have  relied  upon  my  own  advisors  regarding  the
completion of this  Adoption  Agreement  and the legal and tax  implications  of
adopting this Plan.

2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement
may result in disqualification of the Plan.

3. I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made
to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.

4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding
Basic Plan Document.

Signature for Employer_____________________Date
Signed_________________________


<PAGE>



Type Name______________________________________________________

TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
[     ] Check this box only if a financial  organization is named as Trustee and
      it has full trust powers.

     Trustee or Custodian_______________________________________________
     Signature________________________________________________________
     Type Name______________________________________________________

PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype Sponsor_________________________________________
     Address____________________________Telephone
Number______________________

ADDITIONAL PLANS

An Employer who has ever  maintained  or who later adopts any plan  (including a
welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,  which provides
post-retirement   medical  benefits  allocated  to  separate  accounts  for  key
employees as defined in Section  419A(d)(3) of the Code or an individual medical
account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the Code) in addition to this Plan
(other than a paired  standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document
No. 03) may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National  Office of the
Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Section
401 of the Code. If the Employer who adopts or maintains  multiple  plans wishes
to obtain reliance that the Employer's plan(s) are qualified,  application for a
determination  letter should be made to the appropriate Key District Director of
Internal Revenue.  This Adoption  agreement may be used only in conjunction with
Basic Plan Document No. 03.

LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS   More Than One Plan

If you maintain or ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired
standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
Participant  in  this  Plan  is  (or  was)  a  participant  or  could  become  a
participant, you must complete this section. You must also complete this section
if you  maintain a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section  419(e) of the
code, or an individual  medical account,  as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the
Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual  additions  with respect to any
Participant in this Plan.

#726(12/90)                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>


<PAGE>


Part  A.  If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another   qualified  defined
contribution  plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a master or prototype
plan:
     1. [  ]  The provisions of Sections 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(b)(6) of the
              Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
              plan.

     2. [  ]  Other method.  (Provide the method under which the plans will lim-
              it total annual additions to the maximum permissible amount, and
              will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that pre-
              cludes Employer discretion.)____________________________________

Part B. If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a  defined
benefit plan  maintained  by the  Employer,  the Employer will provide below the
language  which will satisfy the 1.0  limitation of Section  415(e) of the Code.
Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

Part C.  The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:_____
- ---------------------------------------

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401



<PAGE>


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION


     WHEREAS THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND, INC. (the "Fund") is registered under the
Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended  ("1940  Act"),  as an  open-end
management  investment  company,  and offers for  public  sale  shares of common
stock; and

     WHEREAS the Fund has entered into a  Distribution  Agreement  ("Agreement")
with Investor  Service Center,  Inc. (the  "Distributor")  pursuant to which the
Distributor has agreed to serve as the principal distributor for the Fund;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  the Fund hereby adopts this plan of distribution  ("Plan")
with respect to the Fund in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

         1. As Distributor  for the Fund, the Distributor may spend such amounts
as it deems  appropriate  on any  activities or expenses  primarily  intended to
result in the sale of the Fund's  shares or the  servicing  and  maintenance  of
shareholder accounts,  including, but not limited to: advertising,  direct mail,
and  promotional  expenses;  compensation  to the Distributor and its employees;
compensation  to and  expenses,  including  overhead  and  telephone  and  other
communication  expenses,  of the Distributor,  the Investment Manager, the Fund,
and selected  broker/dealers  and their  affiliates who engage in or support the
distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;   fulfillment
expenses,  including  the  costs  of  printing  and  distributing  prospectuses,
statements  of  additional  information,  and  reports  for other than  existing
shareholders; the costs of preparing, printing and distributing sales literature
and  advertising  materials;  and internal costs incurred by the Distributor and
allocated by the Distributor to its efforts to distribute  shares of the Fund or
service  shareholder  accounts  such as  office  rent  and  equipment,  employee
salaries, employee bonuses and other overhead expenses.

         2. A. The Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor, as compensation
for  the  Distributor's  distribution  and  service  activities  as  defined  in
paragraph 13 hereof with respect to its shareholders, a fee at the rate of 0.25%
on an annualized basis of its average daily net assets. All or a portion of such
fee may be  designated  by the Fund's board of directors  ("Board") as a fee for
service  activities or as a fee for distribution  activities.  Such fee shall be
calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other  intervals as the
Board shall determine.

     B. The Fund may pay fees to the  Distributor at a lesser rate than the fees
specified in  paragraph  2A of this Plan as mutually  agreed to by the Board and
the Distributor.
     3. This Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by:

     A. the vote of at least a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of
the Fund;

     and

     B. the vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
this  Plan of a  majority  of both (i) those  directors  of the Fund who are not
interested persons of the Fund and have no direct or indirect financial interest
in the  operation  of  this  Plan or any  agreement  related  to it  (the  "Plan
Directors"), and (ii) all of the directors then in office.

     4. This Plan shall  continue in effect for one year from its  execution  or
adoption and


<PAGE>



thereafter  for so long as such  continuance is  specifically  approved at least
annually in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in paragraph 3B.

         5. The  Distributor  shall  provide  to the Board  and the Board  shall
review, at least quarterly,  a written report of the amounts expended under this
Plan and the  purposes  for which  such  expenditures  were made.  A  reasonable
allocation  of overhead  and other  expenses of the  Distributor  related to its
distribution  activities and service  activities,  including telephone and other
communication  expenses,  may be included in the information  regarding  amounts
expended for such activities.

         6. This Plan may not be amended to  increase  materially  the amount of
fees  provided  for in  paragraphs  2A and 2B hereof  unless such  amendment  is
approved by a vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the
Fund,  and no material  amendment to this Plan shall be made unless  approved by
the Board and the Plan  Directors  in the manner  provided  for approval of this
Plan in para graph 3B.

         7. The amount of the fees payable by the Fund to the Distributor  under
paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof is not related directly to expenses  incurred by the
Distributor  on behalf of the Fund in serving as  distributor,  and  paragraph 2
hereof  does  not  obligate  the  Fund to  reimburse  the  Distributor  for such
expenses.  The fees set forth in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof will be paid by the
Fund to the Distributor unless and until this Plan is terminated or not renewed.
If this  Plan  is  terminated  or not  renewed,  any  expenses  incurred  by the
Distributor on behalf of the Fund in excess of payments of the fees specified in
paragraphs  2A and 2B hereof  which the  Distributor  has  received  or  accrued
through the termination  date are the sole  responsibility  and liability of the
Distributor, and are not obligations of the Fund.

         8. Any other  agreements  related  to this Plan  shall not take  effect
until approved in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in paragraph 3B.

         9. The Distributor shall use its best efforts in rendering  services to
the Fund  hereunder,  but in the  absence of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or reckless  disregard of its
obligations and duties  hereunder,  the  Distributor  shall not be liable to the
Fund,  the Fund or to any  shareholder of the Fund for any act or failure to act
by the  Distributor or any affiliated  person of the Distributor or for any loss
sustained by the Fund, the Fund or the Fund's shareholders.

     10.  This Plan may be  terminated  at any time by vote of a majority of the
Plan Directors, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
the Fund.

         11.  While this Plan is in effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of
directors who are not  interested  persons of the Fund shall be committed to the
discretion of the directors who are not interested persons.

         12.  The  Fund  shall  preserve  copies  of this  Plan  and  any  other
agreements  related to this Plan and all reports  made  pursuant to  paragraph 5
hereof,  for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan,  or
the date of any such  agreement or of any such  report,  as the case may be, the
first two years in an easily accessible place.

     13. For  purposes of this Plan,  "distribution  activities"  shall mean any
activities  in connection  with the  Distributor's  performance  of its services
under this Plan or the Agreement that are

<PAGE>


not deemed  "service  activities."  "Service  activities"  shall mean activities
covered by the  definition of "service  fee"  contained in amendments to Section
26(b) of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s Rules of Fair
Practice.

     14. As used in this Plan, the terms:  "majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities" and  "interested  person" shall have the same meaning as those terms
have in the 1940 Act.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund has executed this Plan on the day and year
set forth below in the City and State of New York.

DATE: August 16, 1996


ATTEST:                                   THE ROCKWOOD GROWTH FUND,
INC.


_____________________________             By:______________________


<PAGE>

                                AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                          INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
                                       AND
                    HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING COMPANY, INC.


         AGREEMENT  made  this  ______________,  1996  by and  between  INVESTOR
SERVICE  CENTER,  INC., a corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of
Delaware (the  "Distributor")  and HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING  COMPANY,  INC., a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ("HDAC").

         WHEREAS, the Distributor and HDAC are affiliates of Rockwood
Advisers, Inc. (the "Investment Manager"), the investment manager
to The Rockwood Growth Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to a Distribution Agreement between the Fund and the
Distributor,  the Distributor acts as the Fund's principal agent for the sale of
Fund  shares.  The Fund has also  adopted a plan of  distribution  (the  "Plan")
pursuant  to Rule  12b-1  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the "1940
Act"); and

         WHEREAS, HDAC is an advertising agency and desires to provide
the Distributor with marketing services; and

         WHEREAS, the Distributor desires to enter into an agreement
with HDAC related to the Plan;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  accordance  with Rule  12b-1 of the 1940 Act,  the
Distributor  and HDAC hereby enter into this agreement (the  "Agreement") on the
following terms and conditions:

1.       HDAC will provide services to the Distributor on behalf of the
Fund and the other investment companies.

2.       All expenses incurred hereunder shall be deemed expenses
incurred under the Plan.

3.       HDAC shall bill the Distributor at standard industry rates,
which includes commissions.  HDAC will absorb any of its costs
exceeding such commissions.

4.       This Agreement shall not take effect until it has been



<PAGE>



approved by the vote of a majority of both (i) those  directors  of the Fund who
are not  "interested  persons" of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and have
no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of this Agreement or
the Plan or any other agreement related to it (the "12b-1 Directors"),  and (ii)
all of the directors  then in office,  cast in person at a meeting (or meetings)
called for the purpose of voting on this Agreement and such related Agreements.

5. This  Agreement  shall  continue in effect for one year from its execution or
adoption and thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved
at least annually in the manner provided for approval of the Plan.

6. HDAC shall  provide to the Board of Directors  of the Fund and the  directors
shall review,  at least  quarterly,  a written report of all  expenditures  made
pursuant to this Agreement,  and the purposes for which such  expenditures  were
made.

7. HDAC shall use its best efforts in rendering  services to the Distributor and
the Fund  hereunder,  but in the absence of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or
gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or reckless  disregard of its
obligations and duties hereunder, HDAC shall not be liable to the Distributor or
the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or failure to act by HDAC
or any  affiliated  person of HDAC or for any loss  sustained by the Fund or its
shareholders.

8. Nothing  contained in this  Agreement  shall  prevent HDAC or any  affiliated
person  of HDAC  from  performing  services  similar  to those  to be  performed
hereunder  for any  other  person,  firm,  corporation  or for its or their  own
accounts or for the accounts of others.

9. This  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time by vote of a majority of the
Rule  12b-1  Directors,  or by  vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Fund.  This  Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate in the
event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

10. This  Agreement  may not be modified  in any manner  which would  materially
increase  the amount of money to be spent  pursuant  to the Plan and no material
amendment to this Agreement shall be made unless approved in the manner provided
for approval and annual



<PAGE>


renewal above.

11.  The Fund shall  preserve  copies of this  Agreement  and all  reports  made
pursuant to paragraph 6 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the
date of this Agreement, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

12. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of the State
of New York and the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act.  To the extent the
applicable  law of the  State  of New  York,  or any of the  provisions  herein,
conflict  with the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act,  the  latter  shall
control.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Distributor  and HDAC  have  executed  this
Agreement on the day and year set forth above in the City and State of New York.

                                INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


                                By: ________________________________

                                HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING COMPANY, INC.


                                By: ________________________________



<PAGE>



                                       COMPUTATION OF PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

         Average  annual total return is computed by finding the average  annual
compounded rates of return over the periods indicated in the advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


        P(1+T)n = ERV

Where:  P         =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;

        T         =    average annual total return;
        n         =    number of years; and
        ERV       =    ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a
                       hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of such
                                    period.

This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus,  and includes all recurring  fees,  such as investment  advisory and
management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.


CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

         Cumulative  total  return  is  calculated  by  finding  the  cumulative
compounded rate of return over the period  indicated in the  advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


                                                 CTR=( ERV-P )100
                                                         P

CTR = Cumulative total return

ERV = ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a hypothetical  $1,000
payment made at the beginning of such period

P   = initial payment of $1,000


This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus, and includes all recurring fees, such as


<PAGE>


investment advisory and management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.

         The  cumulative  return for the Fund for the periods ending October 31,
1995 and beginning at the  inception of the Fund (April 30,  1986),  and for the
five year and one year periods is 160.37%, 108.82%, and 36.73%, respectively.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995


Since inception                                         8.13%
Five Years                                              14.59%
One Year                                                12.76%



<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            6
<LEGEND>
     This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from Semi-
Annual Report and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such finanical
statements.
</LEGEND>

       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Oct-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 Nov-1-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                   Apr-30-1996
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                            705,551
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                         1,176,533
<RECEIVABLES>                                        439
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                    52,366
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                   0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,229,338
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                               0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                                0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                          2,210
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                                2,210

<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                        0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                         678,053
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                             42,711 
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                             41,308
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                        (58,989)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                                 0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                          132,966
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                               0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                         475,098 
<NET-ASSETS>                                   1,227,128
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    930
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                    714
<OTHER-INCOME>                                         0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                    16,043
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          (14,399)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                         135,813
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                        291,957
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                            413,371
<EQUALIZATION>                                         0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                              0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                               0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                  0

<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                            2,184
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          781
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                    0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                           453,257
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                          (44,589)
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                         (2,847)
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                                0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                             0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                              3,402
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                     0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                   16,043
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                             971,283
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                              18.73
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                     (.35)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                            10.35
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                           0.00
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                28.73
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                     1.65
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                                 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                0.00
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission